UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

 

o   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

x   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

  

  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

 

OR

 

o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

  

  For the transition period from _________________ to _________________

 

OR

 

o   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

  

  Date of event requiring this shell company report _________________

 

 

Commission file number: 001-34677

 

SCORPIO TANKERS INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
 
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
 
 
Republic of the Marshall Islands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
 
9, Boulevard Charles III Monaco 98000
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
 
Mr. Emanuele Lauro

+377-9898-5716

info@scorpiotankers.com

9, Boulevard Charles III Monaco 98000

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile, and address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share   New York Stock Exchange
     

 

 
 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act.

 

NONE
(Title of class)

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

 

NONE
(Title of class)

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

As of December 31, 2013, there were 198,791,502 outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 

  Yes X   No    
             

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

  Yes X   No    
             

 

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

  Yes X   No    
             

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

 

  Yes X   No    
             

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer” and “accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

  Large accelerated filer   x   Accelerated filer   o   Non-accelerated filer   o

 

 
 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

    U.S. GAAP
     
X   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the international Accounting Standards Board
     
    Other

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:

 

      Item 17        Item 18   
             

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

 

  Yes X   No    
             

  

 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I 1
  ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS 1
  ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE 1
  ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION 1
  ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY 18
  ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 37
  ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS 37
  ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES 72
  ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS. 78
  ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 82
  ITEM 9. OFFER AND THE LISTING 83
  ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 84
  ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 91
  ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 92
PART II 92
  ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 92
  ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS 92
  ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 92
  ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT 93
  ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS 93
  ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 93
  ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES 94
  ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASES 94
  ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT 94
  ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 94
  ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE 95
PART III 95
  ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 95
  ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 95
  ITEM 19. EXHIBITS 95

 

 
 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Matters discussed in this report may constitute forward-looking statements. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides safe harbor protections for forward-looking statements in order to encourage companies to provide prospective information about their business. Forward-looking statements include statements concerning plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events or performance, and underlying assumptions and other statements, which are other than statements of historical facts. We desire to take advantage of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and is including this cautionary statement in connection with this safe harbor legislation. The words “believe,” “anticipate,” “intends,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “project,” “plan,” “potential,” “may,” “should,” “expect,” “pending” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements in this report are based upon various assumptions, many of which are based, in turn, upon further assumptions, including without limitation, our management’s examination of historical operating trends, data contained in our records and other data available from third parties. Although we believe that these assumptions were reasonable when made, because these assumptions are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies which are difficult or impossible to predict and are beyond our control, we cannot assure you that we will achieve or accomplish these expectations, beliefs or projections.

In addition to these important factors, other important factors that, in our view, could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include the failure of counterparties to fully perform their contracts with us, the strength of world economies and currencies, general market conditions, including fluctuations in charter rates and vessel values, changes in demand for tanker vessel capacity, changes in our operating expenses, including bunker prices, drydocking and insurance costs, the market for our vessels, availability of financing and refinancing, charter counterparty performance, ability to obtain financing and comply with covenants in such financing arrangements, changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities, potential liability from pending or future litigation, general domestic and international political conditions, potential disruption of shipping routes due to accidents or political events, vessels breakdowns and instances of off-hires and other factors described from time to time in the reports we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. We caution readers of this report not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of their dates. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements. These forward looking statements are not guarantees of our future performance, and actual results and future developments may vary materially from those projected in the forward looking statements. Please see our Risk Factors in Item 3.D of this annual report for a more complete discussion of these and other risks and uncertainties.

 
 

PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

Unless the context otherwise requires, when used in this annual report, the terms “Scorpio Tankers,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries. “Scorpio Tankers Inc.” refers only to Scorpio Tankers Inc. and not its subsidiaries. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “dollars,” “US dollars” and “$” in this annual report are to the lawful currency of the United States. We use the term deadweight tons, or dwt, expressed in metric tons, each of which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms, in describing the size of tankers.

A. Selected Financial Data

The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial data and other operating data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The selected data is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 and our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, together with the notes thereto, are included herein. Our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the notes thereto, are not included herein.

We began our operations in October 2009, when Liberty Holding Company Ltd., or Liberty, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Simon Financial Limited, or Simon, a company owned and controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family, of which our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Emanuele Lauro, is a member, transferred to us three vessel owning and operating subsidiaries. Prior to October 1, 2009, our historical consolidated financial statements were prepared on a carve-out basis from the financial statements of Liberty. These carve-out financial statements include all assets, liabilities and results of operations of the three vessel-owning subsidiaries owned by us, formerly subsidiaries of Liberty, for the periods presented. Prior to October 1, 2009, certain of the expenses incurred by these subsidiaries for commercial, technical and administrative management services were under management agreements with other entities owned and controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family, which we refer to collectively as the Scorpio Group, consisting of: (i) Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., or SSM; and Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., or SCM; which provide us and third parties with technical and commercial management services, respectively; (ii) Liberty, which provided us with administrative services until March 13, 2012 when the administrative services agreement was assigned to Scorpio Services Holding Limited, or SSH, a company owned and controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family; and (iii) other affiliated entities. Since agreements with related parties are by definition not at arms length, the expenses incurred under these agreements may have been different than the historical costs incurred if the subsidiaries had operated as unaffiliated entities during prior periods. Our estimates of any differences between historical expenses and the expenses that may have been incurred had the subsidiaries been stand-alone entities during 2009 have been disclosed in the notes to our historical consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 which are not presented herein.

1
 
    For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars except per share and share data   2013   2012   2011   2010   2009
Consolidated income statement data                                        
Revenue:                                        
Vessel revenue   $ 207,580     $ 115,381     $ 82,110     $ 38,798     $ 27,619  
Operating expenses:                                        
Vessel operating costs     (40,204 )     (30,353 )     (31,370 )     (18,440 )     (8,562 )
Voyage expenses     (4,846 )     (21,744 )     (6,881 )     (2,542 )     —    
Charterhire     (115,543 )     (43,701 )     (22,750 )     (276 )     (3,073 )
Impairment (1)     —         —         (66,611 )     —         (4,512 )
Depreciation     (23,595 )     (14,818 )     (18,460 )     (10,179 )     (6,835 )
General and administrative expenses     (25,788 )     (11,536 )     (11,637 )     (6,200 )     (417 )
Write down of vessels held for sale and loss from sales of vessels     (21,187 )     (10,404 )     —         —         —    
Gain on sale of VLGCs     41,375       —         —         —         —    
Total operating expenses     (189,788 )     (132,556 )     (157,709 )     (37,637 )     (23,399 )
Operating income/(loss)     17,792       (17,175 )     (75,599 )     1,161       4,220  
Other income and expense:                                        
Financial expenses     (2,705 )     (8,512 )     (7,060 )     (3,231 )     (699 )
Realized gain / (loss) on derivative financial instruments     3       443       —         (280 )     (808 )
Unrealized gain / (loss) on derivative financial instruments     567       (1,231 )     —         —         956  
Financial income     1,147       35       51       37       5  
Share of profit from associate     369       —         —         —         —    
Other expense, net     (158 )     (97 )     (119 )     (509 )     (256 )
Total other income and expense     (777 )     (9,362 )     (7,128 )     (3,983 )     (802 )
Net income/(loss)   $ 17,015     $ (26,537 )   $ (82,727 )   $ (2,822 )   $ 3,418  
Earnings/(loss) per common share (2) :                                        
Basic earnings / (loss) per share   $ 0.12     $ (0.64 )   $ (2.88 )   $ (0.18 )   $ 0.61  
Diluted earnings / (loss) per share   $ 0.11     $ (0.64 )   $ (2.88 )   $ (0.18 )   $ 0.61  
Basic weighted average shares outstanding     146,504,055       41,413,339       28,704,876       15,600,813       5,589,147  
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding     148,339,378       41,413,339       28,704,876       15,600,813       5,589,147  

  

2
 
    As of December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars   2013   2012   2011   2010   2009
 Balance sheet data                                        
 Cash and cash equivalents   $ 78,845     $ 87,165     $ 36,833     $ 68,187     $ 444  
 Vessels and drydock     530,270       395,412       322,458       333,425       99,594  
 Vessels under construction     649,526       50,251       60,333       —         —    
 Total assets     1,646,676       573,280       448,230       412,268       104,423  
 Current and non-current bank loans     167,129       142,459       145,568       143,188       36,200  
 Shareholders’ equity     1,450,723       414,790       286,853       264,783       61,329  

 

 

    For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars   2013   2012   2011   2010   2009
Cash flow data                                        
 Net cash inflow/(outflow)                                        
 Operating activities   $ (5,655 )   $ (1,928 )   $ (12,452 )   $ 4,907     $ 9,306  
 Investing activities     (935,101 )     (90,155 )     (122,573 )     (245,595 )     —    
 Financing activities     932,436       142,415       103,671       308,431       (12,469 )

 

  (1) In the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2009, we recorded an impairment charge of $66.6 million for 12 owned vessels and $4.5 million for two owned vessels, respectively.
     
  (2) Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income/(loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding assuming, for the period prior to October 1, 2009 when our historical consolidated financial statements were prepared on a carve-out basis, that the reorganization described above was effective during the period. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by adjusting the net income/(loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent and the weighted average number of common shares used for calculating basic earnings per share for the effects of all potentially dilutive shares. Such potentially dilutive common shares are excluded when the effect would be to increase earnings per share or reduce a loss per share.
     

3
 

The following table sets forth our other operating data. This data should be read in conjunction with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

 

    For the year ended December 31,
    2013   2012   2011   2010   2009
                     
Average Daily Results                                        
Time charter equivalent per day (1)   $ 14,369     $ 12,960     $ 12,898     $ 16,213     $ 23,423  
Vessel operating costs per day (2)     6,781       7,605       7,581       8,166       7,819  
                                         
Aframax/LR2                                        
TCE per revenue day (1)     12,718       10,201       14,951       12,460       —    
Vessel operating costs per day (2)     8,203       8,436       6,960       8,293       —    
                                         
Panamax/LR1                                        
TCE per revenue day (1)     12,599       14,264       14,743       19,413       23,423  
Vessel operating costs per day (2)     7,756       7,714       7,891       8,189       7,819  
                                         
MR                                        
TCE per revenue day (1)     16,546       12,289       12,092       —         —    
Vessel operating costs per day (2)     6,069       6,770       6,748       —         —    
                                         
Handymax                                        
TCE per revenue day (1)     12,862       13,069       11,343       9,507       —    
Vessel operating costs per day (2)     6,852       7,594       7,619       8,107       —    
                                         
Fleet data                                        
Average number of owned vessels (3)     15.94       10.81       11.29       6.19       3.00  
Average number of time chartered-in vessels (3)     22.85       9.18       4.95       0.06       0.33  
                                         
Drydock                                        
Expenditures for drydock (in thousands of U.S. dollars)     —         2,869       2,624       974       1,681  

 

(1) Freight rates are commonly measured in the shipping industry in terms of time charter equivalent per revenue day. Vessels in the pool and on time charter do not have voyage expenses; therefore, the revenue for pool vessels and time charter vessels is the same as their TCE revenue. Please see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results—Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts” for a discussion of TCE revenue, revenue days and voyage expenses.

 

(2) Vessel operating costs per day represent vessel operating costs, as such term is defined in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results—“Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts,” divided by the number of days the vessel is owned during the period.

 

(3) For a definition of items listed under “Fleet Data,” please see the section of this annual report entitled “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

4
 

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D. Risk Factors

The following risks relate principally to the industry in which we operate and our business in general. Other risks relate principally to the securities market and ownership of our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results or cash available for dividends or the trading price of our common shares.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

If the tanker industry, which historically has been cyclical, continues to be depressed in the future, our earnings and available cash flow may be adversely affected.

The tanker industry is both cyclical and volatile in terms of charter rates and profitability. While the first quarter of 2014 has seen an increase in tanker charter rates relative to the rates obtained since the financial crisis that began in 2008, a worsening of current global economic conditions may cause tanker charter rates to decline and thereby adversely affect our ability to charter or recharter our vessels or to sell them on the expiration or termination of their charters, and the rates payable in respect of our vessels currently operating in tanker pools, or any renewal or replacement charters that we enter into, may not be sufficient to allow us to operate our vessels profitably. Fluctuations in charter rates and vessel values result from changes in the supply and demand for tanker capacity and changes in the supply and demand for oil and oil products. The factors affecting the supply and demand for tankers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.

The factors that influence demand for tanker capacity include:

· supply and demand for energy resources and oil and petroleum products;
· regional availability of refining capacity and inventories;
· global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts, terrorist activities, and strikes;
· the distance oil and oil products are to be moved by sea;
· changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;
· environmental and other legal and regulatory developments;
· weather and natural disasters;
· competition from alternative sources of energy; and
· international sanctions, embargoes, import and export restrictions, nationalizations and wars.

The factors that influence the supply of tanker capacity include:

· supply and demand for energy resources and oil and petroleum products;
· the number of newbuilding deliveries;
· the scrapping rate of older vessels;
· conversion of tankers to other uses;
· the number of vessels that are out of service;
· environmental concerns and regulations; and
· port or canal congestion.

5
 

We are dependent on spot-oriented pools and spot charters and any decrease in spot charter rates in the future may adversely affect our earnings.

As of the date of this annual report, all of our vessels except one are employed in either the spot market or in spot market-oriented tanker pools, such as the Scorpio LR2 Pool, Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, the Scorpio MR Pool, or the Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool, which we refer to collectively as the Scorpio Group Pools and which are managed members of the Scorpio Group, exposing us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates. The spot charter market may fluctuate significantly based upon tanker and oil supply and demand. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot charter market, including within the Scorpio Group Pools, depends on, among other things, obtaining profitable spot charters and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent traveling unladen to pick up cargo. The spot market is very volatile, and, in the past, there have been periods when spot charter rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels. If future spot charter rates decline, then we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably, meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness, or pay dividends in the future. Furthermore, as charter rates for spot charters are fixed for a single voyage which may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot charter rates are rising, we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases.

Our ability to renew expiring charters or obtain new charters will depend on the prevailing market conditions at the time. If we are not able to obtain new charters in direct continuation with existing charters, or if new charters are entered into at charter rates substantially below the existing charter rates or on terms otherwise less favorable compared to existing charter terms, our revenues and profitability could be adversely affected.

An over-supply of tanker capacity may lead to a reduction in charter rates, vessel values, and profitability.

The market supply of tankers is affected by a number of factors, such as supply and demand for energy resources, including oil and petroleum products, supply and demand for seaborne transportation of such energy resources, and the current and expected purchase orders for newbuildings. If the capacity of new tankers delivered exceeds the capacity of tankers being scrapped and converted to non-trading tankers, tanker capacity will increase. According to Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd., or Drewry, as of January 31, 2014, the newbuilding order book, which extends to 2016 and beyond, equaled approximately 12.5% of the existing world tanker fleet and the order book may increase further in proportion to the existing fleet. If the supply of tanker capacity increases and if the demand for tanker capacity does not increase correspondingly or declines, charter rates could materially decline. A reduction in charter rates and the value of our vessels may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and available cash.

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels could adversely affect our business.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean and in the Gulf of Aden. Although the frequency of sea piracy worldwide decreased during 2013 to its lowest level since 2009, sea piracy incidents continue to occur, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia and increasingly in the Gulf of Guinea, with drybulk vessels and tankers particularly vulnerable to such attacks. If these piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized by insurers as “war risk” zones by insurers or Joint War Committee “war and strikes” listed areas, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs which may be incurred to the extent we employ onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, detention hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and may result in loss of revenues, increased costs and decreased cash flows to our customers, which could impair their ability to make payments to us under our charters.

The current state of the global financial markets and current economic conditions may adversely impact our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms and otherwise negatively impact our business.

Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, volatile. In recent years, operating businesses in the global economy have faced tightening credit, weakening demand for goods and services, deteriorating international liquidity conditions, and declining markets. There has been a general decline in the willingness of banks and other financial institutions to extend credit, particularly in the shipping industry, due to the historically volatile asset values of vessels. As the shipping industry is highly dependent on the availability of credit to finance and expand operations, it has been negatively affected by this decline.

6
 

Also, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets has increased as many lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases ceased to provide funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, additional financing may not be available if needed and to the extent required on acceptable terms or at all. If additional financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to expand our fleet or meet our obligations as they become due or we may be unable to enhance our existing business, complete additional vessel acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

Changes in fuel, or bunkers, prices may adversely affect profits.

Fuel, or bunkers, is typically the largest expense in our shipping operations for our vessels and changes in the price of fuel may adversely affect our profitability. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC, and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce the profitability.

We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental laws and regulations that can adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and our available cash.

Our operations are subject to numerous laws and regulations in the form of international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and national and international regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These requirements include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, or CERCLA, requirements of the U.S. Coast Guard and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, the U.S. Clean Air Act, U.S. Clean Water Act and the U.S. Marine Transportation Security Act of 2002, European Union Regulation, and regulations of the International Maritime Organization, or the IMO, including the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973, as from time to time amended and generally referred to as MARPOL including the designation of Emission Control Areas thereunder, the IMO International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974, as from time to time amended and generally referred to as SOLAS, the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966, as from time to time amended,, the International Convention of Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as from time to time amended and generally referred to as CLC, the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, and the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code. Compliance with such laws and regulations, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. We may also incur additional costs in order to comply with other existing and future regulatory obligations, including, but not limited to, costs relating to air emissions including greenhouse gases, the management of ballast and bilge waters, maintenance and inspection, elimination of tin-based paint, development and implementation of emergency procedures and insurance coverage or other financial assurance of our ability to address pollution incidents. The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico may also result in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes or changes to existing laws that may affect our operations or require us to incur additional expenses to comply with such regulatory initiatives, statutes or laws.

These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our available cash. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations. Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil within the 200-nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the United States (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war). An oil spill could result in significant liability, including fines, penalties, criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under other international and U.S. federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages, including punitive damages, and could harm our reputation with current or potential charterers of our tankers. We are required to satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. Although we have arranged insurance to cover certain environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and available cash.

If we fail to comply with international safety regulations, we may be subject to increased liability, which may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

 

The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the IMO’s International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code, promulgated by the IMO under the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974, or SOLAS. The ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. If we fail to comply with the ISM Code, we may be subject to increased liability, may invalidate existing insurance or decrease available insurance coverage for our affected vessels and such failure may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

 

7
 

Adverse market conditions could cause us to breach covenants in our credit facilities and adversely affect our operating results.

The market values of tankers have generally experienced high volatility. The market prices for tankers declined significantly from historically high levels reached in early 2008 and remain at relatively low levels. You should expect the market value of our vessels to fluctuate depending on general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry and prevailing charterhire rates, competition from other tanker companies and other modes of transportation, types, sizes and ages of vessels, applicable governmental regulations and the cost of newbuildings. We believe that the current aggregate market value of our vessels will be in excess of loan to value amounts required under our credit facilities. Please see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

A decrease in vessel values or a failure to meet these financial ratios required by our credit facilities could cause us to breach certain covenants in our existing credit facilities and future financing agreements that we may enter into from time to time. If we breach such covenants and are unable to remedy the relevant breach or obtain a waiver, our lenders could accelerate our debt and foreclose on our owned vessels. Additionally, if we sell one or more of our vessels at a time when vessel prices have fallen, the sale price may be less than the vessel’s carrying value on our consolidated financial statements, resulting in a loss on sale or an impairment loss being recognized, ultimately leading to a reduction in earnings. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we evaluated the recoverable amount of our vessels and we did not recognize an impairment loss, however we did record a $21.2 million write-down resulting from the designation of four vessels, Senatore, Noemi, Venice and STI Spirit as held for sale. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we evaluated the recoverable amount of our vessels and we did not recognize an impairment loss, however we did record a $10.4 million total loss from disposal on the sales of the STI Conqueror , STI Gladiator, STI Matador, STI Diamond and STI Coral. See “—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — B. Liquidity and Capital Resources - Long-Term Debt Obligations and Credit Arrangements” for a more comprehensive discussion of our current credit facilities and the related risks.

If our vessels suffer damage due to the inherent operational risks of the tanker industry, we may experience unexpected drydocking costs and delays or total loss of our vessels, which may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The operation of an ocean-going vessel carries inherent risks. Our vessels and their cargoes will be at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as marine disasters, bad weather, and other acts of God, business interruptions caused by mechanical failures, grounding, fire, explosions and collisions, human error, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. Changing economic, regulatory and political conditions in some countries, including political and military conflicts, have from time to time resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways, piracy, terrorism, labor strikes and boycotts. These hazards may result in death or injury to persons, loss of revenues or property, the payment of ransoms, environmental damage, higher insurance rates, damage to our customer relationships, and market disruptions, delay or rerouting, which may also subject us to litigation. In addition, the operation of tankers has unique operational risks associated with the transportation of oil. An oil spill may cause significant environmental damage, and the associated costs could exceed the insurance coverage available to us. Compared to other types of vessels, tankers are exposed to a higher risk of damage and loss by fire, whether ignited by a terrorist attack, collision, or other cause, due to the high flammability and high volume of the oil transported in tankers.

If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydock repairs are unpredictable and may be substantial. We may have to pay drydocking costs that our insurance does not cover in full. The loss of revenues while these vessels are being repaired and repositioned, as well as the actual cost of these repairs, may adversely affect our business and financial condition. In addition, space at drydocking facilities is sometimes limited and not all drydocking facilities are conveniently located. We may be unable to find space at a suitable drydocking facility or our vessels may be forced to travel to a drydocking facility that is not conveniently located to our vessels’ positions. The loss of earnings while these vessels are forced to wait for space or to travel to more distant drydocking facilities may adversely affect our business and financial condition. Further, the total loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator. If we are unable to adequately maintain or safeguard our vessels, we may be unable to prevent any such damage, costs, or loss which could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and available cash.

We operate our vessels worldwide and as a result, our vessels are exposed to international risks which may reduce revenue or increase expenses.

The international shipping industry is an inherently risky business involving global operations. Our vessels and their cargoes will be at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as marine disasters, bad weather, and other acts of God, business interruptions caused by mechanical failures, grounding, fire, explosions and collisions, human error, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. In addition, changing economic, regulatory and political conditions in some countries, including political and military conflicts, have from time to time resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways, piracy, terrorism, labor strikes and boycotts. These sorts of events could interfere with shipping routes and result in market disruptions which may reduce our revenue or increase our expenses.

8
 

International shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination and trans-shipment points. Inspection procedures can result in the seizure of the cargo and/or our vessels, delays in the loading, offloading or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us. It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Furthermore, changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash.

Political instability, terrorist or other attacks, war or international hostilities can affect the tanker industry, which may adversely affect our business.

We conduct most of our operations outside of the United States, and our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash may be adversely affected by the effects of political instability, terrorist or other attacks, war or international hostilities. Continuing conflicts and recent developments in the Middle East, including Egypt, and North Africa, including Libya, and the presence of the United States and other armed forces in Afghanistan may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further world economic instability and uncertainty in global financial markets. As a result of the above, insurers have increased premiums and reduced or restricted coverage for losses caused by terrorist acts generally. Future terrorist attacks could result in increased volatility of the financial markets and negatively impact the U.S. and global economy. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all.

In the past, political instability has also resulted in attacks on vessels, such as the attack on the M/T Limburg, a very large crude carrier not related to us, in October 2002, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the South China Sea and the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and available cash.

If our vessels call on ports located in countries that are subject to sanctions and embargos imposed by the U.S. or other governments that could adversely affect our reputation and the market for our common stock.

Although no vessels owned or operated by us have called on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and other authorities or countries identified by the U.S. government or other authorities as state sponsors of terrorism, such as Cuba, Iran, Sudan, and Syria, in the future, our vessels may call on ports in these countries from time to time on charterers’ instructions. Sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. In 2010, the U.S. enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act, or “CISADA”, which expanded the scope of the Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA expands the application of the prohibitions of companies, such as ours, and introduces limits on the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products.

In 2012, President Obama signed Executive Order 13608 which prohibits foreign persons from violating or attempting to violate, or causing a violation of any sanctions in effect against Iran or facilitating any deceptive transactions for or on behalf of any person subject to U.S. sanctions. Any persons found to be in violation of Executive Order 13608 will be deemed a foreign sanctions evader and will be banned from all contacts with the United States, including conducting business in US dollars. Also in 2012, President Obama signed into law the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, or the Iran Threat Reduction Act, which created new sanctions and strengthened existing sanctions. Among other things, the Iran Threat Reduction Act intensifies existing sanctions regarding the provision of goods, services, infrastructure or technology to Iran’s petroleum or petrochemical sector. The Iran Threat Reduction Act also includes a provision requiring the President of the United States to impose five or more sanctions from Section 6(a) of the Iran Sanctions Act, as amended, on a person the President determines is a controlling beneficial owner of, or otherwise owns, operates, or controls or insures a vessel that was used to transport crude oil from Iran to another country and (1) if the person is a controlling beneficial owner of the vessel, the person had actual knowledge the vessel was so used or (2) if the person otherwise owns, operates, or controls, or insures the vessel, the person knew or should have known the vessel was so used. Such a person could be subject to a variety of sanctions, including exclusion from U.S. capital markets, exclusion from financial transactions subject to U.S. jurisdiction, and exclusion of that person’s vessels from U.S. ports for up to two years.

Although we believe that we have been in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines, penalties or other sanctions that could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of companies that have contracts with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our common stock may adversely affect the price at which our common shares trade. Additionally, some investors may decide to divest their interest, or not to invest, in our company simply because we do business with companies that do business in sanctioned countries. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with individuals or entities in countries subject to U.S. sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries, or engaging in operations associated with those countries pursuant to contracts with third parties that are unrelated to those countries or entities controlled by their governments. Investor perception of the value of our common stock may also be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.

9
 

The smuggling of drugs or other contraband onto our vessels may lead to governmental claims against us.

We expect that our vessels will call in ports where smugglers attempt to hide drugs and other contraband on vessels, with or without the knowledge of crew members. To the extent our vessels are found with contraband, whether inside or attached to the hull of our vessel and whether with or without the knowledge of any of our crew, we may face governmental or other regulatory claims which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.

Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which would have a negative effect on our cash flows.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting or attaching a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our business or require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest lifted, which would have a negative effect on our cash flows.

In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel which is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our ships.

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, which may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and available cash.

A government could requisition one or more of our vessels for title or hire. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes the owner. Also, a government could requisition our vessels for hire. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and available cash.

Technological innovation could reduce our charterhire income and the value of our vessels.

The charterhire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and discharge cargo quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. The length of a vessel’s physical life is related to its original design and construction, its maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new tankers are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced vessels could adversely affect the amount of charterhire payments we receive for our vessels and the resale value of our vessels could significantly decrease. As a result, our available cash could be adversely affected.

If labor interruptions are not resolved in a timely manner, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash.

We, indirectly through SSM, employ masters, officers and crews to man our vessels. If not resolved in a timely and cost-effective manner, industrial action or other labor unrest could prevent or hinder our operations from being carried out as we expect and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash.

10
 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

Newbuilding projects are subject to risks that could cause delays, cost overruns or cancellation of our newbuilding contracts.

We have entered into shipbuilding contracts with Hyundai Mipo Dockyard Co. Ltd., or HMD, SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd., or SPP, Hyundai Samho Heavy Industries Co. Ltd., or HSHI and Daewoo Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd., or DSME for the construction of 55 newbuilding vessels, of which 42 are expected to be delivered to us throughout 2014 and 13 in 2015. As of the date of this annual report, we have made total yard payments in the amount of $551.0 million and we have remaining yard installments in the amount of $1,417.5 million before we take possession of all of these vessels.

The delivery of such vessels or vessels that we may acquire in the future could be delayed, not completed or cancelled, which would delay or eliminate our expected receipt of revenues from the employment of such vessels. In addition, the yards or a seller could fail to deliver vessels to us as agreed, or we could cancel a purchase contract because such yard or seller has not met its obligations.

If the delivery of any vessel is materially delayed or cancelled, especially if we have committed the vessel to a charter for which we become responsible for substantial liquidated damages to the customer as a result of the delay or cancellation, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

In addition, in the event HMD, SPP, HSHI and DSME do not perform under their contracts and we are unable to enforce certain refund guarantees with third party banks for any reason, we may lose all or part of our investment, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We cannot assure you that our internal controls and procedures over financial reporting will be sufficient.

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the other rules and regulations of the SEC, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley. Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. If we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We dedicate a significant amount of time and resources to ensure compliance with these regulatory requirements. We will continue to evaluate areas such as corporate governance, corporate control, internal audit, disclosure controls and procedures and financial reporting and accounting systems. We will make changes in any of these and other areas, including our internal control over financial reporting, which we believe are necessary. However, these and other measures we may take may not be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely and reliable basis.

We may have difficulty managing our planned growth properly.

One of our principal strategies is to continue to grow by expanding our operations and adding to our fleet. Our future growth will primarily depend upon a number of factors, some of which may not be within our control. These factors include our ability to:

· identify suitable tankers and/or shipping companies for acquisitions at attractive prices;
· obtain required financing for our existing and new operations;
· identify businesses engaged in managing, operating or owning tankers for acquisitions or joint ventures;
· integrate any acquired tankers or businesses successfully with our existing operations, including obtaining any approvals and qualifications necessary to operate vessels that we acquire;
· hire, train and retain qualified personnel and crew to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;
· identify additional new markets;
· enhance our customer base; and
· improve our operating, financial and accounting systems and controls.

11
 

Our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we implement our plan to take delivery of 55 newbuilding vessels between the date of this annual report and the second quarter of 2015 and to expand the size of our fleet and our attempts to improve those systems may be ineffective. In addition, as we take delivery of our newbuilding vessels and if we further expand our fleet, we will need to recruit suitable additional seafarers and shore side administrative and management personnel. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to hire suitable employees as we take delivery of our new vessels or expand our fleet. If we or our crewing agent encounters business or financial difficulties, we may not be able to adequately staff our vessels. If we are unable to grow our financial and operating systems or to recruit suitable employees as we expand our fleet, our financial performance may be adversely affected and, among other things, the amount of cash available for distribution as dividends to our shareholders may be reduced.

Our failure to effectively identify, purchase, develop and integrate any tankers or businesses could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The number of employees that perform services for us and our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we implement our plan to expand the size of our fleet, and we may not be able to effectively hire more employees or adequately improve those systems. Finally, acquisitions may require additional equity issuances or debt issuances (with amortization payments), both of which could lower our available cash. If any such events occur, our financial condition may be adversely affected.

Growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, difficulty in obtaining additional qualified personnel and managing relationships with customers and suppliers and integrating newly acquired operations into existing infrastructures. The expansion of our fleet may impose significant additional responsibilities on our management and staff, and the management and staff of our commercial and technical managers, and may necessitate that we, and they, increase the number of personnel. We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth.

If we purchase and operate secondhand vessels, we will be exposed to increased operating costs which could adversely affect our earnings and, as our fleet ages, the risks associated with older vessels could adversely affect our ability to obtain profitable charters.

Our current business strategy includes additional growth through the acquisition of new and secondhand vessels. While we typically inspect secondhand vessels prior to purchase, this does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us. Generally, we do not receive the benefit of warranties from the builders for the secondhand vessels that we acquire.

In general, the costs to maintain a vessel in good operating condition increase with the age of the vessel. Older vessels are typically less fuel-efficient than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers.

Governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which the vessels may engage. As our vessels age, market conditions may not justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

An increase in operating costs would decrease earnings and available cash.

Under time charter-out agreements, the charterer is responsible for voyage costs and the owner is responsible for the vessel operating costs. The same applies to time-charter-in agreements. With the exception of certain vessels on short-term time charter-out agreements, we currently have one vessel on a long-term time charter-out agreement (greater than one year) and 31 vessels on time-charter-in agreements. When our owned vessels are employed under one of the Scorpio Group Pools, the pool is responsible for voyage expenses and we are responsible for vessel costs. As of the date of this annual report, we have 16 of our owned vessels and 31 of our time-chartered-in vessels employed through the Scorpio Group Pools. When our vessels operate in the spot market, we are responsible for both voyage expenses and vessel operating costs. As of the date of this annual report, four of the vessels in our Operating Fleet (defined later) operate in the spot market and one vessel is on time charter. Our vessel operating costs include the costs of crew, fuel (for spot chartered vessels), provisions, deck and engine stores, insurance and maintenance and repairs, which depend on a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Further, if our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydocking repairs are unpredictable and can be substantial. Increases in any of these expenses would decrease earnings and available cash.

Declines in charter rates and other market deterioration could cause us to incur impairment charges.

We evaluate the carrying amounts of our vessels to determine if events have occurred that would require an impairment of their carrying amounts. The recoverable amount of vessels is reviewed based on events and changes in circumstances that would indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recovered. The review for potential impairment indicators and projection of future cash flows related to the vessels is complex and requires us to make various estimates including future freight rates, earnings from the vessels and discount rates. All of these items have been historically volatile.

12
 

We evaluate the recoverable amount as the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. If the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount of the vessel, the vessel is deemed impaired. The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their fair market value at any point in time because the new market prices of secondhand vessels tend to fluctuate with changes in charter rates and the cost of newbuildings. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we evaluated the recoverable amount of our vessels and we did not recognize an impairment loss, however we did record a $21.2 million write-down resulting from the designation of four vessels, Senatore, Noemi, Venice and STI Spirit as held for sale. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we evaluated the recoverable amount of our vessels, which did not result in an impairment loss, however we did record a $10.4 million loss from disposal on the sales of the STI Conqueror , STI Gladiator , STI Matador, STI Diamond and STI Coral . We cannot assure you that there will be not be further impairments in future years. Any additional impairment charges incurred as a result of further declines in charter rates could negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results or the trading price of our common shares.

The market values of our vessels may decrease, which could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow or trigger certain financial covenants under our current or future credit facilities and our may incur a loss if it sells vessels following a decline in their market value.

The fair market values of our vessels have generally experienced high volatility. The fair market value of our vessels may increase and decrease depending on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the prevailing level of charter rates and day rates, general economic and market conditions affecting the international shipping industry, types, sizes and ages of vessels, supply and demand for vessels, availability of or developments in other modes of transportation, competition from other shipping companies, cost of newbuildings, governmental or other regulations and technological advances. In addition, as vessels grow older, they generally decline in value. If the fair market value of our vessels declines, we may not be in compliance with certain provisions of our credit facilities and we may not be able to refinance our debt, obtain additional financing or make distributions to our shareholders and our subsidiaries may not be able to make distributions to us. The prepayment of certain credit facilities may be necessary to cause us to maintain compliance with certain covenants in the event that the value of its vessels fall below certain levels. Additionally, if we sell one or more of our vessels at a time when vessel prices have fallen, the sale price may be less than the vessel’s carrying value on our consolidated financial statements, resulting in a loss on sale or an impairment loss being recognized, ultimately leading to a reduction in earnings. Furthermore, if vessel values fall significantly, this could indicate a decrease in the recoverable amount for the vessel which may result in an impairment adjustment in our financial statements, which could adversely affect our financial results and condition.

If we are unable to operate our vessels profitably, we may be unsuccessful in competing in the highly competitive international tanker market, which would negatively affect our financial condition and our ability to expand our business.

The operation of tanker vessels and transportation of crude and petroleum products is extremely competitive, in an industry that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. The recent global financial crisis may reduce the demand for transportation of oil and oil products which could lead to increased competition. Competition arises primarily from other tanker owners, including major oil companies as well as independent tanker companies, some of whom have substantially greater resources than we do. Competition for the transportation of oil and oil products can be intense and depends on price, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the tanker and its operators to the charterers. We will have to compete with other tanker owners, including major oil companies as well as independent tanker companies.

Our market share may decrease in the future. We may not be able to compete profitably as we expand our business into new geographic regions or provide new services. New markets may require different skills, knowledge or strategies than we use in our current markets, and the competitors in those new markets may have greater financial strength and capital resources than we do.

If we do not set aside funds and are unable to borrow or raise funds for vessel replacement, at the end of a vessel’s useful life our revenue will decline, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and available cash.

If we do not set aside funds and are unable to borrow or raise funds for vessel replacement, we will be unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their remaining useful lives, which we expect to occur between 2026 to 2039, depending on the vessel. Our cash flows and income are dependent on the revenues earned by the chartering of our vessels. If we are unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their useful lives, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and available cash per share would be adversely affected. Any funds set aside for vessel replacement will reduce available cash.

Our ability to obtain additional financing may be dependent on the performance of our then existing charters and the creditworthiness of our charterers.

The actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers, and any defaults by them, may materially affect our ability to obtain the additional capital resources that we will require to purchase additional vessels or may significantly increase our costs of obtaining such capital. Our inability to obtain additional financing at all or at a higher than anticipated cost may materially affect our results of operation and our ability to implement our business strategy.

13
 

United States tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse United States federal income tax consequences to United States shareholders.

A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income” or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income.“For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.“United States shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous United States federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.

Based on our current and proposed method of operation, we do not believe that we will be a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. In this regard, we intend to treat the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities as services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, our income from our time and voyage chartering activities should not constitute “passive income,” and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income should not constitute assets that produce or are held for the production of “passive income.”

There is substantial legal authority supporting this position, consisting of case law and United States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, it should be noted that there is also authority that characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept this position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if the nature and extent of our operations change.

If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, our United States shareholders would face adverse United States federal income tax consequences and incur certain information reporting obligations. Under the PFIC rules, unless those shareholders make an election available under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders), such shareholders would be subject to United States federal income tax at the then prevailing rates on ordinary income plus interest, in respect of excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of their common shares, as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the shareholder’s holding period of the common shares. See “Taxation—Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences” for a more comprehensive discussion of the United States federal income tax consequences to United States shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

We may have to pay tax on United States source shipping income, which would reduce our earnings.

Under the Code, 50% of the gross shipping income of a corporation that owns or charters vessels, as we and our subsidiaries do, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States may be subject to a 4% United States federal income tax without allowance for deductions, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the United States Department of the Treasury.

We and our subsidiaries intend to take the position that we qualify for this statutory tax exemption for United States federal income tax return reporting purposes. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption and thereby become subject to United States federal income tax on our United States source shipping income. For example, we may no longer qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code for a particular taxable year if shareholders with a five percent or greater interest in our common shares, or “5% Shareholders,” owned, in the aggregate, 50% or more of our outstanding common shares for more than half the days during the taxable year, and there does not exist sufficient 5% Shareholders that are qualified shareholders for purposes of Section 883 of the Code to preclude nonqualified 5% Shareholders from owning 50% or more of our common shares for more than half the number of days during such taxable year or we are unable to satisfy certain substantiation requirements with regard to our 5% Shareholders. Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, there can be no assurances on the tax-exempt status of us or any of our subsidiaries.

If we or our subsidiaries were not entitled to exemption under Section 883 of the Code for any taxable year, we or our subsidiaries could be subject for such year to an effective 2% United States federal income tax on the shipping income we or they derive during such year which is attributable to the transport of cargoes to or from the United States. The imposition of this taxation would have a negative effect on our business and would decrease our earnings available for distribution to our shareholders.

14
 

We will be required to make additional capital expenditures to expand the number of vessels in our fleet and to maintain all our vessels, which will be dependent on additional financing.

Our business strategy is based in part upon the expansion of our fleet through the purchase of additional vessels. If we are unable to fulfill our obligations under any memorandum of agreement for future vessel acquisitions, the sellers of such vessels may be permitted to terminate such contracts and we may forfeit all or a portion of the down payments we already made under such contracts, and we may be sued for any outstanding balance.

In addition, we will incur significant maintenance costs for our existing and any newly-acquired vessels. A newbuilding vessel must be drydocked within five years of its delivery from a shipyard, and vessels are typically drydocked every 30 months thereafter, not including any unexpected repairs. We estimate the cost to drydock a vessel to be between $500,000 and $1,000,000, depending on the size and condition of the vessel and the location of drydocking.

We are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate law and, as a result, shareholders may have fewer rights and protections under Marshall Islands law than under a typical jurisdiction in the United States.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Republic of The Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the law of the Republic of The Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain United States jurisdictions. Shareholder rights may differ as well. While the BCA does specifically incorporate the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction.

It may be difficult to serve process on or enforce a United States judgment against us, our officers and our directors because we are a foreign corporation.

We are a corporation formed in the Republic of The Marshall Islands, and some of our directors and officers and certain of the experts named in this offering are located outside the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of our directors, officers and experts are located outside of the United States. As a result, you may have difficulty serving legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both in and outside the United States, judgments you may obtain in U.S. courts against us or any of these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal or state securities laws. Furthermore, there is substantial doubt that the courts of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or of the non-U.S. jurisdictions in which our offices are located would enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH SCORPIO GROUP AND ITS AFFILIATES

We are dependent on our managers and their ability to hire and retain key personnel, and there may be conflicts of interest between us and our managers that may not be resolved in our favor.

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our technical manager, SSM, our commercial manager, SCM, and our management team. Our success will depend upon our and our managers’ ability to hire and retain key members of our management team. The loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business prospects and financial condition.

Difficulty in hiring and retaining personnel could adversely affect our results of operations. We do not maintain “key man” life insurance on any of our officers.

Our technical and commercial managers are affiliates of Scorpio Group, which is owned and controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family, of which our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Emanuele Lauro, is a member. Conflicts of interest may arise between us, on the one hand, and our commercial and technical managers, on the other hand. As a result of these conflicts, our commercial and technical managers, who have limited contractual duties, may favor their own or their owner’s interests over our interests. These conflicts may have unfavorable results for us.

Our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer has affiliations with our commercial and technical managers which may create conflicts of interest.

Emanuele Lauro, our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family which owns and controls our commercial and technical managers. These responsibilities and relationships could create conflicts of interest between us, on the one hand, and our commercial and technical managers, on the other hand. These conflicts may arise in connection with the chartering, purchase, sale and operations of the vessels in our fleet versus vessels managed by other companies affiliated with our commercial or technical managers. Our commercial and technical managers may give preferential treatment to vessels that are time chartered-in by related parties because our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and members of his family may receive greater economic benefits. In particular, as of the date of this annual report, our commercial and technical managers provide commercial and technical management services to approximately 56 and 8 vessels respectively, other than the vessels in our fleet, that are owned or operated by entities affiliated with Mr. Lauro, and such entities may acquire additional vessels that will compete with our vessels in the future. Such conflicts may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

15
 

Certain of our officers do not devote all of their time to our business, which may hinder our ability to operate successfully.

Certain of our officers participate in business activities not associated with us, and as a result, they may devote less time to us than if they were not engaged in other business activities and may owe fiduciary duties to the shareholders of both us as well as shareholders of other companies which they may be affiliated, including other Scorpio Group companies. This may create conflicts of interest in matters involving or affecting us and our customers and it is not certain that any of these conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our commercial and technical managers are each privately held companies and there is little or no publicly available information about them.

SCM is our commercial manager and SSM is our technical manager. SCM’s and SSM’s ability to render management services will depend in part on their own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could impair our commercial manager’s or technical manager’s financial strength, and because each is a privately held company, information about the financial strength of our commercial manager and technical manager is not available. As a result, we and our shareholders might have little advance warning of financial or other problems affecting our commercial manager or technical manager even though their financial or other problems could have a material adverse effect on us.

We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties on contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows.

We have entered into, and may enter in the future, various contracts, including, charter agreements and credit facilities. Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime and offshore industries, the overall financial condition of the counterparty, charter rates received for specific types of vessels, and various expenses. For example, the combination of a reduction of cash flow resulting from declines in world trade, a reduction in borrowing bases under reserve-based credit facilities and the lack of availability of debt or equity financing may result in a significant reduction in the ability of our charterers to make charter payments to us. In addition, in depressed market conditions, our charterers and customers may no longer need a vessel that is currently under charter or contract or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel at lower rates. As a result, charterers and customers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter agreements or avoid their obligations under those contracts. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The failure of our charterers to meet their obligations under our charter agreements, on which we depend for our revenues, could cause us to suffer losses or otherwise adversely affect our business.

As of the date of this annual report, we employ one vessel under a long-term time charter agreement and we may enter into such agreements in the future. The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform their obligations under a time charter, spot voyage or other agreement with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the tanker shipping industry and the overall financial condition of the counterparties. Charterers are sensitive to the commodity markets and may be impacted by market forces affecting commodities such oil. In addition, in depressed market conditions, there have been reports of charterers renegotiating their charters or defaulting on their obligations under charters. Our customers may fail to pay charterhire or attempt to renegotiate charter rates. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new charter arrangements we secure in the spot market or on time charters may be at lower rates given currently decreased tanker charter rate levels. When we employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we generally place such vessel in a tanker pool managed by our commercial manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class. If our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us or attempt to renegotiate our charter agreements, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, as well as our ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, and compliance with covenants in our credit facilities.

16
 

Our insurance may not be adequate to cover our losses that may result from our operations due to the inherent operational risks of the tanker industry.

We carry insurance to protect us against most of the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business, including marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which include pollution risks, crew insurance and war risk insurance. However, we may not be adequately insured to cover losses from our operational risks, which could have a material adverse effect on us. Additionally, our insurers may refuse to pay particular claims and our insurance may be voidable by the insurers if we take, or fail to take, certain action, such as failing to maintain certification of our vessels with applicable maritime regulatory organizations. Any significant uninsured or under-insured loss or liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our available cash. In addition, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates in the future during adverse insurance market conditions.

Changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks may also make certain types of insurance more difficult for us to obtain due to increased premiums or reduced or restricted coverage for losses caused by terrorist acts generally.

Because we obtain some of our insurance through protection and indemnity associations, which result in significant expenses to us, we may be required to make additional premium payments.

We may be subject to increased premium payments, or calls, in amounts based on our claim records, the claim records of our managers, as well as the claim records of other members of the protection and indemnity associations through which we receive insurance coverage for tort liability, including pollution-related liability. In addition, our protection and indemnity associations may not have enough resources to cover claims made against them. Our payment of these calls could result in significant expense to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDEBTEDNESS

Servicing our current or future indebtedness limits funds available for other purposes and if we cannot service our debt, we may lose our vessels.

Borrowing under our credit facilities requires us to dedicate a part of our cash flow from operations to paying interest on our indebtedness. These payments limit funds available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes, including further equity or debt financing in the future. Amounts borrowed under our credit facilities bear interest at variable rates. Increases in prevailing rates could increase the amounts that we would have to pay to our lenders, even though the outstanding principal amount remains the same, and our net income and cash flows would decrease. We expect our earnings and cash flow to vary from year to year due to the cyclical nature of the tanker industry. If we do not generate or reserve enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as:

· seeking to raise additional capital;
· refinancing or restructuring our debt;
· selling tankers; or
· reducing or delaying capital investments.

However, these alternative financing plans, if necessary, may not be sufficient to allow us to meet our debt obligations. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations or if some other default occurs under our credit facilities, our lenders could elect to declare that debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against the collateral vessels securing that debt even though the majority of the proceeds used to purchase the collateral vessels did not come from our credit facilities.

Our credit facilities contain restrictive covenants which limit the amount of cash that we may use for other corporate activities, which could negatively affect our growth and cause our financial performance to suffer.

Our credit facilities impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions limit our ability, or the ability of our subsidiaries party thereto to, among other things:

· \ pay dividends and make capital expenditures if we do not repay amounts drawn under our credit facilities or if there is another default under our credit facilities;
· incur additional indebtedness, including the issuance of guarantees;
17
 
· create liens on our assets;
· change the flag, class or management of our vessels or terminate or materially amend the management agreement relating to each vessel;
· sell our vessels;
· merge or consolidate with, or transfer all or substantially all our assets to, another person; or
· enter into a new line of business.

Therefore, we will need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders’ interests may be different from ours and we may not be able to obtain our lenders’ permission when needed. This may limit our ability to pay dividends to you if we determine to do so in the future, finance our future operations or capital requirements, make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities.

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. History and Development of the Company

Scorpio Tankers Inc. was incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands pursuant to the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act on July 1, 2009. We provide seaborne transportation of refined petroleum products and crude oil worldwide. We began our operations in October 2009 with three vessel owning and operating subsidiary companies. In April 2010, we completed our initial public offering and commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “STNG.” We have since expanded our fleet and as of the date of this annual report, our fleet consists of 21 wholly owned tankers (one LR2 tanker, three LR1 tankers, one Handymax tanker, 15 MR tankers, and one post-Panamax tanker) with a weighted average age of approximately 3.9 years, and 31 time chartered-in tankers which we operate (nine Handymax tankers, seven MR tankers, five LR1 tankers and ten LR2 tankers), which we refer to collectively as our Operating Fleet. In addition, we currently have contracts for the construction of 55 newbuilding product tankers (29 MR tankers, 14 Handymax ice class 1-A tankers, and 12 LR2 tankers), which we refer to as our Newbuilding Program. Of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program, 42 are expected to be delivered to us throughout 2014 and 13 in 2015. We also own approximately 26% of the outstanding shares of Dorian LPG Ltd., or Dorian, an international liquefied petroleum gas, or LPG, shipping company, which has an operating fleet of four LPG carriers (three of which are very large gas carriers, or VLGCs) and contracts for the construction of 19 fuel-efficient VLGC newbuildings from reputable shipyards.

Our principal executive offices are located at 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monaco 98000 and our telephone number at that address is +377-9798-5716.

Fleet Development

Newbuilding vessels

Under our Newbuilding Program, we currently have contracts for the construction of 55 newbuilding product tankers with shipyards, including HMD, HSHI, SPP and DSME, consisting of (i) 14 MR tankers with HMD for an aggregate purchase price of $487.7 million, (ii) 15 MR product tankers with SPP for an aggregate purchase price of $515.7 million, (iii) 14 Handymax ice class-1A tankers with HMD for an aggregate purchase price of $440.5 million, (iv) eight LR2 product tankers with HSHI for an aggregate purchase price of $404.0 million and (v) four LR2 product tankers with DSME for an aggregate purchase price of $200.0 million. Of these vessels, 42 vessels are expected to be delivered to us throughout 2014 and 13 in 2015.

As of March 31, 2014, we have paid $551.0 million of installment payments related to these newbuilding product tankers and are committed to make additional installment payments of $1,417.5 million.

Owned vessels

We currently have 21 wholly-owned vessels in operation.

During 2013, we took delivery of seven MR vessels in our Newbuilding Program, STI Sapphire , STI Emerald , STI Beryl , STI Le Rocher , STI Larvotto , STI Fontvieille , and STI Ville , and in January and March 2014, we took delivery of an additional three vessels in our Newbuilding Program, STI Duchessa , STI Opera and STI Texas City.

In December 31, 2013, we designated four vessels as held for sale in our consolidated financial statements; two 2004-built LR1 product tankers, Noemi and Senatore , a 2001-built Post-Panamax tanker, Venice , and a 2008-built LR2 product tanker, STI Spirit . As part of this designation, we recorded a $21.2 million write-down to remeasure these vessels at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

18
 

In December 2013, we reached agreements with DSME and HSHI for the construction of seven Very Large Crude Carriers, or VLCCs, for an aggregate purchase price of $662.2 million with deliveries in 2015 and 2016. In March 2014, we entered into an agreement to sell these seven VLCCs to an unaffiliated third party for cash. As part of these sales, we expect to record a gain on disposal of approximately $50.0 million in the first quarter of 2014.

In January 2014, we took delivery of two vessels in our Newbuilding Program, STI Duchessa and STI Opera . Upon delivery, these vessels began short term time charters for up to 120 days at approximately $19,000 per day.

In January 2014, we agreed to sell Noemi and Senatore for an aggregate selling price of $44.0 million. Noemi was sold in March 2014 and the sale of Senatore is expected to close in April 2014. As part of these sales, we repaid $22.7 million into our 2010 Revolving Credit Facility in March 2014. Consequently, the availability of this facility is reduced by such amount and the quarterly reduction is reduced to $2.1 million from $3.1 million per quarter. We will also write-off a total of $0.2 million of deferred financing fees as part of the debt repayments associated with these sales.

In February 2014, we agreed to sell STI Spirit for approximately $30.2 million. As part of this sale, we will repay all amounts due under the STI Spirit Credit Facility of $21.4 million. This sale is expected to close in April 2014. We will also write-off a total of $0.3 million of deferred financing fees as part of the debt repayments associated with this sale.

In March 2014, we took delivery of an MR tanker under our Newbuilding Program, STI Texas City . After delivery, this vessel began a time charter for two years at $16,000 per day. This time charter includes a profit sharing mechanism whereby earnings in excess of the base time charter rate will be split between us and the charterer, Valero.

Investment in Dorian LPG Ltd.

In July and August 2013, we entered into contracts with HSHI and DSME for the construction of nine VLGCs for $75.6 million each, and in October 2013, we entered into contracts with HSHI for the construction of two additional VLGCs for $75.0 million each.

In November 2013, we contributed the VLGC business, which included the aforementioned 11 VLGC contracts along with options to purchase two additional VLGCs, together with a cash payment of $1.9 million, to Dorian in exchange for newly issued shares of Dorian representing 30% of Dorian’s pro-forma outstanding shares at that time.  As of the closing date of the transaction, we paid $83.1 million in installment payments under the 11 VLGC contracts.

Additionally, in November 2013, we purchased 24,121,621 new Dorian common shares as part of a private placement of shares for total consideration of $75.0 million. We currently own 64,073,744 common shares representing approximately 26% of the outstanding shares of Dorian. As of March 31, 2014, these shares were traded on the Norwegian OTC List under the symbol “DORIAN.”

Time chartered-in vessels

 

During 2013, we time chartered-in 30 vessels (nine Handymax tankers, seven MR tankers, five LR1 tankers and nine LR2 tankers), compared to 21 vessels in 2012. As of the date of this annual report, we time charter-in 31 vessels (nine Handymax tankers, seven MR tankers, five LR1 tankers and ten LR2 tankers). Please see our fleet list below under “—B. Business Overview” for further information regarding these vessels.

In February 2014, we entered into a new time charter-in agreement on an LR2 vessel that is currently time chartered-in. The new agreement is for six months at $16,500 per day and commenced upon the expiration of the existing charter in February 2014.

In February 2014, we entered into a new time charter-in agreement on an LR2 vessel. The agreement is for one year at $15,000 per day. We have the option to extend the charter for an additional six months at $16,250 per day. We took delivery of this vessel in March 2014.

 

Other Recent Developments

Credit Facilities

2010 Revolving Credit Facility

In January 2014, we drew down $72.4 million from the 2012 Revolving Credit Facility. In March 2014, we paid $22.7 million into this facility as a result of the sales of Noemi and Senatore .

2011 Credit Facility

In January 2014, we drew down $52.0 million from the 2011 Credit Facility. In connection with this drawdown, STI Duchessa, STI Le Rocher and STI Larvotto were provided as collateral under the facility.

Newbuilding Credit Facility

In March 2014, we amended and restated our Newbuilding Credit Facility with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB, to convert it from a term loan to a reducing revolving credit facility. This gives us the ability to pay down and re-borrow from the total available commitments under the loan. All other terms and definitions remain unchanged. The facility was fully drawn as of the date of this annual report.

19
 

2013 Credit Facility

In February 2014, we drew down $64.2 million from the 2013 Credit Facility. In connection with the drawdown, STI Opera, STI Fontvieille and STI Ville were provided as collateral under the facility.

In March 2014, we drew down $20.5 million from this facility to partially finance the delivery of STI Texas City. Upon delivery from the shipyard, this vessel began a time charter for two years at $16,000 per day. The agreement also contains a profit sharing provision whereby we will split all of the vessel’s profits above the daily base rate with the charterer.

K-Sure Credit Facility

In February 2014, we executed a $458.3 million senior secured term loan facility which consists of a $358.3 million tranche with a group of financial institutions that is being 95% covered by Korea Trade Insurance Corporation, or the K-Sure Tranche, and a $100.0 million commercial tranche with a group of financial institutions led by DNB Bank SA, or the Commercial Tranche. We refer to this credit facility as our K-Sure Credit Facility. For a full description of this credit facility, please see the section of this annual report entitled “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

 

KEXIM Credit Facility

 

In February 2014, we executed a senior secured term loan facility with a group of financial institutions led by DNB Bank ASA and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) and from the Export-Import Bank of Korea, or KEXIM, for a total loan facility of $429.6 million. This facility includes commitments from KEXIM of up to $300.6 million, or the KEXIM Tranche, and a group of financial institutions led by DNB Bank ASA and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) of up to $129.0 million, or the Commercial Tranche. We refer to this credit facility as our KEXIM Credit Facility. For a full description of this credit facility, please see the section of this annual report entitled Item “5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

 

Dividend Declaration

 

On February 21, 2014, our board of directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.08 per share, which was paid on March 26, 2014 to shareholders of record as of March 11, 2014.

 

B. Business Overview

We provide seaborne transportation of refined petroleum products and crude oil worldwide. As of the date of this annual report, our fleet consists of 21 wholly owned tankers (one LR2 tanker, three LR1 tankers, one Handymax tanker, 15 MR tankers, and one post-Panamax tanker) with a weighted average age of approximately 3.9 years and 31 time chartered-in tankers (ten LR2 tankers, five LR1 tankers, seven MR tankers and nine Handymax tankers), which we refer to collectively as our Operating Fleet. Additionally, we currently have contracts for 55 newbuilding product tankers (14 Handymax ice class 1-A tankers, 29 MR tankers and 12 LR2 tankers), of which 42 are expected to be delivered to us throughout 2014 and 13 in 2015. We also own approximately 26% of the outstanding shares of Dorian.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our fleet as of the date of this annual report:

  Vessel Name   Year Built   DWT   Ice class   Employment   Vessel type        
  Owned vessels                            
1 STI Highlander   2007   37,145   1A    SHTP (1)   Handymax        
2 STI Amber   2012   52,000         -      SMRP(4)   MR        
3 STI Topaz   2012   52,000         -      SMRP(4)   MR        
4 STI Ruby   2012   52,000         -      SMRP(4)   MR        
5 STI Garnet   2012   52,000         -      SMRP(4)   MR        
6 STI Onyx   2012   52,000         -      SMRP(4)   MR        
7 STI Sapphire   2013   52,000         -      SMRP(4)   MR        
8 STI Emerald   2013   52,000         -      SMRP(4)   MR        
9 STI Beryl   2013   52,000         -      SMRP(4)   MR        
10 STI Le Rocher   2013   52,000         -      SMRP(4)   MR        
11 STI Larvotto   2013   52,000         -      SMRP(4)   MR        
12 STI Fontvieille   2013   52,000         -      SMRP(4)   MR        
13 STI Ville   2013   52,000         -      SMRP(4)   MR        
14 STI Duchessa   2014   52,000         -      Spot   MR        
15 STI Opera   2014   52,000         -      Spot   MR        
16 STI Texas City   2014   52,000         -      Time Charter (5)   MR        
17 Senatore   2004   72,514         -      Spot   LR1 (6)      
18 STI Harmony   2007   73,919   1A    SPTP (2)   LR1        
19 STI Heritage   2008   73,919   1A    SPTP (2)   LR1        
20 Venice   2001   81,408    1C   Spot   Post-Panamax        
21 STI Spirit   2008   113,100         -      SLR2P (3)   LR2 (6)      
                               
  Total owned DWT 1,232,005                    

 

20
 

  Vessel Name   Year Built   DWT   Ice class   Employment   Vessel type Daily Base Rate   Expiry (7)  
  Time chartered-in vessels                        
22 Freja Polaris   2004   37,217   1B    SHTP (1)   Handymax $12,700   14-Apr-14 (8)
23 Kraslava   2007   37,258   1B    SHTP (1)   Handymax $12,800   18-May-14 (9)
24 Krisjanis Valdemars 2007   37,266   1B    SHTP (1)   Handymax $12,800   14-Apr-14 (10)
25 Jinan   2003   37,285   -    SHTP (1)   Handymax $12,600   28-Apr-15  
26 Iver Progress   2007   37,412   -    SHTP (1)   Handymax $12,500   03-Mar-15 (11)
27 Iver Prosperity   2007   37,455   -    SHTP (1)   Handymax $12,500   20-Oct-14 (12)
28 Histria Azure   2007   40,394   -    SHTP (1)   Handymax $12,600   04-Apr-14 (13)
29 Histria Coral   2006   40,426   -    SHTP (1)   Handymax $12,800   17-Jul-14 (14)
30 Histria Perla   2005   40,471   -    SHTP (1)   Handymax $12,800   15-Jul-14 (14)
31 STX Ace 6   2007   46,161   -   SMRP(4)   MR $14,150   17-May-14 (15)
32 Targale   2007   49,999   -   SMRP(4)   MR $14,500   17-May-14 (16)
33 Gan-Triumph   2010   49,999   -   SMRP(4)   MR $14,150   20-May-14  
34 Nave Orion   2013   49,999   -   SMRP(4)   MR $14,300   25-Mar-15 (17)
35 Hafnia Lupus   2012   50,385   -   SMRP(4)   MR $14,760   26-Apr-14 (18)
36 Gan-Trust   2013   51,561   -   SMRP(4)   MR $16,250   06-Jan-16 (19)
37 Usma   2007   52,684   1B   SMRP(4)   MR $14,500   03-Jan-15  
38 SN Federica   2003   72,344   -    SPTP (2)   LR1 $11,250   15-May-15 (20)
39 SN Azzura   2003   72,344   -    SPTP (2)   LR1 $13,600   25-Dec-14  
40 King Douglas   2008   73,666   -    SPTP (2)   LR1 $14,000   08-Aug-14 (21)
41 Hellespont Promise 2007   73,669   -    SPTP (2)   LR1 $14,250   14-Aug-14  
42 FPMC P Eagle   2009   73,800   -    SPTP (2)   LR1 $14,525   09-Sep-15  
43 FPMC P Hero   2011   99,995   -   SLR2P (3)   LR2 $15,000   02-May-14 (22)
44 FPMC P Ideal   2012   99,993   -   SLR2P (3)   LR2 $15,250   09-Jul-14 (23)
45 Swarna Jayanti   2010   104,895       SLR2P (3)   LR2 $15,000   11-Mar-15 (24)
46 Densa Alligator   2013   105,708   -   SLR2P (3)   LR2 $16,500   17-Sep-14 (25)
47 Khawr Aladid   2006   106,003   -   SLR2P (3)   LR2 $15,400   11-Jul-15  
48 Fair Seas   2008   115,406   -   SLR2P (3)   LR2 $16,500   21-Aug-14  
49 Southport   2008   115,462       SLR2P (3)   LR2 $15,700   10-Dec-14  
50 Pink Stars   2010   115,592   -   SLR2P (3)   LR2 $16,125   10-Apr-14  
51 Four Sky   2010   115,708   -   SLR2P (3)   LR2 $16,250   02-Sep-14  
52 Orange Stars   2011   115,756   -   SLR2P (3)   LR2 $16,125   06-Apr-14  
                               
  Total time chartered-in DWT   2,156,313                    

 

21
 

 

  Newbuildings currently under construction                      
  Vessel Name   Yard   DWT   Ice class       Vessel type        
  Product tankers                            
                               
53 Hull 2451   HMD (26) 38,000   1A       Handymax        
54 Hull 2452   HMD (26) 38,000   1A       Handymax        
55 Hull 2453   HMD (26) 38,000   1A       Handymax        
56 Hull 2454   HMD (26) 38,000   1A       Handymax        
57 Hull 2462   HMD (26) 38,000   1A       Handymax        
58 Hull 2463   HMD (26) 38,000   1A       Handymax        
59 Hull 2464   HMD (26) 38,000   1A       Handymax        
60 Hull 2465   HMD (26) 38,000   1A       Handymax        
61 Hull 2476   HMD (26) 38,000   1A       Handymax        
62 Hull 2477   HMD (26) 38,000   1A       Handymax        
63 Hull 2478   HMD (26) 38,000   1A       Handymax        
64 Hull 2479   HMD (26) 38,000   1A       Handymax        
65 Hull 2499   HMD (26) 38,000   1A       Handymax        
66 Hull 2500   HMD (26) 38,000   1A       Handymax        
67 Hull 2391   HMD (26) 52,000           MR        
68 Hull 2392   HMD (26) 52,000           MR        
69 Hull 2449   HMD (26) 52,000           MR        
70 Hull 2450   HMD (26) 52,000           MR        
71 Hull 2458   HMD (26) 52,000           MR        
72 Hull 2459   HMD (26) 52,000           MR        
73 Hull 2460   HMD (26) 52,000           MR        
74 Hull 2461   HMD (26) 52,000           MR        
75 Hull 2492   HMD (26) 52,000           MR        
76 Hull 2493   HMD (26) 52,000           MR        
77 Hull 2445   HMD (26) 52,000           MR        
78 Hull 2474   HMD (26) 52,000           MR        
79 Hull 2475   HMD (26) 52,000           MR        
80 Hull 2490   HMD (26) 52,000           MR        
81 Hull S1138   SPP (27) 52,000           MR        
82 Hull S1139   SPP (27) 52,000           MR        
83 Hull S1140   SPP (27) 52,000           MR        
84 Hull S1141   SPP (27) 52,000           MR        
85 Hull S1142   SPP (27) 52,000           MR        
86 Hull S1143   SPP (27) 52,000           MR        
87 Hull S1144   SPP (27) 52,000           MR        
88 Hull S1145   SPP (27) 52,000           MR        
89 Hull S1167   SPP (27) 52,000           MR        
90 Hull S1168   SPP (27) 52,000           MR        
91 Hull S1169   SPP (27) 52,000           MR        
92 Hull S1170   SPP (27) 52,000           MR        
93 Hull S5123   SPP (27) 52,000           MR        
94 Hull S5124   SPP (27) 52,000           MR        
95 Hull S5125   SPP (27) 52,000           MR        
96 Hull S703   HSHI (28) 114,000           LR2        
97 Hull S704   HSHI (28) 114,000           LR2        
98 Hull S705   HSHI (28) 114,000           LR2        
99 Hull S706   HSHI (28) 114,000           LR2        
100 Hull S709   HSHI (28) 114,000           LR2        
101 Hull S710   HSHI (28) 114,000           LR2        
102 Hull S715   HSHI (28) 114,000           LR2        
103 Hull S716   HSHI (28) 114,000           LR2        
104 Hull 5394   DSME (29) 114,000           LR2        
105 Hull 5395   DSME (29) 114,000           LR2        
106 Hull 5398   DSME (29) 114,000           LR2        
107 Hull 5399   DSME (29) 114,000           LR2        
                               
                               
  Total newbuilding product tankers DWT 3,408,000                    
                               
  Total Fleet DWT   6,796,318                    

 

22
 

 

(1) This vessel operates in or is expected to operate in the Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool (SHTP). SHTP is operated by Scorpio Commercial Management (SCM). SHTP and SCM are related parties to the Company.
(2) This vessel operates in or is expected to operate in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool (SPTP). SPTP is operated by SCM. SPTP is a related party to the Company.
(3) This vessel operates in or is expected to operate in the Scorpio LR2 Pool (SLR2P). SLR2P is operated by SCM. SLR2P is a related party to the Company.
(4) This vessel operates in or is expected to operate in the Scorpio MR Pool (SMRP). SMRP is operated by SCM. SMRP is a related party to the Company.
(5) This vessel is on a time charter agreement for two years at $16,000 per day that expires in March 2016.  The agreement also contains a 50% profit sharing provision whereby we split all of the vessel’s profits above the daily base rate with the charterer.  
(6) We have entered into agreements to sell these vessels.  These sales are expected to close in April 2014.  
(7) Redelivery from the charterer is plus or minus 30 days from the expiry date.
(8) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $14,000 per day.
(9) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $13,650 per day.  
(10) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $13,650 per day.  The agreement also contains a 50% profit and loss sharing provision whereby we split all of the vessel’s profits and losses above or below the daily base rate with the vessel’s owner.  
(11) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $13,500 per day.
(12) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $13,250 per day.
(13) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $13,550 per day.
(14) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $13,550 per day.
(15) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $15,150 per day.
(16) We have options to extend the charter for up to three consecutive one year periods at $14,850 per day, $15,200 per day and $16,200 per day, respectively.  
(17) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $15,700 per day.
(18) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $16,000 per day.
(19) The daily base rate represents the average rate for the three year duration of the agreement.  The rate for the first year is $15,750 per day, the rate for the second year is $16,250 per day, and the rate for the third year is $16,750 per day. We have options to extend the charter for up to two consecutive one year periods at $17,500 per day and $18,000 per day, respectively.  
(20) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $12,500 per day.  We have also entered into an agreement with the vessel’s owner whereby we split all of the vessel’s profits above the daily base rate.
(21) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $15,000 per day.
(22) We have options to extend the charter for two consecutive six month periods at $15,250 per day, and $15,500 per day respectively.
(23) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional six months at $15,500 per day.
(24) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional six months at $16,250 per day.
(25) We have an option to extend the charter for one year at $17,550 per day.
(26) These newbuilding vessels are being constructed at HMD (Hyundai Mipo Dockyard Co. Ltd. of South Korea).  23 vessels are expected to be delivered in 2014 and five vessels in the first and second quarters of 2015.
(27) These newbuilding vessels are being constructed at SPP (SPP Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. of South Korea ).  11 vessels are expected to be delivered in 2014 and four in the first and second quarters of 2015.
(28) These newbuilding vessels are being constructed at HSHI (Hyundai Samho Heavy Industries Co., Ltd.).  Six vessels are expected to be delivered in the third and fourth quarters of 2014 and two in the first quarter of 2015.
(29) These newbuilding vessels are being constructed at DSME (Daewoo Shipbuilding and Marine Engineering).  Two vessels are expected to be delivered in the fourth quarter of 2014 and two in the second quarter of 2015.

 

23
 

Chartering strategy

Generally, we operate our vessels in commercial pools on time charters or in the spot market.

Commercial Pools

To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenues, we participate in commercial pools with other shipowners of similar modern, well-maintained vessels. As of the date of this annual report, 47 of the vessels in our Operating Fleet operate in one of the Scorpio Group Pools. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial managers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each shipowner. Pools negotiate charters with customers primarily in the spot market. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages and contracts of affreightment, or COAs, thus generating higher effective TCE revenues than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market.

Time Charters

Time charters give us a fixed and stable cash flow for a known period of time. Time charters also mitigate in part the seasonality of the spot market business, which is generally weaker in the second and third quarters of the year. In the future, we may opportunistically look to enter our vessels into time charter contracts. We may also enter into time charter contracts with profit sharing agreements, which enable us to benefit if the spot market increases. As of the date of this annual report, one of the vessels in our Operating Fleet is operating under a long-term time charter (greater than one year).

Spot Market

A spot market voyage charter is generally a contract to carry a specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port for an agreed freight per ton of cargo or a specified total amount. Under spot market voyage charters, we pay voyage expenses such as port, canal and bunker costs. Spot charter rates are volatile and fluctuate on a seasonal and year-to-year basis. Fluctuations derive from imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes. Vessels operating in the spot market generate revenue that is less predictable, but may enable us to capture increased profit margins during periods of improvements in tanker rates. As of the date of this annual report, four of the vessels in our Operating Fleet, STI Duchessa , STI Opera, Senatore and Venice were operating directly in the spot market.

Management of our fleet

Commercial and Technical Management

Our vessels are commercially managed by Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., or SCM, and technically managed by Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., or SSM, pursuant to a Master Agreement, which may be terminated upon two years notice. SCM and SSM are related parties of ours. We expect that additional vessels that we may acquire in the future will also be managed under the Master Agreement or on substantially similar terms.

SCM’s services include securing employment, in the spot market and on time charters, for our vessels. SCM also manages the Scorpio Group Pools. When our vessels are operating in one of the Scorpio Group Pools, SCM, the pool manager, charges fees of $300 per vessel per day with respect to our Panamax/LR1 vessels, $250 per vessel per day with respect to our LR2 vessels, and $325 per vessel per day with respect to each of our Handymax and MR vessels, plus 1.50% commission on gross revenues per charter fixture.  These are the same fees that SCM charges other vessel owners in these pools, including third party owned vessels. For commercial management of our vessels that are not operating in any of the Scorpio Group Pools, we pay SCM a fee of $250 per vessel per day for each Panamax, LR1 and LR2 vessel and $300 per vessel per day for each Handymax and MR vessel, plus 1.25% commission on gross revenues per charter fixture.

SSM’s services include day-to-day vessel operation, performing general maintenance, monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance, customer vetting procedures, supervising the maintenance and general efficiency of vessels, arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment for vessels, appointing supervisors and technical consultants and providing technical support. We currently pay SSM $685 per vessel per day to provide technical management services for each of our vessels which is the same fee that SSM charges to third parties.

Administrative Services Agreement

We have an Administrative Services Agreement with Scorpio Services Holding Limited, or SSH, or our Administrator, for the provision of administrative staff and office space, and administrative services, including accounting, legal compliance, financial and information technology services. SSH is a related party of ours. Liberty, a company affiliated with us, acted as our Administrator until March 13, 2012 when the Administrative Services Agreement was novated to SSH. The effective date of the novation was November 9, 2009, the date that we first entered into the agreement with Liberty. We reimburse our current Administrator for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above. Our Administrator also arranges vessel sales and purchases for us. The services provided to us by our Administrator may be sub-contracted to other entities within the Scorpio Group.

24
 

We pay our Administrator a fee for arranging vessel purchases and sales for us, equal to 1% of the gross purchase or sale price, payable upon the consummation of any such purchase or sale. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid our Administrator $9.1 million, which consisted of $2.5 million related to the purchase and delivery of seven newbuilding vessels in 2013 and $6.6 million on the purchase and subsequent sale of our VLGC business to Dorian in November 2013. We believe this 1% fee on purchases and sales is customary in the tanker industry.

Further, pursuant to our administrative services agreement, our Administrator, on behalf of itself and other members of the Scorpio Group, has agreed that it will not directly own product or crude tankers ranging in size from 35,000 dwt to 200,000 dwt.

Our administrative services agreement, whose effective commencement began in December 2009, and can be terminated upon two years notice.

The International Oil Tanker Shipping Industry

All the information and data presented in this section, including the analysis of the oil tanker shipping industry, has been provided by Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd., or Drewry. The statistical and graphical information contained herein is drawn from Drewry’s database and other sources. According to Drewry: (i) certain information in Drewry’s database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; (ii) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in Drewry’s database; and (iii) while Drewry has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.

 

Oil Tanker Demand

 

In broad terms, demand for oil products traded by sea is principally affected by world and regional economic conditions, as well as other factors such as changes in the location of productive capacity, and variations in the regional prices.

Demand for shipping capacity is a product of the physical quantity of the cargo (measured, depending on the cargo in terms of tons or cubic metrics) together with the distance the cargo is carried. Demand cycles move broadly in line with developments in the global economy, with demand for products slowing significantly in the period immediately after the onset of the global economic downturn in late 2008, before recovering gradually in 2012 and 2013 with the general improvement in the economic climate.

Product tankers carry refined products, such as fuel oil and vacuum gas oil (often referred to as ‘dirty products’), gas oil, gasoline, jet fuel, kerosene and naphtha (often referred to as ‘clean products’), and sometimes crude oil. In addition, some product tankers are able to carry bulk liquid chemicals and edible oils and fats. Clean petroleum products are carried by International Maritime Organisation (IMO) and non IMO certified tankers. IMO tankers also carry, depending on their tank coatings, a range of other products including organic and inorganic bulk liquid chemicals, vegetable oils and animal fats and special products such as molasses.

World oil consumption has generally experienced sustained growth over the last two decades, although it declined in 2008-2009 due to the steep downturn in the global economy. Data for 2013 however suggests that world oil demand rebounded to reach 90.9 million barrels per day and since 1990 it has grown at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of approximately 1.2%.

25
 

World Oil Consumption: 1990–2013

(Million Barrels Per Day)

 

Source: Drewry

 

Regionally, while oil consumption has been static or slightly declining in most of the developed world, consumption is increasing in most of the developing world. In recent years, Asia, in particular China has been the main generator of additional demand for oil, with this demand largely supplied from traditional sources such as the Middle East. In the period 2003 to 2013 Chinese oil consumption grew by a CAGR of 6.1% to reach 10.1 million barrels per day.

Oil consumption on a per capita basis also remains low in countries such as China and India when compared with the United States and Western Europe, but it is nonetheless growing rapidly thereby leading to increases in crude oil and refined product imports, as both countries have insufficient domestic supplies to meet demand.

Oil Product Exports & Imports

A significant development in the product tanker industry in recent years has been the growth of exports from the United States. Historically, the United States was a net importer of products, but this situation has changed with the exploitation of shale reserves in the United States and the growth in domestic oil production. In the period 2003-2013 exports of products from the United States increased by a CAGR of 11.8% and much of this traffic went to South America to satisfy growing local demand.

Oil Product Exports – Major Growth Regions

(Million Bpd)

Source: Drewry

26
 

In the United States a combination of moderate oil demand and increased availability of crude oil supplies from tight oil and offshore sources has led to a situation where large scale exports of products are feasible, especially middle distillates from the US Gulf. In light of the projected growth in United States crude oil production, and strong demand growth in South America combined with increasing long-haul flows to Asia, this is a trend which seems likely to continue. Other United States exports have been moving transatlantic into Europe, where local refinery shutdowns have supported import demand.

Oil Product Imports – Major Growth Regions

(’000 Bpd)

Source: Drewry

Product trades are also affected by the location of refinery capacity. During the past five years some oil producing regions in the developing world – most notably the Middle East and Asia - have expanded their own refinery capacity; just as poor financial margins have forced refinery closures in the developed world, especially in Europe and on the United States East Coast. In addition, most of the planned increases in global refinery capacity are scheduled to take place in the Middle East and Asia. Therefore, the recent trends in the location of global refinery capacity look set to continue.

Export-oriented refineries in India and the Middle East, coupled with the closure of refining capacity in the developed world, have prompted longer haul shipments to cater for product demand. Refinery closures close to consuming regions elsewhere in the world will also help to support product import demand. For example, in Australia, trade from Singapore is expected to become increasingly important to compensate for the conversion of local producing refineries into storage depots. This would be part of a general increase in intra-Asian trade which is already boosting product tanker demand, something which may be further supported by expected closures in Japan (a result of new government standards).

Current Tanker Fleet

As of February 28, 2014 the total oil tanker fleet (crude and products) consisted of 3,196 ships with a combined capacity of 420.8 million dwt.

Oil Tanker Fleet – February 28, 2014

 

    Deadweight Tons   Number of       Capacity    
Sector   (dwt)   Vessels   % of Fleet   (million dwt )   % of Fleet
  Handy     10-54,999     795       24.9       29.1       6.9  
  Panamax     55-79,999     394       12.3       28.3       6.7  
  Aframax     80-119,999     890       27.8       95.6       22.7  
  Suezmax     120-199,999     493       15.4       76.3       18.1  
  VLCC     200-320,000     578       18.1       176.5       41.9  
  ULCC     320,000+     46       1.4       15       3.6  
  Total           3,196       100.0       420.8       100.0  

 

Source: Drewry

 

27
 

Additionally, the tanker fleet is divided between crude tankers that carry crude oil or residual fuel oil (“dirty” products), and product tankers that carry refined petroleum products (“clean” products) such as gasoline, jet fuel, kerosene, naphtha and gas oil. There is no industry accepted standard definition of the world oil product tanker fleet but typically the fleet can be divided into four major categories based on vessel size. The world product tanker fleet as of January 2014 consisted of 1,255 ships with a combined capacity of 72.6 million dwt. The breakdown of the fleet by size together with the orderbook for newbuilding product tankers as of January 2014 is illustrated in the table below.

The World Product Tanker Fleet (1) & Orderbook

Size Category   Existing Fleet   Orderbook – Scheduled Deliveries
Dwt   Jan-14   2014   2015   2016+   Total   Orderbook as
    No.   000 Dwt   No.   000 Dwt   No.   000 Dwt   No.   000 Dwt   No.   000 Dwt   % of Fleet
  10-29,999       196       3,405       5       101       1       19       0       0       6       120       3.5 %
  30-41,999       132       4,833       21       804       4       158       9       356       34       1,318       27.3 %
  42-54,999       425       19,863       22       1,026       54       2,734       41       2,094       117       5,854       29.5 %
  55-79,999       295       21,527       7       510       3       210       6       440       16       1,160       5.4 %
  80,000+       207       22,941       19       2,171       36       4,085       9       1,017       64       7,273       31.7 %
  Total       1,255       72,569       74       4,612       98       7,206       65       3,907       237       15,725       21.7 %

 

(1) Product tankers only, excludes chemical tankers

Source: Drewry

 

As of January 31, 2014, the world product tanker orderbook for all vessels above 10,000 DWT comprised 231 ships with a combined capacity of 15.7 million dwt, equivalent to 21.7% of the existing fleet. Most of the ships are due for delivery by the end of 2015, although it is worth noting that in recent years the orderbook has been affected by the non-delivery of vessels. Product tankers scheduled for delivery were not delivered for a variety of reasons, including delays, either through mutual agreement or through shipyard problems, and some were due to vessel cancellations. Slippage and non-delivery is likely to remain an issue going forward and will continue to moderate fleet growth.

 

The Oil Tanker Freight Market

 

Tanker charter hire rates and vessel values for all tankers are influenced by the supply and demand for tanker capacity. Also, in general terms, time charter rates are less volatile than spot rates, because they reflect the fact that the vessel is fixed for a longer period of time. In the spot market, rates will reflect the immediate underlying conditions in vessel supply and demand and are thus prone to more volatility. The trend in spot rates since 2000 for the main vessel classes is shown in the table below.

 

Oil Tanker – Spot (TCE) Rates

(US$/Day)

 

Year   Caribs   NW Europe   West Africa   AG
    USES   NW Europe   Caribs/USES   Japan
    40-70,000 dwt   70-100,000 dwt   150-160,000 dwt   280-300,000 dwt
  2000       28,375       40,375       40,950       52,450  
  2001       26,300       35,308       31,992       36,891  
  2002       16,567       22,800       19,325       21,667  
  2003       28,833       41,883       37,367       49,342  
  2004       42,158       55,408       64,792       95,258  
  2005       34,933       57,517       40,883       59,125  
  2006       28,792       47,067       40,142       51,142  
  2007       30,100       41,975       35,392       45,475  
  2008       36,992       56,408       52,650       89,300  
  2009       13,450       19,883       20,242       29,483  
  2010       17,950       27,825       19,658       40,408  
  2011       11,000       12,283       8,909       19,933  
  2012       15,245       9,625       10,517       17,617  
  2013       14,783       12,000       7,500       16,417  
  Feb-14       27,600       37,600       5,400       27,100  

 

Source: Drewry

 

Between 2003 and 2007, the differential between demand and supply for tankers remained narrow and product tanker freight rates were generally firm. Following the recent recession, product tanker demand slowed, coinciding with substantial tonnage entering the fleet, driving earnings down. In late 2013 however, there was some evidence that rates had started to move upwards from the recessionary lows.

28
 

Oil Tanker Newbuilding Prices

Newbuilding prices increased significantly between 2003 and 2007 primarily as a result of increased tanker demand. Thereafter prices weakened in the face of a poor freight market and lower levels of new ordering. In late 2013 prices started to recover, but it is worth noting that they are still significantly below the peaks reported at the height of the market in 2008, a fact evident from the data shown in the table below.

Oil Tankers: Newbuilding Prices

(US$ Millions)

 

Year End     30,000       50,000       75,000       110,000       160,000       300,000  
      Dwt       Dwt       Dwt       Dwt       Dwt       Dwt  
2000     n/a       31.5       36.5       41.0       49.5       76.0  
2001     n/a       27.0       33.5       38.0       47.0       72.0  
2002     n/a       26.5       31.0       36.0       44.0       66.0  
2003     28.5       30.5       34.5       40.0       52.0       73.0  
2004     34.0       39.0       41.0       57.0       68.0       105.0  
2005     37.5       42.0       43.0       59.0       71.0       120.0  
2006     40.5       47.5       50.0       65.0       78.0       128.0  
2007     46.0       54.0       64.0       78.0       90.0       146.0  
2008     40.0       46.5       57.0       71.5       87.0       142.0  
2009     31.0       36.0       42.5       52.0       62.0       101.0  
2010     33.0       36.0       46.0       57.0       67.0       105.0  
2011     31.5       36.0       44.0       52.8       61.7       99.0  
2012     30.0       33.0       42.0       48.0       56.5       92.0  
2013     31.0       35.0       43.0       51.5       59.0       93.5  
Feb-14     33.0       37.5       45.0       54.0       64.0       98.5  

 

Source: Drewry

 

Secondhand Prices

Secondhand values primarily, albeit with a lag, reflect prevailing and expected charter rates. During extended periods of high charter rates vessel values tend to appreciate and vice versa. However vessel values are also influenced by other factors, including the age of the vessel. Prices for young vessels, those approximately up to five years old, are also influenced by newbuilding prices while prices for old vessels, near the end of their useful economic life, those approximately at or in excess of 25 years, are influenced by the value of scrap steel.

 

The table below illustrates the movements of prices (expressed in US$ million) for second hand oil tankers from 2000 to February 2014. In the last few months of 2013 prices for all modern started to rise as a result of the rise in freight rates and more positive market sentiment, but they remain a long way from the last cyclical peak seen in 2007/2008.

 

29
 

Oil Tanker Secondhand Prices: 2000-2014
(US$ Million)

 

Year End     30,000       45,000       70,000       95,000       150,000       300,000  
      Dwt       Dwt       Dwt       Dwt       Dwt       Dwt  
      10 Yrs       5 Yrs       5 Yrs       5 Yrs       5 Yrs       5 Yrs  
2000     25.5       25.5       28.5       36.5       44.0       70.0  
2001     25.0       25.0       25.5       34.5       41.5       63.0  
2002     21.5       21.5       21.0       29.5       39.0       55.0  
2003     29.5       29.5       24.0       37.0       47.0       70.0  
2004     42.0       42.0       38.0       57.0       73.0       112.0  
2005     45.5       45.5       39.0       58.0       75.0       110.0  
2006     47.5       47.5       48.0       63.0       77.0       115.0  
2007     52.0       52.0       59.0       68.5       91.5       130.0  
2008     42.0       42.0       46.0       55.0       77.0       110.0  
2009     24.0       24.0       32.5       38.0       53.0       77.5  
2010     21.5       24.0       35.0       42.0       58.0       85.5  
2011     22.5       27.0       32.0       33.5       45.5       58.0  
2012     20.0       24.0       25.0       27.5       40.0       57.0  
2013     21.0       29.0       31.0       32.0       42.0       60.0  
Feb-14     21.5       29.0       32.0       36.0       47.0       71.0  

 

Source: Drewry  

Environmental and Other Regulations

Government laws and regulations significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. We are subject to various international conventions, laws and regulations in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements entails significant expense, including vessel modification and implementation costs.

A variety of government, quasi-governmental and private organizations subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These organizations include the local port authorities, national authorities, harbor masters or equivalent entities, classification societies, relevant flag state (country of registry) and charterers, particularly terminal operators and oil companies. Some of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates and approvals for the operation of our vessels. Our failure to maintain necessary permits, licenses, certificates or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend operation of one or more of the vessels in our fleet, or lead to the invalidation or reduction of our insurance coverage.

We believe that the heightened levels of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers have led to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for tankers that conform to stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with applicable local, national and international environmental laws and regulations. We believe that the operation of our vessels is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations; however, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly strict requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that results in significant oil pollution, release of hazardous substances, loss of life, or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact, such as the 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, could result in additional legislation, regulation, or other requirements that could negatively affect our profitability.

International Maritime Organization

The International Maritime Organization, or the IMO, is the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by ships. The IMO has adopted several international conventions that regulate the international shipping industry, including but not limited to the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, generally referred to as CLC, the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, and the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973, or the MARPOL Convention. The MARPOL Convention is broken into six Annexes, each of which establishes environmental standards relating to different sources of pollution: Annex I relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annexes II and III relate to harmful substances carried, in bulk, in liquid or packaged form, respectively; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI, adopted by the IMO in September of 1997, relates to air emissions.

30
 

In 2012, the IMO’s Marine Environmental Protection Committee, or MEPC, adopted by resolution amendments to the international code for the construction and equipment of ships carrying dangerous chemicals in bulk, or the IBC Code. The provisions of the IBC Code are mandatory under MARPOL and SOLAS. These amendments, which are expected to enter into force in June 2014, pertain to revised international certificates of fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemicals in bulk and identifying new products that fall under the IBC Code. We may need to make certain financial expenditures to comply with these amendments.

In 2013, the MEPC adopted by resolution amendments to the MARPOL Annex I Conditional Assessment Scheme, or CAS. The amendments, which are expected to become effective on October 1, 2014, pertain to revising references to the inspections of bulk carriers and tankers after the 2011 ESP Code, which enhances the programs of inspections, becomes mandatory. We may need to make certain financial expenditures to comply with these amendments.

Air Emissions

In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution. Effective May 2005, Annex VI sets limits on nitrogen oxide emissions from ships whose diesel engines were constructed (or underwent major conversions) on or after January 1, 2000. It also prohibits “deliberate emissions” of “ozone depleting substances,” defined to include certain halons and chlorofluorocarbons. “Deliberate emissions” are not limited to times when the ship is at sea; they can for example include discharges occurring in the course of the ship’s repair and maintenance. Emissions of “volatile organic compounds” from certain tankers, and the shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)) are also prohibited. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls of sulfur emissions known as “Emission Control Areas” (“ECAs”) (see below).

The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulfur contained in any fuel oil used on board ships. As of January 1, 2012, the amended Annex VI requires that fuel oil contain no more than 3.50% sulfur. By January 1, 2020, sulfur content must not exceed 0.50%, subject to a feasibility review to be completed no later than 2018.

Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain ECAs. As of July 1, 2010, ships operating within an ECA were not permitted to use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 1.0% (from 1.50%), which will be further reduced to 0.10% on January 1, 2015. Amended Annex VI establishes procedures for designating new ECAs. Currently, the Baltic Sea and the North Sea have been so designated. On August 1, 2012, certain coastal areas of North America were designated ECAs and effective January 1, 2014, the applicable areas of the United States Caribbean Sea were designated ECAs. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the EPA or the states where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures, operational changes, or otherwise increase the costs of our operations.

As of January 1, 2013, MARPOL made mandatory certain measures relating to energy efficiency for new ships in part to address greenhouse gas emissions. It made the Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) apply to all new ships, and the Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan (SEEMP) apply to all ships.

Amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency promulgated equivalent (and in some senses stricter) emissions standards in late 2009. As a result of these designations or similar future designations, we may be required to incur additional operating or other costs.

Safety Management System Requirements

The IMO also adopted the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, or SOLAS, and the International Convention on Load Lines, or LL, which impose a variety of standards that regulate the design and operational features of ships. The IMO periodically revises the SOLAS and LL standards. May 2012 SOLAS amendments entered into force as of January 1, 2014. The Convention on Limitation for Maritime Claims (LLMC) was recently amended and the amendments are expected to go into effect on June 8, 2015. The amendments alter the limits of liability for a loss of life or personal injury claim and a property claim against ship owners.

Our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements contained in the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or ISM Code, promulgated by the IMO under Chapter IX of SOLAS. The ISM Code requires the owner of a vessel, or any person who has taken responsibility for operation of a vessel, to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that has been developed for our vessels for compliance with the ISM Code.

31
 

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators also obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. We have obtained documents of compliance for its offices and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the ISM Code. These documents of compliance and safety management certificates are renewed as required.

Noncompliance with the ISM Code and other IMO regulations may subject the shipowner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in, or invalidation of, available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports.

Pollution Control and Liability Requirements

IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory nations to such conventions. For example, many countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as amended by different Protocol in 1976, 1984, and 1992, and amended in 2000, or the CLC. Under the CLC and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain exceptions. The 1992 Protocol changed certain limits on liability, expressed using the International Monetary Fund currency unit of Special Drawing Rights. The limits on liability have since been amended so that compensation limits on liability were raised. The right to limit liability is forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the shipowner’s personal fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the shipowner’s personal act or omission by intentional or reckless conduct where the shipowner knew pollution damage would probably result. The CLC requires ships covered by it to maintain insurance covering the liability of the owner in a sum equivalent to an owner’s liability for a single incident. We believe that our protection and indemnity insurance will cover the liability under the plan adopted by the IMO.

The IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention, to impose strict liability on shipowners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended). With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in ship’s bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.

In addition, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, in February 2004. The BWM Convention will not become effective until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. To date, there has not been sufficient adoption of this standard for it to take force, but it is close. Many of the implementation dates originally written in the BWM Convention have already passed, so that once the BWM Convention enters into force, the period for installation of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements would be extremely short, with several thousand ships a year needing to install ballast water management systems (BWMS). For this reason, on December 4, 2013, the IMO Assembly passed a resolution revising the application dates of BWM Convention so that they are triggered by the entry into force date and not the dates originally in the BWM Convention. This in effect makes all vessels constructed before the entry into force date ‘existing’ vessels, and allows for the installation of a BWMS on such vessels at the first renewal survey following entry into force. Once mid-ocean ballast exchange or ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers. Although we do not believe that the costs of compliance with a mandatory mid-ocean ballast exchange would be material, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of such a requirement on our operations.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.

U.S. Regulations

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all “owners and operators” whose vessels trade in the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in U.S. waters, which includes the U.S. territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone. The United States has also enacted the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil, whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both define “owner and operator” “in the case of a vessel, as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel.” Accordingly, both OPA and CERCLA impact our operations.

32
 

Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:

· injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and related assessment costs;
· injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property;
· net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;
· loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost;
· lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property or natural resources; and
· net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs. Effective July 31, 2009, the U.S. Coast Guard adjusted the limits of OPA liability to the greater of $2,000 per gross ton or $17.088 million for any double-hull tanker that is over 3,000 gross tons (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation), and our fleet is entirely composed of vessels of this size class. These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship), or a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident where the responsibility party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act.

CERCLA contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damage for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo or residue and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations. The limitation on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refused to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA.

OPA and CERCLA each preserve the right to recover damages under existing law, including maritime tort law.

OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee. We have provided such evidence and received certificates of financial responsibility from the U.S. Coast Guard’s for each of our vessels that is required to have one.

OPA permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA. Some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for discharge of pollutants within their waters, however, in some cases, states which have enacted this type of legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining tanker owners’ responsibilities under these laws.

The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico may also result in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes, including the raising of liability caps under OPA. For example, on August 15, 2012, the U.S. Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement (BSEE) issued a final drilling safety rule for offshore oil and gas operations that strengthens the requirements for safety equipment, well control systems, and blowout prevention practices. Compliance with any new requirements of OPA may substantially impact our cost of operations or require us to incur additional expenses to comply with any new regulatory initiatives or statutes.

33
 

Through our P&I Club membership, we expect to maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The U.S. Clean Water Act, or CWA, prohibits the discharge of oil, hazardous substances and ballast water in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. Furthermore, many U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law.

The EPA and U.S. Coast Guard, or USCG, have enacted rules relating to ballast water discharge, compliance with which requires the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, and/or otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.

 

The EPA requires a permit regulating ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of certain vessels within United States waters under the Vessel General Permit for Discharges Incidental to the Normal Operation of Vessels, or VGP. For a new vessel delivered to an owner or operator after September 19, 2009 to be covered by the VGP, the owner must submit a Notice of Intent, or NOI, at least 30 days before the vessel operates in United States waters. On March 28, 2013 the EPA re-issued the VGP for another five years. This VGP took effect on December 19, 2013. The VGP focuses on authorizing discharges incidental to operations of commercial vessels and the new VGP contains numeric ballast water discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in US waters, more stringent requirements for exhaust gas scrubbers and the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants.

 

USCG regulations adopted and proposed for adoption under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering U.S. waters, which require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures, and/or otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters. The USCG must approve any technology before it is placed on a vessel, but has not yet approved the technology necessary for vessels to meet the foregoing standards.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of January 1, 2014, vessels are technically subject to the phasing-in of these standards. As a result, the USCG has provided waivers to vessels which cannot install the as-yet unapproved technology. The EPA, on the other hand, has taken a different approach to enforcing ballast discharge standards under the VGP. On December 27, 2013, the EPA issued an enforcement response policy in connection with the new VGP in which the EPA indicated that it would take into account the reasons why vessels do not have the requisite technology installed, but will not grant any waivers.

 

Compliance with the EPA and the U.S. Coast Guard regulations could require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, and/or otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.

European Union Regulations

In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties. Member States were required to enact laws or regulations to comply with the directive by the end of 2010. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims.

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. As of January 1, 2013, all new ships must comply with two new sets of mandatory requirements to address greenhouse gas emissions from ships which were adopted by MEPC, in July 2011. Currently operating ships are required to develop Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plans, and minimum energy efficiency levels per capacity mile, outlined in the Energy Efficiency Design Index, will apply to new ships. These requirements could cause us to incur additional compliance costs. The IMO is also planning to implement market-based mechanisms to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships at an upcoming MEPC session. The European Union has indicated that it intends to propose an expansion of the existing European Union emissions trading scheme to include emissions of greenhouse gases from marine vessels, and in January 2012 the European Commission launched a public consultation on possible measures to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships. In April 2013, the European Parliament rejected proposed changes to the European Union Emissions Law regarding carbon trading. In June 2013 the European Commission developed a strategy to integrate maritime emissions into the overall European Union Strategy to reduced greenhouse gas emissions. If the strategy is adopted by the European Parliament and Council large vessels using European Union ports would be required to monitor, report, and verify their carbon dioxide emissions beginning in January 2018. In December 2013 the European Union environmental ministers discussed draft rules to implement monitoring and reporting of carbon dioxide emissions from ships. In the United States, the EPA has issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety and has adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources and large stationary sources. Although the mobile source emissions regulations do not apply to greenhouse gas emissions from vessels, such regulation of vessels is foreseeable, and the EPA has in recent years received petitions from the California Attorney General and various environmental groups seeking such regulation. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, European Union, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures, including capital expenditures to upgrade our vessels, which we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

34
 

International Labour Organization

The International Labour Organization (ILO) is a specialized agency of the UN with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006 (MLC 2006). A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance will be required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships above 500 gross tons in international trade. The MLC 2006 entered into force on August 20, 2013. The MLC 2006 requires us to develop new procedures to ensure full compliance with its requirements.

Vessel Security Regulations

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. The regulations also impose requirements on certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA.

Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new Chapter V became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, and mandates compliance with the International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code (“ISPS Code”). The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and ships against terrorism. Amendments to SOLAS Chapter VII, made mandatory in 2004, apply to vessels transporting dangerous goods and require those vessels be in compliance with the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (“IMDG Code”).

To trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate (“ISSC”), from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state. Among the various requirements are:

· on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;
· on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;
· the development of vessel security plans;
· ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull;
· a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel’s history, including the name of the ship, the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship’s identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and
· compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

Ships operating without a valid certificate, may be detained at port until it obtains an ISSC, or it may be expelled from port, or refused entry at port.

35
 

The USCG regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt from MTSA vessel security measures non-U.S. vessels provided that such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. We have implemented the various security measures addressed by MTSA, SOLAS and the ISPS Code, and our fleet is in compliance with applicable security requirements.

Inspection by classification societies

Every seagoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is ’‘in class,’’ signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

· Annual Surveys. For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant, and where applicable for special equipment classed, within three months before or after each anniversary date of the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.
· Intermediate Surveys. Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys are to be carried out at or between the occasion of the second or third annual survey.
· Class Renewal Surveys. Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the ship’s hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey, the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one-year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period was granted, a vessel owner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle.

At an owner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years.

Most vessels are also dry-docked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation’’ which must be rectified by the ship owner within prescribed time limits.

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in-class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies (“IACS”). In December 2013 the IACS adopted new harmonized Common Structure Rules which will apply to oil tankers and bulk carriers to be constructed on or after July 1, 2015. All our vessels are certified as being “in-class” by American Bureau of Shipping and Det Norske Veritas. All new and secondhand vessels that we purchase must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memoranda of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the scheduled date of closing, we have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel.

36
 

In addition to the classification inspections, many of our customers regularly inspect our vessels as a precondition to chartering them for voyages. We believe that our well-maintained, high-quality vessels provide us with a competitive advantage in the current environment of increasing regulation and customer emphasis on quality.

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance

General

The operation of any cargo vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which in certain circumstances imposes virtually unlimited liability upon owners, operators and demise charterers of any vessel trading in the United States exclusive economic zone for certain oil pollution accidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for vessel-owners and operators trading in the United States market. While we believe that our present insurance coverage is adequate, not all risks can be insured against, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

Marine and War Risks Insurance

We have in force marine and war risks insurance for all of our vessels. Our marine hull and machinery insurance covers risks of particular average and actual or constructive total loss from collision, fire, grounding, engine breakdown and other insured named perils up to an agreed amount per vessel. Our war risks insurance covers the risks of particular average and actual or constructive total loss from confiscation, seizure, capture, vandalism, sabotage, and other war-related named perils. Each vessel is covered up to at least its fair market value at the time of the insurance attachment and subject to a fixed deductible per each single accident or occurrence, but excluding actual or constructive total loss.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

Protection and indemnity (P&I) insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, commonly referred to as P&I Clubs, and provides unlimited coverage, except for pollution which is capped as discussed below. P&I insurance covers our third party liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. This includes liability and other related expenses resulting from injury, illness or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, loss of or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to third-party property including piers and other fixed or floating objects, pollution arising from oil or other substances, and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal.

 

As a member of a P&I Club that is, in turn, a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs we carry protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution of $1 billion per vessel per incident. The P&I Clubs that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each Club’s liabilities. Although the P&I Clubs compete with each other for business, they have found it beneficial to pool their larger risks under the auspices of the International Group. This pooling is regulated by a contractual agreement which defines the risks that are to be pooled and exactly how these risks are to be shared by the participating P&I Clubs. We are subject to calls payable to the Clubs of which we are members based on its claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual Clubs and members of the pool of P&I Clubs comprising the International Group.

C. Organizational Structure

Please see Exhibit 8.1 to this annual report for a list of our current subsidiaries.

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

For a description of our fleet, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview.”

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following presentation of management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, accompanying notes thereto and other financial information appearing in Item 18. “Financial Statements.” You should also carefully read the following discussion with the sections of this annual report entitled “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors,” “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—The International Oil Tanker Shipping Industry,” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars ($) unless otherwise indicated. Any amounts converted from another non-U.S. currency to U.S. dollars in this annual report are at the rate applicable at the relevant date, or the average rate during the applicable period.

37
 

We generate revenues by charging customers for the transportation of their refined oil and other petroleum products using our vessels. Historically, these services generally have been provided under the following basic types of contractual relationships:

· Voyage charters , which are charters for short intervals that are priced on current, or “spot,” market rates.
· Time charters , which are chartered to customers for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates, or current market rates.
· Commercial Pools , whereby we participate with other shipowners to operate a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, which offers customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools negotiate charters primarily in the spot market. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages and contracts of affreightment (described below), thus generating higher effective time charter equivalent, or TCE, revenues than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market.
· For all types of vessels in contractual relationships, we are responsible for crewing and other vessel operating costs for our owned vessels and the charterhire expense for vessels that we time charter-in.

The table below illustrates the primary distinctions among these different employment arrangements:

             
    Voyage Charter   Time Charter   Commercial Pool
Typical contract length   Single voyage   One year or more   Varies
Hire rate basis (1)   Varies   Daily   Varies
Voyage expenses (2)   We pay   Customer pays   Pool pays
Vessel operating costs for owned vessels (3)   We pay   We pay   We pay
Charterhire expense for vessels chartered-in (3)   We pay   We pay   We pay
Off-hire (4)   Customer does not pay   Customer does not pay   Pool does not pay

____________________

(1) “Hire rate” refers to the basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel.

 

(2) “Voyage expenses” refers to expenses incurred due to a vessel’s traveling from a loading port to a discharging port, such as fuel (bunker) cost, port expenses, agent’s fees, canal dues and extra war risk insurance, as well as commissions.

 

(3) Defined below under “—Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts.”

 

(4) “Off-hire” refers to the time a vessel is not available for service due primarily to scheduled and unscheduled repairs or drydockings. For time chartered-in vessels, we do not pay the charterhire expense when the vessel is off-hire.

 

As of the date of this annual report, all of our owned and time chartered-in vessels were operating in the Scorpio Group Pools except STI Duchessa, STI Opera, Senatore and Venice , which were operating directly in the spot market and STI Texas City which is on a two year time charter-out agreement expiring in March 2016.

Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts

We use a variety of financial and operational terms and concepts. These include the following:

Vessel revenues. Vessel revenues primarily include revenues from time charters, pool revenues and voyage charters (in the spot market). Vessel revenues are affected by hire rates and the number of days a vessel operates. Vessel revenues are also affected by the mix of business between vessels on time charter, vessels in pools and vessels operating on voyage charter. Revenues from vessels in pools and on voyage charter are more volatile, as they are typically tied to prevailing market rates.

38
 

Voyage charters. Voyage charters or spot voyages are charters under which the customer pays a transportation charge for the movement of a specific cargo between two or more specified ports. We pay all of the voyage expenses.

Voyage expenses. Voyage expenses primarily include bunkers, port charges, canal tolls, cargo handling operations and brokerage commissions paid by us under voyage charters. These expenses are subtracted from voyage charter revenues to calculate time charter equivalent revenues.

Vessel operating costs. For our owned vessels, we are responsible for vessel operating costs, which include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication expenses, and technical management fees. The two largest components of our vessel operating costs are crewing, and repairs and maintenance. Expenses for repairs and maintenance tend to fluctuate from period to period because most repairs and maintenance typically occur during periodic drydocking. Please read “Drydocking” below. We expect these expenses to increase as our fleet matures and to the extent that it expands.

Additionally, these costs include technical management fees that we paid to SSM, which is controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family. Pursuant to our Master Agreement, SSM provides us with technical services, and we provide them with the ability to subcontract technical management of our vessels with our approval.

Charterhire. Charterhire is the amount we pay the owner for time chartered-in vessels. The amount is usually for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates, or current market rates. The vessel’s owner is responsible for crewing and other vessel operating costs.

Drydocking. We periodically drydock each of our owned vessels for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. Generally, each vessel is drydocked every 30 months to 60 months. We capitalize a substantial portion of the costs incurred during drydocking and amortize those costs on a straight-line basis from the completion of a drydocking to the estimated completion of the next drydocking. We immediately expense costs for routine repairs and maintenance performed during drydocking that do not improve or extend the useful lives of the assets. The number of drydockings undertaken in a given period and the nature of the work performed determine the level of drydocking expenditures.

Depreciation. Depreciation expense typically consists of:

· charges related to the depreciation of the historical cost of our owned vessels (less an estimated residual value) over the estimated useful lives of the vessels; and
· charges related to the amortization of drydocking expenditures over the estimated number of years to the next scheduled drydocking.

Time charter equivalent (TCE) revenue or rates. We report time charter equivalent, or TCE revenues, a non-IFRS measure, because (i) we believe it provides additional meaningful information in conjunction with voyage revenues and voyage expenses, the most directly comparable IFRS measure, (ii) it assists our management in making decisions regarding the deployment and use of our vessels and in evaluating their financial performance, (iii) it is a standard shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a shipping company’s performance irrespective of changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., spot charters, time charters and bareboat charters) under which the vessels may be employed between the periods, and (iv) we believe that it presents useful information to investors. TCE revenue is vessel revenue less voyage expenses, including bunkers and port charges. The TCE rate achieved on a given voyage is expressed in US dollars/day and is generally calculated by taking TCE revenue and dividing that figure by the number of revenue days in the period. For a reconciliation of TCE revenue, deduct voyage expenses from revenue on our Statement of Income or Loss.

Revenue days. Revenue days are the total number of calendar days our vessels were in our possession during a period, less the total number of off-hire days during the period associated with major repairs or drydockings. Consequently, revenue days represent the total number of days available for the vessel to earn revenue. Idle days, which are days when a vessel is available to earn revenue, yet is not employed, are included in revenue days. We use revenue days to show changes in net vessel revenues between periods.

Average number of vessels. Historical average number of owned vessels consists of the average number of vessels that were in our possession during a period. We use average number of vessels primarily to highlight changes in vessel operating costs and depreciation and amortization.

Contract of affreightment. A contract of affreightment, or COA, relates to the carriage of specific quantities of cargo with multiple voyages over the same route and over a specific period of time which usually spans a number of years. A COA does not designate the specific vessels or voyage schedules that will transport the cargo, thereby providing both the charterer and shipowner greater operating flexibility than with voyage charters alone. The charterer has the flexibility to determine the individual voyage scheduling at a future date while the shipowner may use different vessels to perform these individual voyages. As a result, COAs are mostly entered into by large fleet operators, such as pools or shipowners with large fleets of the same vessel type. We pay the voyage expenses while the freight rate normally is agreed on a per cargo ton basis.

39
 

Commercial pools. To increase vessel utilization and revenues, we participate in commercial pools with other shipowners and operators of similar modern, well-maintained vessels. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial charterers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each shipowner. Pools negotiate charters with customers primarily in the spot market. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages and COAs, thus generating higher effective TCE revenues than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market while providing a higher level of service offerings to customers.

Operating days . Operating days are the total number of available days in a period with respect to the owned vessels, before deducting available days due to off-hire days and days in drydock. Operating days is a measurement that is only applicable to our owned vessels, not our chartered-in vessels.

Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Results

You should consider the following factors when evaluating our historical financial performance and assessing our future prospects:

Our vessel revenues are affected by cyclicality in the tanker markets . The cyclical nature of the tanker industry causes significant increases or decreases in the revenue we earn from our vessels, particularly those vessels we trade in the spot market. We employ a chartering strategy to capture upside opportunities in the spot market while using fixed-rate time charters to reduce downside risks, depending on SCM’s outlook for freight rates, oil tanker market conditions and global economic conditions. Historically, the tanker industry has been cyclical, experiencing volatility in profitability due to changes in the supply of, and demand for, tanker capacity. The supply of tanker capacity is influenced by the number and size of new vessels built, vessels scrapped, converted and lost, the number of vessels that are out of service, and regulations that may effectively cause early obsolescence of tonnage. The demand for tanker capacity is influenced by, among other factors:

· global and regional economic and political conditions;
· increases and decreases in production of and demand for crude oil and petroleum products;
· increases and decreases in OPEC oil production quotas;
· the distance crude oil and petroleum products need to be transported by sea; and
· developments in international trade and changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns.

Tanker rates also fluctuate based on seasonal variations in demand. Tanker markets are typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere but weaker in the summer months as a result of lower oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and refinery maintenance that is typically conducted in the summer months. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns during the winter months in the northern hemisphere tend to disrupt vessel routing and scheduling. The oil price volatility resulting from these factors has historically led to increased oil trading activities in the winter months. As a result, revenues generated by our vessels have historically been weaker during the quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and stronger in the quarters ended March 31 and December 31.

Our general and administrative expenses were affected by the fees we pay SCM and SSH for commercial management and administrative services respectively, and costs incurred from being a public company. SCM and SSH, companies controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family of which our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is a member, provide commercial and administrative management services to us, respectively. We pay fees under our Master Agreement with SCM, which are identical to what SCM charges third-party owned vessels. We reimburse our Administrator for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above. We also pay our Administrator a fee for arranging vessel purchases and sales for us equal to 1% of the gross purchase or sale price, payable upon the consummation of any such purchase or sale. We believe this 1% fee on purchases and sales is customary in the tanker industry. In addition, we continue to incur general and administrative expenses related to our being a publicly traded company, including, among other things, costs associated with reports to shareholders, filings with the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission, investor relations, New York Stock Exchange fees and tax compliance expenses.

Critical Accounting Policies

In the application of the accounting policies, we are required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

40
 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

The significant judgments and estimates are as follows:

Revenue recognition

We currently generate all revenue from vessels operating in pools or in the spot market. From time to time we also employ our vessels on time charters. Revenue recognition for time charters and pools is generally not as complex or as subjective as voyage charters (spot voyages). Time charters are for a specific period of time at a specific rate per day. For long-term time charters, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the charter. Pool revenues are determined by the pool managers from the total revenues and expenses of the pool and allocated to pool participants using a mechanism set out in the pool agreement.

We generated revenue from spot voyages during the year ended December 31, 2013. Within the shipping industry, there are two methods used to account for spot voyage revenue: (1) ratably over the estimated length of each voyage or (2) completed voyage. The recognition of voyage revenues ratably over the estimated length of each voyage is the most prevalent method of accounting for voyage revenues and the method used by us. Under each method, voyages may be calculated on either a load-to-load or discharge-to-discharge basis. In applying our revenue recognition method, we believe that the discharge-to-discharge basis of calculating voyages more accurately estimates voyage results than the load-to-load basis. In the application of this policy, we do not begin recognizing revenue until (i) the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, (ii) it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity, (iii) the transactions stage of completion at the balance sheet date can be measured reliably and (iv) the costs incurred and the costs to complete the transaction can be measured reliably.

Vessel impairment

Impairment methodology

The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their fair market value at any point in time since the market prices of second-hand vessels fluctuate with changes in charter rates and the cost of constructing new vessels. At each reporting period end date, we review the carrying amounts of our vessels to determine whether there is any indication that those vessels may have suffered an impairment loss. In this regard, fluctuations in market values below carrying values are considered to represent an impairment triggering event that necessitates performance of a full impairment review.

 

Impairment losses are calculated as the excess of a vessel’s carrying amount over its recoverable amount. Under IFRS, the recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s (i) fair value less costs to sell and (ii) value in use. Fair value less costs to sell is defined by IFRS as “the amount obtainable from the sale of an asset or cash-generating unit in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, less the costs of disposal”. When we calculate value in use, we discount the expected future cash flows to be generated by our vessels to their net present value.

 

Our impairment evaluation is performed on an individual vessel basis when there are indications of impairments. First, we assess the fair value less the cost to sell our vessels taking into consideration vessel valuations from leading, independent and internationally recognized ship brokers. We then compare that estimate of market values (less an estimate of selling costs) to each vessel’s carrying value and, if the carrying value exceeds the vessel’s market value, an indicator of impairment exists. The indicator of impairment prompts us to perform a calculation of the potentially impaired vessel’s value in use, in order to appropriately determine the ‘higher of’ the two values.

 

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. In developing estimates of future cash flows, we make assumptions about future charter rates, vessel operating expenses, the estimated remaining useful lives of the vessels and the discount rate. These assumptions are based on historical trends as well as future expectations. Although management believes that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are highly subjective. Reasonable changes in the assumptions for the discount rate or future charter rates could lead to a value in use for some of our vessels that is equal to or less than the carrying amount for such vessels. All of the aforementioned assumptions have been highly volatile in both the current market and historically.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we performed an assessment as described above. The results of this assessment are described as follows for the 19 vessels in our fleet and 65 vessels under construction at December 31, 2013:

 

· Four vessels were designated as held for sale and, in accordance with our accounting policy for non-current assets held for sale, were written down to their fair value less costs to sell.
41
 
· Eight vessels had fair values less costs to sell in excess of their carrying amount.
· Seven vessels had fair values less costs to sell less than their carrying amount which served as indicators of impairment. We prepared a value in use calculation for each these vessels which resulted in no impairment being recognized.
· Two vessels under construction (that were delivered in January 2014) had fair values less costs to sell exceeding their carrying amount.

We did not obtain independent broker valuations for the remaining 63 vessels under construction at December 31, 2013. To assess their carrying values, we prepared value in use calculations which resulted in no impairment indicators.

In line with our policy we performed a value in use calculation where we estimated each vessels’ future cash flows based on a combination of the latest forecast time charter rates for the next three years (obtained from a third party service provider), a growth rate of 3.0% in freight rates for each period thereafter, and our best estimate of vessel operating expenses and drydock costs, which also assume a growth rate of 3.0% in each succeeding year. These cash flows were then discounted to their present value using an estimated weighted average cost of capital of 8.45%. The value in use calculations were greater than the fair value less estimated costs to sell in all instances. As a result of this testing, no impairment charge was recorded.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we performed an assessment as described above. At that date, the carrying amounts of our vessels were greater than the basic, meaning charter free, market value for all of our owned vessels. In line with our policy we performed a value in use calculation where we estimated each vessels’ future cash flows based on a combination of the latest forecast time charter rates for the next three years (obtained from a third party service provider), a growth rate of 3.0% in freight rates for each period thereafter, and our best estimate of vessel operating expenses and drydock costs, which also assume a growth rate of 3.0% in each succeeding year. These cash flows were then discounted to their present value, using a discount rate of 7.90%, based on our current borrowing rates adjusted for certain credit risks. The value in use calculations were greater than the fair value less estimated costs to sell in all instances. As a result of this testing, no impairment charge was recorded.

Our Fleet—Illustrative comparison of excess of carrying amounts over estimated charter-free market value of certain vessels

During the past few years, the market values of vessels have experienced particular volatility, with substantial declines in many vessel classes. As a result, the charter-free market value, or basic market value, of certain of our vessels may have declined below the carrying amounts of those vessels. After undergoing the impairment analysis discussed above, we have concluded that at December 31, 2013, no impairment is required.

The table set forth below indicates the carrying amount of each of our vessels as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and the aggregate difference between the carrying amount and the market value represented by such vessels (see footnotes to the table set forth below). This aggregate difference represents the approximate analysis of the amount by which we believe we would record a loss if we sold those vessels, in the current environment, on industry standard terms, in cash transactions and to a willing buyer where we are not under any compulsion to sell, and where the buyer is not under any compulsion to buy. For purposes of this calculation, we have assumed that the vessels would be sold at a price that reflects our estimate of their basic market values. For the four vessels that we have designated as held for sale at December 31, 2013, we used the agreed upon selling price of these vessels if an agreement has been reached to sell these vessels and our estimate of basic market value if an agreement has not been reached as of the date of this report.

Our estimate of basic market value assumes that our vessels are all in good and seaworthy condition without need for repair and if inspected would be certified in class without notations of any kind. Our estimates are based on information available from various industry sources, including:

· reports by industry analysts and data providers that focus on our industry and related dynamics affecting vessel values;
· news and industry reports of similar vessel sales;
· news and industry reports of sales of vessels that are not similar to our vessels where we have made certain adjustments in an attempt to derive information that can be used as part of our estimates;
· approximate market values for our vessels or similar vessels that we have received from shipbrokers, whether solicited or unsolicited, or that shipbrokers have generally disseminated;
· offers that we may have received from potential purchasers of our vessels; and
42
 
· vessel sale prices and values of which we are aware through both formal and informal communications with shipowners, shipbrokers, industry analysts and various other shipping industry participants and observers.

As we obtain information from various industry and other sources, our estimates of basic market value are inherently uncertain. In addition, vessel values and revenues are highly volatile; as such, our estimates may not be indicative of the current or future basic market value of our vessels or prices that we could achieve if we were to sell them.

 

  In millions of U.S. dollars     Carrying value as at,  
  Vessel Name   Year Built      December 31, 2013    December 31, 2012 (4)  
1 STI Highlander   2007     $ 21.8 (1)   $ 23.1  
2 Noemi   2004       21.2 (2)     27.0  
3 Senatore   2004       21.2 (2)     27.1  
4 STI Harmony   2007       32.0 (3)     33.6  
5 STI Heritage   2008       34.1 (3)     35.9  
6 Venice   2001       10.7 (2)     17.7  
7 STI Spirit   2008       29.5 (2)     37.4  
8 STI Amber   2012       37.1 (3)     38.6  
9 STI Topaz   2012       37.2 (3)     38.7  
10 STI Ruby   2012       37.2 (3)     38.7  
11 STI Garnet   2012       37.3 (3)     38.8  
12 STI Onyx   2012       37.3 (3)     38.8  
13 STI Sapphire   2013       37.1 (1)      N/A (5)
14 STI Emerald   2013       36.9 (1)      N/A (5)
15 STI Beryl   2013       36.0 (1)      N/A (5)
16 STI Le Rocher   2013       36.6 (1)      N/A (5)
17 STI Larvotto   2013       36.6 (1)      N/A (5)
18 STI Fontvieille   2013       36.6 (1)      N/A (5)
19 STI Ville   2013       36.8 (1)      N/A (5)
                         
  Total         $ 613.2     $ 395.4  

 

(1)      As of December 31, 2013, the basic charter-free market value is higher than each vessel’s carrying value. We believe that the aggregate basic charter-free market value of these vessels exceeds their aggregate carrying value by approximately $5.9 million.
 
(2)      Noemi, Senatore, Venice and STI Spirit were written-down to the lower of their carrying value and fair value less costs to sell since these vessels were designated as “held for sale” at December 31, 2013.  As such, we believe that the carrying amounts noted above are representative of fair value less estimated costs to sell as of December 31, 2013.
 
(3)      As of December 31, 2013, the basic charter-free market value is lower than each vessel’s carrying value. We believe that the aggregate carrying value of these vessels exceeds their aggregate basic charter-free market value by approximately $14.9 million.
 
(4)      As of December 31, 2012, the basic charter-free market value is lower than each vessel’s carrying value. We believe that the aggregate carrying value of these vessels exceeded their aggregate basic charter-free market value at that date by approximately $64.2 million.
 
(5)      These vessels were acquired during the year ended December 31, 2013.

  

The impairment test that we conduct is most sensitive to variances in the discount rate and future time charter rates. Based on the sensitivity analysis performed for December 31, 2013, a 1.0% increase in the discount rate would result in no impairment being recognized. Alternatively, a 5% decrease in forecasted time charter rates would also result in no impairment being recognized.

We refer you to the discussion herein under “Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to our Industry,” including the risk factor entitled “Adverse market conditions could cause us to breach covenants in our credit facilities and adversely affect our operating results.”

43
 

Vessel lives and residual value

The carrying value of each of our vessels represents its original cost at the time it was delivered or purchased less depreciation and impairment. We depreciate our vessels to their residual value on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 25 years. The estimated useful life of 25 years is management’s best estimate and is also consistent with industry practice for similar vessels. The residual value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by a forecast scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated taking into consideration the historical four year scrap market rate average at the balance sheet date.

An increase in the estimated useful life of a vessel or in its scrap value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge and extending it into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of a vessel or scrap value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge.

When regulations place significant limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, the vessel’s useful life is adjusted to end at the date such regulations become effective. The estimated salvage value of the vessels may not represent the fair market value at any one time since market prices of scrap values tend to fluctuate.

Deferred drydock cost

We recognize drydock costs as a separate component of the vessels’ carrying amounts and amortize the drydock cost on a straight-line basis over the estimated period until the next drydock. We use judgment when estimating the period between drydocks performed, which can result in adjustments to the estimated amortization of the drydock expense. If the vessel is disposed of before the next drydock, the remaining balance of the deferred drydock is written-off and forms part of the gain or loss recognized upon disposal of vessels in the period when contracted. We expect that our vessels will be required to be drydocked approximately every 30 to 60 months for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. Costs capitalized as part of the drydock include actual costs incurred at the drydock yard and parts and supplies used in making such repairs. We only include in deferred drydocking costs those direct costs that are incurred as part of the drydocking to meet regulatory requirements, or are expenditures that add economic life to the vessel, increase the vessel’s earnings capacity or improve the vessel’s efficiency. Direct costs include shipyard costs as well as the costs of placing the vessel in the shipyard. Expenditures for normal maintenance and repairs, whether incurred as part of the drydocking or not, are expensed as incurred.

A. Operating Results

Results of Operations for the Year ended December 31, 2013 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2012

    For the year ended December 31,       Percentage
In thousands of US dollars   2013   2012   Change   Change
Vessel revenue   $ 207,580     $ 115,381     $ 92,199       80 %
Vessel operating costs     (40,204 )     (30,353 )     (9,851 )     (32 %)
Voyage expenses     (4,846 )     (21,744 )     16,898       78 %
Charterhire     (115,543 )     (43,701 )     (71,842 )     (164 %)
Depreciation     (23,595 )     (14,818 )     (8,777 )     (59 %)
General and administrative expenses     (25,788 )     (11,536 )     (14,252 )     (124 %)
Write down of vessels held for sale and loss from sales of vessels     (21,187 )     (10,404 )     (10,783 )     (104 %)
Gain on sale of VLGCs     41,375       —         41,375       N/A  
Financial expenses     (2,705 )     (8,512 )     5,807       68 %
Realized gain on derivative financial instruments     3       443       (440 )     (99 %)
Unrealized gain / (loss) on derivative financial instruments     567       (1,231 )     1,798       146 %
Financial income     1,147       35       1,112       3177 %
Share of profit from associate     369       —         369       N/A  
Other expenses, net     (158 )     (97 )     (61 )     (63 %)
Net income / (loss)   $ 17,015     $ (26,537 )   $ 43,552       164 %

 

44
 

Net income / (loss). Net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $17.0 million, an increase of $43.6 million, or 164%, from a net loss of $26.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The differences between the two periods are discussed below.

Vessel revenue . Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $207.6 million, an increase of $92.2 million, or 80%, from revenue of $115.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Overall revenue increases were driven by growth in our fleet of both owned and time chartered-in vessels to an average of 15.9 owned and 22.9 time chartered vessels during the year ended December 31, 2013 from an average of 10.8 owned and 9.2 time chartered-in vessels during the year ended December 31, 2012. These increases were augmented by an overall improvement in TCE rates to $14,369 per day from $12,960 per day.

The following table summarizes our revenue:

 

    For the year ended December 31,       Percentage
In thousands of US dollars   2013   2012   Change   Change
Owned vessels                                
 Pool revenue   $ 80,269     $ 38,522       41,747       108 %
 Voyage revenue     9,007       26,668       (17,661 )     (66 %)
Time chartered-in vessels                                
 Pool revenue     109,748       33,740       76,008       225 %
 Voyage revenue     8,556       16,451       (7,895 )     (48 %)
    $ 207,580     $ 115,381     $ 92,199       80 %
                                 

Owned vessels – Pool revenue. Pool revenue for owned vessels for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $80.3 million, an increase of $41.7 million or 108% from $38.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in the number of pool revenue days to 5,323 from 2,851 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which was the result of growth in our owned fleet to an average of 15.9 vessels from 10.8 vessels during those time periods. Furthermore, the increase was also driven by an increase in pool revenue per day to $15,080 from $13,510 per day during years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase in pool revenue per day was primarily driven by our MR operating segment which experienced growth driven by vessels delivered under our Newbuilding Program.

Owned vessels – Voyage revenue . Voyage revenue for owned vessels for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $9.0 million, a decrease of $17.7 million or 66% from $26.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in the number of days that our vessels operated in the spot market to 445 days for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 1,015 days during the year ended December 31, 2012. STI Conqueror, STI Matador, STI Gladiator, STI Coral and STI Diamond, operated in the spot market for a total of 1,015 days during the year ended December 31, 2012 prior to their sales. STI Sapphire, STI Emerald, STI Beryl, STI Le Rocher, STI Larvotto , STI Fontvieille and STI Ville operated in the spot market for a total of 445 days immediately following their deliveries from the shipyard during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Time chartered-in vessels – Pool revenue. Pool revenue for time chartered-in vessels for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $109.7 million, an increase of $76.0 million or 225% from $33.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in pool revenue for time chartered-in vessels was primarily due to an increase in pool revenue days to 8,016 days from 2,662 days during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively which was driven by growth in our time chartered-in fleet to an average of 22.9 vessels from an average of 9.2 vessels during those time periods. Additionally, the increase in pool revenue for time chartered-in vessels was also driven by an increase in pool revenue per day to $13,691 from $12,656 per day during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Time chartered-in vessels – Voyage revenue. Voyage revenue for time chartered-in vessels for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $8.6 million, a decrease of $7.9 million or 48% from $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2013, Gan-Trust , Nave Orion, King Douglas, Pacific Duchess and SN Federica operated in the spot market for a total of 326 days compared to FPMC P Eagle, Pacific Duchess, Targale, STX Ace 6, Freja Lupus, Endeavour and Valle Bianca, which operated in the spot market for a total of 698 days during year ended December 31, 2012.

Vessel operating costs. Vessel operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $40.2 million, an increase of $9.9 million or 32%, from $30.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was driven by an overall increase in operating days for our owned vessels to 5,820 from 3,957 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase in operating days was driven by the increase in the average number of owned vessels to 15.9 from 10.8 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The overall increase in operating days was offset by a decrease in vessel operating costs per day to $6,781 per day from $7,605 per day for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. This decrease was driven by the growth in the fleet of MRs delivered under the Company’s Newbuilding Program, which realized improved operating performance when compared to the Company’s older vessels.

45
 

Voyage expenses . Voyage expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $4.8 million, a decrease of $16.9 million, or 78%, from $21.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in the number of days vessels operated in the spot market to 771 days from 1,712 days for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Furthermore, the vessels delivered under our Newbuilding Program in 2013 ( STI Sapphire, STI Emerald, STI Beryl, STI Le Rocher, STI Larvotto, STI Fontvieille and STI Ville ) were employed on short-term time charters (ranging from 45 to 120 days) for a total of 445 days which commenced upon deliveries from the shipyard during the year ended December 31, 2013. These short term time charters were agreed to at fixed TCE rates, where only nominal voyage expenses were incurred. The vessels delivered under our Newbuilding Program in 2012 were employed on similar short-term time charters for a total of 414 days during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Charterhire. Charterhire expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $115.5 million, an increase of $71.8 million, or 164%, from $43.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was the result of an increase in the average number of time chartered-in vessels to 22.9 from 9.2 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Depreciation. Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $23.6 million, an increase of $8.8 million or 59%, from $14.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was the result of an increase in the average number of owned vessels to 15.9 from 10.8 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, in addition to a change in the mix vessels in our fleet. Both were driven by the deliveries of the first 12 vessels under our Newbuilding Program in 2012 and 2013, offset by the sales of STI Conqueror, STI Matador, STI Gladiator, STI Diamond and STI Coral in 2012.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $25.8 million, an increase of $14.3 million, or 124%, from $11.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was driven by a $9.7 million increase in restricted stock amortization (non-cash) and an overall increase in general and administrative expenses due to the significant growth of the Company.

Write down of vessels held for sale and loss from sales of vessels. Write down of vessels held for sale and loss from sales of vessels for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $21.2 million, an increase of $10.8 million or 104%, from $10.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. Write-down of vessels held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2013 relates to the designation of Noemi, Senatore, Venice and STI Spirit as held-for-sale and the corresponding write-down to the lower of their carrying value and fair value less costs to sell at that date.

Loss from sale of vessels for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $10.4 million was the result of the sales of STI Conqueror , STI Matador , STI Gladiator, STI Coral and STI Diamond during that period.

Gain on sale of VLGCs. Gain on sale of VLGCs of $41.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 relates to the gain recorded as a result of our investment in Dorian. In November 2013, we contributed our VLGC business, which consisted of 11 VLGC newbuilding contracts and options to construct two additional VLGCs, together with a cash payment of $1.9 million to Dorian in exchange for newly issued shares representing 30% of Dorian’s outstanding shares immediately following the transaction. As of the closing date of the transaction, we paid $83.1 million in installment payments for the 11 VLGC contracts. A gain of $41.4 million was recognized at the closing date for the difference between the book value of the assets contributed and the fair value of the consideration received less costs to sell.

Financial expenses. Financial expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $2.7 million, a decrease of $5.8 million or 68%, from $8.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily driven by a one-time write-off of deferred financing fees of $3.0 million due to the extension of the availability period on the 2011 Credit Facility during the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was also the result of a reduction in interest expense which was driven by an increase in interest capitalized during the year ended December 31, 2013 as a result of the significant growth in our Newbuilding Program.

Financial expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 consisted of interest expense on our bank loans ($1.0 million), commitment fees on the undrawn portions of our credit facilities ($1.4 million) and amortization of loan fees ($0.3 million).

Financial expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 consisted of interest expense on our bank loans ($3.3 million), commitment fees on the undrawn portions of our credit facilities ($1.0 million), amortization of loan fees ($1.3 million), and a one-time write-off of deferred financing fees of $3.0 million due to the extension of the availability period on the 2011 Credit Facility.

Realized gain on derivative financial instruments. Realized gain on derivative financial instruments for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $3,208, a decrease of $0.4 million or 99% from $0.4 million from the year ended December 31, 2012. Realized gain on derivative financial instruments relates to earnings from profit and loss sharing agreements with third parties relating to a time chartered-in vessel and a vessel that was neither owned or operated by us. These agreements expired on October 2013 and January 2013, respectively.

46
 

Unrealized gain / (loss) on derivative financial instruments. Unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.6 million, an increase of $1.8 million or 146% from an unrealized loss of $1.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The unrealized gain / (loss) on derivative financial instruments consists of the change in the fair value of our interest rate swaps relating to the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility and change in the fair value of profit and loss sharing agreements with third parties on time chartered-in vessels.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded an unrealized gain relating to our interest rate swaps of $0.4 million and an unrealized gain of $0.2 million related to our profit and loss sharing agreements with third parties on time chartered-in vessels.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recognized a one-time expense of $1.0 million which related to the reclassification from other comprehensive income to the statement of income or loss for the de-designation of hedge accounting on our interest rate swaps relating to the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility in addition to an unrealized loss of $0.2 million related to our profit and loss sharing agreements with third parties on time chartered-in vessels.

Financial income. Financial income consists of interest earned on our cash balance. Financial income increased $1.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 as a result of an increase in our average cash balance during the year. This was primarily driven by the receipt of net proceeds of $947.8 million from four separate offerings of common stock. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — B. Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a discussion of our cash flows during the period.

Share of profit from associate. Share of profit from associate for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.4 million. This relates to our share of Dorian’s earnings from the closing date of our investment in Dorian of November 26, 2013 to December 31, 2013.

Results of operations — segment analysis

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we owned or chartered-in vessels spanning four different vessel classes, Handymax, MR, Panamax/LR1, and Aframax/LR2, all of which earn revenues in the seaborne transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products in the international shipping markets. Each vessel within its respective class qualifies as an operating segment under IFRS. However, each vessel also exhibits similar long-term financial performance and similar economic characteristics to the other vessels within the respective vessel class, thereby meeting the aggregation criteria in IFRS. We have therefore chosen to present our segment information by vessel class using the aggregated information from the individual vessels.

 

Segment results are evaluated based on reported profit or loss from each segment. The accounting policies applied to the reportable segments are the same as those used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

 

LR2 segment

The following table summarizes segment profit or loss for our LR2 segment.

 

    For the year ended        
LR2 segment   December 31,       Percentage
In thousands of U.S. dollars   2013   2012   Change   Change
Vessel revenue   $ 28,204     $ 4,541     $ 23,663       521 %
Vessel operating costs     (3,211 )     (3,304 )     93       3 %
Voyage expenses     —         (25 )     25       100 %
Charterhire     (29,341 )     (1,287 )     (28,054 )     (2180 %)
Depreciation     (1,750 )     (1,735 )     (15 )     (1 %)
General and administrative expenses     (154 )     (100 )     (54 )     (54 %)
Write down of vessels held for sale     (6,185 )     —         (6,185 )     N/A  
Financial expenses     (847 )     (1,086 )     239       22 %
Other expenses, net     (10 )     (11 )     1       9 %
Segment loss   $ (13,294 )   $ (3,007 )   $ (10,287 )     (342 %)
                                 
TCE per revenue day   $ 12,718     $ 10,201     $ 2,517       25 %
Owned vessel operating costs per day     8,203       8,436       233       3 %
                                 
Revenue days     2,218       443       1,775       401 %
Owned vessel operating days     365       366       (1 )     0 %
                                 
Average number of owned vessels     1.00       1.00       —         0 %
Average number of time chartered-in vessels     5.10       0.29       4.81       1659 %

 

47
 

Vessel revenue. Vessel revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $28.2 million, an increase of $23.7 million, or 521%, from the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in revenue days to 2,218 from 443 days during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. This was the result of growth in our time chartered-in fleet as during the year ended December 31, 2013, we time chartered-in Khawr Aladid, FPMC P Hero, FPMC P Ideal, Fair Seas, Pink Stars, Orange Stars, Densa Alligator , Four Sky and Southport whereas only Khawr Aladid was time chartered-in during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in revenue was also driven by an increase in revenue per day to $12,718 per day from $10,201 per day during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Vessel operating costs. Vessel operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $3.2 million, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 3%, from the year ended December 31, 2012. Operating costs per day related to our owned LR2 vessel, STI Spirit, which improved to $8,203 per day from $8,436 per day during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. This improvement was offset by certain, nominal operating costs incurred on our time chartered-in fleet as a result of the growth to 5.1 vessels from 0.3 vessels during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Charterhire. Charterhire expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $29.3 million, an increase of $28.1 million or 2,180% from the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was driven by the delivery of nine time chartered-in vessels during the year ended December 31, 2013 ( Khawr Aladid, FPMC P Hero, FPMC P Ideal, Fair Seas, Pink Stars, Orange Stars, Densa Alligator , Four Sky and Southport ). During the year ended December 31, 2012, we time chartered-in one vessel ( Khawr Aladid), on a six month time charter-in agreement that expired in April 2012.

Depreciation. Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $1.8 million, which remained consistent from the year ended December 31, 2012.

Write down of vessels held for sale. Write down of vessels held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $6.2 million. The write down relates to the re-measurement of STI Spirit at the lower of its carrying value and fair value less costs to sell as the vessel was designated as “held for sale” at December 31, 2013. An agreement to sell this vessel was reached in February 2014 for $30.2 million. This sale is expected to close in April 2014.

Financial expenses. Financial expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $0.8 million, a decrease of $0.2 million or 22% from the year ended December 31, 2012. Financial expenses for the LR2 segment relates to interest expense for our STI Spirit Credit Facility, which decreased as a result of a decrease in the outstanding balance under this loan.

Panamax / LR1 segment

The following table summarizes segment profit or loss for our Panamax / LR1 segment. 

    For the year ended        
Panamax/LR1 segment   December 31,       Percentage
In thousands of U.S. dollars   2013   2012   Change   Change
Vessel revenue   $ 41,683     $ 28,602     $ 13,081       46 %
Vessel operating costs     (14,276 )     (14,137 )     (139 )     (1 %)
Voyage expenses     (3,858 )     (999 )     (2,859 )     (286 %)
Charterhire     (14,363 )     (1,629 )     (12,734 )     (782 %)
Depreciation     (7,275 )     (7,352 )     77       1 %
General and administrative expenses     (536 )     (495 )     (41 )     (8 %)
Write down of vessels held for sale     (15,002 )     —         (15,002 )     N/A  
Realized gain on derivative financial instruments     3       443       (440 )     (99 %)
Unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments     186       (184 )     370       201 %
Segment profit   $ (13,438 )   $ 4,249     $ (17,687 )     (416 %)
                                 
TCE per revenue day   $ 12,599     $ 14,264     $ (1,665 )     (12 %)
Owned vessel operating costs per day     7,756       7,714       (42 )     (1 %)
                                 
Revenue days     3,005       1,936       1,069       55 %
Owned vessel operating days     1,825       1,830       (5 )     0 %
                                 
Average number of owned vessels     5.00       5.00       —         0 %
Average number of time chartered-in vessels     3.20       0.35       2.85       814 %

 

48
 

Vessel Revenue. Vessel revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $41.7 million, an increase of $13.1 million or 46% from the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in revenue was the result of an increase in the number of revenue days to 3,005 from 1,936 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. This was driven by the deliveries of the time-chartered vessels, FPMC P Eagle, Hellespont Promise , SN Federica, King Douglas and SN Azzura during the year ended December 31, 2013. We time chartered-in two LR1 vessels, FPMC P Eagle and Hellespont Promise during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in revenue days was offset by decrease in TCE revenue per day to $12,599 from $14,264 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Vessel operating costs. Vessel operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $14.3 million, an increase of $0.1 million, or 1%, from the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was driven by a slight increase in operating costs per day to $7,756 from $7,714 per day during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Voyage expenses. Voyage expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $3.9 million, an increase of $2.9 million or 286% from the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was driven by the time chartered-in vessels, SN Federica and King Douglas, which operated in the spot market for 187 days during the year ended December 31, 2013. FPMC P Eagle operated in the spot market for 48 days during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Charterhire. Charterhire expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $14.4 million, an increase of $12.7 million, or 782% from the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was driven by an increase in the number of time chartered-in days to 1,180 from 129 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. This increase was driven by the deliveries of SN Federica, King Douglas and SN Azzura during the year ended December 31, 2013. In addition, FPMC P Eagle and Hellespont Promise were time chartered-in for an aggregate of 728 days and 129 days during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Write down of vessels held for sale. Write down of vessels held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $15.0 million. The write down represents the re-measurement of Venice, Senatore and Noemi to the lower of their carrying value and fair value less costs to sell as these vessels were designated as “held for sale” at December 31, 2013. In February 2014, we agreed to sell Noemi and Senatore for an aggregate selling price of $44.0 million.

Realized and unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments. Realized and unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments for the year ended December 31, 2013 were a net of $0.2 million, a decrease of $0.1 million or 137% from the year ended December 31, 2012. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments related to profit and loss agreements on time chartered-in vessels entered into with third parties. These agreements related to the time chartered-in vessel, FPMC P Eagle and an LR1 vessel that was not time chartered-in or operated by the Company and they expired in October 2013 and January 2013, respectively.

MR segment

The following table summarizes segment profit or loss for our MR segment.

    For the year ended        
MR segment   December 31,       Percentage
In thousands of U.S. dollars   2013   2012   Change   Change
Vessel revenue   $ 101,488     $ 46,857     $ 54,631       117 %
Vessel operating costs     (20,069 )     (7,484 )     (12,585 )     (168 %)
Voyage expenses     (977 )     (17,979 )     17,002       95 %
Charterhire     (40,753 )     (17,593 )     (23,160 )     (132 %)
Depreciation     (13,278 )     (4,015 )     (9,263 )     (231 %)
Loss from sale of vessels     —         (5,879 )     5,879       100 %
General and administrative expenses     (1,030 )     (398 )     (632 )     (159 %)
Financial income     4       6       (2 )     (33 %)
Other expenses, net     (21 )     (51 )     30       (59 %)
Segment profit / (loss)   $ 25,364     $ (6,536 )     31,900       488 %
                                 
TCE per revenue day   $ 16,546     $ 12,289     $ 4,257       35 %
Owned vessel operating costs per day     6,069       6,770       701       10 %
                                 
Revenue days     6,072       2,350       3,722       158 %
Owned vessel operating days     3,265       1,089       2,176       200 %
                                 
Average number of owned vessels     8.90       2.97       5.93       200 %
Average number of time chartered-in vessels     7.80       3.51       4.29       122 %

 

49
 

Vessel revenue. Vessel revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $101.5 million, an increase of $54.6 million or 117% from the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in revenue was the result of an increase in the overall number of revenue days to 6,072 from 2,350 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, in addition to an increase in overall TCE revenue to $16,546 per day from $12,289 per day.

The increase in revenue days was driven by the deliveries of STI Sapphire, STI Emerald, STI Beryl, STI Le Rocher, STI Larvotto , STI Fontvieille and STI Ville during the year ended December 31, 2013 in addition to the deliveries of STI Amber, STI Topaz , STI Ruby, STI Garnet and STI Onyx during the year ended December 31, 2012, which were employed during the entire year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to a partial period during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in revenue days was also driven by an increase in the average number of time chartered-in vessels to 7.8 from 3.5 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Vessel operating costs. Vessel operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $20.1 million, an increase of $12.6 million, or 168%, from the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in the number of operating days to 3,265 from 1,089 days during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase in operating days was driven by the deliveries of STI Sapphire, STI Emerald, STI Beryl, STI Le Rocher, STI Larvotto, STI Fontvieille and STI Ville during the year ended December 31, 2013, in addition to the deliveries of STI Amber, STI Topaz, STI Ruby, STI Garnet and STI Onyx during the year ended December 31, 2012, which were employed during the entire year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to a partial period during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in operating days was offset by the sales of STI Diamond and STI Coral , which operated for a total of 477 days during the year ended December 31, 2012 prior to their sales.

The increase in operating days was offset by a decrease in daily vessel operating costs of $701 per day, or 10%, from the year ended December 31, 2012. This was driven by improved operating performance of vessels delivered under our Newbuilding Program, whose daily operating costs were $6,069 per day during the year ended December 31, 2013. The year ended December 31, 2012 reflects 477 operating days of STI Diamond and STI Coral, which were sold in August and September 2012, respectively and whose daily operating costs were $8,166 per day during that period.

Voyage expenses. Voyage expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $1.0 million, a decrease of $17.0 million or 95% from the year ended December 31, 2012. The year ended December 31, 2013 reflects 583 days of vessels operating in the spot market as compared to 1,541 days during the year ended December 31, 2012. 445 of the 583 spot market revenue days during the year ended December 31, 2013 reflect days where vessels delivered under our Newbuilding Program were employed on short-term time charters (ranging from 45 to 120 days) that commenced upon delivery from the shipyard. These short term time charters were agreed to at fixed TCE rates, where only nominal voyage expenses were incurred. The vessels delivered under our Newbuilding Program in 2012 were employed on similar short-term time charters for 414 days during that period.

Charterhire. Charterhire expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $40.8 million, an increase of $23.2 million, or 132%, from the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was the result of an increase in the number of time chartered-in days to 2,839 from 1,283 days during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Pacific Duchess, Freja Lupus, STX Ace 6 , Targale, Endeavour, Valle Bianca, USMA, Ugale, Gan-Trust, Nave Orion and Gan-Triumph where chartered-in for all or part of the year ended December 31, 2013 and Pacific Duchess, Targale, STX Ace 6, Freja Lupus, Endeavour and Valle Bianca were chartered-in for all or part of the year ended December 31, 2012.

Depreciation. Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $13.3 million, an increase of $9.3 million, or 231%, from the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was driven by an increase in the average number of owned MR vessels to 7.8 from 3.5 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. This was the result of the deliveries of seven vessels under our Newbuilding Program in 2013 along with five vessels delivered under our Newbuilding Program in the third quarter of 2012 (which were depreciated for a partial period during the year ended September 2012). The increase in depreciation expense was offset by the sales of STI Diamond and STI Coral in August and September 2012, respectively.

50
 

Loss from sale of vessels. Loss from sale of vessels during the year ended December 31, 2012 relates to the sales of STI Diamond and STI Coral in August and September 2012, respectively. We did not sell or have any MR vessels held for sale during the year ended December 31, 2013.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $1.0 million, an increase of $0.6 million, or 159%, from the year ended December 31, 2012. General and administrative expenses for the MR segment primarily consist of administrative fees to SSH. The increase was the result of an increase in the average number of owned vessels to 7.8 from 3.5 during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Handymax Segment

The following table summarizes segment profit or loss for our Handymax segment. 

Handymax segment   For the year ended December 31,       Percentage
In thousands of U.S. dollars   2013   2012   Change   Change
Vessel revenue   $ 36,205     $ 35,381     $ 824       2 %
Vessel operating costs     (2,648 )     (5,428 )     2,780       51 %
Voyage expenses     (11 )     (2,741 )     2,730       100 %
Charterhire     (31,086 )     (23,192 )     (7,894 )     (34 %)
Depreciation     (1,292 )     (1,716 )     424       25 %
Loss from sale of vessels     —         (4,525 )     4,525       100 %
General and administrative expenses     (118 )     (195 )     77       39 %
Segment profit / (loss)   $ 1,050     $ (2,416 )   $ 3,466       143 %
                                 
TCE per revenue day   $ 12,862     $ 13,069     $ (207 )     (2 %)
Owned vessel operating costs per day     6,852       7,594       742       10 %
                                 
Revenue days     2,815       2,498       317       13 %
Owned vessel operating days     365       673       (308 )     (46 %)
                                 
Average number of owned vessels     1.00       1.84       (0.84 )     (46 %)
Average number of time chartered-in vessels     6.70       5.03       1.67       33 %

 

Vessel revenue. Vessel revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $36.2 million, an increase of $0.8 million, or 2%, from the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in revenue was the result of an increase in the number of revenue days to 2,815 from 2,498 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, offset by a decrease in daily TCE revenue to $12,862 from $13,069 per day during those same periods. The increase in revenue days was driven by an increase in the average number of time chartered-in vessels from 6.70 from 5.03 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase in the average number of time chartered-in vessels was offset by the sales of STI Conqueror, STI Gladiator, and STI Matador during 2012 which decreased the average number of owned Handymax vessels to 1.00 from 1.84 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Vessel operating costs. Vessel operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $2.6 million, a decrease of $2.8 million, or 51%, from the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was driven by a decrease in the number of operating days to 365 from 673 during the year ended December 31, 2012 which was due to the sales of STI Conqueror, STI Matador, and STI Gladiator during 2012.

Voyage expenses. Nominal voyage expenses were incurred during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $2.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. STI Conqueror, STI Matador, and STI Gladiator operated in the spot market for 124 days during the year ended December 31, 2012 prior to their sales. We did not have any Handymax vessels operating in the spot market during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Charterhire. Charterhire expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $31.1 million, an increase of $7.9 million or 34% from the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was driven by an increase in the average number of time chartered-in vessels to 6.70 from 5.03 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we time chartered-in Krisjanis Valdemars, Kraslava, Histria Azure, Kazdanga, Histria Perla and Histria Coral for all or part of the period . In addition to these vessels and with the exception of Kazdanga, we time chartered-in Jinan, Freja Polaris and Iver Progress for all or part of the year ended December 31, 2013.

51
 

Depreciation. Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $1.3 million, a decrease of $0.4 million, or 25%, from the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease was due to the sales of STI Conqueror, STI Matador, and STI Gladiator during 2012.

Loss from sale of vessels. Loss from sale of vessels during the year ended December 31, 2012 relates to the sales of STI Conqueror, STI Matador and STI Gladiator which were sold during 2012. We did not sell or have any Handymax vessels held for sale during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Results of Operations for the Year ended December 31, 2012 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011

                 
    For the year ended December 31,       Percentage
In thousands of US dollars   2012   2011   Change   Change
Vessel revenue   $ 115,381     $ 82,110     $ 33,271       41 %
Vessel operating costs     (30,353 )     (31,370 )     1,017       3 %
Voyage expenses     (21,744 )     (6,881 )     (14,863 )     (216 %)
Charterhire     (43,701 )     (22,750 )     (20,951 )     (92 %)
Impairment     —         (66,611 )     66,611       100 %
Depreciation     (14,818 )     (18,460 )     3,642       20 %
Loss from sale of vessels     (10,404 )     —         (10,404 )     N/A  
General and administrative expenses     (11,536 )     (11,637 )     101       1 %
Financial expenses     (8,512 )     (7,060 )     (1,452 )     (21 %)
Earnings from profit or loss sharing agreements     443       —         443       N/A  
Unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments     (1,231 )     —         (1,231 )     N/A  
Financial income     35       51       (16 )     (31 %)
Other expenses, net     (97 )     (119 )     22       18 %
Net loss   $ (26,537 )   $ (82,727 )   $ 56,190       68 %

 

Net Loss. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $26.5 million, compared to a net loss of $82.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The differences between the two periods are discussed below.

Vessel revenue . Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $115.4 million, an increase of $33.3 million, or 41% from revenue of $82.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The following table summarizes our revenue:

    For the year ended December 31,       Percentage
In thousands of US dollars   2012   2011   Change   Change
Owned vessels                                
Time charter revenue     —       $ 9,626     $ (9,626 )     (100 %)
Pool revenue     38,522       39,522       (1,000 )     (3 %)
Voyage revenue     26,668       12,287       14,381       117 %
Time chartered-in vessels                                
Pool revenue     33,740       20,675       13,065       63 %
Voyage revenue     16,451       —         16,451       N/A  
    $ 115,381     $ 82,110     $ 33,271       41 %

 

Owned vessels – Time charter revenue. We did not time charter-out any owned vessels for the year ended December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2011, Noemi and STI Spirit were employed on time charters for a total of 427 days.

Owned vessels – Pool revenue. Pool revenue for owned vessels for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $38.5 million, a decrease of $1.0 million or 3% from $39.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. We had 2,851 revenue days of owned vessels in the pools during the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 3,149 during the year ended December 31, 2011. This decrease in revenue days was primarily driven by the sales of STI Conqueror, STI Matador, and STI Gladiator during March, April and May 2012 resulting in 911 less pool days partially offset by (i) the entrance in the Scorpio MR Pool by our first five vessels delivered under our Newbuilding Program during the fourth quarter of 2012 for a total of 176 additional days, (ii) Noemi , which was on time charter for the majority of 2011 and operated in the pool during the year ended December 31, 2012 (net increase of 355 days), and (iii) an increase in TCE earnings from our owned vessels operating in the pools to $13,510 per day for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $12,550 per day for the year ended December 31, 2011.

52
 

Owned vessels – Voyage revenue . Voyage revenue for owned vessels for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $26.7 million, an increase of $14.4 million, or 117% from $12.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily the result of an increase in the number of days that our vessels operated in the spot market for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 to 1,015 days from 450 days, respectively. Additionally, TCE earnings from our owned vessels operating in the spot market increased to $13,220 per day in 2012 from $12,092 per day in 2011. Our first five vessels delivered under our Newbuilding Program operated in the spot market immediately after delivery from the yards in 2012 for a total of 414 days. Furthermore, STI Conqueror, STI Matador, STI Gladiator, STI Coral and STI Diamond all operated in the spot market during 2012 prior to their sales. STI Coral and STI Diamond were the only vessels operating in the spot market during 2011.

Time chartered-in vessels – Pool revenue. Pool revenue for time chartered-in vessels for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $33.7 million, an increase of $13.1 million, or 63% from $20.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily the result of an increase in the number of days that our time chartered-in vessels operated in the pools for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 to 2,662 days from 1,806 days, respectively. Additionally, TCE earnings from our time chartered-in vessels operating in the pools increased to $12,656 per day for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $11,448 per day for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Time chartered-in vessels – Voyage revenue. Voyage revenue for our time chartered-in vessels for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $16.5 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, time chartered-in vessels operated 698 days in the spot market. There were no time chartered-in vessels operating in the spot market during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Vessel operating costs. Vessel operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $30.4 million, a decrease of $1.0 million or 3%, from $31.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. We had 3,957 operating days during 2012 compared to 4,121 operating days during 2011. The decrease was primarily the result of the sales of STI Conqueror, STI Gladiator and STI Matador in 2012 which resulted in a decrease of 789 operating days for these vessels during the year ended December 31, 2012 versus the same period of the prior year. This decrease was partially offset by an increase of 612 operating days resulting from the delivery of our first five vessels delivered under our Newbuilding Program during the third quarter of 2012. Overall operating costs per day were consistent at $7,605 per day for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $7,581 per day for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Voyage expenses . Voyage expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $21.7 million, an increase of $14.9 million, or 216%, from $6.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the number of days vessels operated in the spot market. There were 1,712 spot voyage days (owned and time chartered-in) during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 450 days during year ended December 31, 2011.

Charterhire. Charterhire expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $43.7 million, an increase of $21.0 million, or 92%, from $22.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was the result of additional time chartered-in vessels in 2012 compared with 2011, where the average number of chartered-in vessels increased to 9.18 from 4.95 during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Impairment. In the year ended December 31, 2011, we recognized an impairment loss of $66.6 million for our 12 owned vessels. This impairment loss was triggered by reductions in vessel values, and represented the difference between the carrying value and recoverable amount, being fair value less cost to sell. No impairment was recognized in the year ended December 31, 2012.

Depreciation. Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $14.8 million, a decrease of $3.6 million or 20%, from $18.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was a result of (i) a $66.6 million impairment charge recorded at December 31, 2011 which decreased the depreciable basis of our vessels and (ii) a decrease in the number of owned vessels to 10.81 from 11.29 which was driven by the sales of STI Conqueror in March 2012 , STI Matador in April 2012, STI Gladiator in May 2012, STI Diamond in August 2012 and STI Coral in September 2012, partially offset by the delivery of our first five vessels delivered under our Newbuilding Program between July 2012 and September 2012.

Loss from sale of vessels. Loss from sale of vessels for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $10.4 million. This loss is related to the sales of STI Conqueror, STI Matador, STI Gladiator, STI Coral, and STI Diamond during the year ended December 31, 2012 and includes $0.2 million relating to a loss on the interest rate swaps used to hedge the interest payments on the borrowings on these vessels.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $11.5 million, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 1%, from the year ended December 31, 2011. These costs remained relatively stable as there were no significant changes in our overhead structure on a period over period basis.

53
 

Financial expenses. Financial expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $8.5 million, an increase of $1.5 million, or 21%, from $7.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily driven by a $3.0 million write-off of deferred financing fees relating to our 2011 Credit Facility offset by a decrease in interest expense of $1.7 million which was driven by an increase in capitalized interest expense of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 related to our vessels under construction.

Financial expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 consisted of interest expense of $3.3 million, commitment fees of $1.0 million on the undrawn portions of the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility and 2011 Credit Facility, deferred financing fee amortization of $1.1 million, write-off of deferred financing fees of $3.0 million and other costs of $0.1 million.

Financial expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 consisted of interest expense of $5.0 million, commitment fees of $1.1 million on the undrawn portions of the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility and 2011 Credit Facility and deferred financing fee amortization of $1.0 million.

Earnings from profit or loss sharing agreements. Earnings from profit or loss sharing agreements consist of realized earnings from profit and loss sharing agreements with third parties relating to time chartered-in vessels. There were no similar agreements for the comparative period.

Unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments. Unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments consists of (i) the impact of the reclassification of $1.0 million from other comprehensive income to the statement of profit or loss relating to the de-designation of the hedge relationship on our interest rate swaps relating to the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility and (ii) the change in the fair value of profit and loss sharing agreements on time chartered-in vessels with third parties of $0.2 million.

The following is a discussion of our operating results by operating segment:

Aframax/LR2 segment

The following table summarizes vessel operations for our Aframax/LR2 segment.  

    For the year ended        
Aframax/LR2 segment   December 31,       Percentage
In thousands of US dollars except per day and fleet data   2012   2011   Change   Change
Vessel revenue   $ 4,541     $ 6,484     ($ 1,943 )     (30 %)
Vessel operating costs     (3,304 )     (2,547 )     (757 )     (30 %)
Voyage expenses     (25 )     —         (25 )     N/A  
Charterhire     (1,287 )     (839 )     (448 )     (53 %)
Impairment     —         (12,459 )     12,459       100 %
Depreciation     (1,735 )     (2,074 )     339       16 %
General and administrative expenses     (100 )     (136 )     36       26 %
Financial expenses     (1,086 )     (841 )     (245 )     (29 %)
Other expenses, net     (11 )     (134 )     123       92 %
Segment loss   $ (3,007 )   $ (12,546 )   $ 9,539       76 %
                                 
TCE revenue per day   $ 10,201     $ 14,951     $ 4,750       32 %
Owned vessel operating costs per day     8,436       6,960       (1,476 )     (21 %)
                                 
Revenue days     443       433       10       2 %
Owned vessel operating days     366       365       1       0 %
                                 
Average number of owned vessels     1.00       1.00       —         0 %
Average number of time chartered-in vessels     0.29       0.19       .10       53 %

 

Vessel Revenue. Vessel revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $4.5 million, a decrease of $1.9 million or 30% from the year ended December 31, 2011. There were two vessels operating in this segment during both periods, STI Spirit and Khawr Aladid . The decrease in revenue is due to a decrease in TCE revenue per day to $10,201 per day from $14,951 per day. This was primarily driven by STI Spirit, which in June 2012 needed repairs and a subsequent positioning voyage which negatively affected the vessel’s earnings.

54
 

Vessel operating costs. Vessel operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $3.3 million, an increase of $0.8 million, or 30%, from the year ended December 31, 2011. On a daily basis, vessel operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $1,476 per day, or 21% from the year ended December 31, 2011. This was a result of unplanned repairs on STI Spirit during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Charterhire. Charterhire expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.3 million, an increase of $0.5 million, or 53%, from the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was driven by the time chartered-in vessel, Khawr Aladid, which was delivered on October 24, 2011, on a six month arrangement that expired in April 2012.

Depreciation. Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.7 million, a decrease of $0.3 million, or 16%, from the year ended December 31, 2011. This was a result of an impairment charge that was recorded in December 2011 which reduced the depreciable basis of STI Spirit in 2012 .

Financial expense. Financial expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.1 million, an increase of $0.2 million or 29% from the year ended December 31, 2011. Financial expense for the Aframax/LR1 segment represents interest for the STI Spirit Credit Facility, which was signed and drawn in March 2011. Therefore, the year ended December 31, 2012 represents a full year of interest expense as opposed to approximately nine months of interest expense during year ended December 31, 2011.

Other expenses, net . Other expenses, net for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased $0.1 million or 92% from the year ended December 31, 2011. This decrease was driven by the write-off of the fair value of vessel purchase options that were acquired with STI Spirit in September 2011.

Panamax/LR1 segment

The following table summarizes vessel operations for our Panamax/LR1 segment.

 

    For the year ended        
Panamax/LR1 segment   December 31,       Percentage
In thousands of US dollars except per day and fleet data   2012   2011   Change   Change
Vessel revenue   $ 28,602     $ 31,101     ($ 2,499 )     (8 %)
Vessel operating costs     (14,137 )     (14,428 )     291       2 %
Voyage expenses     (999 )     (13 )     (986 )     (7585 %)
Charterhire     (1,629 )     (4,554 )     2,925       64 %
Impairment     —         (28,616 )     28,616       100 %
Depreciation     (7,352 )     (9,279 )     1,927       21 %
General and administrative expenses     (495 )     (692 )     197       28 %
Earnings from profit and loss sharing agreements     443       —         443       N/A  
Unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments     (184 )     —         (184 )     N/A  
Other expenses, net     —         23       (23 )     100 %
Segment profit / (loss)   $ 4,249     $ (26,458 )   $ 30,707       116 %
                                 
TCE revenue per day   $ 14,264     $ 14,743     ($ 479 )     (3 %)
Owned vessel operating costs per day     7,714       7,891       177       2 %
                                 
Revenue days     1,935       2,109       (174 )     (8 %)
Owned vessel operating days     1,830       1,825       (5 )     0 %
                                 
Average number of owned vessels     5.00       5.00       —         0 %
Average number of time chartered-in vessels     0.35       0.91       (0.56 )     (62 %)

          

Vessel Revenue. Vessel revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $28.6 million, a decrease of $2.5 million or 8% from the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in revenue was the result of (i) a decrease in the number of revenue days to 1,935 for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2,109 days during the year ended December 31, 2011 and (ii) a decrease in overall TCE revenue per day to $14,264 from $14,743 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. This was driven by a reduction in the average number of time chartered-in vessels to 0.35 from 0.91 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. This reduction is due to the redelivery of the time chartered-in vessel, BW Zambesi in November 2011 following its 10 month time charter-in agreement partially offset by the delivery of the time chartered-in vessels, FPMC P Eagle and Hellespont Promise in September and December 2012, respectively.

55
 

Noemi was time chartered-out during the year ended December 31, 2011 at a rate of $24,500 per day and was redelivered in December 2011. The effect of the decrease on overall pool revenue resulting from the expiration of this charter was offset by an increase of pool revenue per day to $14,242 per day during the year ended December 31, 2012 from $12,876 per day during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Vessel operating costs. Vessel operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $14.1 million, a decrease of $0.3 million, or 2%, from the year ended December 31, 2011. Vessel operating costs per day for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased $177 per day, or 2% from the year December 31, 2011. These costs remained relatively stable as there were no changes in our owned Panamax/LR1 fleet on a period over period basis.

Voyage expenses. Voyage expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $1.0 million, an increase of $1.0 million from the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was the result of the time chartered-in vessel, FPMC P Eagle , which operated in the spot market for 48 days during the year ended December 31, 2012. No vessels operated in the spot market for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Charterhire. Charterhire expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.6 million, a decrease of $2.9 million or 64% from the year ended December 31, 2011. This decrease was the result of the redelivery of the time chartered-in vessel, BW Zambesi in November 2011 from its 10 month time charter-in agreement. This was partially offset by the delivery of the time chartered-in vessels, FPMC P Eagle and Hellespont Promise in September and December 2012, respectively.

Depreciation. Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $7.4 million, a decrease of $1.9 million, or 21%, from the year ended December 31, 2011. This was a result of an impairment charge recorded in December 2011, which reduced the depreciable basis of all owned vessels in the Panamax / LR1 Segment.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $0.5 million, a decrease of $0.2 million or 28%, from the year ended December 31, 2011. General and administrative expenses for the Panamax / LR1 segment primarily consist of administrative fees.

Earnings from profit or loss sharing agreements Earnings from profit or loss sharing agreements consist of realized earnings from profit and loss sharing agreements with third parties relating to time chartered-in vessels. We had two such agreements in place during the year ended December 31, 2012, one with our time chartered-in vessel, FPMC P Eagle and the other relating to a vessel for which the Company neither owns nor time charters-in (i.e. the vessel is chartered-in by an unrelated third party.) There were no similar agreements for the comparative period.

Unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments. Unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments consists of a $0.2 million change in the fair value of our profit and loss sharing agreements with third parties. There were no similar agreements for the comparative period.

MR segment

The following table summarizes vessel operations for our MR segment.

    For the year ended        
MR segment   December 31,       Percentage
In thousands of US dollars except per day and fleet data   2012   2011   Change   Change
Vessel revenue   $ 46,857     $ 12,287     $ 34,570       281 %
Vessel operating costs     (7,484 )     (3,178 )     (4,306 )     (135 %)
Voyage expenses     (17,979 )     (6,842 )     (11,137 )     (163 %)
Charterhire     (17,593 )     —         (17,593 )     N/A  
Impairment     —         (12,574 )     12,574       100 %
Depreciation     (4,015 )     (2,038 )     (1,977 )     (97 %)
Loss from sale of vessels     (5,879 )     —         (5,879 )     N/A  
General and administrative expenses     (398 )     (314 )     (84 )     (27 %)
Financial income     6       —         6       N/A  
Other expenses, net     (51 )     —         (51 )     N/A  
Segment loss   $ (6,536 )   $ (12,659 )   $ 6,123       48 %
                                 
TCE revenue per day   $ 12,289     $ 12,092     $ 197       2 %
Owned vessel operating costs per day     6,770       6,748       (22 )     0 %
                                 
Revenue days     2,350       450       1,900       422 %
Owned vessel operating days     1,089       471       618       131 %
                                 
Average number of owned vessels     2.97       1.29       1.68       130 %
Average number of time chartered-in vessels     3.51       —         3.51       N/A  

 

56
 

Vessel Revenue. Vessel revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $46.9 million, an increase of $34.6 million or 281% from the year ended December 31, 2011. Vessel revenue less voyage expenses, or TCE revenue, was $28.9 million, an increase of $23.4 million, or 430% from $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The change in revenue was the result of an increase in revenue days to 2,350 for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 450 during the year ended December 31, 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2011, only STI Diamond and STI Coral were operating in this segment as these vessels were acquired in May 2011. Revenue days increased during the year ended December 31, 2012 as a result of the delivery of the first five vessels under our Newbuilding Program in the third quarter of 2012 ( STI Amber, STI Topaz, STI Ruby, STI Garnet, and STI Onyx) and the delivery of six time chartered-in vessels ( Pacific Duchess, Freja Lupus, STX Ace 6 , Targale, Endeavour, and Valle Bianca) . The increase in revenue was also driven by an increase in voyage revenue per day to $12,541 during the year ended December 31, 2012 from $12,092 during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Vessel operating costs. Vessel operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $7.5 million, an increase of $4.3 million, or 135%, from the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was driven by an increase in the number of operating days to 1,089 from 471 days during the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was the result of the delivery of our first five vessels under our Newbuilding Program during the third quarter of 2012.

Voyage expenses. Voyage expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $18.0 million, an increase of $11.1 million or 163% from the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily driven by STI Coral, STI Diamond, Pacific Duchess, Freja Lupus, STX Ace 6 , Targale, Endeavour, Valle Bianca and the first five vessels delivered under our Newbuilding Program operating in the spot market for a total of 1,541 days during the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to only STI Coral and STI Diamond operating in the spot market for 450 days during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Charterhire. Charterhire expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $17.6 million, which was the result of time chartering-in Pacific Duchess, Freja Lupus, STX Ace 6, Targale, Endeavour and Valle Bianca during the year ended December 31, 2012 . There were no vessels time chartered-in during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Depreciation. Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $4.0 million, an increase of $2.0 million, or 97%, from the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was driven by an increase in the average number of owned MR vessels to 2.97 for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 1.29 for the year ended December 31, 2011, which was the result of the delivery of the first five vessels under our Newbuilding Program during the third quarter of 2012. The increase was partially offset by a decrease of depreciation expense which was driven by an impairment charge recorded in December 2011 that reduced the depreciable basis of STI Diamond and STI Coral .

Loss from sale of vessels. Loss from sale of vessels for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $5.9 million. This was the result of the sales of STI Diamond and STI Coral for $25.25 million each in August and September 2012, respectively.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $0.4 million, an increase of $0.1 million, or 27%, from the year ended December 31, 2011. General and administrative expenses for the MR segment primarily consist of administrative fees to SSH. The increase was the result of an increase in the average number of owned vessels to 2.97 during the year ended December 31, 2012 from 1.29 during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Handymax segment

The following table summarizes vessel operations for our Handymax segment:

    For the year ended        
Handymax segment   December 31,       Percentage
In thousands of US dollars except per day and fleet data   2012   2011   Change   Change
Vessel revenue   $ 35,381     $ 32,238     $ 3,143       10 %
Vessel operating costs     (5,428 )     (11,217 )     5,789       52 %
Voyage expenses     (2,741 )     (26 )     (2,715 )     (10442 %)
Charterhire     (23,192 )     (17,357 )     (5,835 )     (34 %)
Impairment     —         (12,962 )     12,962       100 %
Depreciation     (1,716 )     (5,069 )     3,353       66 %
Loss from sale of vessels     (4,525 )     —         (4,525 )     N/A  
General and administrative expenses     (195 )     (762 )     567       74 %
Segment loss   $ (2,416 )   $ (15,155 )   $ 12,739       84 %
                                 
Revenue per day   $ 13,069     $ 11,343     $ 1,726       15 %
Owned vessel operating costs per day     7,594       7,619       25       0 %
                                 
Revenue days     2,498       2,840       (342 )     (12 %)
Owned vessel operating days     673       1,460       787       54 %
                                 
Average number of owned vessels     1.84       4.00       (2.16 )     (54 %)
Average number of time chartered-in vessels     5.03       3.85       1.18       31 %

57
 

Vessel Revenue. Vessel revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $35.4 million, an increase of $3.1 million or 10% from the year ended December 31, 2011. Vessel revenue less voyage expenses, or TCE revenue, was $32.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $0.4 million, or 1.3% from $32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The Handymax segment had 2,498 revenue days for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2,840 revenue days for the year ended December 31, 2011. This decrease was driven by the sales of STI Conqueror, STI Matador and STI Gladiator in March, April and May of 2012, respectively, and was partially offset by an increase in the number of vessels time chartered-in for the year ended December 31, 2012. The average number of vessels (owned and time chartered-in) was 6.87 for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 7.85 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

The decrease in revenue days was offset by an increase in TCE revenue per day to $13,069 for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $11,343 per day for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Vessel operating costs. Vessel operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $5.4 million, a decrease of $5.8 million, or 52%, from the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was driven by a decrease in the number of operating days to 673 during the year ended December 31, 2012 from 1,460 during the year ended December 31, 2011 which was due to the sales of STI Conqueror, STI Matador, and STI Gladiator in March, April and May of 2012, respectively.

Voyage expenses. Voyage expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $2.7 million, increasing $2.7 million from the year ended December 31, 2011. This was a result of STI Conqueror, STI Matador, and STI Gladiator operating in the spot market for 124 days during the year ended December 31, 2012 prior to their sales. There were nominal voyage expenses incurred for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Charterhire. Charterhire expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $23.2 million, an increase of $5.8 million or 34% from the year ended December 31, 2011. This was the result of an increase in the number of days of vessels chartered-in to 1,840 during the year ended December 31, 2012 from 1,404 days during the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily driven by Histria Perla and Histria Coral whose time charters began in July 2011. These vessels therefore operated for partial periods during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the full year during the year ended December 31, 2012. The average number of time chartered-in vessels increased to 5.03 for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 3.85 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Depreciation. Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.7 million, a decrease of $3.4 million, or 66%, from the year ended December 31, 2011. This was due to the sales of STI Conqueror, STI Matador , and STI Gladiator which ceased being depreciated and were written down to their disposal values in February 2012, the date which they were considered held for sale. In addition, we recorded an impairment charge in December 2011 which decreased the depreciable basis of our owned vessels in this segment.

Loss from sales of vessels. Loss from sales of vessels for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $4.5 million which was the result of the sales of STI Conqueror, STI Matador , and STI Gladiator in March, April, and May 2012, respectively.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $0.2 million, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 74% from the year ended December 31, 2011. General and administrative expenses for the Handymax segment primarily consist of administrative fees. The decrease in administrative fees was driven by a decrease in the average number of owned vessels to 1.84 for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 4.00 for the year ended December 31, 2011 resulting from the sales of STI Conqueror, STI Matador and STI Gladiator during the year ended December 31, 2012.

58
 

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary source of funds for our short-term and long-term liquidity needs will be the cash flows generated from our vessels, which are currently operating in Scorpio Group Pools, in the spot market or on time charter, in addition to availability under our 2010 Revolving Credit Facility, 2011 Credit Facility, 2013 Credit Facility, KEXIM and K-Sure Credit Facilities (as defined later), sales of vessels, and cash on hand. The Scorpio Group Pools reduce volatility because (i) they aggregate the revenues and expenses of all pool participants and distribute net earnings to the participants based on an agreed upon formula and (ii) some of the vessels in the pool are on time charter. Furthermore, spot charters provide flexibility and allow us to fix vessels at prevailing rates. We believe these cash flows from operations, amounts available for borrowing under our various credit facilities and our cash balance will be sufficient to meet our existing liquidity needs for the next 12 months from the date of this annual report.

As of December 31, 2013, our cash balance was $78.8 million, which was lower than our cash balance of $87.2 million as of December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, we had $72.4 million in availability under our 2010 Revolving Credit Facility, which was fully drawn in January 2014. Additionally, in January 2014, we drew down $52.0 million from our 2011 Credit Facility. In connection with this draw down, STI Duchessa, STI Le Rocher  and  STI Larvotto  were provided as collateral under that facility. In February 2014, we drew down $64.2 million from our 2013 Credit Facility and provided STI Opera, STI Fontvieille  and  STI Ville as collateral. In March 2013, we drew down $20.5 million from our 2013 Credit Facility to partially finance the delivery of STI Texas City .

For the year ended December 31, 2013, our net cash outflow from operating activities was $5.7 million, net cash outflow from investing activities was $935.1 million and the net cash inflow from financing activities was $932.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our net cash outflow from operating activities was $1.9 million, net cash outflow from investing activities was $90.2 million, and the net cash inflow from financing activities was $142.4 million.

As of December 31, 2013, our long-term liquidity needs were comprised of our debt repayment obligations for our credit facilities, our obligations under construction contracts related to the vessels in our Newbuilding Program, and obligations under our time charter-in arrangements.

Our credit facilities require us to comply with a number of covenants, including financial covenants related to liquidity, consolidated net worth, minimum interest coverage, maximum leverage ratios, loan to value ratios and collateral maintenance; delivery of quarterly and annual financial statements and annual projections; maintenance of adequate insurances; compliance with laws (including environmental); compliance with the Employee Retirement Income and Security Act, or ERISA; maintenance of flag and class of the initial vessels; restrictions on consolidations, mergers or sales of assets; approvals on changes in the manager of the vessels; limitations on liens; limitations on additional indebtedness; prohibitions on paying dividends if a covenant breach or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of payment of a dividend; prohibitions on transactions with affiliates; and other customary covenants.

Cash Flows

There was significant amount of activity in our cash balance during the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily as a result of four follow on offerings of common stock (net proceeds of $947.8 million) that led to the significant growth in our Newbuilding Program. Additionally, we made drawdowns from our 2011 Credit Facility ($52.1 million), completed our investment in Dorian ($84.6 million), made VLGC installment payments ($83.1 million), made delivery and progress payments for vessels in our Newbuilding Program ($767.4 million), debt service payments ($43.1 million in principal payments and debt issuance costs) and dividend payments ($24.4 million). This activity is summarized below.

The table below summarizes our sources and uses of cash for the periods presented:

 

    For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars   2013   2012   2011
Cash flow data                  
Net cash inflow/(outflow)                  
Operating activities   $ (5,655 )   $ (1,928 )   $ (12,452 )
Investing activities   (935,101 )   (90,155 )   (122,573 )
Financing activities   932,436     142,415     103,671  

 

Net cash outflow from operating activities

 

Operating cash flows are driven by our results of operations along with movements in working capital. Both of these components were impacted by our growth during 2013. Operating cash inflows, before changes in working capital were $33.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $25.5 million from a cash inflow of $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This improvement was driven by growth in our operating fleet to an average of 38.8 owned and time chartered-in vessels for the year ended December 31, 2013 from an average of 20.0 owned and time-chartered-in vessels for the year ended December 31, 2012. Additionally, our overall time charter equivalent per day for our fleet improved to $14,369 per day for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $12,960 per day for the year ended December 31, 2012.

59
 

Changes in working capital were a cash outflow of $37.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $29.4 million from a cash outflow of $7.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in working capital was driven by our fleet growth to an average of 38.8 owned and time chartered-in vessels for the year ended December 31, 2013 from an average of 20.0 owned and time-chartered-in vessels for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The activity within operating cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are summarized as follows:

Net cash outflow from operating activities was $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, which was an increase in cash outflows of $3.8 million from a cash outflow of $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in cash outflows was primarily attributable to (i) an increase in charterhire expense of $71.8 million (ii) an increase in vessel operating costs of $9.9 million (iii) a net increase in the change in working capital from 2012 to 2013 of $29.4 million (iv) an increase in cash general and administrative expenses of $4.6 million and (v) a decrease in realized gain on derivative financial instruments and other expenses of $0.5 million. These decreases were offset by (i) an increase in vessel revenue of $92.2 million (ii) a decrease in voyage expenses of $16.9 million (iii) a decrease in cash financial expenses of $2.1 million (iv) an increase in financial income of $1.1 million and (v) a decrease in drydock payments of $0.2 million.

Net cash outflow from operating activities was $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, which was a decrease in cash outflows of $10.5 million from a cash outflow of $12.5 million the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in cash outflows was primarily attributable to (i) an increase in vessel revenue of $33.3 million (ii) a decrease in vessel operating costs of $1.0 million (iii) earnings from profit or loss arrangements of $0.4 million (iv) a decrease in drydock payments of $0.8 million (v) a net decrease in the change in working capital of $9.1 million and (vi) a decrease in financial expenses of $1.7 million (excluding non-cash items such as deferred financing fee amortization). These changes were offset by (i) an increase in voyage expenses of $14.9 million and (ii) an increase in charterhire expense of $21.0 million.

Net cash outflow from investing activities

 

Cash inflows from investing activities of $935.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 were driven by investments in our Newbuilding Program which grew to 65 vessels under construction at December 31, 2013 from 11 vessels under construction at December 31, 2012. These investments were the direct result of the receipt of net proceeds of $947.8 million during the year ended 2013 from four separate follow-on offerings of common shares in addition to the receipt of net proceeds of $127.2 million from a follow on offering of common shares in December 2012 (which are reflected in cash inflows from financing activities discussed below).

 

The components of investing cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are summarized as follows:

Cash outflow from investing activities was $935.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $90.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2013 were driven by installment payments and other vessel related costs on our vessels under construction along with final installment payments of $139.3 million relating to seven vessels delivered under our Newbuilding Program ( STI Sapphire, STI Emerald, STI Beryl, STI Le Rocher, STI Larvotto, STI Fontvieille and STI Ville) Additionally, we paid an aggregate of $93.1 million for the sale of our VLGC business to Dorian which consists of $83.1 million of installment payments to the shipyards for the 11 VLGC contracts, the contribution of $2.3 million in cash and other capitalized costs and $7.7 million in legal and advisory fees (including commissions paid to SSH) in exchange for newly issued shares representing 30% of Dorian’s outstanding shares immediately following the transaction. We also purchased 24,121,621 new shares of Dorian’s common stock as part of a separate private placement of shares for total consideration of $75.0 million.

Cash outflow from investing activities was $90.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to net cash outflows of $122.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Investment activity during the year ended December 31, 2012 was driven by payments on our newbuilding vessels of $191.5 million (including capitalized costs). This was offset by the sales of STI Conqueror , STI Matador , STI Gladiator, STI Coral and STI Diamond for aggregate net proceeds of $101.3 million.

Cash outflow from investing activities was $122.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Investment activity during the year ended December 31, 2011 was driven by the purchase of STI Coral and STI Diamond for an aggregate purchase price of $71.0 million (including a 1% commission paid to Liberty, our related party Administrator at that time, along with other capitalized costs). Additionally, as of December 31, 2011, we had made payments of $51.0 million relating to our newbuilding vessels under construction at HMD.

60
 

Net cash inflow from financing activities

 

Cash inflows from financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2013 were driven by the issuance 118,828,578 shares of common stock as part of four separate follow-on offerings for net proceeds of $947.8 million. Additionally, we made borrowings under our 2011 Credit Facility which were offset by principal repayments of debt into all of our credit facilities. During 2013, we also incurred debt issuance costs primarily as a result of the execution our 2013 Credit Facility in July 2013. Furthermore, we began issuing quarterly dividends during the year ended December 31, 2013. Total dividend payments for 2013 were $24.4 million.

 

The components of financing cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are summarized as follows:

Cash inflow from financing activities was $932.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $142.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Cash inflow from financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2013 was driven by net proceeds of $947.8 million from our registered direct placements of common shares in February, March and May 2013 and an underwritten offering of common shares in August 2013. Additionally, we borrowed $52.1 million under our 2011 Credit Facility to partially finance the deliveries of STI Sapphire , STI Emerald and STI Beryl . These inflows were offset by (i) principal payments of $17.2 million into our 2010 Revolving Credit Facility, $3.5 million into our 2011 Credit Facility, $6.0 million into our Newbuilding Credit Facility, and $1.7 million into our STI Spirit Credit Facility, (ii) debt issuance costs of $14.7 million and (iii) dividend payments of $24.4 million.

Cash provided by financing activities was $142.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to cash provided by financing activities of $103.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2012 were driven by the receipt of net proceeds of $153.1 million from two registered direct placements of common shares in April and December 2012, borrowings of $32.2 million under our 2010 Revolving Credit Facility, and borrowings of $92.0 million under our Newbuilding Credit Facility. These inflows were offset by repayments of $106.0 million into the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility, principal payments of $2.8 million into the STI Spirit Credit Facility, $18.2 million into the 2011 Credit Facility (of which $16.1 million was the repayment made as a result of the sale of STI Coral ) and $2.1 million into the Newbuilding Credit Facility. Cash outflows from financing activities also include the acquisition of treasury shares of $2.4 million and debt issuance costs of $3.3 million.

Financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2011 were driven by net proceeds of $68.5 million from an underwritten public offering of common shares in May 2011, net proceeds of $36.5 million from an underwritten public offering of common shares in November 2011, borrowings of $35.0 million under the 2011 Credit Facility, borrowings of $27.3 million under the STI Spirit Credit Facility, and borrowings of $53.0 million under the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility. These inflows were offset by payments of $99.0 million into the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility, principal payments on all of our credit facilities of $10.6 million, payment of debt issuance cost of $4.1 million under the 2011 Credit Facility, STI Spirit Credit Facility and the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility along with $2.9 million of costs related to the repurchase of our common shares.

Long-Term Debt Obligations and Credit Arrangements

The following is a table summarizing our indebtedness at December 31, 2013:

In thousands of U.S. dollars   Amount Outstanding at December 31, 2013   Availability as of the date of this report
2010 Revolving Credit Facility   $ —       $ —   (1)
STI Spirit Credit Facility     21,736       —    
2011 Credit Facility     64,006       —   (2)
Newbuilding Credit Facility     83,839       —    
2013 Credit Facility     —         440,324 (3)
K-Sure Credit Facility     —         458,300 (4)
KEXIM Credit Facility     —         429,600 (4)
Total   $ 169,581     $ 1,328,224  

____________________

(1) We have the ability to pay down and re-borrow from the available commitments under this loan as needed and in January 2014, we drew down $72.4 million from this facility. We repaid $22.1 million into this facility in March 2014 as a result of the sales of Noemi and Senatore , which cannot be re-borrowed.
61
 
(2) In January 2014, we drew down $52.0 million from our 2011 Credit Facility. In connection with this draw down, STI Duchessa, STI Le Rocher , and STI Larvotto were provided as collateral under this facility. The availability period under this credit facility expired on January 31, 2014.
(3) In February 2014, we drew down $64.2 from our 2013 Credit Facility. In connection with this draw down, STI Opera, STI Fontvieille and STI Ville were provided as collateral under this facility. In March 2014, we drew down $20.5 million from this facility to finance the delivery of STI Texas City. The remaining availability can be used to finance up to 60% of future vessel acquisitions.
(4) These facilities were signed in February 2014. The loans can be used to finance the lesser of 60% of the newbuilding contract price and 74% of the fair market value of the relevant vessel specified in the agreement.

2010 Revolving Credit Facility

On June 2, 2010, we executed a credit facility with Nordea Bank Finland plc, acting through its New York branch, DNB Bank ASA, acting through its New York branch, and ABN AMRO Bank N.V, for a senior secured term loan facility of up to $150 million. On July 12, 2011, we amended and restated the credit facility to convert it from a term loan to a reducing revolving credit facility. This gave us the ability to pay down and re-borrow from the total available commitments under the loan. The availability under this facility as of December 31, 2013 was $72.4 million which is scheduled to reduce by $3.1 million each quarter, with a lump sum reduction of $57.1 million at the maturity date of June 2, 2015.

Our subsidiaries that own vessels that are collateralized by this loan act as guarantors under the amended and restated credit facility. All terms mentioned are defined in the agreement.

Drawdowns under the credit facility bear interest as follows: (1) through December 29, 2011, at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.00% per annum when our debt to capitalization (total debt plus equity) ratio is equal to or less than 50% and 3.50% per annum when our debt to capitalization ratio is greater than 50%; (2) from December 30, 2011 through September 30, 2013, at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.50% per annum; and (3) from October 1, 2013 and at all times thereafter, at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.25% per annum when our debt to capitalization (total debt plus equity) ratio is equal to or less than 50% and 3.50% per annum when our debt to capitalization ratio is greater than 50%. A commitment fee equal to 40% of the applicable margin is payable on the unused daily portion of the credit facility. The credit facility matures on June 2, 2015 and can only be used to refinance amounts outstanding from the original loan agreement and for general corporate purposes.

The credit facility requires us to comply with a number of covenants, including financial covenants; delivery of quarterly and annual financial statements and annual projections; maintaining adequate insurances; compliance with laws (including environmental); compliance with ERISA; maintenance of flag and class of the initial vessels; restrictions on consolidations, mergers or sales of assets; approvals on changes in the Manager of our initial vessels; limitations on liens; limitations on additional indebtedness; prohibitions on paying dividends if a covenant breach or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of payment of a dividend; prohibitions on transactions with affiliates; and other customary covenants.

 

In addition to the customary restrictive covenants discussed above, the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility requires our compliance with the following financial covenants:

· The ratio of net debt to capitalization shall be no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
· Consolidated tangible net worth (i.e. total shareholders’ equity) shall be no less than $150.0 million plus 25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter from July 1, 2010 going forward and 50% of the value of any new equity issues from July 1, 2010 going forward.
· The ratio of EBITDA to interest expense shall be no less than 1.25 to 1.00 commencing with the fourth fiscal quarter of 2011 until the fourth quarter of 2012, at which point it increased to 1.50 to 1.00 for the first quarter of 2013, 1.75 to 1.00 for the second quarter of 2013 and 2.00 to 1.00 at all times thereafter. Such ratio shall be calculated quarterly on a trailing four quarter basis. In addition, we are restricted from paying dividends until our EBITDA to interest expense ratio is 2.00 to 1.00 or greater. EBITDA, as defined in the loan agreement, excludes non-cash charges such as impairment.
· Consolidated liquidity (cash, cash equivalents, and availability under the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility) needs to be not less than $25.0 million, of which unrestricted cash and cash equivalents shall be not less than $15.0 million, until we own, directly or indirectly, more than 15 vessels, at which time the amount increases by $750,000 per each additional vessel.
· The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels (see note 6) shall at all times be no less than 150% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of loans under the credit facility.

62
 

In June 2013, we voluntarily repaid $17.2 million into this facility. As of December 31, 2013, there was no outstanding balance and there was $72.4 million available to draw down at our option. As of December 31, 2012, the outstanding balance was $17.2 million and $67.4 million was available to draw down. We were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of December 31, 2013.

In January 2014, we drew down the entire amount available under this facility of $72.4 million. In March 2014, we repaid $22.7 million into this facility as part of the sales of Noemi and Senatore . Consequently, the availability of this facility was reduced by such amount and the quarterly reduction was reduced to $2.1 million from $3.1 million per quarter. We will also write-off a total of $0.2 million of deferred financing fees relating to this facility as part of this repayment.

 

STI Spirit Credit Facility

On March 9, 2011, we executed a credit facility with DVB Bank SE for a senior secured term loan facility of $27.3 million for STI Spirit , which was acquired on November 10, 2010. The credit facility was drawn down on March 17, 2011 and matures on March 17, 2018. On September 28, 2011 and on December 30, 2011, we amended certain financial covenants contained in the credit facility. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75% per annum. The loan is repayable over 28 equal quarterly installments and a lump sum payment at maturity. The quarterly installments commenced three months after the drawdown and were calculated using an 18 year amortization profile. Our subsidiary, STI Spirit Shipping Company Limited, which owns the vessel, is the borrower and Scorpio Tankers Inc. is the guarantor.

The credit facility requires us to comply with a number of covenants, including financial covenants; delivery of quarterly and annual financial statements and annual projections; maintaining adequate insurances; compliance with laws (including environmental); compliance with ERISA; maintenance of flag and class of the initial vessels; restrictions on consolidations, mergers or sales of assets; approvals on changes in the Manager of our initial vessels; limitations on liens; limitations on additional indebtedness; prohibitions on paying dividends if a covenant breach or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of payment of a dividend; prohibitions on transactions with affiliates; and other customary covenants.

 

In addition to the customary restrictive covenants discussed above, the STI Spirit Credit Facility requires our compliance with the following financial covenants:

· The ratio of debt to capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
· Consolidated tangible net worth (i.e. shareholders equity) shall be no less than $150 million plus 25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter.
· The ratio of EBITDA to interest expense shall be no less than 1.25 to 1.00 for the period commencing with the fourth quarter of 2011 through the fourth quarter of 2012, at which time it will increase to: (i) 1.50 to 1.00 for the first quarter of 2013, (ii) 1.75 to 1.00 for the second quarter of 2013 and (iii) 2.00 to 1.00 at all times thereafter. Such ratio shall be calculated quarterly on a trailing four quarter basis. In addition, we are restricted from paying dividends until our EBITDA to interest expense ratio is 2.00 to 1.00 or greater. EBITDA, as defined in the loan agreement, excludes non-cash charges such as impairment.
· Consolidated liquidity (cash, cash equivalents, and availability under the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility) not less than $25 million, of which unrestricted cash and cash equivalents shall be not less than $15.0 million, until we own, directly or indirectly, more than 15 vessels, at which time the amount increases by $750,000 per each additional vessel.
· The aggregate fair market value of STI Spirit not less than (i) 140% of the then outstanding loan balance if the vessel is operating in a pool or in the spot market or (ii) 130% of the then outstanding loan if the vessel is on time charter with a duration of at least one year.

As described above, the credit facility requires that the charter-free market value of the STI Spirit shall be no less than 140% of the then outstanding loan balance. In order to stay in compliance with this covenant, we prepaid $1.4 million in addition to the $0.3 million scheduled principal payment into this credit facility in December 2013.

The outstanding balance at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $21.7 million and $23.4 million, respectively. We were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of December 31, 2013.

In February 2014, we agreed to sell the 2008 built LR2 product tanker, STI Spirit , for approximately $30.2 million. As part of this sale, we will repay all amounts due under the STI Spirit Credit Facility of $21.4 million. This sale is expected to close by the end of April 2014. We will also write-off a total of $0.3 million of deferred financing fees relating to this facility as part of this repayment.

63
 

2011 Credit Facility

On May 3, 2011, we executed a credit facility with Nordea Bank Finland plc, acting through its New York branch, DnB NOR Bank ASA, acting through its New York branch, and ABN AMRO Bank N.V., for a senior secured term loan facility of up to $150.0 million. On July 20, 2012, we extended the availability period of the 2011 Credit Facility until January 31, 2014. The availability period was previously scheduled to expire in May 2013.

All terms mentioned in this section are defined in the agreement.

Drawdowns under this credit facility are available until January 31, 2014 and bear interest as follows: (1) until December 29, 2011, at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of (i) 2.75% per annum when our debt to capitalization (total debt plus equity) ratio is less than 45%, (ii) 3.00% per annum when our debt to capitalization ratio is greater than or equal to 45% but less than or equal to 50% and (iii) 3.25% when our debt to capitalization ratio is greater than 50%; (2) from December 30, 2011 through September 30, 2013, at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.50% per annum and (3) from October 1, 2013 and at all times thereafter, at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of (i) 3.25% per annum when our debt to capitalization (total debt plus equity) ratio is equal to or less than 50% and (ii) 3.50% per annum when our debt to capitalization ratio is greater than 50%. A commitment fee equal to 40% of the applicable margin is payable on the unused daily portion of the credit facility. The credit facility matures on May 3, 2017 and can only be used to finance up to 50% of the cost of future vessel acquisitions, which vessels would be the collateral for the credit facility.

Borrowings for each vessel financed under this facility represent a separate tranche, with repayment terms dependent on the age of the vessel at acquisition. Each tranche under the credit facility is repayable in equal quarterly installments, with a lump sum payment at maturity, based on a full repayment of such tranche when the vessel to which it relates is sixteen years of age. Our subsidiaries, which may at any time, own one or more of our vessels, will act as guarantors under the credit facility.

The credit facility requires us to comply with a number of covenants, including financial covenants; delivery of quarterly and annual financial statements and annual projections; maintaining adequate insurances; compliance with laws (including environmental); compliance with ERISA; maintenance of flag and class of the initial vessels; restrictions on consolidations, mergers or sales of assets; approvals on changes in the Manager of our initial vessels; limitations on liens; limitations on additional indebtedness; prohibitions on paying dividends if a covenant breach or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of payment of a dividend; prohibitions on transactions with affiliates; and other customary covenants.

 

In addition to the customary restrictive covenants discussed above, the 2011 Credit Facility requires our compliance with the following financial covenants:

· The ratio of net debt to capitalization shall be no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
· Consolidated tangible net worth (i.e. shareholders’ equity) shall be no less than $150.0 million plus 25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter from July 1, 2010 going forward and 50% of the value of any new equity issues from July 1, 2010 going forward.
· The ratio of EBITDA to interest expense shall be no less than 1.25 to 1.00 commencing with the fourth fiscal quarter of 2011 until the fourth quarter of 2012, at which point it increased to 1.50 to 1.00 for the first quarter of 2013, 1.75 to 1.00 for the second quarter of 2013 and 2.00 to 1.00 at all times thereafter. Such ratio shall be calculated quarterly on a trailing four quarter basis. In addition, we are restricted from paying dividends until our EBITDA to interest expense ratio is 2.00 to 1.00 or greater. EBITDA, as defined in the loan agreement, excludes non-cash charges such as impairment.
· Consolidated liquidity (cash, cash equivalents, and availability under the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility) needs to be not less than $25 million, of which unrestricted cash and cash equivalents shall be not less than $15.0 million, until we own, directly or indirectly, more than 15 vessels, at which time the amount increases by $750,000 per each additional vessel.
· The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels shall at all times be no less than 150% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of loans under the credit facility.

In January 2013, March 2013 and April 2013, we drew down an aggregate of $52.1 million from this facility in connection with the deliveries of STI Sapphire , STI Emerald and STI Beryl , respectively.

As of December 31, 2013, there was $62.9 million available for borrowing which could be used to finance up to 50% of future vessel acquisitions through January 31, 2014. The outstanding balance at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $64.0 million and $15.5 million, respectively. We were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of December 31, 2013.

64
 

In January 2014, we drew down an aggregate of $52.0 million from this facility. In connection with this draw down, STI Duchessa, STI Le Rocher and STI Larvotto were provided as collateral under the facility.

Newbuilding Credit Facility

On December 21, 2011, we executed a credit facility agreement with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB for a senior secured term loan facility of up to $92.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we drew down an aggregate of $92.0 million from this facility to partially finance the deliveries of STI Amber, STI Topaz, STI Ruby and STI Garnet ($23.0 million per vessel). These vessels are owned individually by certain of our subsidiaries, who together are the borrowers under this credit facility, and Scorpio Tankers Inc. is the guarantor. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 2.70% per annum. A commitment fee equal to 1.10% per annum is payable on the unused daily portion of the credit facility.

The facility is separated into four tranches (one tranche per vessel) and the four vessels are collateral for the credit facility. The repayment of the tranche relating to the respective vessel commenced after delivery of that vessel in quarterly installments of $375,000, which equates to a repayment profile of 15.33 years. Each tranche is scheduled to mature approximately seven years after delivery of the relevant vessel from the shipyard.

The credit facility requires us to comply with a number of covenants, including financial covenants; delivery of quarterly and annual financial statements and annual projections; maintaining adequate insurances; compliance with laws (including environmental); compliance with ERISA; maintenance of flag and class of the initial vessels; restrictions on consolidations, mergers or sales of assets; approvals on changes in the Manager of our initial vessels; limitations on liens; limitations on additional indebtedness; prohibitions on paying dividends if a covenant breach or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of payment of a dividend; prohibitions on transactions with affiliates; and other customary covenants.

 

In addition to the customary restrictive covenants discussed above, the Newbuilding Credit Facility requires our compliance with the following financial covenants:

· The ratio of debt to capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
· Consolidated tangible net worth (i.e. shareholders equity) shall be no less than $150 million plus 25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter from July 1, 2010 going forward and 50% of the value of any new equity issues from July 2, 2010 going forward.
· The ratio of EBITDA to interest expense not less than 2.00 to 1.00 commencing with the third fiscal quarter of 2011 until the fourth quarter of 2012, and 2.50 to 1.00 for all times thereafter. Such ratio shall be calculated quarterly on a trailing four quarter basis. EBITDA, as defined in the loan agreement, excludes non-cash charges such as impairment.
· Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents not less than $15.0 million, until we own, directly or indirectly, more than 15 vessels, at which time the amount increases by $750,000 per each additional vessel.
· The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels shall at all times not less than 140% (120% if the vessel is subject to acceptable long term employment) of the aggregate principal amount outstanding plus a pro rata amount of any allocable swap exposure for the credit facility.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we made scheduled principal payments of $6.0 million into this credit facility. The outstanding balance at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $83.8 million and $89.8 million, respectively. We were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of December 31, 2013.

In March 2014, we amended and restated our Newbuilding Credit Facility with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB, to convert it from a term loan to a reducing revolving credit facility. This gives us the ability to pay down and re-borrow from the total available commitments under the loan. All other terms and definitions remain not changed. This facility was fully drawn as of the date of this report.

 

2013 Credit Facility

On July 2, 2013, we entered into a senior secured revolving credit facility and term loan facility with Nordea Bank Finland plc and the other lenders named therein of up to $525.0 million to finance the acquisition of the Firm Vessels (defined below), the Option Vessels (defined below) and certain other vessels and for general corporate purposes, including working capital. This credit facility is secured by, among other things, a first-priority cross-collateralized mortgage on certain vessels for which we have entered into newbuilding contracts, or the Firm Vessels, and certain vessels for which we may exercise construction options, or the Option Vessels, and together with the Firm Vessels, the Collateral Vessels. Our subsidiaries that own the Collateral Vessels act as joint and several guarantors under our 2013 Credit Facility. We refer to this credit facility as our 2013 Credit Facility.

65
 

Our 2013 Credit Facility consists of a $260.0 million delayed draw term loan facility to finance the acquisition of the Firm Vessels and a $265.0 million revolving credit facility to finance the acquisition of the Option Vessels and certain other vessels built on January 1, 2012 or later, and for general corporate purposes, including working capital.

Drawdowns of the term loan may occur in connection with the delivery of a Firm Vessel in an amount equal to the lesser of 60% of (i) the contract price for such vessel or (ii) such vessel’s fair market value. Drawdowns of the revolving credit facility may occur in connection with the delivery of an Option Vessel and are also capped at the lesser of 60% of (i) the contract price for such vessel or (ii) such vessel’s fair market value, with such amount, once drawn, available on a revolving basis. Drawdowns under the term loan are available until the earlier of the delivery of each Firm Vessel and January 31, 2015 and drawdowns under the revolving loan are available until July 31, 2015 and bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.50%.

The term loan is repayable and the revolving loans reduced, in each case, in an amount equal to 1/60th of such loan on a consecutive quarterly basis until final maturity on the sixth anniversary of the facility. In addition to restrictions imposed upon the owners of the Collateral Vessels (such as, limitations on liens and limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness), our 2013 Credit Facility includes financial covenants that require us to maintain:

· The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
· Consolidated tangible net worth no less than (i) $150.0 million plus 25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter beginning on July 1, 2010 going forward and (ii) 50% of the value of any new equity issues from July 1, 2010 going forward.
· The ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense greater than 2.00 to 1.00 through December 31, 2013 and 2.50 to 1.00 thereafter.
· Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or 5% of total indebtedness.
· The aggregate fair market value of the Collateral Vessels shall at all times be no less than 140% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of loans under the credit facility.

We had no borrowings under this facility at December 31, 2013 and we were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this credit facility as of December 31, 2013.

In February 2014, we drew down $64.2 million from this credit facility. In connection with this draw down, STI Opera, STI Fontvieille and STI Ville were provided as collateral under the facility.

In March 2014, we drew down $20.5 million from this facility to partially finance the delivery of STI Texas City.

K-Sure Credit Facility 

On February 24, 2014, we entered into a $458.3 million senior secured term loan facility which consists of a $358.3 million tranche with a group of financial institutions that is being 95% covered by Korea Trade Insurance Corporation (the ‘K-Sure Tranche’) and a $100.0 million commercial tranche with a group of financial institutions led by DNB Bank SA (the “Commercial Tranche”). We refer to this credit facility as our K-Sure Credit Facility.

Drawdowns under the K-Sure Credit Facility may occur in connection with the delivery of certain of our newbuilding vessels as specified in the agreement. The amount of each drawdown shall not exceed the lesser of 60% of the newbuilding contract price and 74% of the fair market value of the relevant vessel. Drawdowns are available until the earlier of (i) the delivery date of the last vessel specified in the agreement to be acquired, (ii) September 30, 2015 and (iii) the date on which the total commitments under the loan are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated.

Repayments will be made in equal consecutive six month repayment installments in accordance with a 15 year repayment profile under the Commercial Tranche and a 12 year repayment profile under the K-Sure Tranche. Repayments will commence in July 2015 for the K-Sure Tranche and six months after the delivery of the last vessel to be acquired for the Commercial Tranche. The Commercial Tranche matures on the sixth anniversary of the delivery date of the last vessel to be acquired and the K-Sure Tranche matures in January 2027 assuming the Commercial Tranche is refinanced through that date.

Borrowings under the K-Sure tranche bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 2.25%. Borrowings under the Commercial Tranche bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.25% from the effective date of the agreement to the fifth anniversary thereof and 3.75% thereafter until the maturity date in respect of the Commercial Tranche. A commitment fee equal to 40% of the applicable margin is payable on the unused daily portion of the credit facility.

66
 

In addition to restrictions imposed upon the owners of the vessels that are collateralized under this credit facility (such as, limitations on liens and limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness), the K-Sure Credit Facility requires our compliance with the following financial covenants:

· The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
· Consolidated tangible net worth no less than $677.3 million plus (i) 25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after October 1, 2013 and (ii) 50% of the value of any new equity issues occurring on or after October 1, 2013.
· The ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense greater than 2.50 to 1.00 calculated on a trailing four quarter basis.
· Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or 5% of total indebtedness.
· The aggregate fair market value of the vessels provided as collateral under the facility shall at all times be no less than 135% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of loans under the credit facility.

KEXIM Credit Facility 

On February 28, 2014, we executed a senior secured term loan facility with a group of financial institutions led by DNB Bank ASA and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) and from the Export-Import Bank of Korea (“KEXIM”) for a total loan facility of $429.6 million. This facility includes commitments from KEXIM of up to $300.6 million (the “KEXIM Tranche”) and a group of financial institutions led by DNB Bank ASA and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) of up to $129.0 million (the “Commercial Tranche”).We refer to this credit facility as our KEXIM Credit Facility.

Drawdowns under the KEXIM Credit Facility may occur in connection with the delivery of 18 of our newbuilding vessels as specified in the loan agreement. The amount of each drawdown shall not exceed the lesser of 60% of the newbuilding contract price and 74% of the fair market value of the relevant vessel. Drawdowns are available until the earlier of (i) the delivery date of the last vessel specified in the agreement to be acquired, (ii) March 31, 2015 and (iii) the date on which the total commitments under the loan are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated.

Repayments will be made in equal consecutive semi-annual repayment installments in accordance with a 15 year repayment profile under the Commercial Tranche and a 12 year repayment profile under the KEXIM Tranche. Repayments will commence on the next semi-annual date falling after the weighted average delivery date of the vessels specified under the facility for the KEXIM Tranche and on the next semi-annual date falling after the final delivery date of the vessels specified under the facility for the Commercial Tranche.

The Commercial Tranche matures on the sixth anniversary of the delivery date of the last vessel specified under the loan and the KEXIM Tranche matures on the twelfth anniversary of the weighted average delivery date of the vessels specified under the loan assuming the Commercial Tranche is refinanced through that date.

Borrowings under the KEXIM tranche bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.25%. Borrowings under the Commercial Tranche bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.25% from the effective date of the agreement to the fifth anniversary thereof and 3.75% thereafter until the maturity date in respect of the Commercial Tranche. A commitment fee equal to 40% of the applicable margin is payable on the unused daily portion of the credit facility.

In addition to restrictions imposed upon the owners of the vessels that are collateralized under this credit facility (such as, limitations on liens and limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness), the KEXIM Credit Facility requires our compliance with the following financial covenants:

· The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
· Consolidated tangible net worth no less than $677.3 million plus (i) 25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after October 1, 2013 and (ii) 50% of the value of any new equity issues occurring on or after October 1, 2013.
· The ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense greater than 2.50 to 1.00 calculated on a trailing four quarter basis.
· Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or 5% of total indebtedness.
· The aggregate fair market value of the vessels provided as collateral under the facility shall at all times be no less than 135% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of loans under the credit facility.

67
 

In addition to KEXIM’s commitment of up to $300.6 million, KEXIM has also provided an optional guarantee for a five year amortizing note of $125.3 million (the “KEXIM Guaranteed Note”) that may be issued by us at our discretion in 2014; the proceeds of which will be used to reduce the $300.6 million KEXIM Tranche.

Derivative Contracts

Interest Rate Swaps

In August 2011, we entered into six interest rate swap agreements with three different banks to manage the interest costs and the risk associated with changing interest rates on our 2010 Revolving Credit Facility and 2011 Credit Facility. The notional amount of the swaps relating to the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility is $51.0 million with an average fixed rate of 1.27% starting on July 2, 2012 and expiring on June 2, 2015. The notional amount of the swaps relating to the 2011 Credit Facility was $24.0 million with an average fixed rate of 1.30% and expiring on June 30, 2015. In September 2012, in conjunction with the sales of STI Coral and STI Diamond , we reduced the notional amount on the interest rate swaps relating to the 2011 Credit facility to $15.0 million from $24.0 million. In December 2012, we de-designated the hedge relationship of the interest rate swaps related to the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility prospectively and reclassified all amounts accumulated in other comprehensive income ($1.0 million) to the statement of profit or loss for the year ended December 31, 2012 as a component of Financial Expenses.

The interest rate swaps relating to the 2011 Credit Facility continue to qualify for hedge accounting. Hedge effectiveness is measured quarterly. Accordingly, changes in their fair value, which the hedge is deemed to be effective, are recognized directly in other comprehensive income and classified as ‘hedging reserves’. Changes in their fair value for any portion deemed to be ineffective are recognized in the consolidated statement of profit or loss. The fair market value of the interest rate swaps relating to both the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility and 2011 Credit Facility at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was a liability of $0.9 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

In January 2014, we agreed to sell Noemi and Senatore. As part of these sales and related debt repayments into our 2010 Revolving Credit Facility, we reduced the notional amount of the swaps relating to the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility from $51.0 million to $30.0 million.

Profit or loss sharing agreements

In July 2012, we entered into a profit or loss sharing arrangement on the earnings of an LR1 vessel that was not owned or operated by us. Under the agreement, 50% of the profits and losses on this vessel were shared with the counterparty. The counterparty to this agreement was time chartering-in this vessel for a period of six months at $12,750 per day and this agreement expired in January 2013.

In September 2012, we took delivery of an LR1, FPMC P Eagle, on a time charter-in arrangement for one year at $12,800 per day. We also entered into a profit and loss sharing arrangement whereby 50% of the profits and losses relating to this vessel above or below the charterhire rate were shared with a third party that neither owns nor operates this vessel and this agreement expired in October 2013.

These agreements have been treated as derivatives, recorded at fair value with any resultant gain or loss recognized in the statement of profit or loss. Changes in fair value are recorded as unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments and actual earnings are recorded as realized gains or losses on derivative financial instruments, within the consolidated statement of profit or loss. The fair value of these instruments is determined by comparing published time charter rates to the charterhire rate and discounting those cash flows to their estimated present value.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized a realized gain of $3,208 and an unrealized gain of $0.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recognized a gain of $0.4 million and an unrealized loss of $0.2 million.

Equity

In April 2010, we closed the issuance of 12,500,000 shares of common stock at $13.00 per share in our initial public offering and received net proceeds of $149.6 million, after deducting underwriters’ discounts and offering expenses.

In May 2010, pursuant to the underwriters’ exercise of their over-allotment option that we granted in connection with our initial public offering, we closed the issuance of 450,000 shares of common stock at $13.00 and received $5.2 million, after deducting underwriters’ discounts.

In November 2010, we closed on a follow-on public offering of 4,575,000 shares of common stock at $9.80 per share. After deducting underwriters’ discounts and paying offering expenses, the net proceeds were $41.8 million, and 510,204 shares were issued in a concurrent private placement to a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family for total proceeds of $5.0 million. On December 2, 2010, we closed the issuance of 686,250 shares of common stock at $9.80 and received $6.4 million, after deducting underwriters’ discounts, when the underwriters in our follow-on public offering fully exercised their over-allotment option.

68
 

In May 2011, we closed on a follow-on public offering of 6,000,000 shares of common stock and also closed on the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase 900,000 additional common shares at an offering price of $10.50 per share. We received net proceeds of $68.5 million, after deducting underwriters’ discounts and offering expenses.

In December 2011, we closed on a follow-on public offering of 7,000,000 shares of common stock at an offering price of $5.50 per share. We received net proceeds of $36.5 million, after deducting underwriters’ discounts and offering expenses.

In April 2012, we closed on the sale of 4,000,000 shares of common stock in a registered direct placement of common shares at an offering price of $6.75 per share. We received net proceeds of $25.9 million, after deducting the placement agents’ discount and offering expenses.

In December 2012, we closed on the sale of 21,639,774 shares of common stock in a registered direct placement of common shares at an offering price of $6.10 per share. We received net proceeds of $127.2 million, after deducting the placement agents’ discount and offering expenses.

In February 2013, we closed on the sale 30,672,000 shares of common stock in a registered direct placement of common shares at an offering price of $7.50 per share. We received net proceeds of $222.1 million, after deducting placement agents’ discounts and offering expenses.

In March 2013, we closed on the sale 29,012,000 shares of common stock in a registered direct placement of common shares at an offering price of $8.10 per share. We received net proceeds of $226.8 million, after deducting placement agents’ discounts and offering expenses.

In May 2013, we closed on the sale of 36,144,578 newly issued shares of common stock in a registered direct placement of common shares at an offering price of $8.30 per share. We received net proceeds of $289.2 million, after deducting placement agents’ discounts and offering expenses.

In August 2013, we closed on the sale of 20,000,000 newly issued shares of common stock in an underwritten offering of common shares at an offering price of $9.50 per share. In addition, the underwriters also fully exercised their over-allotment option to purchase 3,000,000 additional common shares at the offering price. We received aggregate net proceeds of $209.8 million after deducting underwriters’ discounts and offering expenses.

In November 2013, we issued 3,611,809 common shares to unaffiliated third parties in connection with our acquisition of four MR vessel newbuilding contracts.

In December 2013, we issued 3,523,271 common shares to unaffiliated third parties in connection with our acquisition of four MR vessel newbuilding contracts.

Capital Expenditures

Vessel acquisitions and disposals

During 2013 we entered into agreements to construct 11 VLGCs and in November 2013, we closed an agreement with Dorian whereby we contributed our VLGC business and a cash payment of $1.9 million in exchange for newly issued shares representing 30% of Dorian’s pro-forma outstanding shares immediately following the transaction. As of the closing date of the transaction, we paid $83.1 million in installment payments under the 11 VLGC newbuilding contracts. We currently own approximately 26% of Dorian’s outstanding shares.

In December 2013, we reached agreements with DSME and HSHI for the construction of seven VLCCs for an aggregate purchase price of $662.2 million. In March 2014, we entered into an agreement to sell these contracts for cash. As part of these sales, we expect to record a gain on disposal of approximately $50.0 million in the first quarter of 2014.

We currently have contracts for the construction of 55 newbuilding product tankers with shipyards, including HMD, HSHI, SPP and DSME, consisting of (i) 14 MR tankers with HMD for an aggregate purchase price of $487.7 million, (ii) 15 MR product tankers with SPP for an aggregate purchase price of $515.7 million, (iii) 14 Handymax ice class-1A tankers with HMD for an aggregate purchase price of $440.5 million, (iv) eight LR2 product tankers with HSHI for an aggregate purchase price of $404.0 million and (v) four LR2 product tankers with DSME for an aggregate purchase price of $200.0 million. Of these vessels, 42 vessels are expected to be delivered to us throughout 2014 and 13 in 2015.

69
 

Our remaining commitments under all newbuilding vessel agreements as of the date of this report, including the above mentioned vessels are as follows*

  Q1 2014       190.9       million**  
  Q2 2014       367.6       million  
  Q3 2014       422.0       million  
  Q4 2014       292.1       million  
  Q1 2015       167.5       million  
  Q2 2015       168.2       million  
  Total     $ 1,608.3       million  

 

* These are estimates only and are subject to change as construction progresses.
** All first quarter 2014 installment payments have been paid, which include $63.5 million in aggregate for the delivery installment payments on STI Duchessa and STI Opera in January 2014 and STI Texas City in March 2014.

During 2012, we sold three Handymax vessels, STI Conqueror , STI Matador and STI Gladiator , and recorded a $4.5 million loss in connection with the sales of these vessels. The availability of the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility decreased by $31.0 million as a result of these sales. During 2012, we also completed the sales of two MR product tankers, STI Diamond and STI Coral and recorded a $5.9 million loss in connection with the sales of these vessels. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of STI Coral was used to repay $16.1 million under our 2011 Credit Facility. STI Onyx , a newbuilding vessel which was delivered in September 2012, was substituted as collateral under our 2011 Credit Facility on our outstanding borrowings related to STI Diamond .

In December 31, 2013, we designated four vessels as held for sale in our consolidated financial statements; two 2004-built LR1 product tankers, Noemi and Senatore , a 2001-built Post-Panamax tanker, Venice , and a 2008-built LR2 product tanker, STI Spirit . As part of this designation, we recorded a $21.2 million write-down to remeasure these vessels at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

In January 2014, we agreed to sell Noemi and Senatore for an aggregate selling price of $44.0 million. Noemi was sold in March 2014 and Senatore is expected to close in April 2014. As part of these sales, we repaid $22.7 million into our 2010 Revolving Credit Facility. Consequently, the availability of this facility was reduced by such amount and the quarterly reduction was reduced to $2.1 million from $3.1 million per quarter. We will also write-off a total of $0.2 million of deferred financing fees as part of this debt repayment.

 

In February 2014, we agreed to sell STI Spirit for $30.2 million. As part of this sale, we will repay all amounts due under the STI Spirit Credit Facility of $21.4 million. This sale is expected to close in April 2014.

Please see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Long Term Debt Obligations and Credit Arrangements” for a discussion on the impact of these sales on the related credit facilities.

Drydock

During 2013, none of our vessels were in drydock. Venice is scheduled to be drydocked within the next 12 months for an estimated cost $0.8 million and an estimated 20 days of off-hire.

As our fleet matures and expands, our drydock expenses will likely increase. Ongoing costs for compliance with environmental regulations and society classification survey costs are a component of our vessel operating costs. We are not currently aware of any regulatory changes or environmental liabilities that we anticipate will have a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

Dividends

On April 15, 2013, our board of directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.025 per share, which was paid on June 25, 2013 to all shareholders of record as of June 11, 2013.

On July 29, 2013, our board of directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.035 per share, which was paid on September 25, 2013 to all shareholders of record as of September 10, 2013. 

On October 28, 2013, our board of directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.07 per share, which was paid on December 18, 2013 to all shareholders of record as of December 3, 2013.

70
 

On February 21, 2014, our board of directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.08 per share, which was paid on March 26, 2014 to all shareholders of record as of March 11, 2014.

Share Buy-Back

On July 9, 2010, the board of directors authorized a share buyback program of $20.0 million. We repurchase our common shares in the open market at the times and prices that we consider to be appropriate. No shares were repurchased during the year ended December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, 1,170,987 shares have been purchased under the plan at an average price of $6.7793 per share including commissions. As of December 31, 2013, the remaining stock buyback authorization was $12.1 million.

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, Etc.

Not applicable.

D. Trend Information

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—The International Oil Tanker Shipping Industry.”

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2013, we were committed to make charter-hire payments to third parties for certain chartered-in vessels. These arrangements are accounted for as operating leases. Additionally, we are committed to make payments on our newbuilding vessel orders. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further information.

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our total contractual obligations at December 31, 2013:

    Less than   1 to 3   3 to 5   More than
In thousands of U.S. dollars   1 year   years   years   5 years
Bank loan (1)   $ 12,121     $ 24,241     $ 79,371     $ 53,848  
Estimated interest payments (2)     7,634       13,606       7,511       1,288  
Interest rate swap derivative contracts (3)     691       190       —         —    
Bank loan - commitment fees (4)     11,433       2,855       —         —    
Time charter-in commitments (5)     96,103       17,854       —         —    
Technical management fees (6)     4,750       4,750       —         —    
Commercial management fees (7)     2,172       2,172       —         —    
Newbuilding installments (8)     1,367,044       813,649       —         —    
Total   $ 1,501,948     $ 879,317     $ 86,882     $ 55,136  

____________________

(1) Represents principal payments due on our 2011 Credit Facility, STI Spirit Credit Facility and Newbuilding Credit Facility based on our outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2013. There were no outstanding borrowings under our 2010 Revolving Credit Facility, 2013 Credit Facility, KEXIM Credit Facility and K-Sure Credit Facility as of December 31, 2013.

 

(2) Represents estimated interest payments on our credit facilities:

 

· There were no borrowings under the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility, 2013 Credit Facility, KEXIM Credit Facility and K-Sure Credit Facility as of December 31, 2013.

 

· For the 2011 Credit Facility, we used the weighted average of the 3-year and 4-year interest swap rates of 1.10% (as published by the US Federal Reserve as of December 31, 2013) plus a margin of 3.25% which is the margin on the 2011 Credit Facility. We used the weighted average 3-year and 4-year interest swap rates to reflect the maturity date of this facility of May 3, 2017.

 

71
 
· For the STI Spirit Credit Facility, we used the weighted average of the 4-year and 5-year interest swap rates of 1.44% (as published by the US Federal Reserve as of December 31, 2013) plus a margin of 2.75%, which is the margin for the STI Spirit Credit Facility. We used the 4-year and 5-year swap rate to reflect the maturity date of this facility of March 17, 2018.

 

· For the Newbuilding Credit Facility, we used the weighted average of the 5-year and 7-year interest swap rates of 2.13% (as published by the US Federal Reserve as of December 31, 2013) plus a margin of 2.70%, which is the margin for our Newbuilding Credit Facility. We used the weighted average of the 5-year and 7-year interest swap rates to reflect the maturity date of this facility of June 30, 2019.

 

(3) Represents estimated payments due under our interest rate swaps:

 

· The three swaps relating to the 2010 Credit Facility with a total notional amount of $51.0 million carry an average fixed interest rate of 1.27% during the time period the swap is outstanding (January 1, 2014 through June 2, 2015). The payments due were estimated by offsetting the fixed payments against the estimated interest received using the forward swap curve at December 31, 2013 for each of the swaps.

 

· The three swaps relating to the 2011 Credit Facility with a total notional amount of $15.0 million carry an average fixed interest rate of 1.30% during the time period the swap is outstanding (January 1, 2014 through June 30, 2015). The payments due were estimated by offsetting the fixed payments against the estimated interest received using the forward swap curve at December 31, 2013 for each of the swaps.

 

(4) As of December 31, 2013, a commitment fee equal to 40% of the applicable margin is payable on the unused daily portion of our 2010 Revolving Credit Facility, 2011 Credit Facility, 2013 Credit Facility and the commercial tranches of our KEXIM Credit Facility and K-Sure Credit Facility. The STI Spirit Credit Facility and Newbuilding Credit Facility were fully drawn as of December 31, 2013.

 

(5) Represents amounts due under our time charter-in agreements as of December 31, 2013.

 

(6) We pay our technical manager, SSM, $685 per day per owned vessel, which are the same fees that SSM charges to third parties.

 

(7) We pay our commercial manager, SCM, $250 per vessel per day for LR2 vessels, $300 per vessel per day for LR1 vessels, $325 per vessel per day for MR and Handymax vessels plus 1.50% of gross revenue for vessels that are in one of the Scorpio Group Pools. When the vessels are not in the pools, SCM charges fees of $250 per vessel per day for the LR1 and LR2 vessels, $300 per vessel per day for the Handymax and MR vessels plus 1.25% of gross revenue.

 

(8) Represents obligations under our agreements with HMD, SPP, HSHI and DSME for the construction of 65 newbuilding vessels under our Newbuilding Program as of December 31, 2013.

G. Safe Harbor

See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this annual report.

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. Directors and Senior management

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers. Our board of directors is elected annually, and each director elected holds office for a three-year term or until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his term of office. The term of office of each director is as follows: two will serve for a term expiring at the 2014 annual meeting of the shareholders, three will serve for a term expiring at the 2015 annual meeting of shareholders and three will serve for a term expiring at the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders. Officers are elected from time to time by vote of our board of directors and hold office until a successor is elected. The business address for each director and executive officer is the address of our principal executive office which is Scorpio Tankers Inc., 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monaco 98000.

In April 2013, we appointed Marianne Økland to our board of directors to serve as a Class III director. In May 2013, we appointed Jose Tarruella and Cameron Mackey to our board of directors to serve as a Class II and Class III director, respectively, in each case effective as of the same date.

72
 

Certain of our officers participate in business activities not associated with us. As a result, they may devote less time to us than if they were not engaged in other business activities and may owe fiduciary duties to the shareholders of both us as well as shareholders of other companies which they may be affiliated, including other Scorpio Group companies. This may create conflicts of interest in matters involving or affecting us and our customers and it is not certain that any of these conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor. While there will be no formal requirements or guidelines for the allocation of their time between our business and the business of members of the Scorpio Group, their performance of their duties will be subject to the ongoing oversight of our board of directors.

         
Name   Age   Position
Emanuele A. Lauro   35   Chairman, Class I Director, and Chief Executive Officer
Robert Bugbee   53   President and Class II Director
Brian Lee   47   Chief Financial Officer
Cameron Mackey   45   Chief Operating Officer and Class III Director
Luca Forgione   37   General Counsel
Sergio Gianfranchi   69   Vice President, Vessel Operations
Anoushka Kachelo   34   Secretary
Alexandre Albertini   37   Class III Director
Ademaro Lanzara   70   Class I Director
Donald C. Trauscht   79   Class II Director
Marianne Økland   51   Class III Director
Jose Tarruella   43   Class II Director

 

Biographical information concerning the directors and executive officers listed above is set forth below.

Emanuele A. Lauro, Chairman, Director and Chief Executive Officer

Emanuele A. Lauro, our founder, has served as Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer since the closing of our initial public offering in April 2010. Mr. Lauro also co-founded and serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Scorpio Bulkers Inc., which was formed in 2013. He joined Scorpio Group in 2003 and has continued to serve there in a senior management position since 2004. Under Mr. Lauro’s leadership, Scorpio Group has grown from an owner of three vessels in 2003 to become a leading operator and manager of over 100 vessels in 2013. Over the course of the last several years, Mr. Lauro has founded and developed all of the Scorpio Group Tanker Pools in addition to several other ventures such as Scorpio Logistics in 2007, which owns and operates specialized assets engaged in the transshipment of coal and invests in coastal transportation and port infrastructure developments and Scorship Navigation in 2005, which engaged in the identification, placement, and management of certain international shipping investments on behalf of retail investors in Europe. Mr. Lauro has a degree in international business from the European Business School, London.

Robert Bugbee, President and Director

Robert Bugbee, has more than 25 years of experience in the shipping industry and has served as President and as a director since the closing of our initial public offering in April 2010. Mr. Bugbee also co-founded and has serves as Director and President of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. since 2013. Mr. Bugbee also serve as a director of Dorian since November 2013. He joined Scorpio Group in February 2009 and has continued to serve there in senior management. Prior to joining Scorpio Group, Mr. Bugbee was a partner at Ospraie Management LLP between 2007 and 2008, a company which advises and invests in commodities and basic industry. From 1995 to 2007, Mr. Bugbee was employed at OMI Corporation, or OMI, a NYSE-listed tanker company sold in 2007. While at OMI, Mr. Bugbee most recently served as President from January 2002 until the sale of the company, and he previously served as Executive Vice President since January 2001, Chief Operating Officer since March 2000 and Senior Vice President of OMI from August 1995 to June 1998. Mr. Bugbee joined OMI in February 1993. Prior to this, he was employed by Gotaas-Larsen Shipping Corporation since 1984. During this time he took a two year sabbatical in 1987 for the M.I.B. Programme at the Norwegian School for Economics and Business administration in Bergen. He has a Fellowship from the International Shipbrokers Association and a B.A. (Honors) from London University.

Brian Lee, Chief Financial Officer

Brian Lee has served as Chief Financial Officer since the closing of our initial public offering in April 2010. He joined Scorpio Group in April 2009 where he continues to serve in a senior management position. He has been employed in the shipping industry since 1998. Prior to joining Scorpio Group, he was the Controller of OMI Corporation from 2001 until the sale of the company in 2007. Mr. Lee has an M.B.A. from the University of Connecticut and has B.S. in Business Administration from the University at Buffalo, State University of New York.

Cameron Mackey, Chief Operating Officer, Director

Cameron Mackey, has served as Chief Operating Officer since the closing of our initial public offering in April 2010 and as a director since May 2013. Mr. Mackey also serves as Chief Operating Officer of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. He joined Scorpio Group in March 2009, where he continues to serve in a senior management position. Prior to joining Scorpio Group, he was an equity and commodity analyst at Ospraie Management LLC from 2007-2008. Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President of OMI Marine Services LLC from 2004-2007 and in Business Development at OMI Corporation from 2002-2004. He has been employed in the shipping industry since 1994 and, earlier in his career, was employed in unlicensed and licensed positions in the merchant navy, primarily on tankers in the international fleet of Mobil Oil Corporation, where he held the qualification of Master Mariner. He has an M.B.A. from the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, a B.S. from the Massachusetts Maritime Academy and a B.A. from Princeton University.

73
 

Luca Forgione, General Counsel

Luca Forgione, has served as General Counsel since the closing of our initial public offering in April 2010 and as secretary until December 2, 2013. Mr. Forgione also serves General Counsel of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. He joined Scorpio Group in August 2009 where he continues to serve as General Counsel. He is licensed as a lawyer in his native Italy and as a Solicitor of the Supreme Court of England & Wales. Mr. Forgione has ten years of shipping industry experience and has worked in the fields of shipping, offshore logistics, commodity trading and energy since the beginning of his in-house career, most recently with Constellation Energy Commodities Group Ltd. in London, which is part of Constellation Energy Group Inc. listed on the NYSE under “CEG,” from 2007 to 2009, and previously with Coeclerici S.p.a. in Milan from 2004 to 2007. He has experience with all aspects of the supply chain of drybulk and energy commodities (upstream and downstream), and has developed considerable understanding of the regulatory and compliance regimes surrounding the trading of physical and financial commodities as well as the owning, managing and chartering of vessels. Mr. Forgione was a Tutor in International Trade Law and Admiralty Law at University College London (U.K.) and more recently a Visiting Lecturer in International Trade Law at King’s College (U.K.). He has a Master’s Degree in Maritime Law from the University of Southampton (U.K.) and a Law Degree from the University of Genoa (Italy).

Sergio Gianfranchi, Vice President, Vessel Operations

Sergio Gianfranchi, has served as Vice President of Vessel Operations since our initial public offering in April 2010. Mr. Gianfranchi also serves as Vice President of Vessel Operations of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. since September 19, 2013. He served as Operations Manager of our technical manager, SSM, at its headquarters in Monaco from 2002 to 2004. He has been instrumental in launching and operating the Scorpio Group Pools during the last six years, and was employed as the Fleet Manager of SCM, the Scorpio Group affiliate that manages the commercial operations of approximately 50 vessels grouped in the three Scorpio Group Pools, from 2007 to 2009. Mr. Gianfranchi is currently employed as the Pool Fleet Manager of SCM. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Gianfranchi served as the on-site owner’s representative of the Scorpio Group affiliates named Doria Shipping, Tristan Shipping, Milan Shipping and Roma Shipping, to survey the construction of their Panamax and Post-Panamax newbuilding tankers being built at the 3Maj Shipyard in Rijeka, Croatia. When Mr. Gianfranchi joined SSM in 1989, he began as vessel master of its OBOs (multipurpose vessels that carry ore, heavy drybulk and oil). Upon obtaining his Master Mariner License in 1972, he served until 1989 as a vessel master with prominent Italian shipping companies, including NAI, which is the largest private Italian shipping company and owned by the Lolli-Ghetti family, and Almare, initially a subsidiary of NAI but later controlled by Finmare, the Italian state shipping financial holding company. In this position he served mostly on OBOs, tankers and drybulk carriers. He graduated from La Spezia Nautical Institute in Italy in 1963.

Anoushka Kachelo,   Secretary

Anoushka Kachelo has served as our Secretary since December 2, 2013. Mrs. Kachelo joined Scorpio Group in September 2010 as Senior Legal Counsel. She is a Solicitor of the Supreme Court of England & Wales and has worked in the fields of commodity trading, energy and asset finance. Prior to joining the Scorpio Group, Mrs. Kachelo was Legal Counsel for the Commodities Team at JPMorgan (London) and prior to that in private practice for the London office of McDermott Will & Emery and Linklaters. She has a BA in Jurisprudence from the University of Oxford (U.K.).

Alexandre Albertini, Director

Alexandre Albertini has served on our board of directors since the closing of our initial public offering in April 2010. Mr. Albertini has more than 11 years of experience in the shipping industry. He has been employed by Marfin Management SAM, a drybulk ship management company, since 1997 and has served as Managing Director there since 2009, working in fields related to crew and human resources, insurance, legal, financial, technical, commercial, and information technology. He is a director of eight drybulk ship owning companies and serves as President of Ant. Topic srl, a vessel and crewing agent based in Italy. The aggregate valuation of the drybulk shipping companies for which Mr. Albertini serves as a Secretary or director is approximately $300 million. In 2008, Mr. Albertini was elected as a member of the Executive Committee of InterManager. He is a founding member of the Chamber of Shipping of Monaco and has served as its Secretary General since 2006. Mr. Albertini also holds various board positions in several other local business and associations.

Ademaro Lanzara, Director

Ademaro Lanzara has served on our board of directors since the closing of our initial public offering in April 2010. Mr. Lanzara has served as Chairman of BPV Finance (International) Plc Dublin, a subsidiary of Banca Popolare di Vicenza, Italy, since 2008. He has also served as the deputy Chairman and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Cattolica Life Inc. Dublin since 2011, Chairman of BPVI Fondi Sgr SpA, Milano from April 2012 until November 2013 and Chairman of NEM Sgr SpA Vicenza since November 2013. From 1963 to 2006, Mr. Lanzara held a number of positions with BNL spa Rome, a leading Italian banking group, including Deputy Group CEO, acting as the Chairman of the Credit Committee and Chairman of the Finance Committee. He also served as Chairman and/or director of a number of BNL controlled banks or financial companies in Europe, the United States and South America. He formerly served as a director of each of Istituto dell’Enciclopedia Italiana fondata da Giovanni Treccani Spa, Rome, Italy, the Institute of International Finance Inc. in Washington DC, Compagnie Financiere Edmond de Rothschild Banque, in Paris, France, ABI—Italian Banking Association in Rome, Italy, FITD—Interbank deposit Protection Fund, in Rome, Italy, ICC International Chamber of Commerce Italian section, Rome, Italy and Co-Chairman Round Table of Bankers and Small and Medium Enterprises, European Commission, in Brussels, Belgium. Mr. Lanzara has an economics degree (graduated  magna cum laude ) from the University of Naples, a law degree from the University of Naples and completed the Program for Management Development (PMD) at Harvard Business School.

74
 

Donald C. Trauscht, Director

Donald C. Trauscht has served on our board of directors since the closing of our initial public offering in April 2010. Mr. Trauscht has served as the Chairman of BW Capital Corporation, a private investment company, since 1996. From 1967 to 1995, Mr. Trauscht held a number of positions at Borg-Warner Corporation, including Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. While at Borg Warner, Mr. Trauscht supervised an annual capital budget of $250 million and was responsible for risk assessment decisions involving the company’s investments. He has participated in acquisitions, divestments, financings, public offerings and other transactions whose combined value is over $30 billion. Mr. Trauscht is a director of Esco Technologies Inc., Hydac International Corporation, Bourns Inc., and Eyes For Learning LLC. He formerly served as a director of Baker Hughes Inc., Cordant Technologies Inc., Blue Bird Corporation, Imo Industries Inc., Mannesmann Capital Corporation, Wynn International Inc., Recon Optical Inc., Global Motorsport Group Inc., OMI Corporation, IES Corporation, and NSK-Warner Ltd. He has served as the Chairman, Lead Director, and Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Governance Committee Chairman at numerous public and private companies.

Marianne Økland, Director

Marianne Økland has served on our board of directors since April 2013. Ms. Økland is also a Managing Director of Avista Partners, a London based consultancy company that provides advisory services and raises capital.  In addition, she is a non-executive director at each of Islandsbanki (Iceland) and IDFC (India). Previously, she was a non-executive director at NLB (Slovenia).  Between 1993 and 2008, Ms. Økland held various investment banking positions at JP Morgan Chase & Co. and UBS where she focused on debt capital raising and   structuring.  Ms. Økland has led many transactions for large Nordic banks and insurance companies, including some of the most significant mergers and acquisitions in these sectors.  Between 1990 and 1993, Ms. Økland headed European operations of Marsoft, a Boston, Oslo and London based consulting firm that advises banks and large shipping, oil and raw material companies on shipping strategies and investments.  Ms. Økland holds a M.Sc. degree in Finance and Economics from the Norwegian School of Economics and Business Administration where she also worked as a researcher and taught mathematics and statistics.

Jose Tarruella, Director

Jose Tarruella has served on our board since May 2013. Ms. Tarruella is also the founder and Chairman of Camino de Esles s.l., a high-end restaurant chain with franchises throughout Madrid, since 2007.  Prior to forming Camino de Esles, Mr. Tarruella was a Director in Group Tragaluz, which owns and operates restaurants throughout Spain.  Mr. Tarruella also acts as a consultant for the Spanish interests of Rank Group plc (LSE: RNK.L) a leading European gaming-based entertainment business. He has been involved in corporate relations for Esade Business School in Madrid.  He earned an International MBA from Esade Business School in Barcelona and an MA from the University of Navarre in Spain.  

B. Compensation

We paid an aggregate compensation of $15.7 million, $6.3 million and $6.1 million to our senior executive officers in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Executive management remuneration was as follows during these periods:

    For the period ended December 31,
In thousands of US dollars   2013   2012   2011
Short-term employee benefits (salaries)   $ 5,433     $ 2,896     $ 2,875  
Share-based compensation (1)     10,274       3,368       3,189  
Total   $ 15,707     $ 6,264     $ 6,064  

 

75
 
(1)

Represents the amortization of restricted stock issued under our equity incentive plans. See Note 12 in the consolidated financial statements for further description.

 

Each of our non-employee directors receive cash compensation in the aggregate amount of $60,000 annually, plus an additional fee of $10,000 for each committee on which a director serves plus an additional fee of $20,000 for each committee for which a director serves as Chairman, per year, plus an additional fee of $20,000 to the lead independent director, plus reimbursements for actual expenses incurred while acting in their capacity as a director. During the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we paid an aggregate compensation of $0.8 million and $0.4 million to our directors, respectively. Our officers and directors are eligible to receive awards under our equity incentive plan which is described below under “—2010 Equity Incentive Plan and 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.”

We believe that it is important to align the interests of our directors and management with that of our shareholders. In this regard, we have determined that it will generally be beneficial to us and to our shareholders for our directors and management to have a stake in our long-term performance. We expect to have a meaningful component of our compensation package for our directors and management consisted of equity interests in us in order to provide them on an on-going basis with a meaningful percentage of ownership in us.

We do not have a retirement plan for our officers or directors.

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

We have adopted an equity incentive plan, which we refer to as the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, under which directors, officers, employees, consultants and service providers of us and our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and unrestricted common stock. We reserved a total of 1,148,916 common shares for issuance under the plan, subject to adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in the plan and it is not expected that any additional common shares will be reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan prior to the third anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering. The plan is administered by our compensation committee. We issued a total of 559,458 restricted shares under the plan to our executive officers in the second quarter of 2010 which vest in three equal installments on the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries, respectively, of the closing date of the initial public offering, which was April 6, 2010. In the second quarter of 2010, we also issued 9,000 restricted shares to our independent directors, which vested on April 6, 2011. We issued a total of 281,000 restricted shares under the plan to our executive officers in the first quarter of 2011 which vest ratably in three equal installments on the first, second and third anniversaries, respectively, of the grant date, which was January 31, 2011. In the first quarter of 2011, we also issued 9,000 restricted shares to our independent directors, which vested on January 31, 2012. In the first quarter of 2012, we issued a total of 281,000 restricted shares under the plan to our executive officers, which vest ratably in three equal installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, which was January 31, 2012. In the first quarter of 2012, we also issued 9,000 restricted shares to our independent directors, which vested on January 31, 2013. There are no shares remaining available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

Under the terms of the plan, stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the plan will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will the exercise price be less than the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable at times and under conditions as determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will they be exercisable later than ten years from the date of grant.

The plan administrator may grant shares of restricted stock and awards of restricted stock units subject to vesting, forfeiture and other terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator. Following the vesting of a restricted stock unit, the award recipient will be paid an amount equal to the number of vested restricted stock units multiplied by the fair market value of a common share on the date of vesting, which payment may be paid in the form of cash or common shares or a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may grant dividend equivalents with respect to grants of restricted stock units.

Adjustments may be made to outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction or change in capitalization or other extraordinary event. In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the plan), unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator in an award agreement, awards then outstanding will become fully vested and exercisable in full.

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan and may amend outstanding awards, provided that no such amendment or termination may be made that would materially impair any rights, or materially increase any obligations, of a grantee under an outstanding award. Shareholder approval of plan amendments will be required under certain circumstances. Unless terminated earlier by our board of directors, the plan will expire ten years from the date the plan is adopted.

76
 

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

In April 2013, we adopted an equity incentive plan, which we refer to as the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, under which directors, officers, employees, consultants and service providers of us and our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and unrestricted common stock. We initially reserved a total of 5,000,000 common shares for issuance under the plan.

Under the terms of the plan, stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the plan will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will the exercise price be less than the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable at times and under conditions as determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will they be exercisable later than ten years from the date of grant.

The plan administrator may grant shares of restricted stock and awards of restricted stock units subject to vesting, forfeiture and other terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator. Following the vesting of a restricted stock unit, the award recipient will be paid an amount equal to the number of vested restricted stock units multiplied by the fair market value of a common share on the date of vesting, which payment may be paid in the form of cash or common shares or a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may grant dividend equivalents with respect to grants of restricted stock units.

Adjustments may be made to outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction or change in capitalization or other extraordinary event. In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the plan), unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator in an award agreement, awards then outstanding will become fully vested and exercisable in full.

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan and may amend outstanding awards, provided that no such amendment or termination may be made that would materially impair any rights, or materially increase any obligations, of a grantee under an outstanding award. Shareholder approval of plan amendments will be required under certain circumstances. Unless terminated earlier by our board of directors, the plan will expire ten years from the date the plan is adopted.

In the second quarter of 2013, we issued 4,610,000 shares of restricted stock to our employees and 390,000 shares to our directors for no cash consideration. The weighted average share price on the issuance dates was $8.69 per share. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock to our employees is (i) one-third of the shares vest on March 10, 2016, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on March 10, 2017, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on March 10, 2018. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock to our directors is (i) one-third of the shares vest on March 10, 2014, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on March 10, 2015, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on March 10, 2016.

In October 2013, we amended the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan to increase the number of common shares eligible for issuance to 11,376,044. All other terms of the plan remained unchanged.

In October 2013, we issued 3,749,998 shares of restricted stock to our employees and 250,000 shares to our directors for no cash consideration. The weighted average share price on the issuance date was $9.85 per share. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock to our employees is (i) one-third of the shares vest on October 11, 2016, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on October 11, 2017, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on October 11, 2018. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock to our directors is (i) one-half of the shares vest on October 11, 2014 and (ii) one-half of the shares vest on October 11, 2015.

In February 2014, we issued 2,011,000 shares of restricted stock to our employees and 145,045 shares to our directors for no cash consideration. The weighted average share price on the issuance date was $9.30 per share. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock to our employees is (i) one-third of the shares vest on February 21, 2017, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on February 21, 2018, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on February 21, 2019. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock to our directors is (i) one-third of the shares vest on February 21, 2015, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on February 21, 2016, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on February 21, 2017. Compensation expense is recognized ratably over the vesting periods for each tranche using the straight-line method.

In March 2014, we amended the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan to clarify that the plan administrator has the ability to redeem restricted stock for fair market value (as defined in the plan) at the vesting date at its discretion.

Employment Agreements

In April 2010, we entered into employment agreements with each of our executives. These employment agreements remain in effect until terminated in accordance with their terms upon not less than 24 months prior written notice. Pursuant to the terms of their respective employment agreements, our executives are prohibited from disclosing or unlawfully using any of our material confidential information.

Upon a change in control of us, the annual bonus provided under the employment agreement becomes a fixed bonus of up to 150% of the executive’s base salary and such employee may be entitled to receive upon termination an assurance bonus equal to such fixed bonus and an immediate lump-sum payment in an amount equal to three times the sum of the executive’s then current base salary and the assurance bonus, and he will continue to receive all salary, compensation payment and benefits, including additional bonus payments, otherwise due to him, to the extent permitted by applicable law, for the remaining balance of his then-existing employment period. If an executive’s employment is terminated for cause or voluntarily by the employee, he shall not be entitled to any salary, benefits or reimbursements beyond those accrued through the date of his termination, unless he voluntarily terminated his employment in connection with certain conditions. Those conditions include a change in control combined with a significant geographic relocation of his office, a material diminution of his duties and responsibilities, and other conditions identified in the employment agreement.

77
 

C. Board Practices

Our board of directors currently consists of eight directors, five of whom have been determined by our board of directors to be independent under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Our board of directors has an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee, a Compensation Committee and an Environmental Committee, each of which is comprised of certain of our independent directors, who are Messrs. Alexandre Albertini, Ademaro Lanzara, Donald Trauscht, Marianne Økland, and Jose Tarruella. The Audit Committee, among other things, reviews our external financial reporting, engage our external auditors and oversee our internal audit activities, procedures and the adequacy of our internal controls. In addition, provided that no member of the Audit Committee has a material interest in such transaction, the Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing transactions that we may enter into in the future with other members of the Scorpio Group that our board believes may present potential conflicts of interests between us and the Scorpio Group. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the board of directors nominees for director and directors for appointment to board committees and advising the board with regard to corporate governance practices. The Compensation Committee oversees our equity incentive plan and recommends director and senior employee compensation. The Environmental Committee oversees to minimize the environmental impact by constant monitoring and measuring progresses of our vessels. Our shareholders may also nominate directors in accordance with procedures set forth in our bylaws.

D. Employees

As of December 31, 2013, we had ten employees. SSM and SCM were responsible for our commercial and technical management.

E. Share ownership

The following table sets forth information regarding the share ownership of our common stock as of the date of this annual report by our directors and officers, including the restricted shares issued to our executive officers and to our independent directors as well as shares purchased in the open market.

Name   No. of Shares   % Owned
Emanuele A. Lauro (1)     3,435,101       1.71 %
Robert Bugbee (2)     3,342,914       1.66 %
Cameron Mackey (3)     2,168,489       1.08 %
All other officers and directors individually     *       *  

 

(1) Includes 2,880,901 shares of restricted stock from the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
(2) Includes 2,880,901 shares of restricted stock from the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
(3) Includes 1,929,314 shares of restricted stock from the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

* The remaining officers and directors individually each own less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS.

A. Major shareholders.

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock for owners of more than five percent of our common stock, of which we are aware as of the date of this annual report.

Name   No. of Shares   % Owned
Wellington Management Company, LLP (1)     14,142,229       7.1 %
Galahad Securities Limited (2)     11,170,568       5.7 %
York Capital Management Global Advisors, LLC (3)     10,416,752       5.2 %
Kensico Capital Management Corporation, Michael Lowenstein and Thomas J. Coleman (4)     10,116,500       5.1 %

 

(1)   This information is derived from Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014.  
(2)   This information is derived from Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014.  
(3)   This information is derived from Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014.  
(4)   This information is derived from Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014.  

 

78
 

B. Related Party Transactions

 

Management of Our Fleet

Commercial and Technical Management

Our vessels are commercially managed by Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., or SCM and technically managed by Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., or SSM, pursuant to a Master Agreement (which may be terminated upon a two year notice). SCM and SSM are related parties of ours. We expect that additional vessels that we may acquire in the future will also be managed under the Master Agreement or on substantially similar terms.

SCM’s services include securing employment, in the spot market and on time charters, for our vessels. SCM also manages the Scorpio Group Pools. When our vessels are in the Pools, SCM, the pool manager, charges fees of $300 per vessel per day with respect to our Panamax/LR1 vessels, $250 per vessel per day with respect to our LR2 vessels, and $325 per vessel per day with respect to each of our Handymax and MR vessels, plus 1.50% commission on gross revenues per charter fixture.  These are the same fees that SCM charges other vessels in these pools, including third party owned vessels. For commercial management of our vessels that do not operate in any of the Scorpio Group Pools, we pay SCM a fee of $250 per vessel per day for each Panamax, LR1 and LR2 vessel and $300 per vessel per day for each Handymax and MR vessel, plus 1.25% commission on gross revenues per charter fixture.

SSM’s services include day-to-day vessel operation, performing general maintenance, monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance, customer vetting procedures, supervising the maintenance and general efficiency of vessels, arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment for vessels, appointing supervisors and technical consultants and providing technical support. We currently pay SSM $685 per vessel per day to provide technical management services for each of our vessels which is the same fee that SSM charges to third parties.

Administrative Services Agreement

We have an Administrative Services Agreement with Scorpio Services Holding Limited, or SSH, or our Administrator, for the provision of administrative staff and office space, and administrative services, including accounting, legal compliance, financial and information technology services. SSH is a related party of ours. Liberty, a company affiliated with us, acted as our Administrator until March 13, 2012 when the Administrative Services Agreement was novated to SSH. The effective date of the novation was November 9, 2009, the date that we first entered into the agreement with Liberty. We reimburse our current Administrator for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above. Our Administrator also arranges vessel sales and purchases for us. The services provided to us by our Administrator may be sub-contracted to other entities within the Scorpio Group.

We pay our Administrator a fee for arranging vessel purchases and sales for us, equal to 1% of the gross purchase or sale price, payable upon the consummation of any such purchase or sale. For the year ended December 31, 2013 we paid our Administrator $9.1 million, which consisted of $2.5 million related to the purchase and delivery of seven newbuilding vessels in 2013 and $6.6 million on the purchase and subsequent sale of our VLGC business to Dorian in November 2013. We believe this 1% fee on purchases and sales is customary in the tanker industry.

Further, pursuant to our administrative services agreement, our Administrator, on behalf of itself and other members of the Scorpio Group, has agreed that it will not directly own product or crude tankers ranging in size from 35,000 dwt to 200,000 dwt.

Our administrative services agreement, whose effective commencement began in December 2009 and can be terminated upon two years notice.

79
 

Tanker pools

 

To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenues, we participate in commercial pools with other shipowners of similar modern, well-maintained vessels. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial charterers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each shipowner. The managers of the pools negotiate charters with customers primarily in the spot market. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages and COAs, thus generating higher effective TCE revenues than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market while providing a higher level of service offerings to customers. When we employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we generally place such vessel in a tanker pool managed by our commercial manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class. The earnings allocated to vessels (charterhire expense for the pool) are aggregated and divided on the basis of a weighted scale, or Pool Points, which reflect comparative voyage results on hypothetical benchmark routes. The Pool Point system generally favors those vessels with greater cargo-carrying capacity and those with better fuel consumption. Pool Points are also awarded to vessels capable of carrying clean products and to vessels capable of trading in certain ice conditions. We currently participate in four pools: the Scorpio LR2 Pool, the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, Scorpio MR Pool and the Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool.

SCM is responsible for the commercial management of participating vessels in the pools, including the marketing, chartering, operating and bunker (fuel oil) purchases of the vessels. The Scorpio LR2 Pool is administered by Scorpio LR2 Pool Ltd., the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool is administered by Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Ltd., or SPTP, the Scorpio MR Pool is administered by Scorpio MR Pool Ltd, or SMRP and the Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool is administered by Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool Ltd., or SHTP. Our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family which owns all issued and outstanding stock of SLR2P, SPTP, SMRP and SHTP. Taking into account the recommendations of a pool committee and a technical committee, each of which is comprised of representatives of each pool participant, SLR2P, SPTP, SMRP and SHTP set the respective pool policies and issues directives to the pool participants and SCM. The pool participants remain responsible for all other costs including the financing, insurance, manning and technical management of their vessels. The earnings of all of the vessels are aggregated and divided according to the relative performance capabilities of the vessel and the actual earning days each vessel is available.

Our Relationship with Scorpio Group and its Affiliates

We were incorporated in the Republic of The Marshall Islands on July 1, 2009 by Simon Financial Limited, or Simon, which is owned by the Lolli-Ghetti family and manages their shipping interests. On October 1, 2009, (i) Simon, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Liberty Holding Company Ltd., or Liberty, transferred three operating subsidiary companies to us that owned the vessels in our initial fleet consisting of the Venice , Senatore and Noemi ; (ii) Liberty became a wholly-owned subsidiary and operating vehicle of Simon; (iii) Scorpio Owning Holding Ltd. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Liberty; and (iv) we became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Scorpio Owning Holding Ltd. Liberty’s operations include chartered-in vessels, and interests in joint ventures and investments. Scorpio Group and will preclude itself from directly owning product or crude tankers ranging in size from 35,000 dwt to 200,000 dwt.

Our board of directors consists of eight individuals, five of whom are independent directors. Three of the independent directors form the board’s Audit Committee and, pursuant to the Audit Committee charter, are required to review all potential conflicts of interest between us and Scorpio Group. The three non-independent directors, Emanuele Lauro, Robert Bugbee and Cameron Mackey serve in senior management positions within the Scorpio Group which is also our Administrator, and is an affiliate of the Scorpio Group.

The Scorpio Group is owned and controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family, of which Mr. Lauro is a member. Mr. Lauro is considered to be the acting Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Bugbee is considered to be the acting President of the Scorpio Group. Mr. Lauro is employed by Scorpio Commercial Management and Mr. Bugbee is employed by Scorpio USA LLC, and both entities are affiliates within the Scorpio Group. Mr. Lauro, Mr. Bugbee and other senior management have a minority equity interest in Scorpio Services Holding Limited. We are not affiliated with any other entities in the shipping industry other than those that are members of the Scorpio Group.

SCM, SSM and SSH our commercial manager, technical manager and administrator, respectively, are affiliates of the Scorpio Group. For information regarding the details regarding our relationship with SCM, SSM and SSH, please see “– Management of our Fleet.”

Transactions with Related Parties

Transactions with entities controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family (herein referred to as related party affiliates) in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and balance sheet are as follows:

80
 
    For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of US dollars   2013   2012   2011
Pool revenue (1)                        
 Scorpio MR Pool Limited   $ 89,597     $ 9,558     $ —    
 Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool Limited     36,199       31,280       32,238  
 Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Limited     36,018       26,884       22,594  
 Scorpio LR2 Pool Limited     28,203       4,540       5,195  
 Scorpio Aframax Tanker Pool Limited     —         —         170  
Time charter revenue (2)                        
 King Dustin     —         —         8,507  
Vessel operating costs (3)     (3,703 )     (2,280 )     (2,203 )
Commissions (4)     (218 )     (532 )     (270 )
Administrative expenses (5)     (1,944 )     (1,862 )     (1,937 )

 

(1) These transactions relate to revenue earned in the Scorpio LR2, Scorpio Panamax, Scorpio MR, Scorpio Aframax and Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pools (the Pools), which are owned by Scorpio LR2 Pool Limited, Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Limited, Scorpio MR Pool Limited, Scorpio Aframax Tanker Pool Limited and Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool Limited, respectively. The Pools are related party affiliates.
(2) The revenue earned was for Noemi’s time charter with King Dustin (which is 50% jointly controlled by a related party affiliate).
(3) These transactions represent technical management fees charged by SSM, a related party affiliate, which are included in the vessel operating costs in the consolidated statement of income or loss. We believe our technical management fees for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were at arms-length rates as they were based on contracted rates that were the same as those charged to other vessels managed by SSM at the time the management agreements were entered into. In June 2013, this fee was increased to $685 per vessel per day from $548 per vessel per day (2012 and 2011: $548 per vessel per day) for technical management.
(4) These transactions represent the expense due to SCM for commissions related to the commercial management services provided by SCM under the Commercial Management Agreement (see description below). Each vessel pays a commission of 1.25% of their gross revenue when not in the Pools.  When our vessels are in the Pools, SCM, the pool manager, charges fees of $300 per vessel per day with respect to our Panamax/LR1 vessels, $250 per vessel per day with respect to our LR2 vessels, and $325 per vessel per day with respect to each of our Handymax and MR vessels, plus 1.50% commission on gross revenues per charter fixture.  These are the same fees that SCM charges other vessels in these pools, including third party owned vessels, and they are and were included in voyage expenses in the consolidated statement of income or loss.
(5) We have an Administrative Services Agreement with Scorpio Services Holding Limited, or SSH, for the provision of administrative staff and office space, and administrative services, including accounting, legal compliance, financial and information technology services. SSH is a related party to us. We reimburse SSH for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above. SSH also arranges vessel sales and purchases for us. The services provided to us by SSH may be sub-contracted to other entities within the Scorpio Group.

Our Commercial Management Agreement with SCM includes a daily flat fee charged payable to SCM for the vessels that are not in one of the pools managed by SCM. The flat fee is $250 per day for Panamaxes/LR1 and LR2 vessels and $300 per day for Handymax and MR vessels.

· The expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $1.9 million included the flat fee of $0.3 million charged by SCM and administrative fees of $1.6 million charged by SSH and were included in voyage expenses and general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income or loss.
· The expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $1.9 million included the flat fee of $0.7 charged by SCM, and administrative fees of $1.2 million charged by SSH and were both included in voyage expenses and general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income or loss.
· The expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $1.9 million included the flat fee of $0.3 charged by SCM, and administrative fees of $1.7 million charged by SSH and were both included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income or loss.
(6) The Administrative Services Agreement with SSH includes a fee for arranging vessel purchases and sales, on our behalf, equal to 1% of the gross purchase or sale price, payable upon the consummation of any such purchase or sale. These fees are capitalized as part of the carrying value of the related vessel for a vessel purchase and are included as part of the gain or loss on sale for a vessel disposal. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid SSH an aggregate fee of $9.1 million, which consisted of $2.5 million related to the purchase and delivery of seven newbuilding vessels in 2013 and $6.6 million on the purchase and subsequent sale of our VLGC business to Dorian. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we paid SSH an aggregate fee of $2.4 million, which consisted of $0.5 million on the sales of three Handymax vessels and $1.9 million on the purchase and delivery of our first five newbuilding vessels. In the year ended December 31, 2011, we paid SSH an aggregate fee of $0.7 million in May 2011 for the purchase of two MRs.

 

81
 

We had the following balances with related parties, which have been included in the consolidated balance sheets:

 

    As of December 31,
In thousands of US dollars   2013   2012
Assets:                
Accounts receivable (due from the Pools)   $ 68,512     $ 33,271  
Accounts receivable (SCM)     8       —    
                 
Liabilities:                
Accounts payable (owed to the Pools)     95       59  
Accounts payable (SSM)     1       70  
Accounts payable (SCM)     —         146  

 

In 2011, we also entered into an agreement to reimburse costs to SSM as part of its supervision agreement for newbuilding vessels. $0.2 million and $0.1 million were charged under this agreement during the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. No amounts were charged under this agreement during the year ended December 31, 2011.

C. INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

Not applicable.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

Legal Proceedings

To our knowledge, we are not currently a party to any lawsuit that, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity. As such, we do not believe that pending legal proceedings, taken as a whole, should have any significant impact on our financial statements. From time to time in the future we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. While we expect that these claims would be covered by our existing insurance policies, those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We have not been involved in any legal proceedings which may have, or have had, a significant effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, nor are we aware of any proceedings that are pending or threatened which may have a significant effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Dividend Policy

The declaration and payment of dividends is subject at all times to the discretion of our board of directors. The timing and amount of dividends, if any, depends on our earnings, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, fleet renewal and expansion, restrictions in the loan agreements, the provisions of Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of dividends and other factors.

In addition, since we are a holding company with no material assets other than the shares of our subsidiaries through which we conduct our operations, our ability to pay dividends will depend on our subsidiaries’ distributing to us their earnings and cash flow.

82
 

During the period from our initial public offering in April 2010 through April 2013, we did not declare or pay any dividends to our shareholders. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid aggregate dividends to our shareholders in the amount of $24.4 million. We have paid the following dividends per share in respect of the periods set forth below:

     
Payment Date   Amount per Share
June 25, 2013   $ 0.025  
September 25, 2013   $ 0.035  
December 18, 2013   $ 0.070  
March 26, 2014   $ 0.080  

 

B. Significant Changes.

There have been no significant changes since the date of the annual consolidated financial statements included in this report, other than as described in Note 22-Subsequent Events to our consolidated financial statements included herein.

ITEM 9. OFFER AND THE LISTING

A. Offer and Listing Details.

Since our initial public offering, our shares of common stock have traded on the NYSE under the symbol “STNG”. The high and low market prices for our shares of common stock on the NYSE are presented for the periods listed below:

         
For the Year Ended   High   Low
December 31, 2010*   $ $13.01     $ $9.50  
December 31, 2011     12.18       4.28  
December 31, 2012     7.50       4.93  
December 31, 2013     12.48       6.92  
* For the period beginning March 31, 2010                

 

         
For the Quarter Ended:   High   Low
March 31, 2012     7.50       4.93  
June 30, 2012     7.50       5.14  
September 30, 2012     6.88       5.14  
December 31, 2012     7.14       5.19  
March 31, 2013     8.94       6.92  
June 30, 2013     9.60       7.55  
September 30, 2013     10.51       8.87  
December 31, 2013     12.48       9.37  
March 31, 2014 (through and including March 28, 2014)     11.91       9.00  

 

         
Most Recent Six Months:   High   Low
September 2013   $ 10.28     $ 9.38  
October 2013     12.03       9.37  
November 2013     12.48       11.26  
December 2013     12.17       10.62  
January 2014     11.91       9.87  
February 2014     10.29       9.00  
March 2014 (through and including March 28, 2014)     10.69       9.47  

 

B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable

C. Markets.

The information set forth above, including the tabular information, under the heading “Offering and Listing Details” in incorporated herein.

83
 

D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Share capital.

Not applicable.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation have been filed as exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 2 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Registration No. 333-164940), filed with the SEC on March 18, 2010. Our amended and restated bylaws are filed as exhibit 1.2 to our Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on June 29, 2010. The information contained in these exhibits is incorporated by reference herein.

Information regarding the rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to each class of our shares of common stock is described in the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock” in the accompanying prospectus to our Registration Statement on Form F-3 (Registration No. 333-186815) with an effective date of February 25, 2013, provided that since the date of such Registration Statement, our total issued and outstanding common shares has increased to 200,947,547 as of the date of this annual report.

C. Material contracts.

Attached as exhibits to this annual report are the contracts we consider to be both material and outside the ordinary course of business during the two-year period immediately preceding the date of this annual report. We refer you to “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities” and “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions” for a discussion of these agreements.

Other than as set forth above, there were no material contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we were a party during the two year period immediately preceding the date of this annual report.

D. Exchange controls.

Under Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares.

E. Taxation

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following are the material United States federal income tax consequences to us of our activities and to United States Holders and Non-United States Holders, each as defined below, of the ownership of common shares. The following discussion of United States federal income tax matters is based on the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements, and existing and proposed regulations issued by the United States Department of the Treasury, or the Treasury Regulations, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. The discussion below is based, in part, on the description of our business in this Report and assumes that we conduct our business as described herein. References in the following discussion to the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” are to Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

84
 

United States Federal Income Taxation of Operating Income: In General

 

We earn and anticipate that we will continue to earn substantially all our income from the hiring or leasing of vessels for use on a time charter basis, from participation in a pool or from the performance of services directly related to those uses, all of which we refer to as “shipping income.”

Unless exempt from United States federal income taxation under the rules of Section 883 of the Code, or Section 883, as discussed below, a foreign corporation such as us will be subject to United States federal income taxation on its “shipping income” that is treated as derived from sources within the United States, which we refer to as “United States source shipping income.” For United States federal income tax purposes, “United States source shipping income” includes 50% of shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States.

Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-United States ports will be considered to be 100% derived from sources entirely outside the United States. Shipping income derived from sources outside the United States will not be subject to any United States federal income tax.

Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between United States ports is considered to be 100% derived from United States sources. However, we are not permitted by United States law to engage in the transportation of cargoes that produces 100% United States source shipping income.

Unless exempt from tax under Section 883, our gross United States source shipping income would be subject to a 4% tax imposed without allowance for deductions, as described more fully below.

Exemption of Operating Income from United States Federal Income Taxation

 

Under Section 883 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, a foreign corporation will be exempt from United States federal income taxation on its United States source shipping income if:

(1) it is organized in a “qualified foreign country,” which is one that grants an “equivalent exemption” from tax to corporations organized in the United States in respect of each category of shipping income for which exemption is being claimed under Section 883; and

(2) one of the following tests is met:

(A) more than 50% of the value of its shares is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by “qualified shareholders,” which as defined includes individuals who are “residents” of a qualified foreign country, which we refer to as the “50% Ownership Test”; or

(B) its shares are “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in a qualified foreign country or in the United States, to which we refer as the “Publicly-Traded Test”.

The Republic of The Marshall Islands, the jurisdiction where we and our ship-owning subsidiaries are incorporated, has been officially recognized by the United States Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, as a qualified foreign country that grants the requisite “equivalent exemption” from tax in respect of each category of shipping income we earn and currently expect to earn in the future. Therefore, we will be exempt from United States federal income taxation with respect to our United States source shipping income if we satisfy either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly-Traded Test.

For our 2013 taxable tax year, we intend to take the position that we satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test and we anticipate that we will continue to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test for future taxable years. However, as discussed below, this is a factual determination made on an annual basis. We do not currently anticipate a circumstance under which we would be able to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test.

Publicly-Traded Test

 

The Treasury Regulations under Section 883 provide, in pertinent part, that shares of a foreign corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of stock that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. Our common shares, which constitute our sole class of issued and outstanding stock, are “primarily traded” on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE.

Under the Treasury Regulations, our common shares will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market if one or more classes of our stock representing more than 50% of our outstanding stock, by both total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and total value, are listed on such market, to which we refer as the “Listing Threshold.” Since our common shares are listed on the NYSE, we expect to satisfy the Listing Threshold.

85
 

It is further required that with respect to each class of stock relied upon to meet the Listing Threshold, (i) such class of stock is traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year or one-sixth of the days in a short taxable year, or the “Trading Frequency Test”; and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of such class of stock traded on such market during the taxable year is at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of stock outstanding during such year or as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year, or the “Trading Volume Test.” We currently satisfy and anticipate that it will continue to satisfy the Trading Frequency Test and Trading Volume Test. Even if this were not the case, the Treasury Regulations provide that the Trading Frequency Test and Trading Volume Tests will be deemed satisfied if, as is the case with our common shares, such class of stock is traded on an established securities market in the United States and such class of stock is regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such stock.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Treasury Regulations provide, in pertinent part, that a class of stock will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year during which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class are owned, actually or constructively under specified attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the vote and value of such class of outstanding shares, to which we refer as the “5% Override Rule.”

For purposes of being able to determine the persons who actually or constructively own 5% or more of the vote and value of our common shares, or “5% Shareholders,” the Treasury Regulations permit us to rely on those persons that are identified on Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, as owning 5% or more of our common shares. The Treasury Regulations further provide that an investment company which is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, will not be treated as a 5% Shareholder for such purposes.

In the event the 5% Override Rule is triggered, the Treasury Regulations provide that the 5% Override Rule will nevertheless not apply if we can establish that within the group of 5% Shareholders, there are sufficient qualified shareholders for purposes of Section 883 to preclude non-qualified shareholders in such group from owning 50% or more of our common shares for more than half the number of days during the taxable year. In order to benefit from this exception to the 5% Override Rule, we must satisfy certain substantiation requirements in regards to the identity of its 5% Shareholders.

We believe that we currently satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test and intend to take this position on our United States federal income tax return for the 2013 taxable year. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of the Section 883 exemption. For example, if we trigger the 5% Override Rule for any future taxable year, there is no assurance that we will have sufficient qualified 5% Shareholders to preclude nonqualified 5% Shareholders from owning 50% or more of our common shares for more than half the number of days during such taxable year, or that we will be able to satisfy the substantiation requirements in regards to our 5% Shareholders.

United States Federal Income Taxation In Absence of Section 883 Exemption

 

If the benefits of Section 883 are unavailable, our United States source shipping income would be subject to a 4% tax imposed by Section 887 of the Code on a gross basis, without the benefit of deductions, which we refer to as the “4% gross basis tax regime,” to the extent that such income is not considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business, as described below. Since under the sourcing rules described above, no more than 50% of our shipping income would be treated as being United States source shipping income, the maximum effective rate of United States federal income tax on our shipping income would never exceed 2% under the 4% gross basis tax regime.

To the extent our United States source shipping income is considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business, as described below, any such “effectively connected” United States source shipping income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to United States federal income tax, currently imposed at rates of up to 35%. In addition, we would generally be subject to the 30% “branch profits” tax on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of our United States trade or business.

Our United States source shipping income would be considered “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business only if:

· we have, or are considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of United States source shipping income; and
· substantially all of our United States source shipping income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that follows a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States.

We do not currently have, intend to have, or permit circumstances that would result in having, any vessel sailing to or from the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. Based on the foregoing and on the expected mode of our shipping operations and other activities, it is anticipated that none of our United States source shipping income will be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business.

86
 

United States Federal Income Taxation of Gain on Sale of Vessels

 

If we qualify for exemption from tax under Section 883 in respect of the shipping income derived from the international operation of our vessels, then gain from the sale of any such vessel should likewise be exempt from United States federal income tax under Section 883. If, however, our shipping income from such vessels does not for whatever reason qualify for exemption under Section 883, then any gain on the sale of a vessel will be subject to United States federal income tax if such sale occurs in the United States. To the extent possible, we intend to structure the sales of our vessels so that the gain therefrom is not subject to United States federal income tax. However, there is no assurance we will be able to do so.

United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders

 

The following is a discussion of the material United States federal income tax considerations relevant to an investment decision by a United States Holder, as defined below, with respect to our common shares. This discussion does not purport to deal with the tax consequences of owning common shares to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules. This discussion only addresses considerations relevant to those United States Holders who hold the common shares as capital assets, that is, generally for investment purposes. You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences arising in your own particular situation under United States federal, state, local or foreign law of the ownership of common shares.

As used herein, the term “United States Holder” means a beneficial owner of common shares that is an individual United States citizen or resident, a United States corporation or other United States entity taxable as a corporation, an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

If a partnership holds our common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor.

Distributions

 

Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, any distributions made by us with respect to our common shares to a United States Holder will generally constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the United States Holder’s tax basis in his common shares on a dollar-for-dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain. Because we are not a United States corporation, United States Holders that are corporations will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us. Dividends paid with respect to our common shares will generally be treated as “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for United States foreign tax credit purposes.

Dividends paid on our common shares to a United States Holder who is an individual, trust or estate (a “United States Non-Corporate Holder”) will generally be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such United States Non-Corporate Holder at preferential tax rates provided that (1) the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the NYSE, on which our common shares are traded); (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which, as discussed below, we believe we have not been, we believe we are not and do not anticipate being in the future); (3) the United States Non-Corporate Holder has owned the common shares for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common shares become ex-dividend; and (4) the United States Non-Corporate Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Any distributions out of earnings and profits we pay which are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a United States Non-Corporate Holder.

Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend”—generally, a dividend in an amount which is equal to or in excess of 10% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in his common shares—paid by us. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common shares that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss derived by a United States Non-Corporate Holder from the sale or exchange of such common shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.

87
 

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares

 

Assuming we do not constitute a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, a United States Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the United States Holder from such sale, exchange or other 94 disposition and the United States Holder’s tax basis in such shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the United States Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Such capital gain or loss will generally be treated as United States source income or loss, as applicable, for United States foreign tax credit purposes. Long-term capital gains of United States Non-Corporate Holders are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation. A United States Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences

 

Special United States federal income tax rules apply to a United States Holder that holds shares in a foreign corporation classified as a “passive foreign investment company”, or a PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a United States Holder if, for any taxable year in which such Holder holds our common shares, either:

· at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or
· at least 50% of the average value of our assets during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

For purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, we will be treated as earning and owning our proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of our subsidiary corporations in which we own at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary’s stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income would generally constitute “passive income” unless we were treated under specific rules as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.

Based on our current operations and future projections, we do not believe that we have been, are, nor do we expect to become, a passive foreign investment company with respect to any taxable year. Although there is no legal authority directly on point, our belief is based principally on the position that, for purposes of determining whether we are a passive foreign investment company, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from the time chartering and voyage chartering activities of our wholly-owned subsidiaries should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, such income should not constitute passive income, and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of such income, in particular, the vessels, should not constitute assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. Therefore, based on our current operations and future projections, we should not be treated as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. There is substantial legal authority supporting this position, consisting of case law and IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, there is also authority that characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. It should be noted that in the absence of any legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. Furthermore, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future.

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a United States Holder would be subject to different United States federal income taxation rules depending on whether the United States Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” which election we refer to as a “QEF election.” As an alternative to making a QEF election, a United States Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares, as discussed below. In addition, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year ending on or after December 31, 2013, a United States Holder would be required to file an annual report with the IRS for that year with respect to such Holder’s common shares.

Taxation of United States Holders Making a Timely QEF Election

 

If a United States Holder makes a timely QEF election, which United States Holder we refer to as an “Electing Holder,” the Electing Holder must report for United States federal income tax purposes his pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for each of our taxable years during which we are a PFIC that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder, regardless of whether distributions were received from us by the Electing Holder. No portion of any such inclusions of ordinary earnings will be treated as “qualified dividend income.” Net capital gain inclusions of United States Non-Corporate Holders would be eligible for preferential capital gain tax rates. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that had been previously taxed will result in a corresponding reduction in the adjusted tax basis in the common shares and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder would not, however, be entitled to a deduction for its pro rata share of any losses that we incur with respect to any taxable year. An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares. A United States Holder would make a timely QEF election for our shares by filing one copy of IRS Form 8621 with his United States federal income tax return for the first year in which he held such shares when we were a PFIC. If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we would provide each United States Holder with all necessary information in order to make the QEF election described above.

88
 

Taxation of United States Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election

 

Alternatively, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate will be the case, our common shares are treated as “marketable stock,” a United States Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares, provided the United States Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made, the United States Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares at the end of the taxable year over such Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares. The United States Holder would also be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the United States Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A United States Holder’s tax basis in his common shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount. Gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included by the United States Holder.

Taxation of United States Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election

 

Finally, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a United States Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year, whom we refer to as a “Non-Electing Holder,” would be subject to special rules with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on the common shares in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the common shares), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares. Under these special rules:

· the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the common shares;
· the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, would be taxed as ordinary income and would not be “qualified dividend income”; and
· the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed tax deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

United States Federal Income Taxation of “Non-United States Holders”

 

A beneficial owner of common shares (other than a partnership) that is not a United States Holder is referred to herein as a “Non-United States Holder.”

If a partnership holds common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor.

Dividends on Common Stock

 

A Non-United States Holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on dividends received from us with respect to his common shares, unless that income is effectively connected with the Non-United States Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If the Non-United States Holder is entitled to the benefits of a United States income tax treaty with respect to those dividends, that income is subject to United Stated federal income tax only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-United States Holder in the United States.

89
 

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares

 

Non-United States Holders generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares, unless:

· the gain is effectively connected with the Non-United States Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if the Non-United States Holder is entitled to the benefits of a United States income tax treaty with respect to that gain, that gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-United States Holder in the United States); or
· the Non-United States Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and other conditions are met.

If the Non-United States Holder is engaged in a United States trade or business for United States federal income tax purposes, dividends on the common shares, and gains from the sale, exchange or other disposition of such shares, that are effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business will generally be subject to regular United States federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous section relating to the taxation of United States Holders. In addition, if you are a corporate Non-United States Holder, your earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income, subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional “branch profits” tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable United States income tax treaty.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

In general, dividend payments, or other taxable distributions, made within the United States to you will be subject to information reporting requirements if you are a non-corporate United States Holder. Such payments or distributions may also be subject to backup withholding if you are a non-corporate United States Holder and you:

· fail to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;
· are notified by the IRS that you have failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on your United States federal income tax returns; or
· in certain circumstances, fail to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Non-United States Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on an appropriate IRS Form W-8.

If you are a Non-United States Holder and you sell your common shares to or through a United States office of a broker, the payment of the proceeds is subject to both United States backup withholding and information reporting unless you certify that you are a non-United States person, under penalties of perjury, or you otherwise establish an exemption. If you sell your common shares through a non-United States office of a non-United States broker and the sales proceeds are paid to you outside the United States, then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment. However, United States information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, even if that payment is made to you outside the United States, if you sell your common shares through a non-United States office of a broker that is a United States person or has some other contacts with the United States. Such information reporting requirements will not apply, however, if the broker has documentary evidence in its records that you are a non-United States person and certain other conditions are met, or you otherwise establish an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, you generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules that exceed your United States federal income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the IRS.

Pursuant to recently enacted legislation, individuals who are United States Holders (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, certain individuals who are Non- United States Holders and certain United States entities) who hold “specified foreign financial assets” (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code) are required to file IRS Form 8938 with information relating to the asset for each taxable year in which the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year (or such higher dollar amount as prescribed by applicable Treasury regulations). Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other assets, our common shares, unless the shares are held through an account maintained with a United States financial institution. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Additionally, in the event an individual United States Holder (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, an individual Non- United States Holder or a United States entity) that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of United States federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three years after the date that the required IRS Form 8938 is filed. United States Holders (including United States entities) and Non- United States Holders are encouraged consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations under this legislation.

90
 

F. Dividends and paying agents.

Not applicable.

G. Statement by experts.

Not applicable.

H. Documents on display.

We file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this annual report and the accompanying exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 100 F Street, N.E. Washington, D.C. 20549, or from the SEC’s website http://www.sec.gov . You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1 (800) SEC-0330, and you may obtain copies at prescribed rates.

Shareholders may also request a copy of our filings at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address: Scorpio Tankers Inc., 9, Boulevard Charles III Monaco 98000, +377-9898-5716.

I. Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through our unhedged variable-rate borrowings. Significant increases in interest rates could adversely affect our operating margins, results of operations and our ability to service our debt. From time to time, we will use interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates. The principal objective of these contracts is to minimize the risks and costs associated with our variable-rate debt and are not for speculative or trading purposes. We have six interest rate swaps which we entered into in August 2011 and went into effect on July 1, 2012 for an aggregate notional amount of $75.0 million, which was reduced to $66.0 million in September 2012 and further reduced to $45.0 million in March 2014. See Note 10 of the consolidated financial statements for further information. The fair market value of our interest rate swaps was a liability of $0.9 million and $1.4 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Based on the floating rate debt at December 31, 2013, a one-percentage point increase in the floating interest rate would increase interest expense by $1.6 million per year. The following table presents the due dates for the principal payments on our fixed and floating rate debt:

    As of December 31,
        2015-   2017-    
In thousands of U.S. dollars   2014   2016   2018   Thereafter
Principal payments floating rate debt (unhedged)   $ 7,169     $ 21,619     $ 79,371     $ 53,848  
Principal payments fixed rate debt (hedged)     4,952       2,623       —         —    
Total principal payments on outstanding debt   $ 12,121     $ 24,242     $ 79,371     $ 53,848  

Spot Market Rate Risk

The cyclical nature of the tanker industry causes significant increases or decreases in the revenue that we earn from our vessels, particularly those vessels that operate in the spot market or participate in pools that are concentrated in the spot market such as the Scorpio Group Pools. We currently do not have any vessels on time charter contracts. Additionally, we have the ability to remove our vessels from the pools on relatively short notice if attractive time charter opportunities arise. A $1,000 per day increase or decrease in spot rates for all of our vessel classes would have increased or decreased our operating income / (loss) by $14.1 million and $7.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market. This market utilizes the US dollar as its functional currency. Consequently, virtually all of our revenues and the majority of our operating expenses are in US dollars. However, we incur some of our combined expenses in other currencies, particularly the Euro. The amount and frequency of some of these expenses (such as vessel repairs, supplies and stores) may fluctuate from period to period. Depreciation in the value of the US dollar relative to other currencies will increase the US dollar cost of us paying such expenses. The portion of our business conducted in other currencies could increase in the future, which could expand our exposure to losses arising from currency fluctuations.

91
 

There is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on our cash flows. We have not entered into any hedging contracts to protect against currency fluctuations. However, we have some ability to shift the purchase of goods and services from one country to another and, thus, from one currency to another, on relatively short notice. We may seek to hedge this currency fluctuation risk in the future.

Bunker Price Risk

Our operating results are affected by movement in the price of fuel oil consumed by the vessels – known in the industry as bunkers. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by OPEC and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce the profitability. We do not hedge our exposure to bunker price risk.

Inflation

We do not expect inflation to be a significant risk to direct expenses in the current and foreseeable economic environment.

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

None.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

A. Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Our controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives.

We carried out an evaluation under the supervision, and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15e under the Securities Act of 1934) as of December 31, 2013. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2013 to provide reasonable assurance that (1) information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

92
 

B. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

In accordance with Rule 13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the management of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for the establishment and maintenance of adequate internal controls over financial reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Management has performed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 based on the provisions of Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in 1992. Based on our assessment, management determined that the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013 based on the criteria in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO (1992).

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting, at December 31, 2013, has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit, an independent registered public accounting firm, who also audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements for that year. Their audit report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting is presented in Item 18 Financial Statements.

C. Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm.

The attestation report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm is presented on page F-2 of the Financial Statements filed as part of this annual report.

D. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

None

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Ademaro Lanzara, who serves on the Audit Committee, qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” and that he is “independent” in accordance with SEC rules.

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

We have adopted a code of ethics applicable to officers, directors and employees, which complies with applicable guidelines issued by the SEC. Our code of ethics is filed as an exhibit to this annual report and can be found on our website at www.scorpiotankers.com. We will also provide a hard copy of our code of ethics free of charge upon written request to Scorpio Tankers Inc., 9 Boulevard Charles III, Monaco, 98000.

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

A. Audit Fees

Our principal accountant for fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 was PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit (Marseille, France) and the audit fee for that period was $428,000. Our principal accountant for fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was Deloitte LLP (London, United Kingdom), and the audit fees for those periods were $434,247 and $380,174, respectively.

During 2013, our principal accountant, PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit, provided services related to follow-on offerings that were completed in May 2013 and August 2013 and two transactions related to issuance of shares for the acquisitions of vessels. The fees for these services were $38,500, $39,328 and $30,000, respectively.

During 2012, our principal accountant, Deloitte LLP, provided services related to an SEC comment letter review and follow-on offerings that were completed in April and December 2012. The fees for these services were $38,743, $80,675 and $97,128, respectively. During 2011, our principal accountant, Deloitte LLP provided services related to our F-3 shelf registration and follow-on offerings that were completed on May 10, 2011, May 18, 2011 and December 6, 2011, respectively. The fees for these services were $28,982, $72,896 and $86,206, respectively.

93
 

During 2013, Deloitte LLP, provided services related to follow-on offerings that were completed in January, March, May and July 2013. The fees for these services were $47,049, $76,160, $60,284 and $23,274, respectively. 

B. Audit-Related Fees

Our principal accountant for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit, provided services related to Sarbanes-Oxley compliance for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. The fees for these services during that year were $150,900.

C. Tax Fees

None.

D. All Other Fees

None

E. Audit Committee’s Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

Our Audit Committee pre-approves all audit, audit-related and non-audit services not prohibited by law to be performed by our independent auditors and associated fees prior to the engagement of the independent auditor with respect to such services.

F. Audit Work Performed by Other Than Principal Accountant if Greater Than 50%

Not applicable.

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASES

On July 9, 2010, the board of directors authorized a share buyback program of $20 million. We repurchase these shares in the open market at the time and prices that we consider to be appropriate. During the year ended December 31, 2013, no shares were purchased under the program. As of the date of this report, 1,170,987 shares have been purchased under the plan at an average price of $6.7793 per share.

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

On April 2, 2013, our board of directors, upon recommendation of our audit committee, appointed PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit as our independent auditor for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, replacing Deloitte LLP, or Deloitte. On May 30, 2013, at our annual general meeting of shareholders, our shareholders passed a resolution ratifying such appointment. The Company dismissed Deloitte as its independent auditor effective April 2, 2013.

The information required to be disclosed pursuant to this Item 16F was previously reported on Form 6-K, filed with the SEC on April 8, 2013.

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Pursuant to an exception for foreign private issuers, we, as a Marshall Islands company, are not required to comply with the corporate governance practices followed by U.S. companies under the NYSE listing standards. We believe that our established practices in the area of corporate governance are in line with the spirit of the NYSE standards and provide adequate protection to our shareholders. In this respect, we have voluntarily adopted NYSE required practices, such as (i) having a majority of independent directors, (ii) establishing audit, compensation and nominating committees and (iii) adopting a Code of Ethics.

There are two significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the practices required by the NYSE. The NYSE requires that non-management directors meet regularly in executive sessions without management. The NYSE also requires that all independent directors meet in an executive session at least once a year. The Marshall Islands law and our bylaws do not require our non-management directors to regularly hold executive sessions without management. During 2012 and through the date of this annual report, our non-management directors met in executive session four times. The NYSE requires companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. The guidelines must address, among other things: director qualification standards, director responsibilities, director access to management and independent advisers, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, management succession and an annual performance evaluation. We are not required to adopt such guidelines under Marshall Islands law and we have not adopted such guidelines.

94
 

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial information required by this Item is set forth on pages F-1 to F-52 and is filed as part of this annual report.

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number
  Description
1.1   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (1)
1.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (3)
2.1   Form of Stock Certificate (1)
2.3   Form of Senior Debt Securities Indenture (5)
2.4   Form of Subordinated Debt Securities Indenture (5)
4.1   Amended and Restated Loan Agreement for $150 Million Revolving Credit Facility, dated July 12, 2011 (6)
4.2   Letter Agreement to July 12, 2011 Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated September 22, 2011(6)
4.3   First Amendatory Agreement to July 12, 2011 Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated December 22, 2011 (6)
4.4   2010 Equity Incentive Plan (3)
4.5   2013 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan
4.6   Administrative Services Agreement between the Company and Liberty Holding Company Ltd. (2)
4.7   Master Agreement between the Company, SSM and SCM dated January 24, 2013 (7)
4.8   STI Spirit Credit Facility, dated March 9, 2011 (4)
4.9   Letter Agreement to STI Spirit Credit Facility, dated September 28, 2011 (6)
4.10   First Amendatory Agreement to STI Spirit Credit Facility, dated December 30, 2011 (6)
4.11   2011 Credit Facility, dated May 3, 2011 (6)
4.12   Letter Agreement to 2011 Credit Facility, dated September 22, 2011 (6)
4.13   First Amendatory Agreement to 2011 Credit Facility, dated June 27, 2011 (6)
4.14   Second Amendatory Agreement to 2011 Credit Facility, dated December 22, 2011 (6)
4.15   Newbuilding Credit Facility, dated December 21, 2011 (6)
4.16   2013 Credit Facility, dated July 2, 2013
4.17   KEXIM Credit Facility, dated February 28, 2014
4.18   K-Sure Credit Facility, dated February 24, 2014
8.1   Subsidiaries of the Company
11.1   Code of Ethics (7)
11.2   Whistleblower Policy
11.3   Whistleblower Policy - Environmental
12.1   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Executive Officer
12.2   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Financial Officer
13.1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13.2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
15.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit
15.2   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Deloitte LLP
15.3   Consent of Drewry Shipping Consultants, Ltd.

   

     
(1) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Amended Registration Statement on Form F-1/A (Amendment No. 1) (File No. 333-164940) on March 10, 2010.
   
(2) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Amended Registration Statement on Form F-1/A (Amendment No. 2) (File No. 333-164940) on March 18, 2010.
   
(3) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report filed on Form 20-F on June 29, 2010.
   
(4) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report filed on Form 20-F on April 21, 2011.
   
(5) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-173929) on May 4, 2011.
   
(6) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F on April 13, 2012, as amended.
   
(7) Filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F on March 29, 2013.

 

95
 

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

Dated March 31, 2014

  Scorpio Tankers Inc.
  (Registrant)
   
  /s/ Emanuele Lauro
  Emanuele Lauro
  Chief Executive Officer

 

96
 

SCORPIO TANKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms F- 2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 F-4
Consolidated Statements of Income or Loss for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 F- 5
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income or Loss for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 F-7
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 F- 8
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 F-10
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

 

F- 1
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Scorpio Tankers Inc.

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statement of income or loss, statement of comprehensive income or loss, statement of changes in shareholders’ equity and cashflow statement present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework 1992 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and International Standards on Auditing. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit

Monaco, Principality of Monaco

March 31, 2014

 

F- 2
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Scorpio Tankers Inc.

 

Majuro, Marshall Island

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss, consolidated statements of comprehensive loss or income, consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity, and consolidated cash flow statements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

/s/ DELOITTE LLP

 

London, United Kingdom

 

March 28, 2013

 

 

 

F- 3
 

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

        As of
In thousands of U.S. dollars   Notes   December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012
Assets                        
Current assets                        
Cash and cash equivalents     2     $ 78,845     $ 87,165  
Accounts receivable     3       72,542       36,438  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets             2,277       956  
Inventories             2,857       2,169  
Vessels held for sale     4       82,649       —    
Total current assets             239,170       126,728  
Non-current assets                        
Vessels and drydock     4       530,270       395,412  
Vessels under construction     4       649,526       50,251  
Other assets     6       17,907       889  
Investment in associate     7       209,803       —    
Total non-current assets             1,407,506       446,552  
Total assets           $ 1,646,676     $ 573,280  
                         
Current liabilities                        
Bank loans     9       10,453       7,475  
Accounts payable     8       20,696       11,387  
Accrued expenses             7,251       3,057  
Derivative financial instruments     10       689       844  
Bank loan related to vessels held for sale     9       21,397       —    
Total current liabilities             60,486       22,763  
Non-current liabilities                        
Bank loans     9       135,279       134,984  
Derivative financial instruments     10       188       743  
Total non-current liabilities             135,467       135,727  
Total liabilities             195,953       158,490  
                         
Shareholders’ equity                        
Issued, authorized and fully paid in share capital:                        
Share capital     12       1,999       650  
Additional paid in capital     12       1,536,945       519,493  
Treasury shares             (7,938 )     (7,938 )
Hedging reserve     10       (212 )     (329 )
Accumulated deficit             (80,071 )     (97,086 )
Total shareholders’ equity             1,450,723       414,790  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity           $ 1,646,676     $ 573,280  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 4
 

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income or Loss

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

        For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars except per share and share data   Notes   2013   2012   2011
Revenue                                
Vessel revenue     14     $ 207,580     $ 115,381     $ 82,110  
                                 
Operating expenses                                
Vessel operating costs             (40,204 )     (30,353 )     (31,370 )
Voyage expenses             (4,846 )     (21,744 )     (6,881 )
Charterhire     15       (115,543 )     (43,701 )     (22,750 )
Impairment     5       —         —         (66,611 )
Depreciation     4       (23,595 )     (14,818 )     (18,460 )
General and administrative expenses     16       (25,788 )     (11,536 )     (11,637 )
Write down of vessels held for sale and loss from sales of vessels     4       (21,187 )     (10,404 )     —    
Gain on sale of VLGCs     7       41,375       —         —    
Total operating expenses             (189,788 )     (132,556 )     (157,709 )
Operating income / (loss)             17,792       (17,175 )     (75,599 )
Other (expense) and income, net                                
Financial expenses     17       (2,705 )     (8,512 )     (7,060 )
Realized gain/(loss) on derivative financial instruments     10       3       443       —    
Unrealized gain/(loss) on derivative financial instruments     10       567       (1,231 )     —    
Financial income             1,147       35       51  
Share of profit from associate     7       369       —         —    
Other expenses, net             (158 )     (97 )     (119 )
Total other income/(expense), net             (777 )     (9,362 )     (7,128 )
Net income / (loss)           $ 17,015     $ (26,537 )   $ (82,727 )
                                 
Attributable to:                                
Equity holders of the parent           $ 17,015     $ (26,537 )   $ (82,727 )
                                 
Earnings / (loss) per share                                
                                 
Basic     19     $ 0.12     $ (0.64 )   $ (2.88 )
Diluted     19     $ 0.11     $ (0.64 )   $ (2.88 )
Basic weighted average shares outstanding     19       146,504,055       41,413,339       28,704,876  
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding     19       148,339,378       41,413,339       28,704,876  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 5
 

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income or Loss
For the years ended December 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

        For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars   Notes   2013   2012   2011
Net income / (loss)           $ 17,015     $ (26,537 )   $ (82,727 )
Other comprehensive income / (loss):                                
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss                                
Cash flow hedges                                
Unrealized gain/(loss) on derivative financial instruments     10       117       (904 )     (701 )
Reclassification adjustment for derivative financial instruments included in net loss     10       —         1,276       —    
Other comprehensive income / (loss)             117       372       (701 )
                                 
Total comprehensive income / (loss)           $ 17,132     $ (26,165 )   $ (83,428 )
                                 
Attributable to:                                
Equity holders of the parent           $ 17,132     $ (26,165 )   $ (83,428 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

F- 6
 

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

In thousands of U.S. dollars   Number of shares   Share   Additional paid-in   Treasury   Merger   Accumulated   Hedging    
except share data   outstanding   capital   capital   shares   reserve   deficit   reserve   Total
                                                                 
Balance as of January 1, 2011     24,634,913     $ 249     $ 255,004       (2,647 )   $ 13,292     $ (1,114 )   $ 0     $ 264,784  
Net loss for the period     —         —         —         —         —         (82,727 )     —         (82,727 )
Other comprehensive loss     —         —         —         —         —         —         (701 )     (701 )
Net proceeds from follow on offerings     13,900,000       139       104,847       —         —         —         —         104,986  
Issuance of restricted stock     290,000       3       (3 )     —         —         —         —         —    
Amortization of restricted stock     —         —         3,362       —         —         —         —         3,362  
Purchase of treasury shares     (479,519 )     —         —         (2,851 )     —         —         —         (2,851 )
Transfer to/ (from) reserves     —         —         —         —         (13,292 )     13,292       —         —    
Balance as of December 31, 2011     38,345,394     $ 391     $ 363,210     $ (5,498 )   $ 0     $ (70,549 )   $ (701 )   $ 286,853  
                                                                 
Balance as of January 1, 2012     38,345,394     $ 391     $ 363,210     $ (5,498 )   $ 0     $ (70,549 )   $ (701 )   $ 286,853  
Net loss for the period     —         —         —         —         —         (26,537 )     —         (26,537 )
Other comprehensive income     —         —         —         —         —         —         372       372  
Net proceeds from follow on offerings     25,639,774       256       152,796       —         —         —         —         153,052  
Issuance of restricted stock     290,000       3       (3 )     —         —         —         —         —    
Amortization of restricted stock     —         —         3,490       —         —         —         —         3,490  
Purchase of treasury shares     (447,322 )     —         —         (2,440 )     —         —         —         (2,440 )
Balance as of December 31, 2012     63,827,846     $ 650     $ 519,493     $ (7,938 )   $ 0     $ (97,086 )   $ (329 )   $ 414,790  
                                                                 
Balance as of January 1, 2013     63,827,846     $ 650     $ 519,493     $ (7,938 )   $ 0     $ (97,086 )   $ (329 )   $ 414,790  
Net income for the period     —         —         —         —         —         17,015       —         17,015  
Other comprehensive income     —         —         —         —         —         —         117       117  
Net proceeds from follow on offerings     118,828,578       1,188       946,774       —         —         —         —         947,962  
Issuance of restricted stock     8,999,998       90       (90 )     —         —         —         —         —    
Amortization of restricted stock     —         —         13,142       —         —         —         —         13,142  
Dividends paid     —         —         (24,353 )     —         —         —         —         (24,353 )
Shares issued for acquisition of vessels     7,135,080       71       81,979       —         —         —                 82,050  
Balance as of December 31, 2013     198,791,502     $ 1,999     $ 1,536,945     $ (7,938 )   $ 0     $ (80,071 )   $ (212 )   $ 1,450,723  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 7
 

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

        For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars   Notes   2013   2012   2011
Operating activities                                
Net income / (loss)           $ 17,015     $ (26,537 )   $ (82,727 )
Gain on sale of VLGCs     7       (41,375 )     —         —    
Write down of vessels held for sale and loss from sales of vessels     4       21,187       10,404       —    
Depreciation     4       23,595       14,818       18,460  
Impairment     5       —         —         66,611  
Amortization of restricted stock             13,142       3,490       3,362  
Amortization of deferred financing fees             332       4,093       986  
Write off of vessel purchase options             —         —         126  
Straight-line adjustment for charterhire expense             53       41       84  
Share of profit from associate     7       (369 )     —         —    
Unrealized (gain) / loss on derivative financial instruments     10       (567 )     1,231       —    
              33,013       7,540       6,902  
Changes in assets and liabilities:                                
Drydock payments             (1,469 )     (1,702 )     (2,516 )
(Increase)/decrease  in inventories             (687 )     526       (1,410 )
Increase in accounts receivable             (36,104 )     (16,052 )     (13,031 )
(Increase)/decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets             (823 )     547       (1,075 )
(Increase)/decrease in other assets             (1,849 )     2,443       (1,374 )
(Decrease)/increase in accounts payable             (2,021 )     3,966       (954 )
Increase in accrued expenses             4,285       804       1,006  
              (38,668 )     (9,468 )     (19,354 )
Net cash outflow from operating activities             (5,655 )     (1,928 )     (12,452 )
Investing activities                                
Acquisition of vessels and payments for vessels under construction             (767,448 )     (191,490 )     (122,573 )
Proceeds from disposal of vessels             —         101,335       —    
VLGC installment payments             (83,070 )     —         —    
Investment in associate             (84,583 )     —         —    
Net cash outflow from investing activities             (935,101 )     (90,155 )     (122,573 )
Financing activities                                
Bank loan repayment             (28,410 )     (129,076 )     (109,638 )
Bank loan drawdown             52,050       124,172       115,308  
Debt issuance costs             (14,693 )     (3,293 )     (4,134 )
Gross proceeds from issuance of common stock             983,537       159,002       110,950  
Equity issuance costs             (35,695 )     (5,950 )     (5,964 )
Purchase of treasury shares             —         (2,440 )     (2,851 )
Dividends paid             (24,353 )     —         —    
Net cash inflow from financing activities             932,436       142,415       103,671  
(Decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents             (8,320 )     50,332       (31,354 )
Cash and cash equivalents at January 1,             87,165       36,833       68,187  
Cash and cash equivalents at December 31,           $ 78,845     $ 87,165     $ 36,833  
                                 
Supplemental information:                                
Interest paid           $ 6,497     $ 6,618     $ 5,349  

 

F- 8
 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 7,135,080 common shares as partial consideration for the purchase of eight newbuilding MRs currently under construction in two separate transactions. These transactions are further described in Note 4.

 

Furthermore, as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we accrued $15.0 million, $3.5 million and $9.4 million, respectively, for installment payments on our newbuilding vessels. These payments were made in January 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

These items represent significant non-cash transactions incurred during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F- 9
 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

1.    General information and significant accounting policies

 

Company

 

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries (together “we”, “our” or the “Company”) are engaged in the seaborne transportation of refined petroleum products and crude oil in the international shipping markets. Scorpio Tankers Inc. was incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on July 1, 2009. On April 6, 2010, we closed on our initial public offering and the stock currently trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol STNG.

 

Our owned fleet at December 31, 2013 consisted of 19 tankers (one LR2 tanker, four LR1 tankers, one Handymax tanker, 12 MR tankers, and one post-Panamax tanker), 30 time chartered-in tankers (eight LR2, five LR1, eight MR and nine Handymax tankers), and 58 newbuilding product tankers and seven newbuilding Very Large Crude Carriers (‘VLCCs’) under construction. We also owned 30% of Dorian LPG Ltd (“Dorian”) at December 31, 2013. Dorian is a liquefied petroleum gas shipping company that owns three Very Large Gas Carriers (‘VLGCs’) and one pressurized gas carrier and has 19 VLGCs under construction.

 

Our vessels are commercially managed by Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. (“SCM”), which is majority owned by the Lolli-Ghetti family of which, Emanuele Lauro, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is a member. SCM’s services include securing employment, in pools, in the spot market and on time charters.

 

Our vessels are technically managed by Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M. (“SSM”), which is majority owned by the Lolli-Ghetti family. SSM facilitates vessel support such as crew, provisions, deck and engine stores, insurance, maintenance and repairs, and other services as necessary to operate the vessels such as drydocks and vetting/inspection under a technical management agreement.

 

We also have an administrative services agreement with Scorpio Services Holding Ltd. (“SSH”), which is majority owned by the Lolli-Ghetti family. The administrative services provided under this agreement primarily include accounting, legal compliance, financial, information technology services, and the provision of administrative staff and office space, which are contracted to SCM. We pay our managers fees for these services and reimburse them for direct or indirect expenses that they incur in providing these services. 

 

Basis of accounting

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements have been presented in United States dollars (USD or $), which is the functional currency of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and all its subsidiaries and have been authorized for issue on March 31, 2014. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and on a historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments.

 

All inter-company transactions, balances, income and expenses were eliminated on consolidation. During the year ended December 31, 2012, our revenue recognition policy with regards to voyage charter revenue was amended to the policy indicated below. This amendment did not have a material impact on each of vessel revenues, operating loss, and net loss as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Going concern

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the going concern basis of accounting as described further in the “Liquidity risk” section of Note 20.

Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue recognition

Vessel revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for services provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, and other sales-related or value added taxes.

 

Vessel revenue is comprised of time charter revenue, voyage revenue and pool revenue.

 

F- 10
 
(1) Time charter revenue is recognized as services are performed based on the daily rates specified in the time charter contract.

 

(2) Voyage charter agreements are charter hires, where a contract is made in the spot market for the use of a vessel for a specific voyage for a specified charter rate. Revenue from voyage charter agreements is recognized as voyage revenue on a pro-rata basis over the duration of the voyage on a discharge to discharge basis. In the application of this policy, we do not begin recognizing revenue until (i) the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, (ii) it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity, (iii) the transactions stage of completion at the balance sheet date can be measured reliably and (iv) the costs incurred and the costs to complete the transaction can be measured reliably.

 

(3) Pool revenue for each vessel is determined in accordance with the profit sharing terms specified within each pool agreement. In particular, the pool manager aggregates the revenues and expenses of all of the pool participants and distributes the net earnings to participants based on:

 

· the pool points (vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and construction characteristics are taken into consideration); and

 

· the number of days the vessel participated in the pool in the period . We recognize pool revenue on a monthly basis, when the vessel has participated in a pool during the period and the amount of pool revenue for the month can be estimated reliably. We receive estimated vessel earnings based on the known number of days the vessel has participated in the pool, the contract terms, and the estimated monthly pool revenue. On a quarterly basis, we receive a report from the pool which identifies the number of days the vessel participated in the pool, the total pool points for the period, the total pool revenue for the period, and the calculated share of pool revenue for the vessel. We review the quarterly report for consistency with each vessel’s pool agreement and vessel management records. The estimated pool revenue is reconciled quarterly, coinciding with our external reporting periods, to the actual pool revenue earned, per the pool report. Consequently, in our financial statements, reported revenues represent actual pooled revenues. While differences do arise in the performance of these quarterly reconciliations, such differences are not material to total reported revenues.

 

Acquired time charter contracts

Acquired time charter contracts arise from the purchase of time charter contracts from third parties and are stated at cost at the date of acquisition, less accumulated amortization. When the time charter contract is acquired along with a vessel, the cost of the acquisition is determined based on the relative fair values of each element acquired. Amortization expense is recognized on a straight line basis over the useful life of the asset, which has been determined to be the remaining contract life at the date of acquisition. The useful life and amortization method are reviewed at least annually. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset are accounted for by changing the amortization period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates. The amortization expense related to the assets is recognized as an offset to revenue.

 

Voyage expenses

 

  Voyage expenses, which primarily include bunkers, port charges, canal tolls, cargo handling operations and brokerage commissions paid by us under voyage charters are expensed ratably over the estimated length of each voyage, which can be allocated between reporting periods based on the timing of the voyage. The impact of recognizing voyage expenses ratably over the length of each voyage is not materially different on a quarterly and annual basis from a method of recognizing such costs as incurred. Consistent with our revenue recognition for voyage charters, voyage expenses are calculated on a discharge-to-discharge basis. The procurement of these services is managed on our behalf by our commercial manager, SCM (see Note 13).

 

Vessel operating costs

 

Vessel operating costs, which include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication expenses, and technical management fees, are expensed as incurred. The procurement of these services is managed on our behalf by our technical manager, SSM (see Note 13).

 

Earnings / (loss) per share

 

Basic earnings and loss per share is calculated by dividing the net income or loss attributable to equity holders of the common shares by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by adjusting the net income or loss attributable to equity holders of the parent and the weighted average number of common shares used for calculating basic per share for the effects of all potentially dilutive shares. Such dilutive common shares are excluded when the effect would be to increase earnings per share or reduce a loss per share. In the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, there were dilutive items as a result of our restricted stock plan (see Note 12). During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we were in a loss making position, therefore there was no impact of these dilutive items on loss per share.

 

F- 11
 

Charterhire expense

 

Charterhire expense is the amount we pay the owner for time chartered-in vessels.  The amount is usually for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates, profit sharing or current market rates.  The vessel’s owner is responsible for crewing and other vessel operating costs.  Charterhire expense is recognized ratably over the charterhire period.

 

Operating leases

 

Costs in respect of operating leases are charged to the consolidated statement of income or loss on a straight line basis over the lease term.

 

Foreign currencies

 

The individual financial statements of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and each of its subsidiaries are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which we operate (its functional currency), which in all cases is US dollars. For the purpose of the consolidated financial statements, our results and financial position are also expressed in US dollars.

 

In preparing the financial statements of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and each of its subsidiaries, transactions in currencies other than the US dollar are recorded at the rate of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At the end of each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in other currencies are retranslated into the functional currency at rates ruling at that date. All resultant exchange differences have been recognized in the consolidated statement of income or loss. The amounts charged to the consolidated statements of income or loss during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were not material.

 

Segment reporting

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we owned or chartered-in vessels spanning four different classes, Handymax, MR, Panamax/LR1, and Aframax/LR2, all of which earn revenues in the seaborne transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products in the international shipping markets. Each vessel within its respective class qualifies as an operating segment under IFRS. However, each vessel also exhibits similar long-term financial performance and similar economic characteristics to the other vessels within the respective vessel class, thereby meeting the aggregation criteria in IFRS. We have therefore chosen to present our segment information by vessel class using the aggregated information from the individual vessels.

 

Segment results are evaluated based on reported profit or loss from each segment. The accounting policies applied to the reportable segments are the same as those used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

 

It is not practical to report revenue or non-current assets on a geographical basis due to the international nature of the shipping market.

 

Non-current assets held for sale

Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification.

When the Company is committed to a sale plan involving loss of control of a subsidiary, all of the assets and liabilities of that subsidiary are classified as held for sale when the criteria described above are met, regardless of whether the Company will retain a non-controlling interest in its former subsidiary after the sale.

 

F- 12
 

Vessels under construction

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had 65 and 11 vessels under construction, respectively. Vessels under construction are measured at cost and include costs incurred that are directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. These costs include installment payments made to the shipyards, directly attributable financing costs, professional fees and other costs deemed directly attributable to the construction of the asset.

Vessels and drydock

 

Our fleet is measured at cost, which includes directly attributable financing costs and the cost of work undertaken to enhance the capabilities of the vessels, less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

 

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to the estimated residual value over the anticipated useful life of the vessel from date of delivery. Vessels under construction are not depreciated until such time as they are ready for use. The residual value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated taking into consideration the historical four year average scrap market rates at the balance sheet date with changes accounted for in the period of change and in future periods.

 

The vessels are required to undergo planned drydocks for replacement of certain components, major repairs and maintenance of other components, which cannot be carried out while the vessels are operating, approximately every 30 months or 60 months depending on the nature of work and external requirements. These drydock costs are capitalized and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated period until the next drydock. We only include in deferred drydocking those direct costs that are incurred as part of the drydocking to meet regulatory requirements, or are expenditures that add economic life to the vessel, increase the vessel’s earnings capacity or improve the vessel’s efficiency. Direct costs include shipyard costs as well as the costs of placing the vessel in the shipyard. Expenditures for normal maintenance and repairs, whether incurred as part of the drydocking or not, are expensed as incurred.

 

For an acquired or newly built vessel, a notional drydock is allocated from the vessel’s cost. The notional drydock cost is estimated by us, based on the expected costs related to the next drydock, which is based on experience and past history of similar vessels, and carried separately from the cost of the vessel. Subsequent drydocks are recorded at actual cost incurred. The drydock asset is depreciated on a straight-line basis to the next estimated drydock. The estimated amortization period for a drydock is based on the estimated period between drydocks. When the drydock expenditure is incurred prior to the expiry of the period, the remaining balance is expensed.

 

Impairment of vessels, drydock and vessels under construction

 

At each balance sheet date, we review the carrying amount of our vessels and drydock and vessels under construction to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the vessels and drydock and vessels under construction is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). We treat each vessel and the related drydock as a cash generating unit.

 

Recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

 

If the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized as an expense immediately.

 

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the cash generating unit is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the cash generating unit in the prior years. A reversal of impairment is recognized as income immediately.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories consist of lubricating oils and other items including stock provisions, and are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first in first out method. Stores and spares are charged to vessel operating costs when purchased.

 

F- 13
 

Borrowing costs

 

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

 

To the extent that variable rate borrowings are used to finance a qualifying asset and are hedged in an effective cash flow hedge of interest rate risk, the effective portion of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income and released to profit or loss when the qualifying asset impacts profit or loss. To the extent that fixed rate borrowings are used to finance a qualifying asset and are hedged in an effective fair value hedge of interest rate risk, the capitalized borrowing costs reflect the hedged interest rate.

 

Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalization.

 

All other borrowing costs are recognized in the consolidated statement of income or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

 

Equity method investments

We use the equity method to account for investments in associates over which we otherwise have significant influence (generally defined as investments in companies that correspond to holdings of between 20% and 50% of voting shares). Under the equity method, the investment is initially recognized at cost, and this amount will be adjusted in each subsequent period for the Company’s share of profit or loss (adjusted for any fair value adjustments made upon initial recognition) and reduced by any distributions received. The Group’s investment in associate includes goodwill identified on acquisition, if applicable.

 

We consider investments in associates for impairment testing whenever there is a quoted share price and when this has a fair value less than the carrying value per share for the investment. For unquoted investments in associated companies recent financial information is taken into account to assess whether impairment testing is necessary. In a situation in which, based on the quoted share price, the fair value less cost to sell is considered to be below the carrying amount, the value in use is determined in order to test the investment for impairment. If the value in use is also below the carrying amount an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between carrying amount and the higher of “value in use” or “fair value less costs to sell”.

 

In November 2013, we acquired 30% of the outstanding shares of Dorian LPG Ltd. in exchange for the contribution of our VLGC business, which included 11 VLGC newbuilding contracts together with a cash payment of $1.9 million. Additionally, in November 2013, we purchased 24,121,621 new shares of Dorian’s common stock as part of a private placement of shares for total consideration of $75.0 million. As of December 31, 2013, we owned 64,073,744 shares, or approximately 30% of Dorian’s outstanding shares at that date. Given our ownership percentage, we have determined that we have significant influence over Dorian’s financial and operating policy decisions and are therefore accounting for our investment under the equity method. See Note 7 for a further description of this investment.

 

Financial instruments

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized in our balance sheet when we become a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

 

Financial assets

 

All financial assets are recognized and derecognized on a trade date where the purchase or sale of a financial asset is under a contract whose terms require delivery within the timeframe established by the market concerned, and are initially measured at fair value, plus transaction costs, except for those financial assets classified as at fair value through profit or loss, which are initially measured at fair value.

 

Financial assets are classified into the following specified categories: financial assets ‘at fair value through profit or loss’ (FVTPL), and ‘loans and receivables’. The classification depends on the nature and purpose of the financial assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition.

 

Income is recognized on an effective interest basis for debt instruments other than those financial assets classified as at FVTPL.

 

Financial assets at FVTPL

 

Financial assets are classified as at FVTPL where the financial asset is held for trading.

 

F- 14
 

A financial asset is classified as held for trading if:

 

· it has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near future; or
· it is a part of an identified portfolio of financial instruments that we manage together and has a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or
· it is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument.

 

Financial assets at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any resultant gain or loss recognized in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognized in profit or loss incorporates any dividend or interest earned on the financial asset. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 20.

 

Loans and receivables

 

Amounts due from the pool and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments and are not quoted in an active market are classified as accounts receivable. Accounts receivable are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment. Interest income is recognized by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term receivables when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

 

Impairment of financial assets

 

Financial assets, other than those at FVTPL, are assessed for indicators of impairment at each balance sheet date. Financial assets are impaired where there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the investment have been impacted.

 

Financial assets objective evidence of impairment could include:

 

· significant financial difficulty of the issuer or counterparty; or
· default or delinquency in interest or principal payments; or
· it becomes probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or financial re-organization.

Cash and cash equivalents  

 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits, and other short-term highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, and that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

Financial liabilities

 

Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities ‘at FVTPL’ or ‘other financial liabilities’.

 

Financial liabilities at FVTPL

 

Financial liabilities are classified as at FVTPL where the financial liability is held for trading, using the criteria set out above for financial assets.

 

Financial liabilities at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any resultant gain or loss recognized in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognized in profit or loss incorporates any interest paid on the financial liability. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 20.

 

Other financial liabilities

 

 Other financial liabilities, including borrowings, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

Effective interest method

 

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial asset and a financial liability. It allocates interest income and interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash flows (including all fees on points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) over the expected life of the financial asset and financial liability, or, where appropriate, a shorter period.

 

F- 15
 

Derivative financial instruments

 

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each balance sheet date. A derivative with a positive fair value is recognized as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a negative fair value is recognized as a financial liability. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedging relationship. We designate certain derivatives as hedges of highly probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges) as described further below.

 

A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 12 months, and it is not expected to be realized or settled within 12 months.

 

Our derivative financial instruments for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 consisted of interest rate swaps and profit or loss sharing arrangements on time-chartered in vessels with third parties. See Notes 10 to the consolidated financial statements for further description.

 

Hedge accounting for cash flow hedges

 

Our policy is to designate certain hedging instruments, which can include derivatives, embedded derivatives and non-derivatives in respect of foreign currency risk, as either fair value hedges, cash flow hedges, or hedges of net investments in foreign operations. At the inception of the hedge relationship, we document the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, we document whether the hedging instrument is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item.

 

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized in the balance sheet at fair value at the date the derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently measured at their fair value as other assets or other liabilities, respectively. Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments, which are designated as cash flow hedges and deemed to be effective, are recognized directly in other comprehensive income and classified as ‘hedging reserves’. Changes in fair value of a portion of a hedge deemed to be ineffective are recognized in net income or loss. Hedge effectiveness is measured quarterly.

 

Amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the hedging reserve are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item is recognized in profit or loss, in the same line of the statement of income or loss as the recognized hedged item. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously accumulated in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial asset or non-financial liability.

 

Hedge accounting is discontinued when we revoke the hedging relationship, the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any gain or loss recognized in other comprehensive income at that time is accumulated in the hedge reserve and is recognized when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in the hedge reserve is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 we were party to derivative financial instruments to manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. In August 2011, we entered into six interest rate swap agreements to manage interest costs and the risk associated with changing interest rates on our 2011 Credit Facility and 2010 Revolving Credit Facility. The swaps relating to the 2011 Credit Facility were designated and accounted for as cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2013. The swaps relating to the 2010 Credit Facility were de-designated at December 31, 2012.

 

In conjunction with the sales of STI Diamond and STI Coral in August and September 2012, respectively, we reduced the notional amount on the interest rate swaps relating to the 2011 Credit Facility to $15.0 million from $24.0 million in aggregate.

 

In December 2012, we voluntarily repaid $50.0 million into our 2010 Revolving Credit Facility. After the payment, the debt outstanding under the 2010 Credit Facility was less than the total notional amount of the three interest rate swaps related to the facility of $51.0 million. As such, the swaps relating to the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility no longer met the criteria for hedge accounting, and we therefore de-designated the hedge relationship prospectively and reclassified all amounts accumulated in other comprehensive loss ($1.0 million) for the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility to the statement of income or loss as of December 31, 2012.

 

F- 16
 

Equity instruments

 

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in our assets after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by us are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

 

We had 198,791,502 registered shares authorized and issued with a par value of $0.01 per share at December 31, 2013. These shares provide the holders with the same rights to dividends and voting rights.

 

Provisions

 

Provisions are recognized when we have a present obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that we will be required to settle that obligation. Provisions are measured at our best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date, and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.

 

Dividends

 

A provision for dividends payable is recognized when the dividend has been declared in accordance with the terms of the shareholder agreement.

 

Dividend per share presented in these consolidated financial statements is calculated by dividing the aggregate dividends declared by all of our subsidiaries by the number of our shares assuming these shares have been outstanding throughout the periods presented.

 

Restricted stock

 

The restricted stock awards granted to our employees and directors as described in Note 12 contain only service conditions and are classified as equity settled. Accordingly, the fair value of our restricted stock awards was calculated by multiplying the average of the high and low share price on the grant date and the number of restricted stock shares granted that are expected to vest.  In accordance with IFRS 2 “Share Based Payment,” the share price at the grant date serves as a proxy for the fair value of services to be provided by the employees and directors under the plan.

 

Compensation expense related to the awards is recognized ratably over the vesting period, based on our estimate of the number of awards that will eventually vest. The vesting period is the period during which an employee or director is required to provide service in exchange for an award and is updated at each balance sheet date to reflect any revisions in estimates of the number of awards expected to vest as a result of the effect of service vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimate, if any, is recognized in the profit or loss statement such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves.

 

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

 

In the application of the accounting policies, we are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an on-going basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

 

The significant judgements and estimates are as follows:

 

Revenue recognition

 

We currently generate all revenue from time charters, spot voyages, or pools. Revenue recognition for time charters and pools is generally not as complex or as subjective as voyage charters (spot voyages). Time charters are for a specific period of time at a specific rate per day. For long-term time charters, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the charter. Pool revenues are determined by the pool managers from the total revenues and expenses of the pool and allocated to pool participants using a mechanism set out in the pool agreement.

 

F- 17
 

We generated revenue from spot voyages during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Within the shipping industry, there are two methods used to account for spot voyage revenue: (1) ratably over the estimated length of each voyage or (2) completed voyage. The recognition of voyage revenues ratably over the estimated length of each voyage is the most prevalent method of accounting for voyage revenues and the method used by us. Under each method, voyages may be calculated on either a load-to-load or discharge-to-discharge basis. In applying our revenue recognition method, we believe that the discharge-to-discharge basis of calculating voyages more accurately estimates voyage results than the load-to-load basis. In the application of this policy, we do not begin recognizing revenue until (i) the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, (ii) it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity, (iii) the transactions stage of completion at the balance sheet date can be measured reliably and (iv) the costs incurred and the costs to complete the transaction can be measured reliably.

 

Vessel impairment

 

We evaluate the carrying amounts of our vessels and vessels under construction to determine whether there is any indication that those vessels have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of vessels is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any).

 

  Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. The projection of cash flows related to vessels is complex and requires us to make various estimates including future freight rates, earnings from the vessels and discount rates. All of these items have been historically volatile. As part of our process of assessing the fair value less cost to sell of the vessel, we obtain vessel valuations for our operating vessels from leading, independent and internationally recognized ship brokers on an annual basis or when there is an indication that an asset or assets may be impaired. We generally do not obtain vessel valuations for vessels under construction. If an indication of impairment is identified, the need for recognizing an impairment loss is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the vessels to the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and the value in use. Likewise, if there is an indication that an impairment loss recognized in prior periods no longer exists or may have decreased, the need for recognizing an impairment reversal is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the vessels to the latest estimate of recoverable amount.

 

For the period ended December 31, 2013, we reviewed the carrying amount of our vessels to determine whether there was an indication that these assets had suffered an impairment. First, we compared the carrying amount of our vessels to their fair values less costs to sell (determined by taking into consideration two independent broker valuations). If the carrying amount of our vessels was greater than the fair values less costs to sell, we prepared a value in use calculation where we estimated the vessel’s future cash flows based on a combination of the latest, published, forecast time charter rates for the next three years, a steady growth rate in freight rates in each period thereafter which is based on management’s long-term view of the market, and our best estimate of vessel operating expenses and drydock costs. These cash flows were then discounted to their present value, using an estimated weighted average cost of capital of 8.45%.

 

At December 31, 2013, we had 19 vessels in our fleet and 65 vessels under construction:

· Four vessels were held for sale and written down to their fair value less costs to sell (see Note 4).
· Eight vessels had fair values less costs to sell in excess of their carrying amount.
· Seven vessels had fair values less costs to sell less than their carrying amount. We prepared a value in use calculation for each these vessels which resulted in no impairment being recognized.
· Two vessels under construction (that were delivered in January 2014) had fair values less costs to sell exceeding their carrying amount.
· We did not obtain independent broker valuations for the remaining 63 vessels under construction. To assess their carrying values, we prepared value in use calculations which resulted in no impairment indicators.

 

Vessel lives and residual value

 

The carrying value of each of our vessels represents its original cost at the time it was delivered or purchased less depreciation and impairment. We depreciate our vessels to their residual value on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 25 years. The estimated useful life of 25 years is management’s best estimate and is also consistent with industry practice for similar vessels. The residual value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by a forecast scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated taking into consideration the historical four year scrap market rate average at the balance sheet date.

 

An increase in the estimated useful life of a vessel or in its scrap value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge and extending it into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of a vessel or scrap value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge.

 

F- 18
 

When regulations place significant limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, the vessel’s useful life is adjusted to end at the date such regulations become effective. The estimated salvage value of the vessels may not represent the fair market value at any one time since market prices of scrap values tend to fluctuate.

 

Deferred drydock cost

 

We recognize drydock costs as a separate component of each vessel’s carrying amount and amortize the drydock cost on a straight-line basis over the estimated period until the next drydock. We use judgment when estimating the period between drydocks performed, which can result in adjustments to the estimated amortization of the drydock expense. If the vessel is disposed of before the next drydock, the remaining balance of the deferred drydock is written-off and forms part of the gain or loss recognized upon disposal of vessels in the period when contracted. We expect that our vessels will be required to be drydocked approximately every 30 to 60 months for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. Costs capitalized as part of the drydock include actual costs incurred at the drydock yard and parts and supplies used in making such repairs.

 

Adoption of new and amended IFRS and IFRIC interpretations from January 1, 2013

 

Standards and interpretations adopted during the period

 

· IFRS 10 – Consolidated Financial Statements
· IFRS 11 – Joint arrangements
· IFRS 12 – Disclosure of interests in other entities
· Amendment to IAS 27 – Separate financial statements
· Amendment to IAS 28 – Associates and joint ventures
· Amendments to IFRS 10, 11, 12 – Transition guidance
· IFRS 13 – Fair value measurement
· Amendment to IAS 1 – Presentation of financial statements
· Amendment to IAS 19 – Employee benefits
· IFRS 7 – Financial instruments – Disclosures on offsetting
· Amendment to IAS 32 – Financial instruments: presentation
· IFRIC 20 – Stripping costs in the production phase of a surface mine
· Annual improvement 2011

 

The adoption of these standards did not have a material impact on these consolidated financial statements.

 

Standards and Interpretations in issue not yet adopted

 

At the date of authorization of these consolidated financial statements, the following Standards and Interpretations which have not been applied in these consolidated financial statements were in issue but not yet effective:

 

· IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments
· IFRIC 21 - Levies
· Amendment to IAS 32, ‘Financial instruments: Presentation’ – Offsetting financial assets and liabilities
· Amendments to IAS 36 – Impairment of Assets
· Amendments to IAS 39 – Financial Instruments

 

We do not expect that the adoption of these standards in future periods will have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

F- 19
 
2. Cash and cash equivalents
    At December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars   2013   2012
Cash at banks   $ 53,652     $ 87,023  
Deposits (1)     25,035       —    
Cash on vessels     158       142  
    $ 78,845     $ 87,165  
(1) Represents bank deposits with original maturities of three months or less.
3. Accounts receivable

 

    At December 31,
In thousands of US dollars   2013   2012
Scorpio MR Pool Limited   $ 28,282     $ 12,010  
Scorpio LR2 Pool Limited     21,110       3,244  
Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Limited     12,578       11,289  
Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool Limited     6,542       6,369  
Freight receivables     1,212       2,192  
Insurance receivables     345       191  
Other receivables     2,473       1,143  
    $ 72,542     $ 36,438  

 

Scorpio MR Pool Limited, Scorpio LR2 Pool Limited, Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Limited and Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool Limited are related parties, as described in Note 13. The increase in accounts receivable due from all of the pools was driven by the overall increase in our operating fleet to 38.8 vessels from 20.0 vessels for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Freight receivables primarily represent amounts collectible from customers for our vessels operating in the spot market.

 

Insurance receivables primarily represent amounts collectible on our insurance policies in relation to vessel repairs.

 

We consider that the carrying amount of accounts receivable approximates their fair value due to the short maturity thereof. Accounts receivable are non-interest bearing. At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, no material receivable balances were either past due or impaired.

4. Vessels

 

Operating vessels and drydock

 

In thousands of U.S. dollars   Vessels   Drydock   Total
Cost                        
As of January 1, 2013   $ 500,696     $ 10,924     $ 511,620  
Additions (1)     256,858       5,433       262,291  
Transfer to vessels held for sale (2)     (190,971 )     (4,255 )     (195,226 )
As of December 31, 2013     566,583       12,102       578,685  
                         
Accumulated depreciation and impairment                        
As of January 1, 2013     (112,575 )     (3,634 )     (116,209 )
Charge for the period     (20,401 )     (3,194 )     (23,595 )
Write-offs of vessels held for sale (3)     (20,367 )     (821 )     (21,188 )
Transfer to vessels held for sale (2)     108,322       4,255       112,577  
As of December 31, 2013     (45,021 )     (3,394 )     (48,415 )
Net book value                        
As of December 31, 2013   $ 521,562     $ 8,708     $ 530,270  
                         
Cost                        
As of January 1, 2012   $ 450,658     $ 7,137     $ 457,795  
Additions (4)     192,413       6,619       199,032  
Disposals (5)     (142,375 )     (2,023 )     (144,398 )
Write-offs (6)     —         (809 )     (809 )
As of December 31, 2012     500,696       10,924       511,620  
                         
Accumulated depreciation and impairment                        
As of January 1, 2012     (132,019 )     (3,319 )     (135,338 )
Charge for the period     (12,595 )     (2,038 )     (14,634 )
Disposals (5)     32,039       1,098       33,137  
Write-offs (6)     —         625       625  
As of December 31, 2012     (112,575 )     (3,634 )     (116,209 )
Net book value                        
As of December 31, 2012   $ 388,121     $ 7,291     $ 395,412  

 

F- 20
 

(1) Additions in 2013 primarily relate to the deliveries of seven newbuilding vessels and corresponding calculations of notional drydock on these vessels.
(2) Represents the reclassification of the net book value of Noemi, Senatore, Venice and STI Spirit from “Vessels” to “Vessels Held for Sale” at December 31, 2013. See Note 22 for further description of the sales of Noemi, Senatore and STI Spirit in 2014.
(3) Represents the write-off to remeasure Noemi, Senatore, Venice and STI Spirit at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell due to their designation as ‘held for sale’ at December 31, 2013.
(4) Additions in 2012 relate to (i) the delivery of the first five vessels under our Newbuilding Program and corresponding calculation of notional drydock on these vessels and (ii) $2.9 million of drydock costs for STI Spirit and STI Heritage .
(5) Represents the write-off of the net book value of STI Conqueror, STI Gladiator, STI Matador, STI Diamond and STI Coral which were sold in 2012.
(6) Represents the write-off of the net book value of drydock costs for STI Spirit of $0.2 million, which was drydocked in November 2012.

 

Newbuilding vessel deliveries

 

We took delivery of the following vessels during the year ended December 31, 2013 resulting in the reclassification of $262.1 million from Vessels under construction to Vessels:

 

Vessel name Vessel type Date delivered
STI Sapphire MR January 2013
STI Emerald MR March 2013
STI Beryl MR April 2013
STI Le Rocher MR July 2013
STI Larvotto MR July 2013
STI Fontvieille MR August 2013
STI Ville MR September 2013

 

Vessels Held for Sale

 

In December 2013, we designated Noemi, Senatore, Venice and STI Spirit as held for sale. As part of this designation, we recorded a $21.2 million write-down to remeasure these vessels at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Their revised carrying amount of $82.6 million was then reclassified from ‘Vessels’ to ‘Vessels Held for Sale’ on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013. Noemi, Senatore, and Venice were held as collateral under the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2013. No amounts were due under this facility as of that date. STI Spirit was held as collateral under the STI Spirit Credit facility as of December 31, 2013. All amounts due under this facility have been classified as current as of that date.

 

F- 21
 

Vessels under construction

 

In January 2013, we reached an agreement with Hyundai Mipo Dockyard Co. Ltd of South Korea (“HMD”) for the construction of two MR product tankers for $32.5 million each. These vessels are scheduled to be delivered in May and June 2014.

 

In February 2013, we reached an agreement with HMD for the construction of four MR product tankers for $33.0 million each and six Handymax ice class-1A product tankers for $31.3 million each. Two of the MR’s are scheduled to be delivered in the second quarter of 2014 with the third and fourth MR’s scheduled to be delivered in the third and fourth quarters of 2014, respectively. The six Handymax vessels are scheduled to be delivered in the second and third quarters of 2014.

 

 In February 2013, we reached an agreement with SPP Shipbuilding Co. Ltd of South Korea, (“SPP”) for the construction of four MR product tankers for $32.5 million each. These vessels are scheduled to be delivered in the third and fourth quarters of 2014. 

 

 In March 2013, we reached an agreement with Hyundai Samho Heavy Industries Co. Ltd., (“HSHI”) for the construction of six LR2 product tankers for $50.5 million each. These vessels are scheduled to be delivered in the third and fourth quarters of 2014.

 

 In March 2013, we reached an agreement with Daewoo Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd (“DSME”) for the construction of two LR2 product tankers for $49.5 million each. These vessels are expected to be delivered in the fourth quarter of 2014.

 

In April 2013, we reached an agreement with HMD for the construction of two Handymax ice class-1A vessels for $31.5 million each. These vessels are scheduled to be delivered in the third quarter of 2014.

 

In April 2013, we reached an agreement with an unaffiliated third party for the purchase of four MR product tankers currently under construction at HMD for $36.5 million each. The transaction was completed by novating the existing shipbuilding agreements. These vessels were delivered in the third quarter of 2013.

 

In May 2013, we reached an agreement with HMD to construct four Handymax ice class-1A product tankers for $31.6 million each. These vessels are scheduled to be delivered in the third quarter of 2014.

 

In May 2013, we reached an agreement with SPP to construct four MR product tankers for $33.0 million each. These vessels are scheduled to be delivered in the first and second quarters of 2015.

 

In May 2013, we reached agreements to construct four LR2 product tankers for $50.5 million each, consisting of two at HSHI and two at DSME. These vessels are scheduled to be delivered in the first and second quarters of 2015.

 

In July and August 2013 we reached agreements to construct nine Very Large Gas Carriers (“VLGCs”) for $75.6 million each with HSHI and DSME with deliveries scheduled in 2015. 

 

In August 2013, we reached an agreement with HMD to construct four product tankers consisting of two MR product tankers for $35.0 million each and two Handymax ice class-1A product tankers for $32.0 million each. The MR tankers are scheduled to be delivered in the second quarter of 2015 and the Handymax ice class-1A tankers are scheduled to be delivered in the fourth quarter of 2014.

 

In October 2013, we reached an agreement with HSHI to construct two VLGCs for $75.0 million each with first quarter of 2016 deliveries.

 

In November 2013, we contributed our VLGC business, which included 11 VLGC newbuilding contracts, options to purchase two additional VLGCs and a cash payment of $1.9 million (together our “initial investment”) to Dorian LPG Ltd. (“Dorian”) in exchange for newly issued shares representing 30% of Dorian’s outstanding shares immediately following the transaction. See Note 7 for a description of this transaction.

 

In November 2013, we issued 3,611,809 shares in exchange for the transfer of ownership to the Company of four MR product tankers currently under construction in South Korea with certain unaffiliated third parties for an aggregate purchase price of $150.2 million. 28% of the consideration for the vessels consisted of the newly issued common shares of the Company having a valuation based on the fair market value of the shares at the time of issuance. The new common shares were issued to Ceres, Valero and a group of institutional investors advised by J.P. Morgan Asset Management and the remainder of the purchase price is being paid to the shipyard from cash-on-hand and bank debt. The shares granted have registration rights and we issued a prospectus to facilitate selling them. One of these newbuildings was delivered in March 2014 and the remaining three are scheduled to be delivered in the second quarter of 2014.

 

The transaction also includes a time charter-out agreement for each of the four vessels for a fixed daily revenue amount at current market levels plus a profit sharing scheme whereby earnings in excess of the base time charter rate will be split between the Company and the charterer, Valero. The first vessel is currently time chartered-out for a 24 month period, and the remaining three will each be time chartered-out for 12 month periods. These time charter contracts have been valued at $1.1 million which has been recorded within other current and other non-current assets. They will begin amortization, on a straight line basis over the duration of the contract, upon delivery of each vessel.

 

F- 22
 

In December 2013, we acquired contracts for the construction of four MR product tankers from unaffiliated third parties for a total purchase price of approximately $153.9 million. We paid $4.4 million in cash and issued 3,523,271 common shares, representing approximately 26% of the total purchase price, to affiliates of York Capital and the remaining amount of the total purchase price will be paid to the shipyard from cash on hand and bank debt when installment payments relating to these newbuildings become due. One vessel is expected to be delivered in the third quarter of 2014, one in the first quarter and two in the second quarter of 2015.

 

In December 2013, we reached agreements with DSME and HSHI for the construction of seven VLCCs for an aggregate purchase price of $662.2 million. One vessel is scheduled for delivery in the third quarter of 2015, two in the fourth quarter of 2015, two in the first quarter of 2016, one in the second quarter of 2016 and one in the third quarter of 2016. These contracts were sold for cash in March 2014 as further described in Note 22.

 

As of December 31, 2013, we had a total of 58 newbuilding product tanker orders with HMD, SPP, HSHI and DSME which include 32 MRs, 14 Handymax ice class-1A vessels and 12 LR2s for an aggregate purchase price of $2,154.1 million, of which $453.3 million was paid as of that date. Additionally, we had seven newbuilding VLCC orders with HSHI and DSME for an aggregate purchase price of $662.2 million, of which $89.9 million was paid as of December 31, 2013.

 

 A roll-forward of activity within Vessels under construction is as follows:

 

In thousands of US dollars    
Balance as of January 1, 2012   $ 60,333  
Installment payments and other capitalized expenses     182,016  
Capitalized interest     3,221  
Transferred to operating vessels and drydock     (195,319 )
Balance as of December 31, 2012   $ 50,251  
         
Installment payments and other capitalized expenses     856,959  
Sale of VLGC business (1)     (83,070 )
Value of common shares issued for vessel purchases (2)     81,114  
Capitalized interest     6,379  
Transferred to operating vessels and drydock     (262,107 )
Balance as of December 31, 2013   $ 649,526  

 

(1) Represents installment payments on the 11 VLGC newbuilding contracts which were part of the transaction to sell our VLGC business to Dorian in exchange for newly issued shares representing 30% of the Dorian’s outstanding shares immediately following the transaction. See Note 7 for a description of this transaction.
(2) Represents the consideration of newly issued common shares of (i) approximately 28% of the purchase price for four MRs currently under construction with first and second quarter 2014 deliveries; and (ii) approximately 26% of the purchase price for four MRs currently under construction with scheduled deliveries in the third quarter 2014, one in the first quarter and two in the second quarter of 2015. These shares were issued in the fourth quarter of 2013.

 

The following table is a timeline of future expected payments and dates for our vessels under construction as of December 31, 2013*:

 

Q1 2014     190.9       million**
Q2 2014     433.8       million  
Q3 2014     431.4       million  
Q4 2014     310.9       million  
Q1 2015     205.5       million  
Q2 2015     205.9       million  
Q3 2015     80.3       million  
Q4 2015     103.5       million  
Q1 2016     105.1       million  
Q2 2016     56.7       million  
Q3 2016     56.7       million  
Total   $ 2,180.7       million  

 

*These are estimates only and are subject to change as construction progresses.

**As of the date of this report, all first quarter 2014 installment payments have been paid.

 

F- 23
 

Capitalized interest

 

In accordance with IAS 23 “Borrowing Costs”, applicable interest costs are capitalized during the period that vessels are under construction. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we capitalized interest expense for the vessels under construction of $6.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively. The capitalization rate used to determine the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization was 3.1%. We cease capitalizing interest when the vessels reach the location and condition necessary to operate in the manner intended by management.

 

Collateral agreements

 

Noemi, Senatore, Venice, STI Harmony, STI Heritage, and STI Highlander with an aggregated net book value of $141.1 million as of December 31, 2013 were provided as collateral under a loan agreement dated June 2, 2010 and amended on July 13, 2011 (the “2010 Revolving Credit Facility,” See Note 9).

 

STI Onyx, STI Sapphire, STI Emerald and STI Beryl with an aggregated net book of $147.3 million as of December 31, 2013 were provided as collateral under a loan agreement dated May 3, 2011 and amended on July 20, 2012 (the “2011 Credit Facility,” See Note 9).

 

STI Spirit, with a net book value of $29.5 million as of December 31, 2013, was provided as collateral under a loan agreement dated March 9, 2011 (the “STI Spirit Credit Facility,” See Note 9).

 

STI Amber, STI Topaz, STI Ruby and STI Garnet , with an aggregated net book value of $148.7 million as of December 31, 2013 were provided as collateral under a loan agreement dated December 21, 2011 (the “Newbuilding Credit Facility,” See Note 11).

 

The vessels which collateralize the 2011 Credit Facility and 2010 Revolving Credit Facility also serve as collateral for the designated interest rate swap agreements (as described in Note 10), subordinated to the outstanding borrowings under each credit facility.

5. Carrying values of vessels and vessels under construction

 

At each balance sheet date, we review the carrying amounts of vessels and related drydock costs to determine if there is any indication that those vessels and related drydock costs have suffered an impairment loss. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the vessels and related drydock costs is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. As part of this evaluation, we consider certain indicators of potential impairment, such as market conditions including forecast time charter rates and values for second hand product tankers, discounted projected vessel operating cash flows and the Company’s overall business plans.

 

At December 31, 2013, we reviewed the carrying amount of our vessels to determine whether there was an indication that these assets had suffered an impairment. First, we compared the carrying amount of our vessels to their fair values less costs to sell (determined by taking into consideration two independent broker valuations). If the carrying amount of our vessels was greater than the fair values less costs to sell, we prepared a value in use calculation where we estimated the vessel’s future cash flows based on a combination of the latest forecast, published time charter rates for the next three years, a steady growth rate in freight rates in which each period thereafter which is based on management’s long term view of the market, and our best estimate of vessel operating expenses and drydock costs. These cash flows were then discounted to their present value using an estimated weighted average cost of capital of 8.45%. The results of these tests were as follows:

 

At December 31, 2013, we had 19 vessels in our fleet and 65 vessels under construction:

 

· Four vessels were held for sale and written down to their fair value less costs to sell (see Note 4)
· Eight vessels had fair values less costs to sell in excess of their carrying amount.
· Seven vessels had fair values less costs to sell less than their carrying amount. We prepared a value in use calculation for each these vessels which resulted in no impairment being recognized.

 

F- 24
 

 

· Two vessels under construction (that were delivered in January 2014) had fair values less costs to sell exceeding their carrying amount.
· We did not obtain independent broker valuations for the remaining 63 vessels under construction. To assess their carrying values, we prepared value in use calculations which resulted in no impairment indicators.

 

At December 31, 2011, we determined fair value less estimated costs to sell for our vessels, taking into consideration three independent broker valuations for each vessel and adjusting for estimated disposal costs. Our estimate of fair value less costs to sell was then compared to each vessel’s respective carrying amount. The fair value less estimated costs to sell were lower than the carrying amount for all vessels indicating that an impairment might exist. We then performed a value in use calculation and the value in use calculations for all vessels were less than the fair value less estimated costs to sell and accordingly, the recoverable amount of all vessels was determined to be its fair valueless costs to sell. As a result, we recorded an impairment loss of $66.6 million to adjust the carrying amounts of our vessels to their fair value less estimated selling costs.

 

6. Other non-current assets

 

    At December 31,
In thousands of US dollars   2013   2012
Capitalized loan fees (1)   $ 16,168     $ 530  
Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool Ltd. pool working capital contributions (2)     1,207       359  
Non-current portion of acquired time charter contracts (3)     532       —    
    $ 17,907     $ 889  

 

(1) Primarily represents upfront loan fees on our credit facilities being used to finance our newbuilding vessels. These are reclassified to Bank Loans when the tranche of the loan to which the newbuilding vessel relates is drawn.

 

(2) Upon entrance into the Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool (“SHTP”), all vessels are required to make working capital contributions of both cash and bunkers. The contribution amount is repaid, without interest, upon a vessel’s exit from the SHTP no later than six months after the exit date. Bunkers on board a vessel exiting the SHTP are credited against such repayment at the actual invoice price of the bunkers. For all owned vessels we assume that these contributions will not be repaid within 12 months and for time chartered-in vessels we classify the amounts according to the expiration of the contract.

 

(3) Represents the non-current portion of the value of time charter contracts acquired in November 2013 as part of the acquisition of four MRs in exchange for common shares. See Note 4 for further description.

7. Investment in Associate

 

Investment in Dorian LPG Ltd.

 

In July and August 2013 we reached agreements to construct nine Very Large Gas Carriers (“VLGCs”) for $75.6 million each with HSHI and DSME with deliveries scheduled in 2015. 

 

In October 2013, we reached an agreement with HSHI to construct two VLGCs for $75.0 million each with deliveries scheduled in the first quarter of 2016.

 

In November 2013, we contributed our VLGC business, which included 11 VLGC newbuilding contracts, options to purchase two additional VLGCs and a cash payment of $1.9 million (together our “initial investment”) to Dorian LPG Ltd. (“Dorian”) in exchange for newly issued shares representing 30% of Dorian’s outstanding shares immediately following the transaction. As of the closing date of the transaction, we paid $83.1 million in installment payments for the 11 VLGC contracts. Additionally, in November 2013, we purchased 24,121,621 new shares of Dorian’s common stock as part of a private placement of shares for total consideration of $75.0 million.

 

As of December 31, 2013, we owned 64,073,744, shares or approximately 30% of the outstanding shares of Dorian. Dorian’s shares are traded on the Norwegian Over the Counter Exchange (‘NOTC’) and closed at NOK 22.90 per share, or approximately $3.78 per share, on December 31, 2013. As part of the shareholder’s agreement, we are entitled to appoint one member to Dorian’s eight member board until we cease to beneficially own at least 10% of Dorian’s issued and outstanding common shares.

 

We have determined that we have significant influence over Dorian’s financial and operating policy decisions given our 30% ownership interest and limited board representation at December 31, 2013. We are therefore accounting for our investment under the equity method.

 

F- 25
 

Accounting for the initial investment

 

A gain was recognized at the closing date for the difference between the book value of the assets contributed and the fair value of the consideration received minus costs to sell. The resultant gain of $41.4 million was calculated as the excess of the value of the 39,952,123 shares of Dorian on November 26, 2013, the closing date of the transaction, over the carrying value of our VLGC business, which included 11 VLGC contracts and options to purchase two additional newbuilding VLGCs, net of costs to sell. This calculation is set forth below:

 

In thousands of US dollars   Gain on sale of assets
Installment payments on 11 VLGCs made through November 26, 2013   $ 83,070  
Additional cash and other capitalized costs     2,300 (1)
Selling costs     7,690 (2)
Total book value of assets contributed     93,060  
Value of initial shares received at closing     134,435 (3)
Gain on sale   $ 41,375  

 

 

In thousands of US dollars   Carrying value of initial investment
Value of initial shares received at closing   $ 134,435 (3)
Investment in private placement     75,000 (4)
Value of investment at November 26, 2013     209,435  

 

(1) Represents additional cash consideration and the contribution of certain capitalized costs that were incurred on these vessels under construction prior to closing.
(2) Represents legal and advisory fees relating to the transaction, including commissions paid to SSH. See Note 13 for further description of these commissions.
(3) The value of our initial investment was determined based on the closing price of Dorian on the NOTC at November 26, 2013 of NOK 20.5, using an NOK/USD exchange rate of 6.0923 NOK/USD at that date. See below for further discussion of our assessment of fair value.
(4) We purchased 24,121,621 new shares of Dorian’s common stock as part of a private placement of shares for total consideration of $75.0 million in November 2013.

Fair value of the initial investment 

 

Fair value has been based on published quoted prices on the NOTC, which we consider to be an active market particularly for shipping companies given the high level of interest and activity in shipping in that region. To assess the adequacy of this valuation, we performed a separate analysis of the fair market value of Dorian’s net assets, which considered recent, third party vessel valuations. This analysis confirmed our valuation of the shares received. 

 

Our share of current period results

 

Dorian LPG Ltd. was incorporated on July 1, 2013, under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and has a fiscal year end of March 31. The results included herein are derived from Dorian’s quarterly results as of December 31, 2013. Furthermore, Dorian prepares its financial statements in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (‘US GAAP’). As such adjustments were made to convert our share of Dorian’s results from US GAAP to IFRS.

 

The following table depicts summarized financial information of Dorian and its predecessor companies for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 in addition to the unaudited financial information of Dorian for the three months ended December 31, 2013. The financial statements as of December 31, 2013 are then reconciled to our carrying value at that date.

 

F- 26
 

 

            Adjustments    
In thousands of US dollars   Predecessor companies for the year ended March 31, 2013  (1) (2)   Dorian LPG Ltd. for the three months ended December 31, 2013 (1)   Revaluation of initial interest to fair value   Impact of revaluation and conversion to IFRS (5)   Adjusted Dorian LPG Ltd. for the three months ended December 31, 2013
Revenue   $ 38,662     $ 13,800     $ —       $ —       $ 13,800  
Operating income / (loss)     3,360       3,700       —         (48 )     3,652  
Net (loss) / income     (4,851 )     5,243       —         (48 )     5,195  
                                         
STI’s share of net income   $ —       $ 383     $ —       $ (14 )   $ 369 (3)

 

            Adjustments    
    Predecessor companies as of March 31, 2013 (1) (2)   Dorian LPG Ltd. as of December 31, 2013 (1)   Revaluation of initial interest to fair value (4)   Impact of revaluation and conversion to IFRS (5)   Adjusted Dorian LPG Ltd. as of December 31, 2013
Current assets     6,158       337,026       —         —         337,026  
Non-current assets     188,290       413,054       103,391       (48 )     516,397  
Total assets     194,448       750,080       103,391       (48 )     853,423  
                                         
Current liabilities     31,601       22,166       —         —         22,166  
Non-current liabilities     150,089       131,911       —         —         131,911  
Total liabilities     181,690       154,077       —         —         154,077  
                                         
Net assets     12,758       596,003       103,391       (48 )     699,346  
                                         
STI’s share of net assets   $ 0     $ 178,801     $ 31,017     $ (14 )   $ 209,803   (6)

 

(1) Prepared in accordance with US GAAP.
(2) The formation of Dorian consisted of the acquisition of four vessel owning entities on July 29, 2013 that were previously operating under separate ownership. As such, financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 are the combined financial statements of these four entities (‘Predecessor companies’).
(3) We estimated our 30% share of Dorian’s net income for the 35 day period beginning with the closing date of November 26, 2013 and ending on December 31, 2013 by pro-rating Dorian’s results for quarter ending December 31, 2013 and adjusting for any material transactions occurring before or after the closing date.
(4) Represents the step-up adjustment to revalue Dorian’s balance sheet to fair value as of the closing date of November 26, 2013.  We mainly attributed this step up to Dorian’s fleet of vessels which was based on recent, third party, vessel valuations.  
(5) This represents the (i) excess depreciation calculated as a result of our stepped up basis and (ii) our conversion of depreciation expense from US GAAP to IFRS. 
(6) Calculated as 30% of Dorian’s adjusted net assets at December 31, 2013.

 

F- 27
 

 

8. Accounts payable

 

    At December 31,
In thousands of US dollars   2013   2012
Progress payments due for vessels under construction   $ 14,969     $ 3,500  
Suppliers     5,631       7,612  
Scorpio MR Pool Limited     63       —    
Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool Limited     32       59  
Scorpio Ship Management     1       70  
Scorpio Commercial Management     —         146  
    $ 20,696     $ 11,387  

 

The majority of accounts payable are settled with a cash payment within 90 days. No interested is charged on accounts payable. We consider that the carrying amount of accounts payable approximates fair value.

 

9. Bank loans

 

The following is a breakdown of the current and non-current portion of our bank loans outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. 

 

    As of December 31,
In thousands of US dollars   2013   2012
Current portion (1)   $ 10,453     $ 7,475  
Bank loan related to vessels held for sale (2)     21,397       —    
Current bank loans     31,850       7,475  
                 
Non-current portion (3)     135,279       134,984  
    $ 167,129     $ 142,459  
(1) The current portion at December 31, 2013 was net of unamortized deferred financing fees of $0.2 million. The current portion at December 31, 2012 was net of unamortized deferred financing fees of $0.1 million.
(2) This relates to amounts due under our STI Spirit Credit Facility at December 31, 2013 and is shown net of $0.3 million unamortized deferred financing fees. The vessel held as collateral in this facility, STI Spirit , was designated as held for sale at December 31, 2013. Accordingly, all assets and liabilities related to this vessel have been classified as current.
(3) The non-current portion at December 31, 2013 was net of unamortized deferred financing fees of $2.0 million. The non-current portion at December 31, 2012 was net of unamortized deferred financing fees of $3.3 million.

2010 Revolving Credit Facility

 

On June 2, 2010, we executed a credit facility with Nordea Bank Finland plc, acting through its New York branch, DNB Bank ASA, acting through its New York branch, and ABN AMRO Bank N.V, for a senior secured term loan facility of up to $150 million. On July 12, 2011, we amended and restated the credit facility to convert it from a term loan to a reducing revolving credit facility. This gave us the ability to pay down and re-borrow from the total available commitments under the loan. In 2012, we sold three of our Handymax vessels that were collateral to this facility. As a consequence of these disposals, the availability of the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility decreased by $31.0 million. The total available commitments, after taking into consideration the impact of these sales, reduces by $3.1 million each quarter, with a lump sum reduction of $57.1 million at the maturity date of June 2, 2015. Our subsidiaries that own vessels that are collateralized by this loan act as guarantors under the amended and restated credit facility. All terms mentioned are defined in the agreement.

 

Drawdowns under the credit facility bear interest as follows: (1) through December 29, 2011, at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.00% per annum when our debt to capitalization (total debt plus equity) ratio is equal to or less than 50% and 3.50% per annum when our debt to capitalization ratio is greater than 50%; (2) from December 30, 2011 through September 30, 2013, at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.50% per annum; and (3) from October 1, 2013 and at all times thereafter, at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.25% per annum when our debt to capitalization (total debt plus equity) ratio is equal to or less than 50% and 3.50% per annum when our debt to capitalization ratio is greater than 50%. A commitment fee equal to 40% of the applicable margin is payable on the unused daily portion of the credit facility. The credit facility matures on June 2, 2015 and can only be used to refinance amounts outstanding from the original loan agreement and for general corporate purposes.

 

The credit facility requires us to comply with a number of covenants, including financial covenants; delivery of quarterly and annual financial statements and annual projections; maintaining adequate insurances; compliance with laws (including environmental); compliance with ERISA (Employee Retirement Income Security Act); maintenance of flag and class of the initial vessels; restrictions on consolidations, mergers or sales of assets; approval on changes in the Manager of our initial vessels; limitations on liens; limitations on additional indebtedness; prohibitions on paying dividends if a covenant breach or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of payment of a dividend; prohibitions on transactions with affiliates; and other customary covenants.

 

F- 28
 

The financial covenants include:

 

· The ratio of net debt to capitalization shall be no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.

 

· Consolidated tangible net worth (i.e. total shareholders’ equity) shall be no less than $150.0 million plus 25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter from July 1, 2010 going forward and 50% of the value of any new equity issues from July 1, 2010 going forward.

 

· The ratio of EBITDA to interest expense shall be no less than 1.25 to 1.00 commencing with the fourth fiscal quarter of 2011 until the fourth quarter of 2012, at which point it increased to 1.50 to 1.00 for the first quarter of 2013, 1.75 to 1.00 for the second quarter of 2013 and 2.00 to 1.00 at all times thereafter. Such ratio shall be calculated quarterly on a trailing four quarter basis. In addition, we are restricted from paying dividends until our EBITDA to interest expense ratio is 2.00 to 1.00 or greater. EBITDA, as defined in the loan agreement, excludes non-cash charges such as impairment.

 

· Consolidated liquidity (cash, cash equivalents, and availability under the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility) needs to be not less than $25.0 million, of which unrestricted cash and cash equivalents shall be not less than $15.0 million, until we own, directly or indirectly, more than 15 vessels, at which time the amount increases by $750,000 per each additional vessel.

 

· The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels (see note 4) shall at all times be no less than 150% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of loans under the credit facility.

 

In June 2013, we voluntarily repaid $17.2 million into this facility. As of December 31, 2013, there was no outstanding balance and there was $72.4 million available to draw when needed. As of December 31, 2012, the outstanding balance was $17.2 million and $67.4 million was available to draw. We were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of December 31, 2013.

 

During January 2014, we drew down this facility in full. In March 2014, we repaid $22.7 million into this facility as part of the sales of Noemi and Senatore . See Note 22 for further discussion of these transactions and the impact on this credit facility.

 

STI Spirit Credit Facility

 

On March 9, 2011, we executed a credit facility with DVB Bank SE for a senior secured term loan facility of $27.3 million for STI Spirit , which was acquired in November 2010. The credit facility was drawn down on March 17, 2011 and matures on March 17, 2018. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75% per annum. The loan will be repaid over 28 equal quarterly installments and a lump sum payment at maturity. The quarterly installments commenced three months after the drawdown and were calculated using an 18 year amortization profile. Our subsidiary, STI Spirit Shipping Company Limited, which owns the vessel, is the borrower and Scorpio Tankers Inc. is the guarantor.

 

The credit facility requires us to comply with a number of covenants, including financial covenants; delivery of quarterly and annual financial statements and annual projections; maintaining adequate insurances; compliance with laws (including environmental); compliance with ERISA (Employee Retirement Income Security Act); maintenance of flag and class of the vessel; restrictions on consolidations, mergers or sales of assets; approval of changes in the Manager of our vessels; limitations on liens; limitations on additional indebtedness; prohibitions on paying dividends if a covenant breach or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of payment of a dividend; prohibitions on transactions with affiliates; and other customary covenants.

 

All terms mentioned are defined in the agreement. The financial covenants of the credit facility are described below.

 

· The ratio of debt to capitalization shall be no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.

 

· Consolidated tangible net worth (i.e. shareholders equity) shall be no less than $150.0 million plus 25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter.

 

F- 29
 

· The ratio of EBITDA to interest expense shall be no less than 1.25 to 1.00 for the period commencing with the fourth quarter of 2011 through the fourth quarter of 2012, at which time it increased to 1.50 to 1.00 for the first quarter of 2013, 1.75 to 1.00 for the second quarter of 2013 and 2.00 to 1.00 at all times thereafter. Such ratio shall be calculated quarterly on a trailing four quarter basis. In addition, we are restricted from paying dividends until our EBITDA to interest expense ratio is 2.00 to 1.00 or greater. EBITDA, as defined in the loan agreement, excludes non-cash charges such as impairment.

 

· Consolidated liquidity (cash, cash equivalents, and availability under the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility) needs to be not less than $25.0 million, of which unrestricted cash and cash equivalents shall be not less than $15.0 million, until we own, directly or indirectly, more than 15 vessels, at which time the amount increases by $750,000 per each additional vessel.

 

· The aggregate fair market value of STI Spirit shall at all times be no less than (i) 140% of the then outstanding loan balance if the vessel is operating in a pool or in the spot market or (ii) 130% of the then outstanding loan if the vessel is on time charter with a duration of at least one year.

 

As described above, the credit facility requires that the charter-free market value of the STI Spirit shall be no less than 140% of the then outstanding loan balance. In order to stay in compliance with this covenant, we prepaid $1.4 million in addition to the $0.3 million scheduled principal payment into this credit facility in December 2013.

 

The outstanding balance at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $21.7 million and $23.4 million, respectively. We were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of December 31, 2013.

 

In February 2014, we agreed to sell STI Spirit . See Note 22 for further description of this transaction and the resultant impact on this credit facility.

 

2011 Credit Facility

 

On May 3, 2011, we executed a credit facility with Nordea Bank Finland plc, acting through its New York branch, DnB NOR Bank ASA, acting through its New York branch, and ABN AMRO Bank N.V., for a senior secured term loan facility of up to $150.0 million. On July 20, 2012, we extended the availability period of the 2011 Credit Facility until January 31, 2014. The availability period was previously scheduled to expire in May 2013.

 

All terms mentioned in this section are defined in the agreement.

 

Drawdowns under this credit facility are available until January 31, 2014 and bear interest as follows: (1) until December 29, 2011, at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of (i) 2.75% per annum when our debt to capitalization (total debt plus equity) ratio is less than 45%, (ii) 3.00% per annum when our debt to capitalization ratio is greater than or equal to 45% but less than or equal to 50% and (iii) 3.25% when our debt to capitalization ratio is greater than 50%; (2) from December 30, 2011 through September 30, 2013, at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.50% per annum and (3) from October 1, 2013 and at all times thereafter, at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of (i) 3.25% per annum when our debt to capitalization (total debt plus equity) ratio is equal to or less than 50% and (ii) 3.50% per annum when our debt to capitalization ratio is greater than 50%. A commitment fee equal to 40% of the applicable margin is payable on the unused daily portion of the credit facility. The credit facility matures on May 3, 2017 and can only be used to finance up to 50% of the cost of future vessel acquisitions, which vessels would be the collateral for the credit facility.

 

Borrowings for each vessel financed under this facility represent a separate tranche, with repayment terms dependent on the age of the vessel at acquisition. Each tranche under the credit facility is repayable in equal quarterly installments, with a lump sum payment at maturity, based on a full repayment of such tranche when the vessel to which it relates is sixteen years of age. Our subsidiaries, which may at any time, own one or more of our vessels, will act as guarantors under the credit facility.

 

The credit facility requires us to comply with a number of covenants, including financial covenants; delivery of quarterly and annual financial statements and annual projections; maintaining adequate insurances; compliance with laws (including environmental); compliance with ERISA (Employee Retirement Income Security Act); maintenance of flag and class of the initial vessels; restrictions on consolidations, mergers or sales of assets; approvals on changes in the Manager of our initial vessels; limitations on liens; limitations on additional indebtedness; prohibitions on paying dividends if a covenant breach or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of payment of a dividend; prohibitions on transactions with affiliates; and other customary covenants.

 

The financial covenants include:

 

· The ratio of net debt to capitalization shall be no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.

 

F- 30
 

 

· Consolidated tangible net worth (i.e. shareholders’ equity) shall be no less than $150.0 million plus 25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter from July 1, 2010 going forward and 50% of the value of any new equity issues from July 1, 2010 going forward.

 

· The ratio of EBITDA to interest expense shall be no less than 1.25 to 1.00 commencing with the fourth fiscal quarter of 2011 until the fourth quarter of 2012, at which point it increased to 1.50 to 1.00 for the first quarter of 2013, 1.75 to 1.00 for the second quarter of 2013 and 2.00 to 1.00 at all times thereafter. Such ratio shall be calculated quarterly on a trailing four quarter basis. In addition, we are restricted from paying dividends until our EBITDA to interest expense ratio is 2.00 to 1.00 or greater. EBITDA, as defined in the loan agreement, excludes non-cash charges such as impairment.

 

· Consolidated liquidity (cash, cash equivalents, and availability under the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility) needs to be not less than $25 million, of which unrestricted cash and cash equivalents shall be not less than $15.0 million, until we own, directly or indirectly, more than 15 vessels, at which time the amount increases by $750,000 per each additional vessel.

 

· The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels shall at all times be no less than 150% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of loans under the credit facility.

 

In January 2013, March 2013 and April 2013, we drew down an aggregate of $52.1 million from this facility in connection with the deliveries of STI Sapphire , STI Emerald and STI Beryl , respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2013, there was $62.9 million available for borrowing which can be used to finance up to 50% of future vessel acquisitions through January 31, 2014. The outstanding balance at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $64.0 million and $15.5 million, respectively. We were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of December 31, 2013.

 

In January 2014, we drew down an aggregate of $52.0 million. See Note 22 for further description.

 

Newbuilding Credit Facility

 

On December 21, 2011, we executed a credit facility agreement with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB for a senior secured term loan facility of up to $92.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we drew down an aggregate of $92.0 million from this facility to partially finance the deliveries of STI Amber, STI Topaz , STI Ruby and STI Garnet ($23.0 million per vessel). These vessels are owned individually by certain of our subsidiaries, who together are the borrowers under this credit facility, and Scorpio Tankers Inc. is the guarantor. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 2.70% per annum. A commitment fee equal to 1.10% per annum was payable on the unused daily portion of the credit facility, and the facility was fully drawn as of December 31, 2012. All terms mentioned in this section are defined in the agreement.

 

The facility is separated into four tranches (one per each vessel) and repayment of the tranche relating to the respective vessel commenced after delivery of that vessel in quarterly installments of $375,000, which equates to a repayment profile of 15.33 years. Each tranche is scheduled to mature approximately seven years after delivery of the relevant vessel from the shipyard.

 

The credit facility requires us to comply with a number of covenants, including financial covenants; delivery of quarterly and annual financial statements and annual projections; maintaining adequate insurances; compliance with laws (including environmental); compliance with ERISA; maintenance of flag and class of the initial vessels; restrictions on consolidations, mergers or sales of assets; approvals on changes in the Manager of our initial vessels; limitations on liens; limitations on additional indebtedness; prohibitions on paying dividends if a covenant breach or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of payment of a dividend; prohibitions on transactions with affiliates; and other customary covenants.

 

The financial covenants include:

 

· The ratio of net debt to capitalization shall be no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.

 

· Consolidated tangible net worth (i.e. shareholders equity) shall be no less than $150.0 million plus 25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter from July 1, 2010 going forward and 50% of the value of any new equity issues from July 2, 2010 going forward.

 

· The ratio of EBITDA to interest expense shall be no less than 2.00 to 1.00 commencing with the third fiscal quarter of 2011 until the fourth quarter of 2012, and 2.50 to 1.00 for all times thereafter. Such ratio shall be calculated quarterly on a trailing four quarter basis. EBITDA, as defined in the loan agreement, excludes non-cash charges such as impairment.

 

F- 31
 

 

· Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents shall at all times be no less than $15.0 million, until we own, directly or indirectly, more than 15 vessels, at which time the amount increases by $750,000 per each additional vessel.

 

· The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels shall at all times be no less than 140% (120% if the vessel is subject to acceptable long term employment) of the aggregate principal amount outstanding plus a pro rata amount of any allocable swap exposure for the credit facility.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we made scheduled principal payments of $6.0 million into this credit facility. The outstanding balance at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $83.8 million and $89.8 million, respectively. We were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of December 31, 2013.

 

In March 2014, we amended the Newbuilding Credit Facility to convert it from a term loan to a reducing revolving credit facility. See Note 22 for further description on the amendment.

 

2013 Credit Facility  

 

On July 2, 2013, we entered into a senior secured revolving credit facility and term loan facility with Nordea Bank Finland plc and the other lenders named therein of up to $525.0 million to finance the acquisition of the Firm Vessels (defined below), the Option Vessels (defined below) and certain other vessels and for general corporate purposes, including working capital. This credit facility is secured by, among other things, a first-priority cross-collateralized mortgage on certain vessels for which we have entered into newbuilding contracts, or the Firm Vessels, and certain vessels for which we may exercise construction options, or the Option Vessels, and together with the Firm Vessels, the Collateral Vessels. Our subsidiaries that own the Collateral Vessels act as joint and several guarantors under our 2013 Credit Facility. We refer to this credit facility as our 2013 Credit Facility.

 

Our 2013 Credit Facility consists of a $260.0 million delayed draw term loan facility to finance the acquisition of the Firm Vessels and a $265.0 million revolving credit facility to finance the acquisition of the Option Vessels and certain other vessels built on January 1, 2012 or later, and for general corporate purposes, including working capital.

 

Drawdowns of the term loan may occur in connection with the delivery of a Firm Vessel in an amount equal to the lesser of 60% of (i) the contract price for such vessel or (ii) such vessel’s fair market value. Drawdowns of the revolving credit facility may occur in connection with the delivery of an Option Vessel and are also capped at the lesser of 60% of (i) the contract price for such vessel or (ii) such vessel’s fair market value, with such amount, once drawn, available on a revolving basis. Drawdowns under the term loan are available until the earlier of the delivery of each Firm Vessel and January 31, 2015 and drawdowns under the revolving loan are available until July 31, 2015 and bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.50%.

 

The term loan is repayable and the revolving loans reduced, in each case, in an amount equal to 1/60th of such loan on a consecutive quarterly basis until final maturity on the sixth anniversary of the facility. In addition to restrictions imposed upon the owners of the Collateral Vessels (such as, limitations on liens and limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness), our 2013 Credit Facility includes financial covenants that require us to maintain:

 

· The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.

 

· Consolidated tangible net worth no less than (i) $150.0 million plus 25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter beginning on July 1, 2010 and (ii) 50% of the value of any new equity issues from July 1, 2010 going forward.

 

· The ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense greater than 2.00 to 1.00 through December 31, 2013 and 2.50 to 1.00 thereafter.

 

· Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or 5% of total indebtedness.

 

· The aggregate fair market value of the Collateral Vessels shall at all times be no less than 140% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of loans under the credit facility.

 

We had no borrowings under this facility at December 31, 2013 and we were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this credit facility as of December 31, 2013.

 

In February and March 2014, we drew down $64.2 and $20.5 million from this credit facility, respectively. See Note 22 for further description.

 

F- 32
 

KEXIM Financing

 

In September 2013, we received loan commitments from a group of financial institutions led by DNB Bank ASA and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) and from the Export-Import Bank of Korea (“KEXIM”) for a total loan facility of up to $429.6 million. This facility includes commitments from KEXIM of up to $300.6 million (the “KEXIM Tranche”) and a group of financial institutions led by DNB Bank ASA and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) of up to $129.0 million (the “Commercial Tranche”).

 

In addition to KEXIM’s commitment of up to $300.6 million, KEXIM has also provided an optional guarantee for a five year amortizing note of $125.3 million (the “KEXIM Guaranteed Note”) that may be issued by the Company at the Company’s discretion in 2014; the proceeds of which will be used to reduce the $300.6 million KEXIM Tranche.

 

This facility was executed in February 2014 as further described in Note 22.

 

K-Sure Financing

 

In October 2013, we received an Acceptance of Insurance Agreement from Korea Trade Insurance Corporation (“K-Sure”) covering 95% of an up to $358.3 million K-Sure tranche as part of a credit facility of up to $458.3 million (the “K-SURE Financing”) with a group of financial institutions. The K-Sure Financing will also include a commercial tranche (the “Commercial Tranche”) of up to $100.0 million.

 

The K-Sure Financing will be used to finance up to 60% of the contract price of up to 21 newbuilding product tankers upon delivery. This facility was executed in February 2014 as further described in Note 22.

10. Derivative financial instruments

 

In August 2011, we entered into six interest rate swap agreements to manage interest costs and the risk associated with changing interest rates on our 2011 and 2010 Credit Facilities with three different banks. Pursuant to these interest rate swap contracts, we agreed to exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts calculated on agreed notional principal amounts. Such contracts enable us to partially mitigate the risk of changing interest rates on the cash flow exposures on the issued variable rate debt held. We determined the estimated fair value of our derivatives by discounting the future cash flows using the curves at the reporting date and the credit risk inherent in the contract. These swaps have been designated and accounted for as cash flow hedges.

 

In September 2012, as a result of the sales of two MRs and corresponding debt repayment, we reduced the notional amount on the interest rate swaps relating to the 2011 Credit Facility to $15.0 million from $24.0 million in aggregate. As a result of the reduction, we recognized a realized loss of $0.2 million, which was reclassified out of other comprehensive loss and recorded as a component of loss from sale of vessels.

 

The notional principal amounts of these swaps aggregate $66.0 million, the details of which are as follows as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively:

 

Hedged item   Notional amount   Start Date   Expiration date   Fixed interest rate   Floating interest rate
2010 Revolving Credit Facility    $51 million    July 2, 2012    June 2, 2015     1.27 %    3 mo. LIBOR
2011 Credit Facility    $15 million    July 2, 2012    June 30, 2015     1.30 %    3 mo. LIBOR

 

 

The vessels which collateralize the 2011 Credit Facility and 2010 Revolving Credit Facility also serve as collateral for the designated interest rate swap agreements, subordinated to the outstanding borrowings under each credit facility.

 

In December 2012, we voluntarily repaid $50.0 million into our 2010 Revolving Credit Facility. After the payment, we had $17.2 million of debt outstanding under the 2010 Credit Facility, which is less than the total notional amount of $51.0 million for the three interest rate swaps related to the facility. As such, the swaps related to the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility no longer met the criteria for hedge accounting and we therefore de-designated the hedge relationship prospectively and reclassified all amounts accumulated in other comprehensive income ($1.0 million) to the statement of income or loss for the year ended December 31, 2012 as a component of Financial Expenses.

 

The interest rate swaps relating to the 2011 Credit Facility continue to qualify for hedge accounting. Accordingly, changes in their fair value, which the hedge is deemed to be effective, are recognized directly in other comprehensive income and classified as ‘hedging reserves’. Changes in their fair value for any portion deemed to be ineffective are recognized in the consolidated statement of income or loss.

 

F- 33
 

Profit or loss sharing agreements

 

In July 2012, we entered into a profit or loss sharing arrangement on the earnings of an LR1 vessel that was not owned or operated by us. The agreement stipulated that 50% of the profits and losses were shared with the counterparty. The counterparty to this agreement was time chartering-in this vessel for a period of six months at $12,750 per day and this agreement expired in January 2013.

 

In September 2012, we took delivery of an LR1, FPMC P Eagle , on a time charter-in arrangement for one year at $12,800 per day. We also entered into a profit and loss sharing arrangement whereby 50% of the profits and losses relating to this vessel above or below the charterhire rate were shared with a third party who neither owns nor operates FPMC P Eagle . The profit or loss agreement expired on October 2013.

 

These agreements were treated as derivatives, recorded at fair value with any resultant gain or loss recognized in the statement of profit or loss. Changes in fair value were recorded as unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments and actual earnings were recorded as realized gains or losses on derivative financial instruments, within the consolidated statement of profit or loss. The fair value of these instruments is determined by comparing published time charter rates to the charterhire rate and discounting those cash flows to their estimated present value.

 

The following table summarizes the fair value of our derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, which are included in the consolidated balance sheet:

 

    At December 31,
In thousands of US dollars   2013   2012
Assets                
Prepaid expenses and other current assets (profit and loss agreements)   $ —       $ 26  
                 
Liabilities                
Derivative financial instrument  (profit and loss agreements - current)     —         (211 )
Derivative financial instrument (interest rate swap - current)     (689 )     (633 )
Total current liabilities     (689 )     (844 )
                 
Derivative financial instrument (interest rate swap - non-current)     (188 )     (743 )
Total liabilities   $ (877 )   $ (1,587 )

 

The following has been recorded as realized and unrealized gains or losses on our derivative financial instruments:

 

    Fair value adjustments
    Statement of profit or loss    
Amounts in thousands of US dollars   Realized gain/ (loss)   Unrealized gain/ (loss)   Recognized in equity
Profit and loss agreements   $ 3     $ 185     $ —    
Interest rate swap     —         382       117  
                       
Total period ended December 31, 2013   $ 3     $ 567     $ 117  
                         
Profit and loss agreements   $ 443     ($ 184 )   $ 0  
Interest rate swap     (229 ) (1)     (1,047 )     (904 )
                       
Total period ended December 31, 2012   $ 214     $ (1,231 )   $ (904 )
                         
Interest rate swap     —         —         (701 )
                       
Total period ended December 31, 2011   $ —       $ —       $ (701 )

 

(1) The realized loss on our interest rate swap was recorded as a component of the loss from sale of vessels on the consolidated statement of income or loss.

 

F- 34
 

 

11. Segment reporting

Information about our reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as a follows:

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013

 

In thousands of U.S. dollars   Panamax/LR1   Handymax   Aframax/LR2   MR   Reportable segments subtotal   Corporate and eliminations   Total
                             
Vessel revenue   $ 41,683     $ 36,205     $ 28,204     $ 101,488     $ 207,580     $ —       $ 207,580  
Vessel operating costs     (14,276 )     (2,648 )     (3,211 )     (20,069 )     (40,204 )     —         (40,204 )
Voyage expenses     (3,858 )     (11 )     —         (977 )     (4,846 )     —         (4,846 )
Charterhire     (14,363 )     (31,086 )     (29,341 )     (40,753 )     (115,543 )     —         (115,543 )
Depreciation     (7,275 )     (1,292 )     (1,750 )     (13,278 )     (23,595 )     —         (23,595 )
General and administrative expenses     (536 )     (118 )     (154 )     (1,030 )     (1,838 )     (23,950 )     (25,788 )
Write down of vessels held for sale     (15,002 )     —         (6,185 )     —         (21,187 )     —         (21,187 )
Gain on sale of VLGCs     —         —         —         —         —         41,375       41,375  
Financial expenses     —         —         (847 )     —         (847 )     (1,858 )     (2,705 )
Realized gain on derivative financial instruments     3       —         —         —         3       —         3  
Unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments     186       —         —         —         186       381       567  
Financial income     —         —         —         4       4       1,143       1,147  
Share of profit from associate     —         —         —         —         —         369       369  
Other expenses, net     —         —         (10 )     (21 )     (31 )     (127 )     (158 )
Segment profit or loss   ($ 13,438 )   $ 1,050     ($ 13,294 )   $ 25,364     ($ 318 )   $ 17,333     $ 17,015  

 

F- 35
 

For the year ended December 31, 2012

 

In thousands of U.S. dollars   Panamax/LR1   Handymax   Aframax/LR2   MR   Reportable segments subtotal   Corporate and eliminations   Total
Vessel revenue   $ 28,602     $ 35,381     $ 4,541     $ 46,857     $ 115,381     $ —       $ 115,381  
Vessel operating costs     (14,137 )     (5,428 )     (3,304 )     (7,484 )     (30,353 )     —         (30,353 )
Voyage expenses     (999 )     (2,741 )     (25 )     (17,979 )     (21,744 )     —         (21,744 )
Charterhire     (1,629 )     (23,192 )     (1,287 )     (17,593 )     (43,701 )     —         (43,701 )
Depreciation     (7,352 )     (1,716 )     (1,735 )     (4,015 )     (14,818 )     —         (14,818 )
General and administrative expenses     (495 )     (195 )     (100 )     (398 )     (1,188 )     (10,348 )     (11,536 )
Loss from sales of vessels     —         (4,525 )     —         (5,879 )     (10,404 )     —         (10,404 )
Financial expenses     —         —         (1,086 )     —         (1,086 )     (7,426 )     (8,512 )
Realized gain on derivative financial instruments     443       —         —         —         443       —         443  
Unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments     (184 )     —         —         —         (184 )     (1,047 )     (1,231 )
Financial income     —         —         —         6       6       29       35  
Other expense, net     —         —         (11 )     (51 )     (62 )     (35 )     (97 )
Segment profit or loss   $ 4,249     ($ 2,416 )   ($ 3,007 )   ($ 6,536 )   ($ 7,710 )   ($ 18,827 )   ($ 26,537 )

 

F- 36
 

For the year ended December 31, 2011

 

In thousands of U.S. dollars   Panamax/LR1   Handymax   Aframax/LR2   MR   Reportable segments subtotal   Corporate and eliminations   Total
Vessel revenue   $ 31,101     $ 32,238     $ 6,484     $ 12,287     $ 82,110     $ —       $ 82,110  
Vessel operating costs     (14,428 )     (11,217 )     (2,547 )     (3,178 )     (31,370 )     —         (31,370 )
Voyage expenses     (13 )     (26 )     —         (6,842 )     (6,881 )     —         (6,881 )
Charterhire     (4,554 )     (17,357 )     (839 )     —         (22,750 )     —         (22,750 )
Impairment     (28,616 )     (12,962 )     (12,459 )     (12,574 )     (66,611 )     —         (66,611 )
Depreciation     (9,279 )     (5,069 )     (2,074 )     (2,038 )     (18,460 )     —         (18,460 )
General and administrative expenses     (692 )     (762 )     (136 )     (314 )     (1,904 )     (9,733 )     (11,637 )
Financial expenses     —         —         (841 )     —         (841 )     (6,219 )     (7,060 )
Financial income     —         —         —         —         —         51       51  
Other expenses, net     23       —         (134 )     —         (111 )     (8 )     (119 )
Segment profit or loss   ($ 26,458 )   ($ 15,155 )   ($ 12,546 )   ($ 12,659 )   ($ 66,818 )   ($ 15,909 )   ($ 82,727 )

 

All of our operating segments contained revenue from at least one major customer representing greater than 10% of total revenue. The revenue from those customers within their respective segments was:

 

Amounts in thousands of US dollars            
Segment   Customer   2013   2012   2011
  MR     Scorpio MR Pool Limited (1)   $ 89,597     $ 9,558     $ —    
  Handymax     Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool Limited (1)     36,199       31,280       32,238  
  Panamax/LR1     Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Limited (1)     36,018       26,884       22,594  
  LR2     Scorpio LR2 Pool Limited (1)     28,203       4,540       5,195  
        King Dustin (1)     —         —         8,507  
            $ 190,017     $ 72,262     $ 68,534  

 

(1)    These customers are related parties (see note 13)                

 

F- 37
 

 

12. Common shares

 

February 2013 Shelf Registration Statement

 

On February 22, 2013, we filed a Form F-3 with the Securities and Exchange Commission, with an effective date of February 25, 2013, which can be used to issue common shares, preferred shares, debt securities, warrants, purchase contracts, and units. If a debt security is issued, all of our subsidiaries may guarantee the securities issued by the parent company. Each subsidiary is 100% owned and each guarantee of the registered security will be full, unconditional, and joint and several with all other subsidiary guarantees.

 

Share issuances

 

In February 2013, we closed on the sale of 30,672,000 newly issued shares of common stock in a registered direct placement of common shares at an offering price of $7.50 per share. We received net proceeds of $222.1 million, after deducting placement agent discounts and offering expenses of $7.9 million.

 

  In March 2013, we closed on the sale of 29,012,000 newly issued shares of common stock in a registered direct placement of common shares at an offering price of $8.10 per share. We received net proceeds of $226.8 million, after deducting placement agent discounts and offering expenses of $8.2 million.

 

In May 2013, we closed on the sale of 36,144,578 newly issued shares of common stock in a registered direct placement of common shares at an offering price of $8.30 per share. We received net proceeds of $289.2 million, after deducting placement agent discounts and offering expenses of $10.8 million.

 

In August 2013, we closed on the sale of 20,000,000 newly issued shares of common stock in an underwritten offering of common shares at an offering price of $9.50 per share. In addition, the underwriters also fully exercised their over-allotment option to purchase 3,000,000 additional common shares at the offering price. We received aggregate net proceeds of $209.8 million after deducting underwriters’ discounts and offering expenses of $8.7 million.

 

In November 2013, we issued 3,611,809 common shares to unaffiliated third parties in connection with our acquisition of four MR vessel newbuilding contracts. See Note 4 for further description of this transaction.

 

In December 2013, we issued 3,523,271 common shares to unaffiliated third parties in connection with our acquisition of four MR vessel newbuilding contracts. See Note 4 for further description of this transaction.

 

Restricted stock

 

2010 Equity Incentive Plan Issuances

 

On June 18, 2010, we issued 559,458 shares of restricted stock to our employees for no cash consideration. The share price at the date of issue was $10.99 per share. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock is (i) one-third of the shares vested on April 6, 2013, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on April 6, 2014, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on April 6, 2015. Compensation expense is recognized ratably over the vesting periods for each tranche using the straight-line method.

 

On June 18, 2010, we issued 9,000 shares of restricted stock to our directors for no cash consideration. The share price at the date of issue was $10.85 per share and these shares vested on April 6, 2011.

 

On January 31, 2011, we issued 281,000 shares of restricted stock to our employees for no cash consideration. The share price at the date of issue was $9.83 per share. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock is (i) one-third of the shares vested on January 31, 2012, (ii) one-third of the shares vested on January 31, 2013, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on January 31, 2014. Compensation expense is recognized ratably over the vesting periods for each tranche using the straight-line method.

 

On January 31, 2011, we issued 9,000 shares of restricted stock to our independent directors for no cash consideration. The share price at the date of issue was $9.83 per share. These shares vested on January 31, 2012.

 

On January 31, 2012, we issued 281,000 shares of restricted stock to employees for no cash consideration. The share price at the date of issue was $5.65 per share. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock is (i) one-third of the shares vested on January 31, 2013, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on January 31, 2014, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on January 31, 2015. Compensation expense is recognized ratably over the vesting periods for each tranche using the straight-line method.

 

On January 31, 2012, we issued 9,000 shares of restricted stock to our independent directors for no cash consideration. The share price at the date of issue was $5.65 per share. These shares vested on January 31, 2013.

 

F- 38
 

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 

In April 2013, we adopted an equity incentive plan, which we refer to as the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, under which directors, officers, employees, consultants and service providers of us and our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and unrestricted common stock. We reserved a total of 5,000,000 common shares for issuance under the plan.

 

Under the terms of the plan, stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the plan will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will the exercise price be less than the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable at times and under conditions as determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will they be exercisable later than ten years from the date of grant.

 

The plan administrator may grant shares of restricted stock and awards of restricted stock units subject to vesting, forfeiture and other terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator. Following the vesting of a restricted stock unit, the award recipient will be paid an amount equal to the number of vested restricted stock units multiplied by the fair market value of a common share on the date of vesting, which payment may be paid in the form of cash or common shares or a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may grant dividend equivalents with respect to grants of restricted stock units.

 

Adjustments may be made to outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction or change in capitalization or other extraordinary event. In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the plan), unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator in an award agreement, awards then outstanding will become fully vested and exercisable in full.

 

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan and may amend outstanding awards, provided that no such amendment or termination may be made that would materially impair any rights, or materially increase any obligations, of a grantee under an outstanding award. Shareholder approval of plan amendments will be required under certain circumstances. Unless terminated earlier by our board of directors, the plan will expire ten years from the date the plan is adopted.

 

In the second quarter of 2013, we issued 4,610,000 shares of restricted stock to our employees and 390,000 shares to our directors for no cash consideration. The weighted average share price on the issuance dates was $8.69 per share. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock to our employees is (i) one-third of the shares vest on March 10, 2016, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on March 10, 2017, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on March 10, 2018. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock to our directors is (i) one-third of the shares vest on March 10, 2014, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on March 10, 2015, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on March 10, 2016.

 

In October 2013, we amended the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan to increase the number of common shares eligible for issuance to 11,376,044. All other terms of the plan remained unchanged.

 

In October 2013, we issued 3,749,998 shares of restricted stock to our employees and 250,000 shares to our directors for no cash consideration. The weighted average share price on the issuance date was $9.85 per share. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock to our employees is (i) one-third of the shares vest on October 11, 2016, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on October 11, 2017, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on October 11, 2018. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock to our directors is (i) one-half of the shares vest on October 11, 2014 and (ii) one-half of the shares vest on October 11, 2015.

 

Compensation expense is recognized ratably over the vesting periods for each tranche using the straight-line method.

 

As of December 31, 2013, there were 9,653,970 unvested shares of restricted stock outstanding. Assuming that all the restricted stock will vest, the stock compensation expense in future periods, including that related to restricted stock issued in prior periods will be:

 

In thousands of U.S. dollars   Employees   Directors   Total
For the year ending December 31, 2014     21,354       2,856       24,210  
For the year ending December 31, 2015     20,700       997       21,697  
For the year ending December 31, 2016     15,907       77       15,984  
For the year ending December 31, 2017     8,269       —         8,269  
For the year ending December 31, 2018     2,436       —         2,436  
    $ 68,666     $ 3,930     $ 72,596  

 

F- 39
 

Dividend Payments

 

On April 15, 2013, the board of directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.025 per share, which was paid on June 25, 2013 to all shareholders of record as of June 11, 2013.

 

On July 29, 2013, the board of directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.035 per share, which was paid on September 25, 2013 to all shareholders of record as of September 10, 2013. 

 

On October 28, 2013, the board of directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.07 per share, which was paid on December 18, 2013 to all shareholders of record as of December 3, 2013.

 

Shares outstanding

 

As of December 31, 2013, we had 275,000,000 registered shares of which 250,000,000 are designated as common shares with a par value of $0.01 and 25,000,000 designated as preferred shares with a par value of $0.01,

 

As of December 31, 2013 we had 198,791,502 shares outstanding. These shares provide the holders with rights to dividends and voting rights.

13. Related party transactions

 

Transactions with entities controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family (herein referred to as related party affiliates) in the consolidated statement of income or loss and balance sheet are as follows:

 

    For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of US dollars   2013   2012   2011
Pool revenue (1)                        
 Scorpio MR Pool Limited   $ 89,597     $ 9,558     $ —    
 Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool Limited     36,199       31,280       32,238  
 Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Limited     36,018       26,884       22,594  
 Scorpio LR2 Pool Limited     28,203       4,540       5,195  
 Scorpio Aframax Tanker Pool Limited     —         —         170  
Time charter revenue (2)                        
 King Dustin     —         —         8,507  
Vessel operating costs (3)     (3,703 )     (2,280 )     (2,203 )
Commissions (4)     (218 )     (532 )     (270 )
Administrative expenses (5)     (1,944 )     (1,862 )     (1,937 )

 

(1) These transactions relate to revenue earned in the Scorpio LR2, Scorpio Panamax, Scorpio MR, Scorpio Aframax and Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pools (the Pools), which are owned by Scorpio LR2 Pool Limited, Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Limited, Scorpio MR Pool Limited, Scorpio Aframax Tanker Pool Limited and Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool Limited, respectively. The Pools are related party affiliates.
(2) The revenue earned was for Noemi’s time charter with King Dustin (which is 50% jointly controlled by a related party affiliate).
(3) These transactions represent technical management fees charged by SSM, a related party affiliate, which are included in the vessel operating costs in the consolidated statement of income or loss. We believe our technical management fees for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were at arms-length rates as they were based on contracted rates that were the same as those charged to other vessels managed by SSM at the time the management agreements were entered into. In June 2013, this fee was increased to $685 per vessel per day from $548 per vessel per day (2012 and 2011: $548 per vessel per day) for technical management.

 

F- 40
 

 

(4) These transactions represent the expense due to SCM for commissions related to the commercial management services provided by SCM under the Commercial Management Agreement (see description below). Each vessel pays a commission of 1.25% of their gross revenue when not in the Pools.  When our vessels are in the Pools, SCM, the pool manager, charges fees of $300 per vessel per day with respect to our Panamax/LR1 vessels, $250 per vessel per day with respect to our LR2 vessels, and $325 per vessel per day with respect to each of our Handymax and MR vessels, plus 1.50% commission on gross revenues per charter fixture.  These are the same fees that SCM charges other vessels in these pools, including third party owned vessels, and they are and were included in voyage expenses in the consolidated statement of income or loss.
(5) We have an Administrative Services Agreement with Scorpio Services Holding Limited, or SSH, for the provision of administrative staff and office space, and administrative services, including accounting, legal compliance, financial and information technology services. SSH is a related party to us. We reimburse SSH for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above. SSH also arranges vessel sales and purchases for us. The services provided to us by SSH may be sub-contracted to other entities within the Scorpio Group.
     
    Our Commercial Management Agreement with SCM includes a daily flat fee charged payable to SCM for the vessels that are not in one of the pools managed by SCM. The flat fee is $250 per day for Panamaxes/LR1 and LR2 vessels and $300 per day for Handymax and MR vessels.

 

· The expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $1.9 million included the flat fee of $0.3 million charged by SCM and administrative fees of $1.6 million charged by SSH and were included in voyage expenses and general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income or loss.
· The expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $1.9 million included the flat fee of $0.7 charged by SCM, and administrative fees of $1.2 million charged by SSH and were both included in voyage expenses and general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income or loss.
· The expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $1.9 million included the flat fee of $0.3 charged by SCM, and administrative fees of $1.7 million charged by SSH and were both included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income or loss.

 

(6) The Administrative Services Agreement with SSH includes a fee for arranging vessel purchases and sales, on our behalf, equal to 1% of the gross purchase or sale price, payable upon the consummation of any such purchase or sale. These fees are capitalized as part of the carrying value of the related vessel for a vessel purchase and are included as part of the gain or loss on sale for a vessel disposal. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid SSH an aggregate fee of $9.1 million, which consisted of $2.5 million related to the purchase and delivery of seven newbuilding vessels in 2013 and $6.6 million on the purchase and subsequent sale of our VLGC business to Dorian in November 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we paid SSH an aggregate fee of $2.4 million, which consisted of $0.5 million on the sales of three Handymax vessels and $1.9 million on the purchase and delivery of our first five newbuilding vessels. In the year ended December 31, 2011, we paid SSH an aggregate fee of $0.7 million in May 2011 for the purchase of two MRs.

 

We had the following balances with related parties, which have been included in the consolidated balance sheets:

 

    As of December 31,
In thousands of US dollars   2013   2012
Assets:                
Accounts receivable (due from the Pools)   $ 68,512     $ 33,271  
Accounts receivable (SCM)     8       —    
               
Liabilities:                
Accounts payable (owed to the Pools)     95       59  
Accounts payable (SSM)     1       70  
Accounts payable (SCM)     —         146  

 

F- 41
 

In 2011, we also entered into an agreement to reimburse costs to SSM as part of its supervision agreement for newbuilding vessels. $0.2 million and $0.1 million were charged under this agreement during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. No amounts were charged under this agreement during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Key management remuneration

 

The table below shows key management remuneration for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

    For the period ended December 31,
In thousands of US dollars   2013   2012   2011
Short-term employee benefits (salaries)   $ 5,433     $ 2,896     $ 2,875  
Share-based compensation (1)     10,274       3,368       3,189  
                         
 Total   $ 15,707     $ 6,264     $ 6,064  
(1) Represents the amortization of restricted stock issued under our equity incentive plans as described in note 12.

 

There are no post-employment benefits.

14. Vessel revenue

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, all revenue was generated from vessels operating in pools or in the spot market. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we had two vessels that earned revenue through time-charter contracts.

 

Revenue Sources

 

    For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of US dollars   2013   2012   2011
Pool revenue   $ 190,017     $ 72,262     $ 60,197  
Voyage revenue (spot market)     17,563       43,119       12,287  
Time charter revenue     —         —         9,626  
    $ 207,580     $ 115,381     $ 82,110  

 

15. Charterhire

 

The following table depicts our time chartered-in vessel commitments during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

  Name   Year built   Type   Delivery (1)   Charter Expiration   Rate ($/ day)  
Active as of December 31, 2013                  
1 Freja Polaris   2004   Handymax   April-13   April-14   12,700 (2)
2 Kraslava   2007   Handymax   January-11   May-14   12,800 (3)
3 Krisjanis Valdemars   2007   Handymax   February-11   April-14   12,800 (4)
4 Jinan   2003   Handymax   April-13   April-15   12,600  
5 Iver Progress   2007   Handymax   September-13   March-15   12,500 (5)
6 Iver Prosperity   2007   Handymax   October-13   October-14   12,500 (6)
7 Histria Azure   2007   Handymax   April-12   April-14   12,600 (7)
8 Histria Coral   2006   Handymax   July-11   July-14   12,800 (8)
9 Histria Perla   2005   Handymax   July-11   July-14   12,800 (8)
10 STX Ace 6   2007   MR   May-12   May-14   14,150 (9)
11 Targale   2007   MR   May-12   May-14   14,500 (10)
12 Ugale   2007   MR   January-13   January-14   14,000 (11)
13 Gan-Triumph   2010   MR   May-13   May-14   14,150  
14 Nave Orion   2013   MR   March-13   March-15   14,300 (12)
15 Hafnia Lupus   2012   MR   April-12   April-14   14,760 (13)
16 Gan-Trust   2013   MR   January-13   January-16   16,250 (14)
17 Usma   2007   MR   January-13   January-15   13,500 (15)
18 SN Federica   2003   LR1   February-13   May-15   11,250 (16)
19 SN Azzura   2003   LR1   December-13   December-14   13,600  
20 King Douglas   2008   LR1   August-13   August-14   14,000 (17)
21 Hellespont Promise   2007   LR1   December-12   August-14   12,500 (18)
22 FPMC P Eagle   2009   LR1   September-12   September-15   14,525 (19)
23 FPMC P Hero   2011   LR2   April-13   May-14   15,000 (20)
24 FPMC P Ideal   2012   LR2   January-13   July-14   15,000 (21)
25 Densa Alligator   2013   LR2   September-13   September-14   16,500 (22)
26 Khawr Aladid   2006   LR2   July-13   July-15   15,400  
27 Fair Seas   2008   LR2   January-13   January-14   16,250 (23)
28 Southport   2008   LR2   December-13   December-14   15,700  
29 Pink Stars   2010   LR2   April-13   April-14   16,125  
30 Four Sky   2010   LR2   September-13   September-14   16,250  
31 Orange Stars   2011   LR2   April-13   April-14   16,125  
                         
Time Charters That Expired In 2013        
1 Endeavour   2004   MR   July-12   February-13   11,525  
2 Pacific Duchess   2009   MR   March-12   March-13   13,800  
3 Valle Bianca   2007   MR   August-12   March-13   12,000  

 

 

F- 42
 

 

(1) Represents delivery date or estimated delivery date.  
(2) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $14,000 per day.
(3) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $13,650 per day.  
(4) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $13,650 per day.  The agreement also contains a 50% profit and loss sharing provision whereby we split all of the vessel’s profits and losses above or below the daily base rate with the vessel’s owner.  
(5) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $13,500 per day.
(6) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $13,250 per day.  
(7) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $13,550 per day.
(8) We have options to extend each charter for an additional year at $13,550 per day.
(9) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $15,150 per day.
(10) We have options to extend the charter for up to three consecutive one year periods at $14,850 per day, $15,200 per day and $16,200 per day, respectively.  
(11) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $15,000 per day.
(12) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $15,700 per day.
(13) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $16,000 per day.
(14) The daily base rate represents the average rate for the three year duration of the agreement.  The rate for the first year is $15,750 per day, the rate for the second year is $16,250 per day, and the rate for the third year is $16,750 per day. We have options to extend the charter for up to two consecutive one year periods at $17,500 per day and $18,000 per day, respectively.  
(15) In October 2013, we declared an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $14,500 per day effective January 2014.
(16) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $12,500 per day.  We have also entered into an agreement with the vessel owner whereby we split all of the vessel’s profits above the daily base rate.
(17) We have an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $15,000 per day.
(18) In December 2013, we declared an option to extend the charter for an additional six months at $14,250 per day effective February 2014.
(19) We entered into a new charter agreement for an additional two years at $14,525 per day effective October 2013.
(20) We have options to extend the charter for two consecutive six month periods at $15,250 per day and $15,500 per day, respectively.
(21) In December 2013, we declared an option to extend the charter for an additional six months at $15,250 per day effective January 2014.  We have an option to extend the charter for six month periods at $15,500 per day.
(22) We have an option to extend the charter for one year at $17,550 per day.
(23) We have options to extend the charter for two consecutive six month periods at $16,500 per day and $16,750 per day, respectively.

 

The undiscounted remaining future minimum lease payments under these arrangements as of December 31, 2013 are $114.0 million. The obligations under these agreements will be repaid as follows:

 

    As of December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars   2013   2012
Less than 1 year   $ 96,103     $ 62,612  
1 - 5 years     17,854       23,771  
Total   $ 113,957     $ 86,383  

 

The total expense recognized under charterhire agreements during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $115.5 million, $43.7 million and $22.8 million, respectively.

16. General and administrative expenses

 

General and administrative expenses primarily represent employee benefit expenses, professional fees and administration/commercial management fees (see note 13).

 

Employee benefit expenses consist of:

 

    For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of US dollars   2013   2012   2011
Short term employee benefits (salaries)   $ 6,673     $ 4,066     $ 3,796  
Share based compensation (see note 12)     13,142       3,490       3,362  
    $ 19,815     $ 7,556     $ 7,158  

 

F- 43
 

 

17. Financial expenses

 

Financial expenses comprise:

 

    For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of US dollars   2013   2012   2011
Commitment fees on undrawn portions of bank loans   $ 1,391     $ 998     $ 1,123  
Interest payable on bank loans (2)     982       3,421       4,951  
Amortization of deferred financing fees     332       4,093 (1)     986  
Total financial expenses   $ 2,705     $ 8,512     $ 7,060  

 

(1) The amortization of deferred financing fees in the year ended December 31, 2012 includes a $3.0 million charge arising from the amendment of the 2011 Credit Facility to extend its availability period from May 2013 to January 2014 (see note 9).

(2) The decrease in interest payable from the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily driven by an increase in interest capitalized during the year ended December 31, 2013 which was the result of the significant growth in our Newbuilding Program.

 

F- 44
 

 

18. Tax

 

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and in accordance with the income tax laws of the Marshall Islands, are not subject to Marshall Islands’ income tax. We are also exempt from income tax in other jurisdictions including the United States of America due to tax treaties; therefore, we did not have any tax charges, benefits, or balances as of or for the periods ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

19. Earnings / loss per share

 

The calculation of both basic and diluted earnings/loss per share is based on net income/loss attributable to equity holders of the parent and weighted average outstanding shares of:

 

    For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of US dollars except for share data   2013   2012   2011
Net income / (loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent   $ 17,015     $ (26,537 )   $ (82,727 )
Basic  weighted average number of shares     146,504,055       41,413,339       28,704,876  
Effect of dilutive potential basic shares:                        
Restricted stock     1,835,323       —         —    
                         
Diluted weighted average number of shares     148,339,378       41,413,339       28,704,876  

 

The dilutive effect of 1,835,323 shares of restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2013 is related to 9,653,970 unvested restricted shares. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we incurred a loss, and as a result, the inclusion of potentially dilutive shares in the diluted loss per share calculation would have an antidilutive effect on the loss per share for the period. Therefore, all restricted shares (1,036,791 and 849,458 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively) have been excluded from the diluted loss per share calculation for these periods.

20. Financial instruments

 

Funding and capital risk management

 

We manage our funding and capital resources to ensure our ability to continue as a going concern while maximizing the return to the shareholder through optimization of the debt and equity balance.

 

F- 45
 

Categories of financial instruments

 

    As of December 31
Amounts in thousands of US dollars   2013   2012
Financial assets                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 78,845     $ 87,165  
Loans and receivables     72,542       36,797  
Derivatives at fair value through profit or loss     —         26  
               
Financial liabilities                
Derivatives designated in a cash flow hedge     212       329  
Derivatives at fair value through profit or loss     665       1,257  
Other liabilities (at amortized cost)     195,076       156,903  

 

Derivative financial instruments in 2013 and 2012 consisted of (i) interest rate swaps, recorded at the present value of future cash flows estimated and discounted based on the applicable yield curves derived from quoted interest rates to determine the fair value, and (ii) profit or loss sharing agreements on time charter-in agreements with third parties, where the fair value of these instruments is determined by comparing published time charter rates to the charterhire rate and discounting those cash flows to their estimated present value.

 

Derivative financial instrument in 2011 solely comprised of interest rate swaps, recorded at the present value of future cash flows estimated and discounted based on the applicable yield curves derived from quoted interest rates to determine the fair value.

 

IFRS 13 requires classifications of fair value measures into Levels 1, 2 and 3. Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). In accordance with IFRS 13, the fair value measurement for the interest rate swaps and profit or loss sharing agreements in 2013, 2012 and 2011 were classified as Level 2.

 

The fair value of other financial assets and liabilities are approximately equal to their carrying values.

 

Financial risk management objectives

 

We identify and evaluate significant risks on an ongoing basis with the objective of managing the sensitivity of our results and financial position to those risks. These risks include market risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and foreign exchange risk.

 

The use of financial derivatives is governed by our policies as approved by the board of directors.

 

Market risk

 

Our activities expose us to the financial risks of changes in interest rates.

 

In the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, we were party to interest rate swaps to mitigate the risk of rising interest rates. In August 2011, we entered into six interest rate swap agreements to manage interest costs and the risk associated with changing interest rates on our 2011 Credit Facility and 2010 Revolving Credit Facility with three different banks.

 

Details of the amounts recorded in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and statement of other comprehensive income in respect of such instruments are provided in Note 10.

 

Sensitivity analysis - Interest rate risk

 

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for non-derivative instruments at the balance sheet date. For floating rate liabilities, the analysis is prepared assuming the amount of liability outstanding at balance sheet date was outstanding for the whole year.

 

F- 46
 

If interest rates had been 1% higher/lower and all other variables were held constant, our net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 would have decreased/increased by $0.2 million. This is mainly attributable to our exposure to interest rate movements on our 2011 Credit Facility, STI Spirit Credit Facility and Newbuilding Credit Facility.

 

If interest rates had been 1% higher/lower and all other variables were held constant, our net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 would have decreased/increased by $1.6 million. This is mainly attributable to our exposure to interest rate movements on our 2010 Revolving Credit Facility, 2011 Credit Facility, STI Spirit Credit Facility and Newbuilding Credit Facility.

 

If interest rates had been 1% higher/lower and all other variables were held constant, our net income for the year ended December 31, 2011 would have decreased/increased by $1.6 million. This is mainly attributable to our exposure to interest rate movements on our 2010 Revolving Credit Facility, 2011 Credit Facility and STI Spirit Credit Facility.

 

Credit risk

 

Credit risk is the potential exposure of loss in the event of non-performance by customers and derivative instrument counterparties.

 

We only place cash deposits with major banks covered with strong and acceptable credit ratings.

 

Accounts receivable are generally not collateralized; however, we believe that the credit risk is partially offset by the creditworthiness of our counterparties including the commercial and technical managers. We did not experience material credit losses on our accounts receivables portfolio in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

 

The carrying amount of financial assets recognized in the consolidated financial statements represents the maximum exposure to credit risk without taking account of the value of any collateral obtained. We did not experience any impairment losses on financial assets in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

 

We monitor exposure to credit risk, and believe that there is no substantial credit risk arising from counterparties.

 

Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that an entity will encounter difficulty in raising funds to meet commitments associated with financial instruments.

 

We manage liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves and borrowing facilities and by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows.

 

Current economic conditions make forecasting difficult, and there is the possibility that our actual trading performance during the coming year may be materially different from expectations. Based on internal forecasts and projections that take into account reasonably possible changes in our trading performance, we believe that we have adequate financial resources to continue in operation and meet our financial commitments (including but not limited to newbuilding installments, debt service obligations and charterhire commitments) for a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of these consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, we continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing our financial statements.

 

Remaining contractual maturity on secured bank loans (Note 9)

 

The following table details our remaining contractual maturity for our secured bank loans. The amounts represent the future undiscounted cash flows of the financial liability based on the earliest date on which we can be required to pay. The table includes both interest and principal cash flows and takes into consideration the amount fixed via the interest rate swap discussed above.

 

As the interest cash flows are not fixed, the interest amount included has been determined by reference to the projected interest rates as illustrated by the yield curves existing at the reporting date.

 

F- 47
 

To be repaid as follows:

 

    As of December 31,
Amounts in thousands of US dollars   2013   2012
Less than 1 month   $ —       $ —    
1-3 months     5,137       3,228  
3 months to 1 year     15,309       10,042  
1-5 years     124,919       78,804  
5+ years     55,135       80,404  
Total   $ 200,500     $ 172,478  

 

The following table details our remaining contractual maturity for our interest rate swaps. The amounts represent the future undiscounted cash flows of the financial liability based on the earliest date on which we can be required to pay.

 

    As of December 31
Amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars   2013   2012
Less than 1 month   $ —       $ —    
1 - 3 months     207       160  
3 months to 1 year     484       475  
1 - 5 years     190       748  
Total   $ 881     $ 1,383  

 

All other current liabilities fall due within less than one month.

 

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

 

Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market. This market utilizes the U.S. Dollar as its functional currency. Consequently, virtually all of our revenues and the majority of our operating expenses are in U.S. Dollars. However, we incur some of our combined expenses in other currencies, particularly the Euro. The amount and frequency of some of these expenses (such as vessel repairs, supplies and stores) may fluctuate from period to period. Depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies will increase the U.S. dollar cost of us paying such expenses. The portion of our business conducted in other currencies could increase in the future, which could expand our exposure to losses arising from currency fluctuations.

 

There is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on our cash flows. We have not entered into any hedging contracts to protect against currency fluctuations. However, we have some ability to shift the purchase of goods and services from one country to another and, thus, from one currency to another, on relatively short notice. We may seek to hedge this currency fluctuation risk in the future.

 

F- 48
 

 

21. Replacement of Auditor

 

In April 2013, the Board, upon recommendation from our audit committee, appointed PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit as our independent auditor for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, replacing Deloitte LLP.

 

22. Subsequent events

 

Delivery of Newbuilding Vessels

 

In January 2014, we took delivery of two vessels under our Newbuilding program, STI Duchessa and STI Opera . After delivery, each vessel began a short term time charter for up to 120 days at approximately $19,000 per day.

 

In March 2014, we took delivery of an MR tanker under our Newbuilding program, STI Texas City . After delivery, this vessel began a time charter for two years at $16,000 per day. This time charter includes a profit sharing mechanism whereby earnings in excess of the base time charter rate will be split between the Company and charterer, Valero.

 

2010 Revolving Credit Facility

 

In January 2014, we drew down $72.4 million from the 2010 Revolving Credit Facility. In March 2014, we paid $22.7 million into this facility as a result of the sales of Noemi and Senatore which are discussed further below.

 

2011 Credit Facility

 

In January 2014, we drew down $52.0 million from the 2011 Credit Facility. In connection with this draw down, STI Duchessa, STI Le Rocher and STI Larvotto were provided as collateral under the facility.

 

2013 Credit Facility

 

In February 2014, we drew down $64.2 million from the 2013 Credit Facility. In connection with this draw down, STI Opera, STI Fontvieille and STI Ville were provided as collateral under the facility.

 

In March 2014, we drew down $20.5 million from the 2013 Credit Facility to partially finance the delivery of STI Texas City .

 

K-Sure Credit Facility  

 

In February 2014, we entered into a $458.3 million senior secured term loan facility which consists of a $358.3 million tranche with a group of financial institutions that is being 95% covered by Korea Trade Insurance Corporation (the ‘K-Sure Tranche’) and a $100.0 million commercial tranche with a group of financial institutions led by DNB Bank SA (the “Commercial Tranche”). We refer to this credit facility as our K-Sure Credit Facility.

 

Drawdowns under the K-Sure Credit Facility may occur in connection with the delivery of certain of our newbuilding vessels as specified in the agreement. The amount of each drawdown shall not exceed the lesser of 60% of the newbuilding contract price and 74% of the fair market value of the relevant vessel. Drawdowns are available until the earlier of (i) the delivery date of the last vessel specified in the agreement to be acquired, (ii) September 30, 2015 and (iii) the date on which the total commitments under the loan are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated.

 

Repayments will be made in equal consecutive six month repayment installments in accordance with a 15 year repayment profile under the Commercial Tranche and a 12 year repayment profile under the K-Sure Tranche. Repayments will commence in July 2015 for the K-Sure Tranche and six months after the delivery of the last vessel to be acquired for the Commercial Tranche. The Commercial Tranche matures on the sixth anniversary of the delivery date of the last vessel to be acquired and the K-Sure Tranche matures in January 2027 assuming the Commercial Tranche is refinanced through that date.

 

Borrowings under the K-Sure tranche bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 2.25%. Borrowings under the Commercial Tranche bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.25% from the effective date of the agreement to the fifth anniversary thereof and 3.75% thereafter until the maturity date in respect of the Commercial Tranche. A commitment fee equal to 40% of the applicable margin is payable on the unused daily portion of the credit facility.

 

In addition to restrictions imposed upon the owners of the vessels that are collateralized under this credit facility (such as, limitations on liens and limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness), our K-Sure Credit Facility includes financial covenants that require us to maintain:

 

· The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.

 

F- 49
 

 

· Consolidated tangible net worth no less than $677.3 million plus (i) 25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after October 1, 2013 and (ii) 50% of the value of any new equity issues occurring on or after October 1, 2013.

 

· The ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense greater than 2.50 to 1.00 calculated on a trailing four quarter basis.

 

· Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or 5% of total indebtedness.

 

· The aggregate fair market value of the vessels provided as collateral under the facility shall at all times be no less than 135% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of loans under the credit facility.

 

KEXIM Credit Facility  

 

In February 2014, we executed a senior secured term loan facility with a group of financial institutions led by DNB Bank ASA and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) and from the Export-Import Bank of Korea (“KEXIM”) for a total loan facility of $429.6 million. This facility includes commitments from KEXIM of up to $300.6 million (the “KEXIM Tranche”) and a group of financial institutions led by DNB Bank ASA and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) of up to $129.0 million (the “Commercial Tranche”).We refer to this credit facility as our KEXIM Credit Facility.

 

Drawdowns under the KEXIM Credit Facility may occur in connection with the delivery of 18 of our newbuilding vessels as specified in the loan agreement. The amount of each drawdown shall not exceed the lesser of 60% of the newbuilding contract price and 74% of the fair market value of the relevant vessel. Drawdowns are available until the earlier of (i) the delivery date of the last vessel specified in the agreement to be acquired, (ii) March 31, 2015 and (iii) the date on which the total commitments under the loan are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated.

 

Repayments will be made in equal consecutive semi-annual repayment installments in accordance with a 15 year repayment profile under the Commercial Tranche and a 12 year repayment profile under the KEXIM Tranche. Repayments will commence on the next semi-annual date falling after the weighted average delivery date of the vessels specified under the facility for the KEXIM Tranche and on the next semi-annual date falling after the final delivery date of the vessels specified under the facility for the Commercial Tranche.

 

The Commercial Tranche matures on the sixth anniversary of the delivery date of the last vessel specified under the loan and the KEXIM Tranche matures on the twelfth anniversary of the weighted average delivery date of the vessels specified under the loan assuming the Commercial Tranche is refinanced through that date.

 

Borrowings under the KEXIM tranche bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.25%. Borrowings under the Commercial Tranche bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.25% from the effective date of the agreement to the fifth anniversary thereof and 3.75% thereafter until the maturity date in respect of the Commercial Tranche. A commitment fee equal to 40% of the applicable margin is payable on the unused daily portion of the credit facility.

 

In addition to restrictions imposed upon the owners of the vessels that are collateralized under this credit facility (such as, limitations on liens and limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness), our KEXIM Credit Facility includes financial covenants that require us to maintain:

 

· The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.

 

· Consolidated tangible net worth no less than $677.3 million plus (i) 25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after October 1, 2013 and (ii) 50% of the value of any new equity issues occurring on or after October 1, 2013.

 

· The ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense greater than 2.50 to 1.00 calculated on a trailing four quarter basis.

 

· Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or 5% of total indebtedness.

 

· The aggregate fair market value of the vessels provided as collateral under the facility shall at all times be no less than 135% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of loans under the credit facility.

 

F- 50
 

In addition to KEXIM’s commitment of up to $300.6 million, KEXIM has also provided an optional guarantee for a five year amortizing note of $125.3 million (the “KEXIM Guaranteed Note”) that may be issued by us at our discretion in 2014; the proceeds of which will be used to reduce the $300.6 million KEXIM Tranche.

 

Time Chartered-in Vessels

 

In February 2014, we entered into a new time charter-in agreement on an LR2 vessel that is currently time chartered-in. The new agreement is for six months at $16,500 per day and commenced upon the expiration of the existing charter in February 2014.

 

In February 2014, we entered into a new time charter-in agreement on an LR2 vessel. The agreement is for one year at $15,000 per day. We have the option to extend the charter for an additional six months at $16,250 per day. We took delivery of this vessel in March 2014.

 

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 

In February 2014, we issued 2,011,000 shares of restricted stock to our employees and 145,045 shares to our directors for no cash consideration. The weighted average share price on the issuance date was $9.30 per share. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock to our employees is (i) one-third of the shares vest on February 21, 2017, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on February 21, 2018, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on February 21, 2019. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock to our directors is (i) one-third of the shares vest on February 21, 2015, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on February 21, 2016, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on February 21, 2017. Compensation expense is recognized ratably over the vesting periods for each tranche using the straight-line method.

 

Assuming that all the restricted stock will vest, the stock compensation expense relating to these and prior issuances under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan in future periods will be:

 

In thousands of U.S. dollars   Employees   Directors   Total
For the year ending December 31, 2014   $ 25,536     $ 3,562     $ 29,098  
For the year ending December 31, 2015     25,577       1,436       27,013  
For the year ending December 31, 2016     20,797       259       21,056  
For the year ending December 31, 2017     11,367       21       11,388  
For the year ending December 31, 2018     3,904       —         3,904  
For the year ending December 31, 2019     177       —         177  
    $ 87,358     $ 5,278     $ 92,636  

 

In March 2014, we amended the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan to clarify that the plan administrator has the ability to redeem restricted stock for fair market value (as defined in the plan) at the vesting date at its discretion.

 

Dividend Declaration

 

In February 2014, the board of directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.08 per share, which was paid on March 26, 2014 to all shareholders of record as of March 11, 2014.

 

Vessel Sales

 

In January 2014, we agreed to sell Noemi and Senatore for an aggregate selling price of $44.0 million. Noemi was sold in March 2014 and Senatore is expected to close in April 2014. As part of these sales, we repaid $22.7 million into our 2010 Revolving Credit Facility. The availability of this facility is reduced by such amount and the quarterly reduction is reduced to $2.1 million from $3.1 million per quarter. We will also write-off a total of $0.2 million of deferred financing fees as part of these debt repayments.

 

F- 51
 

In February 2014, we agreed to sell the 2008 built LR2 product tanker, STI Spirit , for approximately $30.2 million. As part of this sale, we will repay all amounts due under the STI Spirit Credit Facility of $21.4 million. This sale is expected to close in April 2014.

 

Newbuilding Credit Facility 

 

In March 2014, we amended and restated our Newbuilding Credit Facility with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB, to convert it from a term loan to a reducing revolving credit facility. This gives us the ability to pay down and re-borrow from the total available commitments under the loan. All other terms and definitions remain not changed. This facility was fully drawn as of the date of this report.

 

Sale of VLCCs under construction

 

In March 2014, we entered into an agreement to sell our seven VLCCs under construction for cash. As part of these sales, we expect to record a gain on disposal of approximately $50.0 million in the first quarter of 2014.

 

Subsequent to this transaction, we have 55 newbuilding product tanker orders with HMD, SPP, HSHI and DSME (29 MRs, 14 Handymaxes and 12 LR2s). The estimated future payment dates and amounts are as follows*:

 

Q1 2014       190.9       million**  
Q2 2014       367.6       million  
Q3 2014       422.0       million  
Q4 2014       292.1       million  
Q1 2015       167.5       million  
Q2 2015       168.2       million  
Total     $ 1,608.3       million  

 

*These are estimates only and are subject to change as construction progresses.

 

**All first quarter 2014 installment payments have been paid as of the date of this report.

 

F- 52
 

 

 

SCORPIO TANKERS INC.

 

 

 

 

scorpio tankers inc.
Amended and restated 2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE I.
General

1.1.         Purpose

The Scorpio Tankers Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is designed to provide certain Key Persons (as defined below), whose initiative and efforts are deemed to be important to the successful conduct of the business of Scorpio Tankers Inc. (the “Company”), with incentives to (a) enter into and remain in the service of the Company or its Affiliates (as defined below), (b) acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, (c) maximize their performance and (d) enhance the long-term performance of the Company.

1.2.         Administration

(a)                 Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) or such other committee of the Board as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan (the “Administrator”); provided that (i) in the event the Company is subject to Section 16 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), the Administrator shall be composed of two or more directors, each of whom is a “Non-Employee Director” (a “Non-Employee Director”) under Rule 16b-3 (as promulgated and interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the 1934 Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time (“Rule 16b-3”)), and (ii) the Administrator shall be composed solely of two or more directors who are “independent directors” under the rules of any stock exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock (as defined below) is traded; provided further , however , that, (A) the requirement in the preceding clause (i) shall apply only when required to exempt an Award (as defined below) intended to qualify for an exemption under the applicable provisions referenced therein, (B) the requirement in the preceding clause (ii) shall apply only when required pursuant to the applicable rules of the applicable stock exchange and (C) if at any time the Administrator is not so composed as required by the preceding provisions of this sentence, that fact will not invalidate any grant made, or action taken, by the Administrator hereunder that otherwise satisfies the terms of the Plan. Subject to the terms of the Plan, applicable law and the applicable rules and regulations of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed for trading, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Administrator by the Plan, the Administrator shall have the full power and authority to: (1) designate the Key Persons to receive Awards under the Plan; (2) determine the types of Awards granted to a participant under the Plan; (3) determine the number of shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated with respect to, Awards; (4) determine the terms and conditions of any Awards; (5) determine whether, and to what extent, and under what circumstances, Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, or cancelled, forfeited or suspended, and the methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, cancelled, forfeited or suspended; (6) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, shares, other securities, other Awards, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred, either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or the Administrator; (7) construe, interpret and implement the Plan and any Award Agreement (as defined below); (8) prescribe, amend, rescind or waive rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules governing its operation, and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (9)  correct any defect, supply any omission and reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement; and (10) make any other determination and take any other action that the Administrator deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Administrator, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all Persons (as defined below).

1
 

(b)                General Right of Delegation . Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, the applicable rules of a stock exchange or any charter, by-laws or other agreement governing the Administrator, the Administrator may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities to any Person or Persons selected by it; provided , however , that in no event shall an officer of the Company be delegated the authority to grant Awards to, or amend Awards held by, the following individuals: (i) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, to the extent applicable, or (ii) officers of the Company to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder or directors of the Company; provided , further , that any delegation of administrative authority shall only be permitted to the extent it is permissible under applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, Rule 16b-3, to the extent applicable) and the rules of any applicable stock exchange. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Administrator specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Administrator may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 1.2(b) shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Administrator.

(c)                 Indemnification . No member of the Board, the Administrator or any officer or employee of the Company or an Affiliate or any of their agents (each such Person, a "Covered Person") shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder. Each Covered Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability or expense (including attorneys' fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Covered Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Covered Person may be a party or in which such Covered Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Plan or any Award Agreement and (ii) any and all amounts paid by such Covered Person, with the Company's approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Covered Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Covered Person; provided that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company's choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to a Covered Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Covered Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Covered Person's bad faith, fraud or willful criminal act or omission or that such right of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by law or by the Company's articles of incorporation or bylaws (in each case, as amended and/or restated). The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Covered Persons may be entitled under the Company's articles of incorporation or bylaws (in each case, as amended and/or restated), as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Persons or hold them harmless.

2
 

(d)                Delegation of Authority to Senior Officers . The Administrator may, in accordance with and subject to the terms of Section 1.2(b), delegate, on such terms and conditions as it determines, to one or more senior officers of the Company the authority to make grants of Awards to Key Persons who are employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as defined below) (including any such prospective employee) or consultants or service providers to (including Persons who are employed by or provide services to any entity that is itself a consultant or service provider to) the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(e)                 Awards to Non-Employee Directors . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards to Non-Employee Directors or administer the Plan with respect to such Awards. In any such case, the Board shall have all the authority and responsibility granted to the Administrator herein with respect to such Awards.

1.3.         Persons Eligible for Awards

The Persons eligible to receive Awards under the Plan are those directors, officers and employees (including any prospective officer or employee) of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and consultants and service providers to (including Persons who are employed by or provide services to any entity that is itself a consultant or service provider to) the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (collectively, “Key Persons”) as the Administrator shall select.

1.4.         Types of Awards

Awards may be made under the Plan in the form of (a)  stock options, (b) stock appreciation rights, (c) restricted stock, (d) restricted stock units, (e) dividend equivalents, (f) unrestricted stock and (g) other equity-based or equity-related Awards, all as more fully set forth in the Plan. The term “Award” means any of the foregoing that are granted under the Plan.

1.5.         Shares Available for Awards; Adjustments for Changes in Capitalization

(a)                 Maximum Number . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 1.5(c), the aggregate number of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 (“Common Stock”), with respect to which Awards may at any time be granted under the Plan shall be 11,376,044. The following shares of Common Stock shall again become available for Awards under the Plan: (i) any shares that are subject to an Award under the Plan and that remain unissued upon the cancellation or termination of such Award for any reason whatsoever; (ii) any shares of restricted stock forfeited pursuant to the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement; provided that any dividend equivalent rights with respect to such shares that have not theretofore been directly remitted to the grantee are also forfeited; and (iii) any shares in respect of which an Award is settled for cash without the delivery of shares to the grantee. Any shares tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any Award shall again become available to be delivered pursuant to Awards under the Plan.

3
 

(b)                Source of Shares . Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be authorized but unissued Common Stock or treasury shares. The Administrator may direct that any stock certificate evidencing shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall bear a legend setting forth such restrictions on transferability as may apply to such shares.

(c)                 Adjustments . (i)  In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Company shares, other securities or other property), stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination, repurchase or exchange of Company shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Company shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event, other than an Equity Restructuring (as defined below), affects the Company shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Administrator to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to an Award, then the Administrator shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of the number of shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan.

                                                                                       (ii)                         The Administrator is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including the events described in Section 1.5(c)(i) or the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined below), other than an Equity Restructuring) affecting the Company, any Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or of changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange, accounting principles or law, whenever the Administrator determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to an Award, including providing for (A) adjustment to (1) the number of shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate and (2) the Exercise Price (as defined below) with respect to any Award and (B) a substitution or assumption of Awards, accelerating the exercisability or vesting of, or lapse of restrictions on, Awards, or accelerating the termination of Awards by providing for a period of time for exercise prior to the occurrence of such event, or, if deemed appropriate or desirable, providing for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award in consideration for the cancellation of such Award (it being understood that, in such event, any option or stock appreciation right having a per share Exercise Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of a share subject to such option or stock appreciation right may be cancelled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor); provided , however , that with respect to options and stock appreciation rights, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, such adjustment shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 424(h) of the Code (as defined below).

4
 

                                                                                     (iii)                         In the event of (A) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (B) a sale of all or substantially all the Company’s assets or (C) a merger, reorganization or consolidation involving the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, the Administrator shall have the power to:

(1)  provide that outstanding options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units (including any related dividend equivalent right) and/or other Awards granted under the Plan shall either continue in effect, be assumed or an equivalent award shall be substituted therefor by the successor corporation or a parent corporation or subsidiary corporation;

(2)  cancel, effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units (including each dividend equivalent right related thereto) and/or other Awards granted under the Plan outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable) and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the holder of such Award a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Administrator) of the shares subject to such Award (or the value of such Award, as determined by the Administrator, if not based on the Fair Market Value of shares) over the aggregate Exercise Price of such Award (or the grant price of such Award, if any, if applicable)(it being understood that, in such event, any option or stock appreciation right having a per share Exercise Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value of a share subject to such option or stock appreciation right may be cancelled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor); or

(3)  notify the holder of an option or stock appreciation right in writing or electronically that each option and stock appreciation right shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of 30 days from the date of such notice, or such shorter period as the Administrator may determine to be reasonable, and the option or stock appreciation right shall terminate upon the expiration of such period (which period shall expire no later than immediately prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction).

                                                                                     (iv)                         In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1.5(c):

(A)              The number and type of securities or other property subject to each outstanding Award and the Exercise Price or grant price thereof, if applicable, shall be equitably adjusted; and

(B)               The Administrator shall make such equitable adjustments, if any, as the Administrator may deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustment of the limitation set forth in Section 1.5(a)). The adjustments provided under this Section 1.5(c)(iv) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected participant and the Company.

 

5
 

1.6.         Definitions of Certain Terms

(a)                 “Affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, controls or is under common control with, the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Administrator.

(b)                Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, in connection with a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship or a dismissal from Board membership, for purposes of the Plan, the term “for Cause” shall be defined as follows:

                                                                 (i)             if there is an employment, severance, consulting, service, change in control or other agreement governing the relationship between the grantee, on the one hand, and the Company or an Affiliate, on the other hand, that contains a definition of “cause” (or similar phrase), for purposes of the Plan, the term “for Cause” shall mean those acts or omissions that would constitute “cause” under such agreement; or

                                                               (ii)             if the preceding clause (i) is not applicable to the grantee, for purposes of the Plan, the term "for Cause" shall mean any of the following:

(A) any failure by the grantee substantially to perform the grantee’s employment or consulting/service or Board membership duties;

(B)                                             any excessive unauthorized absenteeism by the grantee;

(C)                                             any refusal by the grantee to obey the lawful orders of the Board or any other Person to whom the grantee reports;

(D)                                            any act or omission by the grantee that is or may be injurious to the Company or any Affiliate, whether monetarily, reputationally or otherwise;

(E)                                             any act by the grantee that is inconsistent with the best interests of the Company or any Affiliate;

(F)                                              the grantee’s gross negligence that is injurious to the Company or any Affiliate, whether monetarily, reputationally or otherwise;

(G)                                            the grantee’s material violation of any of the policies of the Company or any Affiliate, as applicable, including, without limitation, those policies relating to discrimination or sexual harassment;

(H)                                            the grantee’s material breach of his or her employment or service contract with the Company or any Affiliate;

(I)                                               the grantee’s unauthorized (1) removal from the premises of the Company or any Affiliate of any document (in any medium or form) relating to the Company or any Affiliate or the customers or clients of the Company or any Affiliate or (2) disclosure to any Person of any of the Company’s, or any Affiliate’s, confidential or proprietary information;

6
 

(J)                                               the grantee’s being convicted of, or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime that constitutes a felony or involves moral turpitude; and

(K)                                            the grantee’s commission of any act involving dishonesty or fraud.

Any rights the Company or any Affiliate may have under the Plan in respect of the events giving rise to a termination or dismissal “for Cause” shall be in addition to any other rights the Company or any Affiliate may have under any other agreement with a grantee or at law or in equity. Any determination of whether a grantee’s employment or consultancy/service relationship is (or is deemed to have been) terminated “for Cause” shall be made by the Administrator. If, subsequent to a grantee’s voluntary termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship or involuntary termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship without Cause, it is discovered that the grantee’s employment or consultancy/service relationship could have been terminated “for Cause”, the Administrator may deem such grantee’s employment or consultancy/service relationship to have been terminated “for Cause” upon such discovery and determination by the Administrator.

(c)                 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d)                Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, “Disability” shall mean the grantee’s being unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or the grantee’s, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the grantee’s employer. The existence of a Disability shall be determined by the Administrator.

(e)                 “Equity Restructuring” shall mean a non-reciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) or the share price thereof and causes a change in the per share value of the shares underlying outstanding Awards.

(f)                 “Exercise Price” shall mean (i) in the case of options, the price specified in the applicable Award Agreement as the price-per-share at which such share can be purchased pursuant to the option or (ii) in the case of stock appreciation rights, the price specified in the applicable Award Agreement as the reference price-per-share used to calculate the amount payable to the grantee.

(g)                The “Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock on any day shall be the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange, or such other primary stock exchange upon which such shares are then listed, as reported for such day in The Wall Street Journal (or, if not reported in The Wall Street Journal, such other reliable source as the Administrator may determine), or, if no such price is reported for such day, the average of the high bid and low asked price of Common Stock as reported for such day. If no quotation is made for the applicable day, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on such day shall be determined in the manner set forth in the preceding sentence for the next preceding trading day. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is no reported closing price or high bid/low asked price that satisfies the preceding sentences, or if otherwise deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on any day shall be determined by such methods and procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Administrator. The “Fair Market Value” of any property other than Common Stock shall be the fair market value of such property determined by such methods and procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Administrator.

7
 

(h)                "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, governmental body or other entity of any kind.

(i)                  “Repricing” shall mean (i) lowering the Exercise Price of an option or a stock appreciation right after it has been granted, (ii) the cancellation of an option or a stock appreciation right in exchange for cash or another Award when the Exercise Price exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying shares subject to the Award and (iii) any other action with respect to an option or a stock appreciation right that is treated as a repricing under (A) generally accepted accounting principles or (B) any applicable stock exchange rules.

(j)                  “Subsidiary” shall mean any entity in which the Company, directly or indirectly, has a 50% or more equity interest.

ARTICLE II.
Awards Under The Plan

2.1.         Agreements Evidencing Awards

Each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written certificate (“Award Agreement”), which shall contain such provisions as the Administrator may deem necessary or desirable and which may, but need not, require execution or acknowledgment by a grantee. The Award shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

2.2.         Grant of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

(a)                 Stock Option Grants . The Administrator may grant stock options (“options”) to purchase shares of Common Stock from the Company to such Key Persons, and in such amounts and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan. No option will be treated as an “incentive stock option” for purposes of the Code. It shall be the intent of the Administrator to not grant an Award in the form of stock options to any Key Person who is then subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code with respect to such Award if the Common Stock underlying such Award does not then qualify as “service recipient stock” for purposes of Section 409A. Furthermore, it shall be the intent of the Administrator, in granting options to Key Persons who are subject to Section 409A and/or 457 of the Code, to structure such options so as to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and/or 457 of the Code, as applicable.

8
 

(b)                Stock Appreciation Right Grants; Types of Stock Appreciation Rights . The Administrator may grant stock appreciation rights to such Key Persons, and in such amounts and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan. The terms of a stock appreciation right may provide that it shall be automatically exercised for a payment upon the happening of a specified event that is outside the control of the grantee and that it shall not be otherwise exercisable. Stock appreciation rights may be granted in connection with all or any part of, or independently of, any option granted under the Plan. It shall be the intent of the Administrator to not grant an Award in the form of stock appreciation rights to any Key Person (i) who is then subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code with respect to such Award if the Common Stock underlying such Award does not then qualify as “service recipient stock” for purposes of Section 409A or (ii) if such Award would create adverse tax consequences for such Key Person under Section 457A of the Code. Furthermore, it shall be the intent of the Administrator, in granting stock appreciation rights to Key Persons who are subject to Section 409A and/or 457 of the Code, to structure such stock appreciation rights so as to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and/or 457 of the Code, to the extent applicable.

(c)                 Nature of Stock Appreciation Rights . The grantee of a stock appreciation right shall have the right, subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, to receive from the Company an amount equal to (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of the stock appreciation right over the Exercise Price of the stock appreciation right, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. Each Award Agreement with respect to a stock appreciation right shall set forth the Exercise Price of such Award and, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Award Agreement, the Exercise Price of a stock appreciation right shall equal the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant; provided that in no event may such Exercise Price be less than the greater of (A) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant and (B) the par value of a share of Common Stock. Payment upon exercise of a stock appreciation right shall be in cash or in shares of Common Stock (valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the stock appreciation right) or any combination of both, all as the Administrator shall determine. Repricing of stock appreciation rights granted under the Plan shall not be permitted (1) to the extent such action could cause adverse tax consequences to the grantee under Sections 409A or 457A of the Code or (2) without prior shareholder approval, to the extent such approval would be required to be obtained by the Company pursuant to the applicable rules of any applicable stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed, and any action that would be deemed to result in a Repricing of a stock appreciation right shall be deemed null and void if it would cause such adverse tax consequences or if any requisite shareholder approval related thereto is not obtained prior to the effective time of such action. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right granted in connection with an option, the number of shares subject to the option shall be reduced by the number of shares with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. Upon the exercise of an option in connection with which a stock appreciation right has been granted, the number of shares subject to the stock appreciation right shall be reduced by the number of shares with respect to which the option is exercised.

9
 

(d)                Option Exercise Price . Each Award Agreement with respect to an option shall set forth the Exercise Price of such Award and, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Award Agreement, the Exercise Price of an option shall equal the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant; provided that in no event may such Exercise Price be less than the greater of (i) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant and (ii) the par value of a share of Common Stock. Repricing of options granted under the Plan shall not be permitted (1) to the extent such action could cause adverse tax consequences to the grantee under Sections 409A or 457A of the Code or (2) without prior shareholder approval, to the extent such approval would be required to be obtained by the Company pursuant to the applicable rules of any applicable stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed, and any action that would be deemed to result in a Repricing of an option shall be deemed null and void if it would cause such adverse tax consequences or if any requisite shareholder approval related thereto is not obtained prior to the effective time of such action.

2.3.         Exercise of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

Subject to the other provisions of this Article II and the Plan, each option and stock appreciation right granted under the Plan shall be exercisable as follows:

(a)                 Timing and Extent of Exercise . Options and stock appreciation rights shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the corresponding Award Agreement, but in no event shall any portion of such Award be exercisable subsequent to the tenth anniversary of the date on which such Award was granted. Unless the applicable Award Agreement otherwise provides, an option or stock appreciation right may be exercised from time to time as to all or part of the shares as to which such Award is then exercisable.

(b)                Notice of Exercise . An option or stock appreciation right shall be exercised by the filing of a written notice with the Company or the Company’s designated exchange agent (the “Exchange Agent”), on such form and in such manner as the Administrator shall prescribe.

(c)                 Payment of Exercise Price . Any written notice of exercise of an option shall be accompanied by payment for the shares being purchased. Such payment shall be made: (i) by certified or official bank check (or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company or its Exchange Agent) for the full option Exercise Price; (ii) with the consent of the Administrator, which consent shall be given or withheld in the sole discretion of the Administrator, by delivery of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the exercise date) equal to all or part of the option Exercise Price and a certified or official bank check (or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company or its Exchange Agent) for any remaining portion of the full option Exercise Price; or (iii) at the sole discretion of the Administrator and to the extent permitted by law, by such other provision, consistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe (whether directly or indirectly through the Exchange Agent), or by any combination of the foregoing payment methods.

10
 

(d)                Delivery of Certificates Upon Exercise . Subject to Sections 3.2, 3.4 and 3.13, promptly after receiving payment of the full option Exercise Price, or after receiving notice of the exercise of a stock appreciation right for which the Administrator determines payment will be made partly or entirely in shares, the Company or its Exchange Agent shall (i) deliver to the grantee, or to such other Person as may then have the right to exercise the Award, a certificate or certificates for the shares of Common Stock for which the Award has been exercised or, in the case of stock appreciation rights, for which the Administrator determines will be made in shares or (ii) establish an account evidencing ownership of the stock in uncertificated form. If the method of payment employed upon an option exercise so requires, and if applicable law permits, an optionee may direct the Company or its Exchange Agent, as the case may be, to deliver the stock certificate(s) to the optionee’s stockbroker.

(e)                 No Stockholder Rights . No grantee of an option or stock appreciation right (or other Person having the right to exercise such Award) shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to shares subject to such Award until the issuance of a stock certificate to such Person for such shares. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.5(c), no adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, securities or other property) for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

2.4.         Termination of Employment/Service; Death Subsequent to a Termination of Employment/Service

(a)                 General Rule . Except to the extent otherwise provided in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) of this Section 2.4 or Section 3.5(b)(iii), a grantee who incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates may exercise any outstanding option or stock appreciation right on the following terms and conditions: (i) exercise may be made only to the extent that the grantee was entitled to exercise the Award on the date of termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship, as applicable; and (ii) exercise must occur within three months after termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship but in no event after the original expiration date of the Award; it being understood that then outstanding options and stock appreciation rights shall not be affected by a change of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates so long as the grantee continues to be a director, officer or employee of, or a consultant or service provider to (or a Person employed by or providing services to any entity that that is itself a consultant or service provider to), the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

(b)                Dismissal “for Cause” . If a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates “for Cause”, all options and stock appreciation rights not theretofore exercised shall immediately terminate upon such termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship.

11
 

(c)                 Retirement . If a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as the result of his or her retirement (as defined below), then any outstanding option or stock appreciation right shall, to the extent exercisable at the time of such retirement, remain exercisable for a period of three years after such retirement; provided that in no event may such option or stock appreciation right be exercised following the original expiration date of the Award. For this purpose, unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, “retirement” shall mean a grantee’s resignation of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, with the Company’s or its applicable Affiliate’s prior consent, on or after (i) his or her 65th birthday, (ii) the date on which he or she has attained age 60 and completed at least five years of service with the Company or one or more of its Affiliates (using any method of calculation the Administrator deems appropriate) or (iii) if approved by the Administrator, on or after his or her having completed at least 20 years of service with the Company or one or more of its Affiliates (using any method of calculation the Administrator deems appropriate).

(d)                Disability . If a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates by reason of a Disability, then any outstanding option or stock appreciation right shall, to the extent exercisable at the time of such termination, remain exercisable for a period of one year after such termination; provided that in no event may such option or stock appreciation right be exercised following the original expiration date of the Award.

(e)                 Death .

                                                                 (i)             Termination of Employment/Service as a Result of Grantee’s Death . If a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as the result of his or her death, then any outstanding option or stock appreciation right shall, to the extent exercisable at the time of such death, remain exercisable for a period of one year after such death; provided that in no event may such option or stock appreciation right be exercised following the original expiration date of the Award.

(ii) Restrictions on Exercise Following Death . Any such exercise of an Award following a grantee’s death shall be made only by the grantee’s executor or administrator or other duly appointed representative reasonably acceptable to the Administrator, unless the grantee’s will specifically disposes of such Award, in which case such exercise shall be made only by the recipient of such specific disposition. If a grantee’s personal representative or the recipient of a specific disposition under the grantee’s will shall be entitled to exercise any Award pursuant to the preceding sentence, such representative or recipient shall be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement which would have applied to the grantee.

(f)                 Administrator Discretion . The Administrator may, in writing, waive or modify the application of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4.

2.5.         Transferability of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan or the applicable Award Agreement evidencing an option or stock appreciation right, during the lifetime of a grantee, each such Award granted to a grantee shall be exercisable only by the grantee, and no such Award may be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Administrator may, in any applicable Award Agreement evidencing an option or stock appreciation right, permit a grantee to transfer all or some of the options or stock appreciation rights to (a) the grantee’s spouse, children or grandchildren (“Immediate Family Members”), (b) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such Immediate Family Members or (c) other parties approved by the Administrator. Following any such transfer, any transferred options and stock appreciation rights shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to the transfer.

12
 

2.6.         Grant of Restricted Stock

(a)                 Restricted Stock Grants . The Administrator may grant restricted shares of Common Stock to such Key Persons, in such amounts and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan, which provisions shall include, without limitation, the right of the Administrator at its sole election and with the prior approval of the grantee, the right to redeem such shares upon vesting at their Fair Market Value on the date of vesting. A grantee of a restricted stock Award shall have no rights with respect to such Award unless such grantee accepts the Award within such period as the Administrator shall specify by accepting delivery of a restricted stock Award Agreement in such form as the Administrator shall determine.

(b)                Issuance of Stock Certificate . Promptly after a grantee accepts a restricted stock Award in accordance with Section 2.6(a), subject to Sections 3.2, 3.4 and 3.13, the Company or its Exchange Agent shall issue to the grantee a stock certificate or stock certificates for the shares of Common Stock covered by the Award or shall establish an account evidencing ownership of the stock in uncertificated form. Upon the issuance of such stock certificates, or establishment of such account, the grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the restricted stock, subject to: (i) the nontransferability restrictions and forfeiture provisions described in the Plan (including paragraphs (d) and (e) of this Section 2.6); (ii) in the Administrator’s sole discretion, a requirement, as set forth in the Award Agreement, that any dividends paid on such shares shall be held in escrow and, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, shall remain forfeitable until all restrictions on such shares have lapsed; and (iii) any other restrictions and conditions contained in the applicable Award Agreement.

(c)                 Custody of Stock Certificate . Unless the Administrator shall otherwise determine, any stock certificates issued evidencing shares of restricted stock shall remain in the possession of the Company (or such other custodian as may be designated by the Administrator) until such shares are free of any restrictions specified in the applicable Award Agreement. The Administrator may direct that such stock certificates bear a legend setting forth the applicable restrictions on transferability.

(d)                Nontransferability . Shares of restricted stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of prior to the lapsing of all restrictions thereon, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan or the applicable Award Agreement. The Administrator at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates (which may depend upon or be related to the attainment of performance goals and other conditions) on which the nontransferability of the restricted stock shall lapse.

13
 

(e)                 Consequence of Termination of Employment/Service . Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, (i) a grantee’s termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for any reason other than death or Disability shall cause the immediate forfeiture of all shares of restricted stock that have not yet vested as of the date of such termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship and (ii) if a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as the result of his or her death or Disability, all shares of restricted stock that have not yet vested as of the date of such termination shall immediately vest as of such date; it being understood that then outstanding restricted stock Awards shall not be affected by a change of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates so long as the grantee continues to be a director, officer or employee of, or a consultant or service provider to (or a Person employed by or providing services to any entity that that is itself a consultant or service provider to), the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, all dividends paid on shares forfeited under this Section 2.6(e) that have not theretofore been directly remitted to the grantee shall also be forfeited, whether by termination of any escrow arrangement under which such dividends are held or otherwise. The Administrator may, in writing, waive or modify the application of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.6(e).

2.7.         Grant of Restricted Stock Units

(a)                 Restricted Stock Unit Grants . The Administrator may grant restricted stock units to such Key Persons, and in such amounts and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan. A restricted stock unit granted under the Plan shall confer upon the grantee a right to receive from the Company, conditioned upon the occurrence of such vesting event as shall be determined by the Administrator and specified in the Award Agreement, the number of such grantee’s restricted stock units that vest upon the occurrence of such vesting event multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of vesting. Payment upon vesting of a restricted stock unit shall be in cash or in shares of Common Stock (valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of vesting) or both, all as the Administrator shall determine, and such payments shall be made to the grantee at such time as provided in the Award Agreement, which the Administrator shall intend to be (i) if Section 409A of the Code is applicable to the grantee, within the period required by Section 409A such that it qualifies as a “short-term deferral” pursuant to Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, unless the Administrator shall provide for deferral of the Award intended to comply with Section 409A, (ii) if Section 457A of the Code is applicable to the grantee, within the period required by Section 457A(d)(3)(B) such that it qualifies for the exemption thereunder, or (iii) if Sections 409A and 457A of the Code are not applicable to the grantee, at such time as determined by the Administrator.

(b)                Dividend Equivalents . The Administrator may include in any Award Agreement with respect to a restricted stock unit a dividend equivalent right entitling the grantee to receive amounts equal to the ordinary dividends that would be paid, during the time such Award is outstanding and unvested, and/or, if payment of the vested Award is deferred, during the period of such deferral following such vesting event, on the shares of Common Stock underlying such Award if such shares were then outstanding. In the event such a provision is included in a Award Agreement, the Administrator shall determine whether such payments shall be (i) paid to the holder of the Award, as specified in the Award Agreement, either (A) at the same time as the underlying dividends are paid, regardless of the fact that the restricted stock unit has not theretofore vested, (B) at the time at which the Award’s vesting event occurs, conditioned upon the occurrence of the vesting event, (C) once the Award has vested, at the same time as the underlying dividends are paid, regardless of the fact that payment of the vested restricted stock unit has been deferred, and/or (D) at the time at which the corresponding vested restricted stock units are paid, (ii) made in cash, shares of Common Stock or other property and (iii) subject to such other vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate and as shall be set forth in the Award Agreement.

14
 

(c)                 Consequence of Termination of Employment/Service . Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, (i) a grantee’s termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for any reason other than death or Disability shall cause the immediate forfeiture of all restricted stock units that have not yet vested as of the date of such termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship and (ii) if a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as the result of his or her death or Disability, all restricted stock units that have not yet vested as of the date of such termination shall immediately vest as of such date; it being understood that then outstanding restricted stock units shall not be affected by a change of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates so long as the grantee continues to be a director, officer or employee of, or a consultant or service provider to (or a Person employed by or providing services to any entity that that is itself a consultant or service provider to), the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any dividend equivalent rights on any restricted stock units forfeited under this Section 2.7(c) that have not theretofore been directly remitted to the grantee shall also be forfeited, whether by termination of any escrow arrangement under which such dividends are held or otherwise. The Administrator may, in writing, waive or modify the application of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.7(c).

(d)                No Stockholder Rights . No grantee of a restricted stock unit shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such Award unless and until a stock certificate is issued with respect to such Award upon the vesting of such Award (it being understood that the Administrator shall determine whether to pay any vested restricted stock unit in the form of cash or Company shares or both), which issuance shall be subject to Sections 3.2, 3.4 and 3.13. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.5(c), no adjustment to any restricted stock unit shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, securities or other property) for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate, if any, is issued.

(e)                 Transferability of Restricted Stock Units . Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan or the applicable Award Agreement evidencing a restricted stock unit, no restricted stock unit granted under the Plan may be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Administrator may, in any applicable Award Agreement evidencing a restricted stock unit, permit a grantee to transfer all or some of the restricted stock units to (i) the grantee’s Immediate Family Members, (ii) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such Immediate Family Members or (iii) other parties approved by the Administrator. Following any such transfer, any transferred restricted stock units shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to the transfer.

15
 

2.8.         Grant of Unrestricted Stock

The Administrator may grant (or sell at a purchase price at least equal to par value) shares of Common Stock free of restrictions under the Plan to such Key Persons and in such amounts and subject to such forfeiture provisions as the Administrator shall determine. Shares may be thus granted or sold in respect of past services or other valid consideration.

2.9. Other Stock-Based Awards

Subject to the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 3.16), the Administrator shall have the sole and complete authority to grant to Key Persons other equity-based or equity-related Awards in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine; provided that any such Awards must comply with applicable law and, to the extent deemed desirable by the Administrator, Rule 16b-3.

2.10. Dividend Equivalents

Subject to the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 3.16), in the discretion of the Administrator, an Award, other than an option or stock appreciation right, may provide the Award recipient with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, on a current or deferred basis, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Administrator, including, without limitation, payment directly to the Award recipient, withholding of such amounts by the Company subject to vesting of the Award, or reinvestment in additional shares, restricted shares or other Awards.

ARTICLE III.
Miscellaneous

3.1.         Amendment of the Plan; Modification of Awards

(a)                 Amendment of the Plan . The Board may from time to time suspend, discontinue, revise or amend the Plan in any respect whatsoever, except that no such amendment shall materially impair any rights or materially increase any obligations under any Award theretofore made under the Plan without the consent of the grantee (or, upon the grantee’s death, the Person having the rights to the Award). For purposes of this Section 3.1, any action of the Board or the Administrator that in any way alters or affects the tax treatment of any Award shall not be considered to materially impair any rights of any grantee.

16
 

(b)                Stockholder Approval Requirement . If required by applicable rules or regulations of a national securities exchange or the SEC, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval with respect to any amendment to the Plan that (i) expands the types of Awards available under the Plan, (ii) materially increases the aggregate number of shares which may be issued under the Plan, except as permitted pursuant to Section 1.5(c), (iii) materially increases the benefits to participants under the Plan, including any material change to (A) permit, or that has the effect of, a Repricing of any outstanding Award, (B) reduce the price at which shares or options to purchase shares may be offered or (C) extend the duration of the Plan, or (iv) materially expands the class of Persons eligible to receive Awards under the Plan.

(c)                 Modification of Awards . The Administrator may cancel any Award under the Plan. The Administrator also may amend any outstanding Award Agreement, including, without limitation, by amendment which would: (i) accelerate the time or times at which the Award becomes unrestricted, vested or may be exercised; (ii) waive or amend any goals, restrictions or conditions set forth in the Award Agreement; or (iii) waive or amend the operation of Sections 2.4, 2.6(e) or 2.7(c) with respect to the termination of the Award upon termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship or dismissal from the Board; provided , however , that no such amendment shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Award. However, any such cancellation or amendment (other than an amendment pursuant to Section 1.5, 3.5 or 3.16) that materially impairs the rights or materially increases the obligations of a grantee under an outstanding Award shall be made only with the consent of the grantee (or, upon the grantee’s death, the Person having the right to exercise the Award). In making any modification to an Award ( e.g. , an amendment resulting in a direct or indirect reduction in the Exercise Price or a waiver or modification under Section 2.4(f), 2.6(e) or 2.7(c)), the Administrator may consider the implications, if any, of such modification under the Code with respect to Sections 409A and 457A of the Code with respect to Awards granted under the Plan to individuals subject to such provisions of the Code.

3.2.         Consent Requirement

(a)                 No Plan Action Without Required Consent . If the Administrator shall at any time determine that any Consent (as defined below) is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of any Award under the Plan, the issuance or purchase of shares or other rights thereunder, or the taking of any other action thereunder (each such action being hereinafter referred to as a “Plan Action”), then such Plan Action shall not be taken, in whole or in part, unless and until such Consent shall have been effected or obtained to the full satisfaction of the Administrator.

(b)                Consent Defined . The term “Consent” as used herein with respect to any Plan Action means (i) any and all listings, registrations or qualifications in respect thereof upon any securities exchange or under any federal, state or local law, rule or regulation, (ii) any and all written agreements and representations by the grantee with respect to the disposition of shares, or with respect to any other matter, which the Administrator shall deem necessary or desirable to comply with the terms of any such listing, registration or qualification or to obtain an exemption from the requirement that any such listing, qualification or registration be made and (iii) any and all consents, clearances and approvals in respect of a Plan Action by any governmental or other regulatory bodies.

17
 

3.3.         Nonassignability

Except as provided in Sections 2.4(e), 2.5, 2.6(d) or 2.7(e), (a) no Award or right granted to any Person under the Plan or under any Award Agreement shall be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and (b) all rights granted under the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be exercisable during the life of the grantee only by the grantee or the grantee’s legal representative or the grantee’s permissible successors or assigns (as authorized and determined by the Administrator). All terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreements will be binding upon any permitted successors or assigns.

3.4.         Taxes

(a)                 Withholding . A grantee or other Award holder under the Plan shall be required to pay, in cash, to the Company, and the Company and its Affiliates shall have the right and are hereby authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to such grantee or other Award holder, the amount of any applicable withholding taxes in respect of an Award, its grant, its exercise, its vesting, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan, and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for payment of such taxes. Whenever shares of Common Stock are to be delivered pursuant to or vest in accordance with the terms of an Award under the Plan, with the approval of the Administrator, which the Administrator shall have sole discretion whether or not to give, the grantee may satisfy the foregoing condition by electing to have the Company withhold from delivery, or to forfeit or tender to the Company, shares having a value equal to the amount of minimum tax required to be withheld. Such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date on which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. Fractional share amounts shall be settled in cash. Such a withholding or forfeiture/tendering election may be made with respect to all or any portion of the shares to be delivered pursuant to, or vesting in accordance with, an Award as may be approved by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(b)                Liability for Taxes . Grantees and holders of Awards are solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may arise in connection with Awards (including, without limitation, any taxes arising under Sections 409A and 457A of the Code) and the Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold any such Person harmless from any or all of such taxes. The Administrator shall have the discretion to organize any deferral program, to require deferral election forms, and to grant or, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award Agreement, to unilaterally modify any Award in a manner that (i) conforms with the requirements of Sections 409A and 457A of the Code (to the extent applicable), (ii) voids any participant election to the extent it would violate Sections 409A or 457A of the Code (to the extent applicable) and (iii) for any distribution event or election that could be expected to violate Section 409A of the Code, make the distribution only upon the earliest of the first to occur of a "permissible distribution event" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code or a distribution event that the participant elects in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. The Administrator shall have the sole discretion to interpret the requirements of the Code, including, without limitation, Sections 409A and 457A, for purposes of the Plan and all Awards.

18
 

3.5.         Change in Control

(a)                 Change in Control Defined . Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, for purposes of the Plan, “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

                                                                 (i)             any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the 1934 Act), company or other entity acquires “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company; provided, however, that no Change in Control shall have occurred in the event of such an acquisition by (A) the Company, (B) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any company or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the holders of the voting stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition;

                                                               (ii)             the sale of all or substantially all the Company’s assets in one or more related transactions to any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the 1934 Act), company or other entity; provided , however , that no Change in Control shall have occurred in the event of such a sale (A) to a Subsidiary which does not involve a material change in the equity holdings of the Company, or (B) to an entity (the “Acquiring Entity”) which has acquired all or substantially all the Company’s assets if, immediately following such sale, 50% or more of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Acquiring Entity (or, if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Acquiring Entity) is beneficially owned by the holders of the voting stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company immediately prior to such sale in substantially the same proportions as the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company immediately prior to such sale;

                                                             (iii)             any merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar event of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided , however , that no Change in Control shall have occurred in the event 50% or more of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the surviving entity (or, if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the surviving entity) is beneficially owned by the holders of the voting stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company immediately prior to such event in substantially the same proportions as the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company immediately prior to such event;

19
 

                                                             (iv)             the approval by the Company’s stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

                                                               (v)             during any period of 12 consecutive calendar months, individuals:

(A) who were directors of the Company on the first day of such period, or
(B) whose election or nomination for election to the Board was recommended or approved by at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were directors of the Company on the first day of such period, or whose election or nomination for election were so approved,

shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, for each Award subject to Section 409A of the Code, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred under this Plan with respect to such Award only if a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company shall also be deemed to have occurred under Section 409A of the Code, provided that such limitation shall apply to such Award only to the extent necessary to avoid adverse tax effects under Section 409A of the Code.

(b)                Effect of a Change in Control . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise in an Award Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control:

                                                                (i)             notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, any Award then outstanding shall become fully vested and any forfeiture provisions thereon imposed pursuant to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement shall lapse and any Award in the form of an option or stock appreciation right shall be immediately exercisable;

                                                               (ii)               to the extent permitted by law and not otherwise limited by the terms of the Plan, the Administrator may amend any Award Agreement in such manner as it deems appropriate;

                                                  (iii)               a grantee who incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship for any reason, other than a termination or dismissal “for Cause”, concurrent with or within one year following the Change in Control may exercise any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, but only to the extent that the grantee was entitled to exercise the Award on the date of his or her termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship, until the earlier of (A) the original expiration date of the Award and (B) the later of (x) the date provided for under the terms of Section 2.4 without reference to this Section 3.5(b)(iii) and (y) the first anniversary of the grantee’s termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship.

(c)                 Miscellaneous . Whenever deemed appropriate by the Administrator, any action referred to in paragraph (b)(ii) of this Section 3.5 may be made conditional upon the consummation of the applicable Change in Control transaction. For purposes of the Plan and any Award Agreement granted hereunder, the term “Company” shall include any successor to Scorpio Tankers Inc.

20
 

3.6.         Operation and Conduct of Business

Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be construed as limiting or preventing the Company or any Affiliate from taking any action with respect to the operation and conduct of their business that they deem appropriate or in their best interests, including any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations, exchanges or other changes in the capital structure of the Company or any Affiliate, any merger or consolidation of the Company or any Affiliate, any issuance of Company shares or other securities or subscription rights, any issuance of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Common Stock or other securities or rights thereof, any dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any Affiliate, any sale or transfer of all or any part of the assets or business of the Company or any Affiliate, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

3.7.         No Rights to Awards

No Key Person or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan.

3.8.         Right of Discharge Reserved

Nothing in the Plan or in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any grantee the right to continue his or her employment with the Company or any Affiliate, his or her consultancy/service relationship with the Company or any Affiliate, or his or her position as a director of the Company or any Affiliate, or affect any right that the Company or any Affiliate may have to terminate such employment or consultancy/service relationship or service as a director.

3.9.         Non-Uniform Determinations

The Administrator’s determinations and the treatment of Key Persons and grantees and their beneficiaries under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made and determined by the Administrator selectively among Persons who receive, or who are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan (whether or not such Persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements, as to (a) the Persons to receive Awards under the Plan, (b) the types of Awards granted under the Plan, (c) the number of shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated with respect to, Awards and (d) the terms and conditions of Awards.

3.10.     Other Payments or Awards

Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed in any way to limit or restrict the Company from making any award or payment to any Person under any other plan, arrangement or understanding, whether now existing or hereafter in effect.

21
 

3.11.     Headings

Any section, subsection, paragraph or other subdivision headings contained herein are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to expand, limit or otherwise define the contents of such subdivisions.

3.12.     Effective Date and Term of Plan

(a)                 Adoption; Stockholder Approval . The Plan was adopted by the Board on April 15, 2013 and amended and restated in March 2014. The Board may, but need not, make the granting of any Awards under the Plan subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders.

(b)                Termination of Plan . The Board may terminate the Plan at any time. All Awards made under the Plan prior to its termination shall remain in effect until such Awards have been satisfied or terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreements. No Awards may be granted under the Plan following the tenth anniversary of the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board.

3.13.     Restriction on Issuance of Stock Pursuant to Awards

The Company shall not permit any shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan unless such shares of Common Stock are fully paid and non-assessable under applicable law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award Agreement, at the time of the exercise of any Award, at the time of vesting of any Award, at the time of payment of shares of Common Stock in exchange for, or in cancellation of, any Award, or at the time of grant of any unrestricted shares under the Plan, the Company and the Administrator may, if either shall deem it necessary or advisable for any reason, require the holder of an Award (a) to represent in writing to the Company that it is the Award holder’s then-intention to acquire the shares with respect to which the Award is granted for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof or (b) to postpone the date of exercise until such time as the Company has available for delivery to the Award holder a prospectus meeting the requirements of all applicable securities laws; and no shares shall be issued or transferred in connection with any Award unless and until all legal requirements applicable to the issuance or transfer of such shares have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Company and the Administrator. The Company and the Administrator shall have the right to condition any issuance of shares to any Award holder hereunder on such Person’s undertaking in writing to comply with such restrictions on the subsequent transfer of such shares as the Company or the Administrator shall deem necessary or advisable as a result of any applicable law, regulation or official interpretation thereof, and all share certificates delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company or the Administrator may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award Agreement or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC, any stock exchange upon which such shares are listed, and any applicable securities or other laws, and certificates representing such shares may contain a legend to reflect any such restrictions. The Administrator may refuse to issue or transfer any shares or other consideration under an Award if it determines that the issuance or transfer of such shares or other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation or entitle the Company to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a grantee or other Award holder in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant grantee or other Award holder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Award granted under the Plan shall be construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the Administrator has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with all applicable requirements of any applicable securities laws.

22
 

3.14.     Requirement of Notification of Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code

If an Award recipient, in connection with the acquisition of Company shares under the Plan, makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (to include in gross income in the year of transfer the amounts specified in Section 83(b) of the Code), the grantee shall notify the Administrator of such election within ten days of filing notice of the election with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to regulations issued under Section 83(b) of the Code.

3.15.     Severability

If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Administrator, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws or, if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Administrator, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

3.16.     Sections 409A and 457A

To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Sections 409A and 457A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or any applicable Award Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A or 457A of the Code, the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (i) exempt the Plan and Award from Sections 409A and 457A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (ii) comply with the requirements of Sections 409A and 457A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance and thereby avoid the application of penalty taxes under Sections 409A and 457A of the Code.

3.17.     Forfeiture; Clawback

The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, specify in the applicable Award Agreement that any realized gain with respect to options or stock appreciation rights and any realized value with respect to other Awards shall be subject to forfeiture or clawback, in the event of (a) a grantee’s breach of any non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants with respect to the Company or any Affiliate, (b) a grantee’s breach of any employment or consulting agreement with the Company or any Affiliate, (c) a grantee’s termination for Cause or (d) a financial restatement that reduces the amount of bonus or incentive compensation (including any compensation under the Plan) previously awarded to a grantee that would have been earned had results been properly reported.

23
 

3.18.     No Trust or Fund Created

Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and an Award recipient or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company or its Affiliate.

3.19.     No Fractional Shares

No fractional shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Administrator shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

3.20.     Governing Law

The Plan will be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.

 

24

 

Execution Version

Date: as of July 2, 2013

 

SCORPIO TANKERS INC.

as Borrower

 

THE COMPANIES

listed in Schedule 10

as Joint and Several Guarantors

 

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 1

as Lenders

 

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 2

as Swap Banks

 

NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH,

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.,

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (publ),

DVB BANK AMERICA N.V.,

HSH NORDBANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH,

NIBC BANK N.V.

and

CIT FINANCE LLC

as Lead Arrangers

 

NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH,

and

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.

as Bookrunners

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG FILIALE DEUTSCHLANDGESCHÄFT

as Co-Arranger

 

– and –

 

NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH,

as Agent and as Security Trustee

 

                                                                                       

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

                                                                                       

 

Relating to a Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan Facility

of up to US$525,000,000 to finance the acquisition of Firm Ships, Option Ships and

Approved Substitution Ships and for general corporate and working capital purposes

 

 
 

INDEX

 

Clause   Page
     
1 INTERPRETATION 2
2 FACILITY 27
3 POSITION OF THE LENDERS AND SWAP BANKS 27
4 DRAWDOWN 29
5 INTEREST 31
6 INTEREST PERIODS 33
7 DEFAULT INTEREST 34
8 REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT, REDUCTION AND CANCELLATION 35
9 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 38
10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 40
11 GENERAL AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS 49
12 FINANCIAL COVENANTS 57
13 MARINE INSURANCE COVENANTS 57
14 SHIP COVENANTS 63
15 COLLATERAL MAINTENANCE RATIO 68
16 GUARANTEE 69
17 PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS 73
18 APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS 75
19 APPLICATION OF EARNINGS 77
20 EVENTS OF DEFAULT 78
21 FEES AND EXPENSES 82
22 INDEMNITIES 83
23 NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION; TAX INDEMNITY; FATCA 85
24 ILLEGALITY, ETC 89

 

ii
 

INDEX

 

Clause   Page
     
25 INCREASED COSTS 90
26 SET OFF 92
27 TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES 92
28 VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS 96
29 NOTICES 98
30 SUPPLEMENTAL 100
31 THE SERVICING BANKS 100
32 LAW AND JURISDICTION 104
33 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 106
34 PATRIOT ACT NOTICE 106
EXECUTION PAGE 107
SCHEDULE 1  LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS 110
SCHEDULE 2  SWAP BANKS 113
SCHEDULE 3  DRAWDOWN NOTICE 115
SCHEDULE 4  CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS 117
SCHEDULE 5  TRANSFER CERTIFICATE 121
SCHEDULE 6  DESIGNATION NOTICE 125
SCHEDULE 7  LIST OF APPROVED BROKERS 126
SCHEDULE 8  LIST OF SHIPS 127
SCHEDULE 9  MANDATORY COST FORMULA 129
SCHEDULE 10  GUARANTORS 132

 

iii
 

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of July 2, 2013

AMONG

(1) SCORPIO TANKERS INC., a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose principal office is at 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monaco, 98000, as borrower (the “ Borrower ”, which expression includes its successors, transferees and assigns);
(2) THE COMPANIES listed in Schedule 10, as joint and several guarantors (together with any other person (including but not limited to an Approved Substitution Ship Owner) that becomes a guarantor party hereto pursuant to a Guarantor Accession Agreement (as defined below), the “ Guarantors ”, and each separately a “ Guarantor ”, which expressions include their respective successors, transferees and assigns);
(3) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1, as lenders (the “ Lenders ”, which expression includes their respective successors, transferees and assigns);
(4) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 2, as swap banks (the “ Swap Banks ”, which expression includes their respective successors, transferees and assigns);
(5) NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, ABN AMRO BANK N.V., SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (publ), DVB BANK AMERICA N.V., HSH NORDBANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, NIBC BANK N.V., and CIT FINANCE LLC as lead arrangers (the “ Lead Arrangers ” which expression includes their respective successors, transferees and assigns);
(6) NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, and ABN AMRO BANK N.V. as bookrunners (the “ Bookrunners ”, which expression includes their respective successors, transferees and assigns);
(7) DEUTSCHE BANK AG FILIALE DEUTSCHLANDGESCHÄFT as co-arranger (the “ Co-Arranger ” which expression includes its successors, transferees and assigns);
(8) NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, acting in such capacity through its office at 437 Madison Avenue, 21 st Floor, New York, New York 10022, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”, which expression includes its successors, transferees and assigns); and
(9) NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, acting in such capacity through its office at 437 Madison Avenue, 21 st Floor, New York, New York 10022, as security agent for the Lenders and the Swap Banks (in such capacity, the “ Security Trustee ”, which expression includes its successors, transferees and assigns).

BACKGROUND

(A) The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower a senior secured credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of up to $525,000,000 consisting of:
(i) a term loan facility in the principal amount of up to $260,000,000 to finance part of the purchase price of each of the Firm Ships; and

 

 
 

 

(ii) a revolving credit facility in the principal amount of up to $265,000,000 to finance part of the purchase price of each of the Option Ships or the Approved Substitution Ships (as the case may be) and for general corporate and working capital purposes of the Borrower.
(B) The Swap Banks have agreed to enter into interest rate swap transactions with the Borrower from time to time to hedge the Borrower’s exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations.
(C) The Lenders and the Swap Banks have agreed to share in the Collateral to be granted to the Security Trustee pursuant to this Agreement with the interest of the Swap Banks being secured on a subordinated basis.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1 INTERPRETATION

 

1.2 Definitions. Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:

Acceptable Accounting Firm ” means Deloitte LLP and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP , or such other recognized accounting firm as the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld;

 

Account Bank ” means ABN AMRO BANK N.V., acting through its office at Coolsingel 93, P.O. Box 749, 3000 AS Rotterdam, The Netherlands;

Advance ” means, as the context may require, a Term Loan Advance or a Revolving Advance;

Affiliate ” means, as to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person or is a director or officer of such person, and for purposes of this definition, the term “ control ” (including the terms “ controlling ”, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) of a person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to vote 20% or more of the Voting Stock of such person or to direct or cause direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise;

Agreed Form ” means in relation to any document, that document in the form approved by the Agent with the consent of the Lenders and the Swap Banks (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), or as otherwise approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provision of any Finance Document;

Approved Broker ” means any of the companies listed on Schedule 7 or such other company proposed by the Borrower which the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), approve from time to time for the purpose of valuing a Ship, who shall act as an expert and not as arbitrator and whose valuation shall be conclusive and binding on all parties to this Agreement;

Approved Acquisition Contract ” means, in relation to a Ship, the shipbuilding contract or memorandum of agreement made or to be made between a Seller and the Borrower (or the Guarantor who will be the owner of such Ship);

2
 

Approved Builder ” means Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd., SPP Shipbuilding Group, Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd., STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd., Daewoo Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd. or any Affiliate thereof or such other company as the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, approve from time to time in writing as the builder of a Ship;

Approved Flag ” means the Marshall Islands or Liberian flag or such other flag as the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, approve from time to time in writing as the flag on which a Ship shall be registered;

Approved Management Agreement ” means, in relation to a Ship in respect of its commercial and/or technical management, a management agreement between the Borrower or the Guarantor that owns that Ship and the relevant Approved Manager;

Approved Manager ” means each of SSM, SCM, V. Ships Ship Management, D’Amico International Shipping, Hellespont Shipping, Anglo-Eastern Ship Management, Fleet Management and Zenith Ship Management, or any other company proposed by the Borrower which the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), approve from time to time as the technical and/or commercial manager of a Ship;

Approved Substitution Ship ” means any vessel which has the following characteristics:

(a)                 is a double-hull product tanker;

(b)                with a deadweight tonnage between 35,000 tons and 115,000 tons;

(c)                 is built not earlier than January 1, 2012;

(d) is classed with a Classification Society free of overdue recommendations and conditions affecting class;

(e)                is registered under the law of an Approved Flag;

(f)                  is or will be owned by a Guarantor; and

(g)                 is built by an Approved Builder;

Approved Substitution Ship Owner ” means a company which is a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower incorporated or formed in the Republic of Marshall Islands or another jurisdiction approved by the Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) which is or shall be the owner of an Approved Substitution Ship and which shall become a Guarantor hereunder pursuant to a Guarantor Accession Agreement;

Availability Period ” means the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending:

(a) in the case of the Term Loan Facility, on the earlier of:
(i) the Delivery Date of the last Firm Ship to be acquired; and

 

3
 

 

(ii) January 31, 2015 (or such later date as the Agent may, with the consent of all the Lenders, agree with the Borrower),

or, if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments in respect of the Term Loan Facility are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;

(b) in the case of the Revolving Credit Facility:
(i) in respect of a Revolving Advance to be used to acquire an Option Ship or Approved Substitution Ship, on July 31, 2015 (or such later date as the Agent may, with the consent of all the Lenders, agree with the Borrower);
(ii) subject to the provisions of Clause 4.2(c)(ii), in respect of a Revolving Advance to be used by the Borrower for general corporate or working capital purposes, on the date falling one (1) month prior to the Maturity Date (or such later date as the Agent may, with the consent of all the Lenders, agree with the Borrower),

or, if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, are fully cancelled or terminated;

Bank Secrecy Act ” means the United States Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended;

Basel III ” means any of the changes designed to strengthen any capital standards or introduce minimum liquidity or other requirements referenced in the publication of the Groups of Governors and Heads of Supervision of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “ Basel Committee ”) dated 16 December, 2010, or any subsequent paper or document published by the Basel Committee on any of those requirements;

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open in London, England, New York, New York, Rotterdam, The Netherlands, Stockholm, Sweden, Helsinki, Finland and Hamburg, Germany;

Capitalized Lease ” means, as applied to any person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted present value of the rental obligations of such person, as lessee, in conformity with IFRS, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such person; and “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” is defined to mean the rental obligations, as aforesaid, under a Capitalized Lease;

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(a) unencumbered securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof);
(b) time deposits, certificates of deposit or deposits (in each case, unencumbered) in the interbank market of any commercial bank of recognized standing organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign jurisdiction having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000; and
(c) such other securities or instruments as the Majority Lenders shall agree in writing;

4
 

and in respect of both (a) and (b) above, with a Rating Category of at least “A - ” by S&P and “A” by Moody’s (or the equivalent used by another Rating Agency) ( provided that , in the case of (b) above only, such Rating Category shall not be applicable for time deposits, certificates of deposit or deposits (in each case, unencumbered) in the interbank market of any commercial bank which is a Lender), and in each case having maturities of not more than ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition;

Change of Control ” means:

(a) in respect of the Guarantors, the occurrence of any act, event or circumstance that without prior written consent of the Majority Lenders results in the Borrower owning directly or indirectly less than 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in a Guarantor; and
(b) in respect of the Borrower, means:
(i) a “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than any holders of the Borrower’s Equity Interests as of the date of this Agreement, becomes the ultimate “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act and including by reason of any change in the ultimate “beneficial ownership” of the Equity Interests of the Borrower) of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower (calculated on a fully diluted basis); or
(ii) individuals who at the beginning of any period of two consecutive calendar years constituted the Board of Directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower (together with any new directors (or equivalent) whose election by such Board of Directors or equivalent governing body or whose nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the members of such Board of Directors or equivalent governing body then still in office who either were members of such Board of Directors or equivalent governing body at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute at least 50% of the members of such Board of Directors or equivalent governing body then in office;

Charter ” means, in relation to a Ship, any demise, time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extension by the Guarantor that owns that Ship may exceed, 24 months;

Charter Assignment means, in relation to a Ship, an assignment of the Charter for such Ship, in Agreed Form;

Classification Society ” means, in relation to a Ship, any of Det Norske Veritas, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, American Bureau of Shipping and Bureau Veritas or such other first-class vessel classification society that is a member of IACS that the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), approve from time to time;

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder;

5
 

Collateral ” means all property (including, without limitation, any proceeds thereof) referred to in the Finance Documents that is or is intended to be subject to any Security Interest in favor of the Security Trustee, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Swap Banks, securing the Secured Liabilities;

Collateral Maintenance Ratio ” has the meaning given in Clause 15.2;

Commission ” or “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act;

“Commitment” means, as the context may require, the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment or the Term Loan Commitment (and “ Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Term Loan Commitments and the Revolving Credit Facility Commitments or either of them, as the context may require);

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute;

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate executed by an authorized person of the Borrower in Agreed Form;

Confirmation ” and “ Early Termination Date ”, in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, have the meanings given in the relevant Master Agreement;

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any accounting period, the consolidated net income of the Borrower for that accounting period:

(a) plus , to the extent deducted in computing the net income of the Borrower for that accounting period, the sum, without duplication, of:
(i) all federal, state, local and foreign income taxes and tax distributions;
(ii) Consolidated Net Interest Expense;
(iii) depreciation, depletion, amortization of intangibles and other non-cash charges or non-cash losses (including non-cash transaction expenses and the amortization of debt discounts) and any extraordinary losses not incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(iv) expenses incurred in connection with a special or intermediate survey of a Ship during such period; and
(v) any drydocking expenses of a Ship;
(b) minus , to the extent added in computing the consolidated net income of the Borrower for that accounting period, (i) any non-cash income or non-cash gains and (ii) any extraordinary gains on asset sales not incurred in the ordinary course of business;

Consolidated Funded Debt ” means, for any accounting period, the sum of the following for the Borrower determined (without duplication) on a consolidated basis for such period and in accordance with IFRS consistently applied:

6
 

 

(a) all Financial Indebtedness; and
(b) all obligations to pay a specific purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or accepted (including take-or-pay and similar obligations which in accordance with IFRS would be shown on the liability side of a balance sheet);

provided that balance sheet accruals for future drydock expenses shall not be classified as Consolidated Funded Debt;

Consolidated Liquidity ” means, on a consolidated basis at any time, the sum of (a) cash, (b) Cash Equivalents, in each case held by the Borrower on a freely available and unencumbered basis and (c) amounts readily available for drawing the Borrower and its subsidiaries under committed credit facilities with a maturity date in excess of 12 months which remain undrawn and could be drawn for general working capital or other general corporate purposes;

Consolidated Net Interest Expense ” means the aggregate of all interest, commissions, discounts and other costs, charges or expenses accruing that are due from the Borrower and all of its subsidiaries during the relevant accounting period less (i) interest income received, (ii) commitment fees and (iii) amortization of deferred charges and arrangement fees, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS and as shown in the consolidated statements of income for the Borrower;

Consolidated Tangible Net Worth means, on a consolidated basis, the total shareholders’ equity (including retained earnings) of the Borrower, minus goodwill and other non-tangible items;

Consolidated Total Capitalization ” means Consolidated Tangible Net Worth plus Consolidated Funded Debt;

Contractual Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 22.4;

Contribution ” means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Term Loan or, as the case may be, the Revolving Loan which is owing to that Lender under the Term Loan Facility or, as the case may be, the Revolving Credit Facility or, as the context may require, the portion of an Advance to be made by such Lender;

Creditor Party ” means the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender, any Swap Bank, any Lead Arranger, the Co-Arranger or any Bookrunner whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time;

Currency Agreement ” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect a person or any of its subsidiaries against fluctuations in currency values to or under which such person or any of its subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary on the date of this Agreement or becomes a party or a beneficiary thereafter;

Delivery Date ” means the date of the acquisition by and delivery of a Ship to the Guarantor that will own such Ship;

7
 

Designated Transaction ” means a Transaction which fulfills the following requirements:

(a) it is entered into by the Borrower pursuant to a Master Agreement with a Swap Bank;
(b) its purpose is the hedging of the Borrower’s exposure under this Agreement to fluctuations in LIBOR arising from the funding of the Loan (or any part thereof) for a period expiring no later than the Maturity Date; and
(c) it is designated by the Borrower, by delivery by the Borrower to the Agent of a notice of designation in the form set out in Schedule 6, as a Designated Transaction for the purposes of the Finance Documents;

Disbursement Authorization ” has the meaning given in Clause 9.2(b);

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

Drawdown Date ” means, in relation to an Advance, the date requested by the Borrower for such Advance to be made, or (as the context requires) the date on which such Advance is actually made;

Drawdown Notice ” means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 3 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);

Earnings ” means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Guarantor owning that Ship or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

(a) except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b):
(i) all freight, hire and passage moneys;
(ii) compensation payable to the Guarantor owning that Ship or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire;
(iii) remuneration for salvage and towage services;
(iv) demurrage and detention moneys;
(v) damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship; and
(vi) all moneys which are at any time payable under Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and
(b) if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship;

Earnings Account ” means, in relation to the Ships, an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank designated as the “Scorpio Tankers Inc.-Earnings Account”, or any other account (with the Account Bank or the Agent or with another bank or financial institution acceptable to the Majority Lenders) which is designated as the Earnings Account in relation to the Ships for the purposes of this Agreement;

8
 

Earnings Account Pledge ” means a pledge of the Earnings Account, in Agreed Form;

Earnings Assignment means, in relation to a Ship, an assignment of the Earnings and any Requisition Compensation of that Ship, in Agreed Form;

EDGAR ” means the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system maintained by the SEC;

Effective Date ” means the date on which this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto;

Email ” has the meaning given in Clause 29.1;

Environmental Claim ” means:

(a) any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or
(b) any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,

and “ claim ” means a claim for damages, compensation, indemnification, contribution, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;

Environmental Incident ” means:

(a) any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from a Ship; or
(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released and which involves a collision or allision between a Ship and another vessel or object, or some other incident of navigation or operation, in any case, in connection with which such Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or such Ship and/or the Borrower and/or the Guarantor owning such Ship and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or
(c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which such Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where the Borrower and/or the Guarantor owning such Ship and/or any operator or manager of such Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;

Environmental Law ” means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

9
 

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law;

Environmentally Sensitive Material ” means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;

Equity Interests ” of any person means:

(a) any and all shares and other equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such person; and
(b) all rights to purchase, warrants or options or convertible debt (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such person;

Equity Proceeds ” means the net cash proceeds from the issuance of common or preferred stock of the Borrower;

ERISA ” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder;

ERISA Affiliate ” means a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower or any subsidiary of it, would be deemed to be a single employer under Section 414 of the Code;

Estate ” has the meaning assigned such term in Clause 31.1(b)(ii);

Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 20.1;

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor act thereto, and (unless the context otherwise requires) includes the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder;

“Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the guarantee of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such related Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a Master Agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal;

Executive Order ” means an executive order issued by the President of the United States of America;

10
 

Fair Market Value ” means, in relation to a Ship, the market value of such Ship at any date that is shown by the average of two (2) valuations each prepared for and addressed to the Agent:

(a) as at a date not more than 30 days prior to the date such valuation is delivered to the Agent;
(b) by Approved Brokers selected by the Borrower with the consent of the Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld;
(c) without physical inspection of that Ship ; and
(d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment (and with no value to be given to any pooling arrangements); and

provided that if a range of market values is provided in a particular appraisal, then the market value in such appraisal shall be deemed to be the mid-point within such range;

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and any regulations thereunder issued by the United States Treasury or any official interpretations or administrative guidance relating thereto;

FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under any Finance Document required by or under FATCA;

FATCA Exempt Party ” means a FATCA Relevant Party who is entitled under FATCA to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;

FATCA Non-Exempt Party ” means a FATCA Relevant Party who is not a FATCA Exempt Party;

FATCA Non-Exempt Lender ” means any Lender who is a FATCA Non-Exempt Party;

FATCA Relevant Party ” means each Creditor Party and each Security Party;

“Fee Letter” means each letter dated the date hereof from the Agent to the Borrower;

Finance Documents ” means:

(a) this Agreement;
(b) the Charter Assignments;
(c) the Earnings Account Pledge;
(d) the Earnings Assignments;
(e) the Insurance Assignments;
(f) the Mortgages;

 

11
 

 

(g) the Notes;
(h) the Shares Pledges;
(i) the Fee Letters;
(j) the Manager’s Undertakings; and
(k) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by any person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders and/or the Swap Banks under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition or which is entered or to be entered into by any Security Party and is designated as a “Finance Document” under this Agreement;

Financial Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any person (the “ debtor ”) at any date of determination (without duplication) as determined in conformity with IFRS:

(a) all obligations of the debtor for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;
(b) all obligations of the debtor evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
(c) all obligations of the debtor in respect of any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility or equivalent made available to the debtor (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto) which in accordance with IFRS would be shown on the liability side of a balance sheet;
(d) all obligations of the debtor to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery thereto or the completion of such services, except trade payables;
(e) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of the debtor as lessee;
(f) all Financial Indebtedness of persons other than the debtor secured by a Security Interest on any asset of the debtor, whether or not such Financial Indebtedness is assumed by the debtor, provided that the amount of such Financial Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (ii) the amount of such Financial Indebtedness;
(g) all Financial Indebtedness of persons other than the debtor under any guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor to the extent such Financial Indebtedness is guaranteed, indemnified, etc. by the debtor; and
(h) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, obligations of the debtor under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor or, if the agreement under which any such transaction is entered into requires netting of mutual liabilities, the liability of the debtor for the net amount.

12
 

The amount of Financial Indebtedness of any debtor at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, as determined in conformity with IFRS, provided that (i) the amount outstanding at any time of any Financial Indebtedness issued with an original issue discount is the face amount of such Financial Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of such original issue discount of such Financial Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with IFRS, and (ii) Financial Indebtedness shall not include any liability for taxes;

Firm Ship ” means any of the Ships listed in Schedule 8 Part A to be purchased by the Guarantor who will be the owner thereof and registered in its ownership under an Approved Flag;

Fiscal Year ” means, in relation to any person, each period of one (1) year commencing on January 1 of each year and ending on December 31 of such year in respect of which its accounts are or ought to be prepared;

Foreign Pension Plan ” means any plan, fund (including without limitation, any superannuation fund) or other similar program established or maintained outside the United States of America by the Borrower or any one or more of its subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of its or their employees residing outside the United States of America, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, and which plan, fund or program would be covered by Title IV of ERISA but which is not subject to ERISA by reason of Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA;

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning given in Clause 16.1;

Guarantor Accession Agreement ” means an agreement providing for the accession of a person to this Agreement as a Guarantor in Agreed Form;

IACS ” means the International Association of Classification Societies;

IFRS ” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulations 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements;

Insurances ” means in relation to a Ship:

(a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of that Ship, the Earnings or otherwise in relation to that Ship whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and
(b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium and any rights in respect of any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement;

13
 

Insurance Assignment ” means, in relation to a Ship, an assignment of the Insurances of that Ship, in Agreed Form;

Interest Period ” means a period determined in accordance with Clause 6;

Interest Rate Agreement ” means any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement (including any Master Agreement), interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect a person or any of its subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates to or under which such person or any of its subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary on the date hereof or becomes a party or a beneficiary hereafter;

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service or any successor taxing authority or agency of the United States government;

ISM Code ” means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organization, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms “ safety management system ”, “ Safety Management Certificate ” and “ Document of Compliance ” have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code);

ISM Code Documentation ” includes, in respect of a Ship:

(a) the Document of Compliance and Safety Management Certificate issued pursuant to the ISM Code in relation to that Ship within the periods specified by the ISM Code;
(b) all other documents and data which are relevant to the safety management system and its implementation and verification which the Agent may reasonably require; and
(c) any other documents which are prepared or which are otherwise relevant to establish and maintain that Ship’s compliance or the compliance of the Guarantor that owns that Ship or the relevant Approved Manager with the ISM Code which the Agent may require;

ISPS Code ” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

ISPS Code Documentation ” includes:

(a) the ISSC; and
(b) all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISPS Code and its implementation and verification which the Agent may require;

ISSC ” means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code;

Lending Office ” means, with respect to any Lender, the office of such Lender specified as its “Lending Office” under its name on Schedule 1 or in the relevant Transfer Certificate pursuant to which it became a Lender, or such other office of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Borrower and the Agent;

14
 

LIBOR ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document:

(a) the applicable Screen Rate; or
(b) if no Screen Rate is available for that period, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards to four (4) decimal places) of the rates, as supplied to the Agent at its request, quoted by each Reference Bank to leading banks in the London Interbank Market;

as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that period for the offering of deposits in the relevant currency and for a period comparable to that period and if LIBOR falls below zero, such rate is deemed to be zero;

“Loan” means, as the context may require, the Term Loan or the Revolving Loan or the aggregate of both of them;

Major Casualty ” means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $5,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

Majority Lenders ” means:

(a) before any Advance has been made, Lenders whose Term Loan Commitments and Revolving Credit Facility Commitments total at least 66.67% of the Total Commitments;
(b) after any Term Loan Advance has been made, Lenders, the sum of whose Contributions in respect of the Term Loan and whose Revolving Credit Facility Commitments (or after the termination thereof, whose Contributions in respect of the Revolving Loan) represent an amount of at least 66.67% of the sum of (i) the Term Loan and (ii) either the Total Commitments in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility or, after the termination of such Total Commitments in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, the Revolving Loan at such time;

Manager’s Undertaking ” means, in relation to a Ship, the letter executed and delivered by an Approved Manager, in Agreed Form;

Mandatory Cost ” means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 9;

Margin ” means 3.50% per annum;

Margin Stock ” has the meaning specified in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System and any successor regulations thereto, as in effect from time to time;

Market Disruption Event ” has the meaning given in Clause 5.7;

15
 

Market Disruption Notice ” has the meaning given in Clause 5.8;

Master Agreement ” means each master agreement (on the 2002 ISDA form) in Agreed Form made between the Borrower and a Swap Bank and includes all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged under the master agreement;

Material Adverse Effect ” means any condition or circumstance which the Lenders shall determine has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect:

(a) on the rights or remedies of any the Creditor Parties under any of the Finance Documents;
(b) on the performance of any of the Security Parties, or the Security Parties taken as a whole, to perform its or their obligations under any of the Finance Documents;
(c) with respect to the loan facilities contemplated by this Agreement; or
(d) on the property, assets, nature of assets, operations, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Security Parties;

Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (a) the date falling on the sixth anniversary of the Effective Date and (b) the date on which the Loan is accelerated pursuant to Clause 20.4;

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., a subsidiary of Moody’s Corporation, and its successors;

Mortgage ” means, in relation to a Ship, the first priority or, as the case may be, preferred ship mortgage on that Ship in Agreed Form;

Multiemployer Plan ” means, at any time, a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Borrower or any subsidiary of it or any ERISA Affiliate has any liability or obligation to contribute or has within any of the six preceding plan years had any liability or obligation to contribute;

Net Debt ” means Consolidated Funded Debt less cash and Cash Equivalents;

Non-indemnified Tax ” means:

(a) any tax on the net income of a Creditor Party (but not a tax on gross income or individual items of income), whether collected by deduction or withholding or otherwise, which is levied by a taxing jurisdiction which:
(i) is located in the country under whose laws such entity is formed (or in the case of a natural person is a country of which such person is a citizen); or
(ii) with respect to any Lender, is located in the country of its Lending Office; or
(iii) with respect to any Creditor Party other than a Lender, is located in the country from which such party has originated its participation in this transaction;

16
 

  (b) any FATCA Deduction made on account of a payment to a FATCA Non-Exempt Party;

Note ” means:

(a) in respect of the Term Loan Facility, a promissory note of the Borrower, payable to the order of the Agent, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Borrower under this Agreement in respect of the Term Loan Facility, in Agreed Form; and
(b) in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, a promissory note of the Borrower, payable to the order of the Agent, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Borrower under this Agreement in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, in Agreed Form;

Notifying Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 24.1 or Clause 25.1 as the context requires;

OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury;

Option Ship ” means any of the Ships listed on Schedule 8 Part B to be purchased by the relevant Guarantor who will be the owner thereof and registered in its ownership under an Approved Flag;

pari passu ”, when used with respect to the ranking of any Financial Indebtedness of any person in relation to other Financial Indebtedness of such person, means that each such Financial Indebtedness:

(a) either (i) is not subordinated in right of payment to any other Financial Indebtedness of such person or (ii) is subordinate in right of payment to the same Financial Indebtedness of such person as is the other and is so subordinate to the same extent; and
(b) is not subordinate in right of payment to the other or to any Financial Indebtedness of such person as to which the other is not so subordinate;

PATRIOT Act ” means the United States Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (H.R. 3199);

Payment Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 22.4;

Permitted Security Interests ” means:

(a) Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;
(b) Security Interests for unpaid but not past due master’s and crew’s wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;
(c) Security Interests for salvage;
(d) Security Interests arising by operation of law for not more than two (2) months’ prepaid hire under any charter or other contract of employment in relation to a Ship not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement or any other Finance Document;

 

17
 

 

(e) Security Interests for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other Security Interests arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such Security Interests do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the Borrower or the Guarantor that owns such Ship in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of Security Interests for repair or maintenance, to Clause 14.13(h);
(f) any Security Interest created in favor of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses where the Borrower or the Guarantor that owns the relevant Ship is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith and such Security Interest does not (and is not likely to) result in any sale, forfeiture or loss of a Ship;
(g) Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made;
(h) pledges of certificates of deposit or other cash collateral securing any Security Party’s reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit now or hereafter issued for the account of such Security Party in connection with the establishment of the financial responsibility of such Security Party under 33 C.F.R. Part 130 or 46 C.F.R. Part 540, as the case may be, as the same may be amended or replaced;
(i) Security Interests to secure obligations under workmen’s compensation laws or similar legislation, deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, warehousemen’s or other like liens, or deposits to obtain the release of such liens and deposits to secure surety, appeal or customs bonds on which the Borrower or a Guarantor is the principal, as to all of the foregoing, only to the extent arising and continuing in the ordinary course of business;
(j) Security Interests for loss, damage or expense which are fully covered by insurance, subject to applicable deductibles satisfactory to the Agent; and
(k) Security Interests incidental to the conduct of the business of each Security Party or the ownership of such Security Party’s property and assets, which Security Interests do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of each such Security Party’s property or assets or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;

Pertinent Document ” means:

(a) any Finance Document;
(b) any policy or contract of insurance contemplated by or referred to in Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;
(c) any other document contemplated by or referred to in any Finance Document; and

 

18
 

 

(d) any document which has been or is at any time sent by or to a Servicing Bank in contemplation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any policy, contract or document falling within paragraphs (b) or (c);

Pertinent Jurisdiction ”, in relation to a company, means:

(a) the jurisdiction under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;
(b) a jurisdiction in which the company has the center of its main interests or in which the company’s central management and control is or has recently been exercised;
(c) a jurisdiction in which the overall net income of the company is subject to corporation tax, income tax or any similar tax;
(d) a jurisdiction in which assets of the company (other than securities issued by, or loans to, related companies) having a substantial value are situated, in which the company maintains a branch or permanent place of business, or in which a Security Interest created by the company must or should be registered in order to ensure its validity or priority; or
(e) a jurisdiction the courts of which have jurisdiction to make a winding up, administration or similar order in relation to the company whether as a main or territorial or ancillary proceedings or which would have such jurisdiction if their assistance were requested by the courts of a country referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above;

Pertinent Matter ” means:

(a) any transaction or matter contemplated by, arising out of, or in connection with a Pertinent Document; or
(b) any statement relating to a Pertinent Document or to a transaction or matter falling within paragraph (a),

and covers any such transaction, matter or statement, whether entered into, arising or made at any time before the signing of this Agreement or on or at any time after that signing;

Plan ” means any employee benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect to which the Borrower or any subsidiary of it or ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA;

Potential Event of Default ” means an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time, would constitute an Event of Default;

Prohibited Person ” means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed;

“Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Security Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act;

19
 

Quotation Date ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document, the day which is two (2) Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the London Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Date will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the London Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Date will be the last of those days);

Rating Agencies ” means:

(a) S&P and Moody’s; or
(b) if S&P or Moody’s or both of them are not making ratings of securities publicly available, a nationally recognized United States rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders, which will be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be;

Rating Category ” means:

(a) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “+” or “-”): AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories);
(b) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and
(c) the equivalent of any such categories of S&P or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency, if applicable;

Reference Banks ” means, subject to Clause 27.16, the London branches of ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) and Nordea Bank Finland Plc , London Branch;

Repayment Date ” means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8;

Requisition Compensation ” includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of “ Total Loss ”;

Revolving Advance ” means the principal amount of each borrowing by the Borrower of a portion of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitments;

“Revolving Advance Commitment Limit has the meaning given in Clause 4.2(c);

Revolving Credit Facility ” means the revolving credit facility in the original principal amount of up to $265,000,000 to be made available to the Borrower under the terms of this Agreement;

Revolving Credit Facility Commitment ” means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set forth opposite its name in Schedule 1 in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, or, as the case may require, the amount(s) specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as such amount(s) may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement;

20
 

“Revolving Loan” means the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Advances from time to time outstanding under this Agreement;

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies Inc., and its successors;

Sanctions ” means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the foregoing):

(a) imposed by law or regulation of the Council of the European Union or the United Nations or its Security Council; or
(b) otherwise imposed by any law or regulation or Executive Order by which any Creditor Party, the Borrower or any Guarantor is bound or, as regards a regulation, compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of any Creditor Party, the Borrower or any Guarantor, including without limitation laws or regulations or Executive Orders restricting loans to, investments in, or the export of assets to, foreign countries or entities doing business there;

provided that the laws and regulations described in paragraphs (a) and (d) shall be applicable only to the extent such laws and regulations are not inconsistent with the laws and regulations of the United States of America;

SCM ” means Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., a Monaco company, as commercial manager of the Ships;

Screen Rate ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document, the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate for the relevant currency and period displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower and the Majority Lenders;

Secured Liabilities ” means all liabilities which the Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Master Agreements or any judgment relating to any Finance Documents or the Master Agreements; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor act thereto, and (unless the context otherwise requires) includes the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder;

21
 

Security Interest ” means:

(a) a mortgage, encumbrance, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or privilege or any other security interest of any kind;
(b) the security rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem ; and
(c) any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but this paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution;

Security Party ” means the Borrower, the Guarantors and any other person (except a Creditor Party) who, as a surety, guarantor, mortgagor, assignor or pledgor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a Finance Document;

Security Period ” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower that:

(a) all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrower or any other Security Party under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid in full;
(b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document or any Master Agreement; and
(c) neither the Borrower nor any other Security Party has any liability under Clause 21, 22 or 23 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document or a Master Agreement;

Seller ” means, in relation to a Ship, the company named in the Approved Acquisition Contract for that Ship as the seller and/or the Approved Builder thereof;

Seller’s Bank ” has the meaning given in Clause 9.2(b);

Servicing Bank ” means the Agent or the Security Trustee;

Shares Pledge ” means a pledge of the Equity Interests of each Guarantor, in the form set out in Agreed Form;

Ship ” means (a) any Firm Ship, (b) any Option Ship and (c) any Approved Substitution Ship;

SSM ” means Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., a Monaco company, as technical manager of the Ships;

Swap Counterparty ” means, at any relevant time and in relation to a continuing Designated Transaction, the Swap Bank which is a party to that Designated Transaction;

Swap Exposure ” means, as at any relevant date and in relation to a Swap Counterparty, the amount certified by the Swap Counterparty to the Agent to be the aggregate net amount in Dollars which would be payable by the Borrower to the Swap Counterparty under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e) ( Payments on Early Termination ) of the Master Agreement entered into by the Swap Counterparty with the Borrower if an Early Termination Date had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Designated Transactions entered into between the Borrower and the Swap Counterparty;

22
 

Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act;

“Term Loan ” means the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan Advances from time to time outstanding under this Agreement;

Term Loan Advance ” means the principal amount of each borrowing by the Borrower of a portion of the Term Loan Commitments;

“Term Loan Commitment” means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set forth opposite its name in Schedule 1 in respect of the Term Loan Facility, or, as the case may require, the amount(s) specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as such amount(s) may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement;

Term Loan Facility ” means the term loan facility in the original principal amount of up to $260,000,000 to be made available to the Borrower under the terms of this Agreement;

Total Loss ” means in relation to a Ship:

(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship;
(b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority, (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one (1) year without any right to an extension), unless it is within three (3) months redelivered to the full control of the Guarantor owning that Ship; or
(c) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of that Ship (including any hijacking, piracy or theft) unless it is within three (3) months redelivered to the full control of the Guarantor owning that Ship;

Total Loss Date ” means in relation to a Ship:

(a) in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;
(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earliest of:
(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

 

23
 

 

(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Guarantor owning that Ship with the Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Ship as a total loss; and
(c) in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred;

Transaction ” has the meaning given in each Master Agreement;

Transfer Certificate ” has the meaning given in Clause 27.2;

Transferee Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 27.2;

Transferor Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 27.2;

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York; and

Voting Stock ” of any person as of any date means the Equity Interests of such person that are at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors or similar governing body of such person.

1.3 Construction of certain terms. In this Agreement:

an Event of Default being “ continuing” means it has not been waived;

approved ” means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld);

asset ” includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;

company ” includes any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, unincorporated association, joint stock company and trust ;

consent ” includes an authorization, consent, approval, resolution, license, exemption, filing, registration, notarization and legalization;

contingent liability ” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

document ” includes a deed; also a letter, Email or fax;

excess risks ” means, in relation to a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

expense ” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;

24
 

law ” includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any statute, regulation or resolution of the United States of America, any state thereof, the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council or any other Pertinent Jurisdiction;

legal or administrative action ” means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;

liability ” includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;

months ” shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.4;

obligatory insurances ” means, in relation to a Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Guarantor owning that Ship is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

parent company ” has the meaning given in Clause 1.5;

person ” includes natural persons; any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organization;

policy ”, in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

protection and indemnity risks ” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association that is a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs, including pollution risks, risks in excess of the amount for war risks (hull) and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/02 or 1/11/03) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision;

regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline whether or not having the force of law of any governmental body, intergovernmental or supranational, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organization;

subsidiary ” has the meaning given in Clause 1.5;

successor ” includes any person who is entitled (by assignment, novation, merger or otherwise) to any other person’s rights under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (or any interest in those rights) or who, as administrator, liquidator or otherwise, is entitled to exercise those rights; and in particular references to a successor include a person to whom those rights (or any interest in those rights) are transferred or pass as a result of a merger, division, reconstruction or other reorganization of it or any other person;

tax ” includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any country, any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority or any other governmental authority authorized to levy such tax (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any related penalties, interest or fines; and

25
 

war risks ” includes war and allied perils, the risk of mines, terrorism, piracy, hijacking, confiscation, blocking and trapping, protection and indemnity war risks (with a separate limit not less than hull value) and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the Institute Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03) or clause 24 of the Institute Time clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).

1.4 Meaning of “month”. A period of one or more “ months ” ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (“ the numerically corresponding day ”), but:
(a) on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or
(b) on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day,

and “ month ” and “ monthly ” shall be construed accordingly.

1.5 Meaning of “subsidiary”. A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:
(a) a majority of the issued Equity Interests in S (or a majority of the issued Equity Interests in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or
(b) P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attaching to the issued Equity Interests of S; or
(c) P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors (or equivalent) of S; or
(d) P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P;

and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.

1.6 General interpretation. In this Agreement:
(a) references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document, any Master Agreement or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;
(b) references in Clause 1.1 to a document being in Agreed Form include references to that form with any modifications to that form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires with the consent of all of the Lenders and the Swap Banks and which are acceptable to the Borrower;
(c) references to, or to a provision of, any law or regulation include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;
(d) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

 

26
 

 

(e) Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.
1.7 Headings. In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clause, sub-clause and other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.
1.8 Accounting terms . Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used in this Agreement and in the other Finance Documents shall be interpreted, and all financial statements and certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be delivered to any Creditor Party under this Agreement shall be prepared, in accordance with IFRS as from time to time in effect.
1.9 Inferences regarding materiality . To the extent that any representation, warranty, covenant or other undertaking of a Security Party in this Agreement or any other Finance Document is qualified by reference to those matters which are not reasonably expected to result in a “material adverse effect” or language of similar import, no inference shall be drawn therefrom that any Creditor Party has knowledge or approves of any noncompliance by such Security Party with any law or regulation.
2 FACILITY
2.1 Amount of facility. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders severally agree to make available to the Borrower a loan facility to be advanced to the Borrower in accordance with Clause 4 in the aggregate principal amount of up to $525,000,000 as follows:
(a) the Term Loan Facility, in a principal amount of up to $260,000,000; and
(b) the Revolving Credit Facility, in a principal amount of up to $265,000,000.
2.2 Lenders’ participations in Advances. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in each Advance in the proportion which, as at the relevant Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.
2.3 Purpose of Advances. The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to use each Advance only for the purposes stated in the Recitals of this Agreement.
2.4 Cancellation of Total Commitments. Any portion of the Total Commitments not disbursed to the Borrower shall be cancelled and terminated automatically on the expiration of the applicable Availability Period.
3 POSITION OF THE LENDERS and swap banks
3.1 Interests several. The rights of the Lenders and of the Swap Banks under this Agreement and under the Master Agreements are several.
3.2 Individual right of action. Each Lender and each Swap Bank shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by a Security Party to it under this Agreement or under a Master Agreement without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee, any other Lender or any other Swap Bank as additional parties in the proceedings.

 

27
 

 

3.3 Proceedings requiring Majority Lender consent. Except as provided in Clause 3.2, no Lender and no Swap Bank may commence proceedings against any Security Party in connection with a Finance Document or a Master Agreement without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.
3.4 Obligations several. The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement and of the Swap Banks under the Master Agreement to which each is a party are several; and a failure of a Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a failure of a Swap Bank to perform its obligations under the Master Agreement to which it is a party shall not result in:
(a) the obligations of the other Lenders or Swap Banks being increased; nor
(b) any Security Party, any other Lender or any other Swap Bank being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document or under any Master Agreement,

and in no circumstances shall a Lender or a Swap Bank have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender or another Swap Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a Master Agreement.

3.5 Replacement of a Lender.
(a) If at any time:
(i) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (c) below); or
(ii) the Borrower or any other Security Party becomes obliged in the absence of an Event of Default to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 24 or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 23 or Clause 25 to any Lender in excess of amounts payable to other Lenders generally,

then the Borrower may, on 30 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 27 all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrower (other than any Affiliate or subsidiary of the Borrower), which is acceptable to the Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders (other than the Lender the Borrower desires to replace), which confirms its willingness to assume and by its execution of a Transfer Certificate does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Advances and all accrued interest and/or breakages costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

(b) The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 3.5 shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i) the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent or the Security Trustee in such capacities;
(ii) neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender but nothing contained herein shall preclude them from doing so;

 

28
 

 

(iii) in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 30 days after the date the Borrower notifies the Non-Consenting Lender and the Agent of its intent to replace the Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to Clause 3.5(a); and
(iv) in no event shall the Lender replaced under this paragraph (b) be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.
(c) For purposes of this Clause 3.5, in the event that:
(i) the Borrower or the Agent has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to or to agree to a waiver or amendment of any provisions of the Finance Documents;
(ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all Lenders; and
(iii) Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66.67% percent of the Total Commitments have consented to or agreed to such waiver or amendment,

then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”.

4 DRAWDOWN
4.1 Request for Advance. Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may request an Advance to be made by delivering to the Agent a completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) three (3) Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date.
4.2 Availability. The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:
(a) the Drawdown Date must be a Business Day during the Availability Period;
(b) the Term Loan Facility shall be made available to the Borrower in multiple Term Loan Advances for the purpose stated in Recital A(i), provided that the amount of each Term Loan Advance shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Relevant Amount and (ii) 60% of the Fair Market Value of each Firm Ship;
(c) the Revolving Credit Facility shall be made available to the Borrower in multiple Revolving Advances for the purposes stated in Recital A(ii), provided that:
(i) the amount of each Revolving Advance in respect of an Option Ship or, as the case may be, Approved Substitution Ship, shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the Relevant Amount and (B) 60% of the Fair Market Value of such Option Ship or, as the case may be, Approved Substitution Ship (each, a “ Revolving Advance Commitment Limit ”); and
(ii) the initial drawdown of any Revolving Advance to be made during the period described in clause (b)(i) of the definition of “Availability Period” must be used to acquire an Option Ship or, as the case may be, an Approved Substitution Ship;
(d) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan Advances shall not exceed the Total Commitments in respect of the Term Loan Facility;

 

29
 

 

(e) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Advances shall not exceed the Total Commitments in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility;
(f) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Advances shall not exceed the Total Commitments; and
(g) the applicable conditions precedent stated in Clause 9 hereof shall have been satisfied or waived as provided therein.

In this Clause 4.2 “ Relevant Amount ” means, in relation to a Ship, the amount set out in the last column of Schedule 8, Part A or B (as the case may be) in respect of that Ship (and in case a Ship is an Approved Substitution Ship, the amount set out in the last column of Schedule 8, Part B in respect of the Option Ship which will be replaced by that Approved Substitution Ship).

4.3 Notification to Lenders of receipt of a Drawdown Notice. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received a Drawdown Notice and shall inform each Lender of:
(a) the amount of the Advance and the Drawdown Date;
(b) the amount of that Lender’s participation in the Advance; and
(c) the duration of the first Interest Period.
4.4 Drawdown Notice irrevocable. A Drawdown Notice must be signed by an officer or a duly authorized attorney-in-fact of the Borrower and once served, a Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked or varied without the prior consent of the Agent, acting on the authority of the Majority Lenders.
4.5 Lenders to make available Contributions. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on and with value on the Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent for the account of the Borrower the amount due from that Lender under Clause 2.2.
4.6 Disbursement of Advance. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on the Drawdown Date pay to the Borrower the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5, the Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender’s Contribution and that payment to the Borrower shall be made:
(a) to the account which the Borrower specifies in the Drawdown Notice; and
(b) in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.
4.7 Disbursement of Advance to third party. The payment by the Agent under Clause 4.6 to the account of a third party designated by the Borrower in a Drawdown Notice shall constitute the making of an Advance and the Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender’s Contribution.
4.8 Promissory notes.

 

30
 

 

(a) The obligation of the Borrower to pay the principal of, and interest on, each of the Term Loan and the Revolving Loan shall be evidenced by the relevant Note in respect of each such Loan, each of which Notes shall be dated the date of the first Drawdown Date.
(b) Each Advance made by the Lenders to the Borrower may be evidenced by a notation of the same made by the Agent on the grid attached to the relevant Note, which notation, absent manifest error, shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of such Advance.
(c) Each Lender shall record on its internal records the amount of its Contribution in each Advance and each payment in respect thereof, and the unpaid balance of such Contribution in such Advance shall, absent manifest error and to the extent not inconsistent with the notations made by the Agent on the grid attached to the relevant Note, be as so recorded.

(d)                The failure of the Agent or any Lender to make any such notation shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower in respect of such Advance or the relevant Loan nor affect the validity of any transfer by the Agent of a Note.

(e)                On receipt of satisfactory evidence that a Note has been lost, mutilated or destroyed and on surrender of the remnants thereof, if any, the Borrower will promptly replace such Note, without charge to the Creditor Parties, with a similar Note. If such replacement Note replaces a lost Note it shall bear an endorsement to that effect. Any lost Note subsequently found shall be surrendered to the Borrower and cancelled. The Agent shall indemnify the Borrower for any losses, claims or damages resulting from the loss of such Note.

5 INTEREST
5.1 Normal rate of interest. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on the Loan in respect of an Interest Period shall be the aggregate of:
(a) LIBOR for that Interest Period; plus
(b) the Margin; plus
(c) the Mandatory Cost (if any).
5.2 Payment of normal interest. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on each Advance in respect of each Interest Period shall be paid by the Borrower on the last day of that Interest Period.
5.3 Payment of accrued interest. In the case of an Interest Period longer than three (3) months, accrued interest shall be paid every three (3) months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.
5.4 Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest. The Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of:
(a) each rate of interest; and
(b) the duration of each Interest Period (as determined under Clause 6.2), as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined.

 

31
 

 

5.5 Obligation of Reference Banks to quote. A Reference Bank which is a Lender shall use all reasonable efforts to supply the quotation required of it for the purposes of fixing a rate of interest under this Agreement.
5.6 Absence of quotations by Reference Banks. If any Reference Bank fails to supply a quotation, the Agent shall determine the relevant LIBOR on the basis of the quotations supplied by the other Reference Bank or Banks but if two (2) or more of the Reference Banks fail to provide a quotation, the relevant rate of interest shall be set in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 5.
5.7 Market disruption. The following provisions of this Clause 5 apply if any one of the following events occurs (each, a “ Market Disruption Event ”):
(a) no Screen Rate is available for an Interest Period and two (2) or more of the Reference Banks do not, before 1:00 p.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date, provide quotations to the Agent in order to fix LIBOR; or
(b) at least one (1) Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, Lenders having Contributions together amounting to more than 50% of the Loan (or, if an Advance has not been made, Commitments amounting to more than 50% of the Total Commitments) notify the Agent that the cost to those Lenders of funding their respective Contributions (or any part of them) during the Interest Period in the London Interbank Market at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for the Interest Period would exceed the LIBOR fixed by the Agent for that Interest Period.
5.8 Notification of market disruption. If a Market Disruption Event shall have occurred, the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, each of the Lenders and each of the Swap Counterparties stating the circumstances falling within Clause 5.7 which have caused its notice (a “ Market Disruption Notice ”) of such Market Disruption Event to be given; provided that the level of detail of the Market Disruption Notice shall be in the Agent’s sole discretion and the Market Disruption Notice itself shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.
5.9 Alternative rate of interest during Market Disruption Event. If a Market Disruption Event has occurred, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s Contribution for the applicable Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:
(a) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender (or Lenders) whose costs of funding would exceed the LIBOR fixed by the Agent for the relevant Interest Period which expresses the actual cost to that Lender (or Lenders) of funding its (or their) Contribution from whatever source it (or they) may reasonably select; plus
(b) the Margin; plus
(c) the Mandatory Cost (if any).

The alternative rate of interest agreed upon pursuant to this Clause 5.9 shall be binding on all parties hereto. The procedure provided for by this Clause 5.9 shall be repeated for each successive Interest Period during which a Market Disruption Event has occurred.

32
 

 

5.10 Notice of prepayment. If the Borrower does not agree with an interest rate set by the Agent under Clause 5.9, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ notice of its intention to prepay the Loan (without premium or penalty) at the end of the Interest Period set by the Agent.
5.11 Prepayment; termination of Commitments. A notice under Clause 5.10 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment and:
(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Total Commitments shall be cancelled; and
(b) on the last Business Day of the Interest Period set by the Agent, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any).
5.12 Application of prepayment. The provisions of Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
6 INTEREST PERIODS
6.1 Commencement of Interest Periods. The first Interest Period applicable to an Advance shall commence on the Drawdown Date and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period.
6.2 Duration of normal Interest Periods. Subject to Clauses 6.3 and 6.4, each Interest Period shall be:
(a) 1, 2, 3, or 6 months as notified by the Borrower to the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) three (3) Business Days before the commencement of the Interest Period;
(b) in the case of the first Interest Period applicable to each Advance other than the first Advance, a period ending on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the prior Advances then outstanding, whereupon all Advances shall be consolidated and treated as a single Advance;
(c) 3 months, if the Borrower fails to notify the Agent by the time specified in paragraph (a); or
(d) such other period as the Agent may, with the authorization of all Lenders, agree with the Borrower.
6.3 Duration of Interest Periods for repayment installments. In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest Period shall end on that Repayment Date.
6.4 Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected. If, after the Borrower has selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period longer than three (3) months, any Lender notifies the Agent by 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the third Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the London Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Interest Period shall be of three (3) months.

 

33
 

 

7 DEFAULT INTEREST
7.1 Payment of default interest on overdue amounts. A Security Party shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any amount payable by such Security Party under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:
(a) the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or
(b) if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or
(c) if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 20.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.
7.2 Default rate of interest. Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2.00 percent above:
(a) in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at Clauses 7.3(a) and (b); or
(b) in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at Clause 7.3(b).
7.3 Calculation of default rate of interest. The rates referred to in Clause 7.2 are:
(a) the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period); and
(b) the aggregate of the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any) plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to three (3) months which the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, select from time to time:
(i) LIBOR; or
(ii) if the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) determines that Dollar deposits for any such period are not being made available to any Reference Bank by leading banks in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the cost of funds to the Reference Banks from such other sources as the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) may from time to time determine.
7.4 Notification of interest periods and default rates. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and each relevant Security Party of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 7.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that such Security Party is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent’s notification.
7.5 Payment of accrued default interest. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.

 

34
 

 

7.6 Compounding of default interest. Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall thereupon be compounded.
7.7 Application to Master Agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 7 does not apply to any amount payable under a Master Agreement in respect of any continuing Designated Transaction as to which section 9(h) ( Interest and Compensation ) of that Master Agreement shall apply.
8 REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT, REDUCTION AND CANCELLATION
8.1 Repayment of the Term Loan Facility. The Borrower shall repay each Term Loan Advance by:
(a) equal consecutive quarterly repayment installments in an amount equal to 1/60 of such Term Loan Advance (equivalent to a 15 year loan profile), with the first repayment installment being payable on the last Business Day of the fiscal quarter falling immediately after the fiscal quarter in which the Drawdown Date in respect of the relevant Term Loan Advance occurred and the final such repayment installment being payable on the Maturity Date; and
(b) a balloon installment (payable together with the final such quarterly repayment installment under Clause 8.1(a)) in an amount equal to the balance due on the Maturity Date in respect of such Term Loan Advance,

provided that the 15 year loan profile shall be reduced by the age as of the Delivery Date of the relevant Firm Ship to be financed by that Term Loan Advance.

8.2 Reduction and repayment of Revolving Advance Commitment Limits.
(a) Each Revolving Advance Commitment Limit shall be reduced by equal consecutive quarterly reductions in an amount equal to 1/60 of such Revolving Advance Commitment Limit (equivalent to a 15 year loan profile), with the first such reduction taking place on the last Business Day of the fiscal quarter falling immediately after the fiscal quarter of the Drawdown Date in respect of the Revolving Advance to which such Revolving Advance Commitment Limit relates and the final such reduction taking place on the Maturity Date, provided that the 15 year loan profile shall be reduced by the age as of the Delivery Date of the relevant Option Ship to be financed by that Revolving Advance.
(b) On any day on which the outstanding amount of a Revolving Advance exceeds the amount of the related Revolving Advance Commitment Limit, the Borrower shall repay such Revolving Advance in an amount equal to such excess.
(c) The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Advances on the Maturity Date.
8.3 Maturity Date. On the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document and any Master Agreement.

 

35
 

 

8.4 Voluntary prepayment. Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may prepay, without premium or penalty, the whole or any part of a Term Loan Advance or a Revolving Advance.
8.5 Conditions for voluntary prepayment. The conditions referred to in Clause 8.4 are that:
(a) a partial prepayment shall be $1,000,000 or a multiple of $1,000,000 (or such lesser amount as the Agent may approve with the consent of the Majority Lenders);
(b) the Agent has received from the Borrower at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made;
(c) the Borrower has provided evidence satisfactory to the Agent that any consent required by the Borrower or any other Security Party in connection with the prepayment has been obtained and remains in force, and that any regulation relevant to this Agreement which affects the Borrower or any other Security Party has been complied with (which may be satisfied by the Borrower certifying that no consents are required and that no regulations need to be complied with); and
(d) the Borrower has complied with Clause 8.17 on or prior to the date of prepayment.
8.6 Effect of notice of prepayment. A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the authorization of the Majority Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrower on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.
8.7 Notification of notice of prepayment. The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice, and shall provide any Lender which so requests with a copy of any document delivered by the Borrower under Clause 8.5(c).
8.8 Application of partial prepayment. Each partial prepayment made pursuant to Clause 8.4 shall be applied as directed by the Borrower to reduce pro rata each scheduled repayment of the relevant Term Loan Advance to be made pursuant to Clause 8.1(a) and/or each scheduled reduction of the relevant Revolving Advance Commitment Limit to be made pursuant to Clause 8.2(a).
8.9 Mandatory prepayment and reduction.
(a) If a Firm Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss, the Borrower shall prepay the outstanding amount of the Term Loan Advance relative to the Firm Ship which is to be sold and/or which has become a Total Loss:
(i) in the case of a sale, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the buyer; or
(ii) in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 120 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.
(b) If an Option Ship or, as the case may be, an Approved Substitution Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss, the Revolving Advance Commitment Limit in respect of such Ship shall be reduced by the outstanding amount of the Revolving Advance related to such Ship and the Borrower shall prepay the amount required under Clause 8.2(b);

 

36
 

 

(i) in the case of a sale, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the buyer; or
(ii) in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 120 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.
(c) If a Change of Control occurs, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in full on the date falling 60 days after the date the Change of Control occurred.
8.10 Amounts payable on prepayment. A voluntary prepayment under Clause 8.4 and a mandatory prepayment under Clause 8.9 shall be made together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 22 or otherwise) in respect of the amount prepaid and, if the prepayment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period together with any sums payable under Clause 22.1(b), but without premium or penalty.
8.11 Reborrowing. Any amount repaid or prepaid:
(a) in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility may be reborrowed during the Availability Period applicable to the Revolving Credit Facility; and
(b) in respect of the Term Loan Facility may not be reborrowed.
8.12 Voluntary cancellation of Total Commitments. Subject to the conditions set forth in Clause 8.13, the Borrower may cancel the whole or any part of the Total Commitments without premium or penalty.
8.13 Conditions for voluntary cancellation of Total Commitments. The conditions referred to in Clause 8.12 are that:
(a) a partial cancellation shall be in the amount of $1,000,000 or a multiple of $1,000,000;
(b) the Agent has received from the Borrower at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice specifying the amount to be cancelled and the date on which the cancellation is to take effect; and
(c) the Borrower has complied with Clause 8.17 on or prior to the date of such cancellation.
8.14 Effect of notice of cancellation. The receipt by the Agent of a cancellation notice shall cause the amount of the Total Commitments specified in the notice to be permanently cancelled on and as of the effective date stated in such notice. Any partial cancellation shall be applied against the Commitments of each Lender pro rata and the commitment fee referred to in Clause 21.1(a) on such cancelled portion shall cease to accrue.
8.15 Notification of notice of cancellation. The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a cancellation notice.

 

37
 

 

8.16 Application of Commitment cancellations and reductions. All voluntary cancellations under Clause 8.12 and mandatory reductions under Clause 8.9(b) shall be applied to reduce future quarterly repayments under Clause 8.1 and/or reductions under Clause 8.2 on a pro rata basis (based on the then applicable amounts of such scheduled Term Loan Advance repayments or Revolving Advance Commitment Limit reductions).
8.17 Unwinding of Designated Transactions. On or prior to any repayment, prepayment, reduction or cancellation under this Clause 8 or any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortization) exceed the amount of the Loan as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clauses 8.1 and 8.2.
9 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
9.1 Documents, fees and no default. Each Lender’s obligation to contribute to an Advance is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a) that, on or before the service of any Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives (to the extent not previously delivered to the Agent in connection with a previous Drawdown Notice):
(i) the documents described in Part A of Schedule 4 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; and
(ii) such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent or a Lender in order for each to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other checks which it is required to carry out in relation to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, including without limitation obtaining, verifying and recording certain information and documentation that will allow the Agent and each of the Lenders to identify each Security Party in accordance with the requirements of the PATRIOT Act;
(b) that, on the Drawdown Date in respect of an Advance for the acquisition of a Ship, but prior to the making of such Advance, the Agent receives or is satisfied that it will receive on the making of such Advance the documents described in Part B of Schedule 4 in form and substance satisfactory to it;
(c) that, on or before the service of the first Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives any arrangement fee, bookrunning fee, accrued commitment fee and the first installment of the annual agency fee referred to in Clause 21.1 and has received payment of the expenses referred to in Clause 21.2;
(d) that both at the date of each Drawdown Notice and at each Drawdown Date:
(i) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the Advance;
(ii) the representations and warranties in Clause 10 and those of the Borrower or any other Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents (other than those relating to a specific date, which shall be true and correct as of such specific date) would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing;

 

38
 

 

(iii) none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.7 has occurred and is continuing; and
(iv) there has been no Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2012;
(e) that, if the Collateral Maintenance Ratio were applied immediately following the making of such Advance, the Borrower would not be required to provide additional Collateral or prepay part of the Loan under Clause 15;
(f) that, in the case where the Borrower intends to replace an Option Ship with an Approved Substitution Ship, the Borrower has advised the Agent at least 10 Business Days prior to service of the Drawdown Notice for a Revolving Advance of its intention to replace an Option Ship with an Approved Substitution Ship (and has provided the Agent with all documents and information as may be reasonably required by the Agent); and
(g) that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Agent may, with the authorization of the Majority Lenders, request by notice to the Borrower prior to the Drawdown Date.
9.2 Waiver of conditions precedent. Notwithstanding anything in Clause 9.1 to the contrary:
(a) except with respect to the circumstances described in Clause 9.2(b), if the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, permits an Advance to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that such conditions are satisfied within ten (10) Business Days after such Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders may specify); and
(b) only if required under the terms of an Approved Acquisition Contract or another contract for the acquisition of a Ship, an Advance may be borrowed before the applicable conditions set forth in Clause 9.1 are satisfied and:
(i) each Lender agrees to fund its Contribution on a day not more than five (5) Business Days prior to the Delivery Date of that Ship; and
(ii) the Agent shall on the date on which the Advance is funded (or as soon thereafter as practicable) (A) preposition an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Advance at a bank or other financial institution (the “ Seller’s Bank ”) satisfactory to the Agent, which funds shall be held at the Seller’s Bank in the name and under the sole control of the Agent or one of its Affiliates and (B) issue a SWIFT MT 199 or other similar communication (each such communication, a “ Disbursement Authorization ”) authorizing the release of such funds by the Seller’s Bank on the relevant Delivery Date upon receipt of a Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance in respect of such Ship duly executed by the Seller and Borrower and countersigned by a representative of the Agent;

39
 

provided that if delivery of the Ship does not occur within five (5) Business Days after the scheduled Delivery Date, the funds held at the Seller’s Bank shall be returned to the Agent for further distribution to the Lenders.

For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that:

(1) the date on which the Lenders fund the Advance constitutes the Drawdown Date in respect of such Advance and all interest and fees thereon shall accrue from such date;
(2) the Agent and the Lenders suspend fulfillment of the conditions precedent set forth in Schedule 4, Part B, Paragraphs 4 and 6 solely for the time period on and between such Drawdown Date and the relevant Delivery Date, and the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that fulfillment of such conditions precedent to the satisfaction of the Agent shall be required as a condition precedent to the countersignature by a representative of the Agent of the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance referred to in Clause 9.2(b)(ii);
(3) from the date the proceeds of the Advance are deposited at the Seller’s Bank to the Delivery Date (or, if delivery of the Ship does not occur within the time prescribed in the Disbursement Authorization, the date on which the funds are returned to the Agent for further distribution to the Lenders), the Borrower shall be entitled to interest on the Advance at the applicable rate, if any, paid by the Seller’s Bank for such deposited funds;
(4) if the Ship is not delivered within the time prescribed in the Disbursement Authorization and the proceeds of the Advance are returned to the Agent and distributed to the Lenders, (i) the Borrower shall pay all accrued interest and fees in respect of such returned proceeds on the date such proceeds are returned to the Agent and (ii) the relevant available Commitment will be increased by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Loan proceeds so returned; and
(5) if the Borrower has instructed the Agent to convert the aggregate principal amount of the Advance borrowed into a currency other than Dollars for deposit with the Seller’s Bank and the relevant Ship is not delivered within the time prescribed in the Disbursement Authorization and the proceeds of the Advance are returned to the Agent for further distribution to the Lenders, the Agent shall convert the aggregate principal amount of funds so returned back into Dollars and if such funds are less than the Dollar amount of the aggregate principal amount of the Advance incurred on the relevant Drawdown Date, the Borrower shall immediately repay the difference and, in any event, the Borrower shall pay any and all fees, charges and expenses arising from such conversion.
10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
10.1 General. The Borrower and each of the Guarantors jointly and severally represents and warrants to each Creditor Party as of the Effective Date and each Drawdown Date as follows.
10.2 Status. Each Security Party is:
(a) duly incorporated or formed and validly existing and in good standing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; and

 

40
 

 

(b) duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign company in each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property or in which the conduct of its business requires it to so qualify or be licensed except where, in each case, the failure to so qualify or be licensed and be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business, assets or financial condition or which may affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents,

and there are no proceedings or actions pending or contemplated by any Security Party, or to the knowledge of the Borrower or any Guarantor contemplated by any third party, seeking to adjudicate such Security Party a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property.

10.3 Company power; consents. Each Security Party has the capacity and has taken all action, and no consent of any person is required, for:
(a) it to own or lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted;
(b) it to execute each Finance Document and each Master Agreement to which it is or is to become a party;
(c) it to execute the Approved Acquisition Contract to which it is a party, to purchase and pay for the relevant Ship under such Approved Acquisition Contract and register the relevant Ship in its name under an Approved Flag;
(d) it to comply with its obligations under the Charter, each Finance Document and each Master Agreement to which it is or is to become a party;
(e) it to grant the Security Interests granted by it pursuant to the Finance Documents to which it is or is to become a party;
(f) the perfection or maintenance of the Security Interests created by the Finance Documents (including the first priority nature thereof); and
(g) the exercise by any Creditor Party of their rights under any of the Finance Documents or the Master Agreements or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Finance Documents or the Master Agreements to which it is a party,

except, in each case, for consents which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect.

10.4 Consents in force. All the consents referred to in Clause 10.3 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.
10.5 Title.

 

41
 

 

(a) Each Security Party owns (i) in the case of owned real property, good and marketable fee title to and (ii) in the case of owned personal property, good and valid title to, or, in the case of leased real or personal property, valid and enforceable leasehold interests (as the case may be) in, all of its properties and assets, tangible and intangible, of any nature whatsoever, free and clear in each case of all Security Interests or claims, except for Permitted Security Interests.
(b) No Security Party has created or is contractually bound to create any Security Interest on or with respect to any of its assets, properties, rights or revenues, except for Permitted Security Interests, and except as provided in this Agreement no Security Party is restricted by contract, applicable law or regulation or otherwise from creating Security Interests on any of its assets, properties, rights or revenues.
(c) Each Guarantor has received (or will receive on the Delivery Date) all deeds, assignments, waivers, consents, non-disturbance and attornment or similar agreements, bills of sale and other documents, and has duly effected (or will duly effect on the Delivery Date) all recordings, filings and other actions necessary to establish, protect and perfect such Guarantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Ship owned or to be owned by it and other properties and assets (or arrangements for such recordings, filings and other actions acceptable to the Agent shall have been made).
10.6 Legal validity; effective first priority Security Interests. Subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally:
(a) the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements to which each Security Party is a party, constitute or, as the case may be, will constitute upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents), such Security Party’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms; and
(b) the Finance Documents to which each Security Party is a party, create or, as the case may be, will create upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents), legal, valid and binding first priority Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate.
10.7 No third party Security Interests. Without limiting the generality of Clauses 10.5 and 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document:
(a) the relevant Security Party will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and
(b) no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.
10.8 No conflicts. The execution and delivery of each Finance Document and each Master Agreement, the borrowing of each Advance, and compliance with each Finance Document and each Master Agreement, will not involve or lead to a contravention of:
(a) any law or regulation; or

 

42
 

 

(b) the constitutional documents of any Security Party; or
(c) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on any Security Party or any of its assets.
10.9 Status of Secured Liabilities. The Secured Liabilities constitute direct, unconditional and general obligations of each Security Party and rank (a) senior to all subordinated Financial Indebtedness and (b) not less than pari passu (as to priority of payment and as to security) with all other Financial Indebtedness of each Security Party.
10.10 Taxes.
(a) Based solely on the IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY (or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto) of each Lender (which the Borrower shall confirm receipt thereof), all payments which a Security Party is liable to make under the Finance Documents to which it is a party can properly be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction applicable as of the Effective Date.
(b) Each Security Party has timely filed or has caused to be filed all tax returns and other reports that it is required by law or regulation to file in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes, assessments and other similar charges that are due and payable in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, other than taxes and charges:
(i) which (A) are not yet due and payable or (B) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established and as to which such failure to have paid such tax does not create any risk of sale, forfeiture, loss, confiscation or seizure of a Ship or of criminal liability; or
(ii) the non-payment of which could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of such Security Party.

The charges, accruals, and reserves on the books of each Security Party respecting taxes are adequate in accordance with IFRS.

(c) No material claim for any tax has been asserted against a Security Party by any Pertinent Jurisdiction or other taxing authority other than claims that are included in the liabilities for taxes in the most recent balance sheet of such person or disclosed in the notes thereto, if any.
(d) The execution, delivery, filing and registration or recording (if applicable) of the Finance Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby will not cause any of the Creditor Parties to be required to make any registration with, give any notice to, obtain any license, permit or other authorization from, or file any declaration, return, report or other document with any governmental authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction.
(e) No taxes are required by any governmental authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction to be paid with respect to or in connection with the execution, delivery, filing, recording, performance or enforcement of any Finance Document.
(f) The execution, delivery, filing, registration, recording, performance and enforcement of the Finance Documents by any of the Creditor Parties will not cause such Creditor Party to be subject to taxation under any law or regulation of any governmental authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction of any Security Party.

 

43
 

 

(g) It is not necessary for the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility into evidence of this Agreement or any other Finance Document that any stamp, registration or similar taxes be paid on or in relation to this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents.
10.11 No default. No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the Advance and no other circumstances exist which constitute or (with the giving of notice, lapse of time, determination of materiality or the fulfillment of any other applicable condition, or any combination of the foregoing) would constitute a default under any document which is binding on a Security Party or any of its assets and which may have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of a Security Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is or is to be a party.
10.12 Information. All financial statements, information and other data furnished by or on behalf of a Security Party to any of the Creditor Parties:
(a) was complete and at the time it was given true and accurate in all material respects;
(b) such financial statements, if any, have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and, except as disclosed to the SEC and/or the New York Stock Exchange, accurately and fairly represent the financial condition of such Security Party as of the date or respective dates thereof and the results of operations of such Security Party for the period or respective periods covered by such financial statements;
(c) there are no other facts or matters the omission of which would have made or make any such information false or misleading;
(d) there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business prospects of any Security Party since the date on which such information was provided other than as previously disclosed to the Agent in writing which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
(e) none of the Security Parties has any contingent obligations, liabilities for taxes or other outstanding financial obligations which are material in the aggregate except as disclosed in such statements, information and data.
10.13 No litigation. No legal or administrative action involving a Security Party (including any action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code, the ISPS Code or any Environmental Law) has been commenced or taken by any person, or, to the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which, in either case and if adversely determined, would be likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of a Security Party or which may affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents.
10.14 Intentionally omitted .
10.15 ISM Code and ISPS Code compliance. Each Guarantor has obtained or will obtain or will cause to be obtained all necessary ISM Code Documentation and ISPS Code Documentation in connection with the Ship owned or to be owned by it and its operation and will be or will cause such Ship and the Approved Manager to be in full compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.

 

44
 

 

10.16 Validity and completeness of Approved Acquisition Contracts and Charters.
(a) Each Approved Acquisition Contract constitutes valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Borrower or the Guarantor party thereto in accordance with its terms and:
(i) the copy of such Approved Acquisition Contract delivered to the Agent is a true and complete copy; and
(ii) no amendments or additions to such Approved Acquisition Contract have been agreed nor has the Borrower or the Guarantor party thereto waived any of their respective rights under such Approved Acquisition Contract.
(b) Each Charter constitutes valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Guarantor party thereto in accordance with its terms and:
(i) the copy of such Charter delivered to the Agent is a true and complete copy; and
(ii) no amendments or additions to such Charter have been agreed nor has the Guarantor party thereto waived any of its rights under such Charter.
10.17 No rebates etc. There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (howsoever described) to the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any third party in connection with the relevant Approved Acquisition Contract, other than as provided in such Approved Acquisition Contract and disclosed to the Agent in writing.
10.18 Compliance with law; Environmentally Sensitive Material. Except to the extent the following could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of any Security Party, or affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents:
(a) the operations and properties of each of the Security Parties comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including without limitation Environmental Laws, all necessary Environmental Permits have been obtained and are in effect for the operations and properties of each of the Security Parties and each of the Security Parties is in compliance in all material respects with all such Environmental Permits; and
(b) none of the Security Parties has been notified in writing by any person that it or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates is potentially liable for the remedial or other costs with respect to treatment, storage, disposal, release, arrangement for disposal or transportation of any Environmentally Sensitive Material, except for costs incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to treatment, storage, disposal or transportation of such Environmentally Sensitive Material.
10.19 Ownership structure.

 

45
 

 

(a) All of the Equity Interests of the Borrower have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable.
(b) All of the Equity Interests of each Guarantor have been validly issued, are fully paid, non-assessable and free and clear of all Security Interests other than Permitted Security Interests and are owned beneficially and of record by the Borrower.
(c) None of the Equity Interests of any Guarantor are subject to any existing option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreement of any character to which any of the Guarantors is a party requiring, and there are no Equity Interests of any Guarantor outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance, sale or transfer of any additional Equity Interests of any of the Guarantors or other Equity Interests convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase Equity Interests of any of the Guarantors.
10.20 Pension plans. None of the Guarantors or the Borrower maintains any Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Pension Plan.
10.21 Margin stock. The Borrower is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock and no proceeds of any Advance will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of buying or carrying any Margin Stock.
10.22 Investment company, public utility, etc. The Borrower is not:
(a) an “investment company,” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; or
(b) a “public utility” within the meaning of the United States Federal Power Act of 1920, as amended.
10.23 Asset control.
(a) The Borrower is not a Prohibited Person, is not owned or controlled by, or, to the best of its knowledge, acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person and does not own or control a Prohibited Person;
(b) No proceeds of any Advance shall be made available, directly or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person or otherwise shall be, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.
10.24 No money laundering. Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 2.3, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrower of an Advance, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents, and the transactions and other arrangements affected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower confirms that:
(a) it is acting for its own account;

 

46
 

 

(b) it will use the proceeds of such Advance for its own benefit, under its full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement; and
(c) the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union) and comparable United States federal and state laws, including without limitation the PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act.
10.25 Ships. As of the relevant Delivery Date, each Ship will be:
(a) in the sole and absolute ownership of a Guarantor and duly registered in such Guarantor’s name under the law of an Approved Flag, unencumbered save and except for the Mortgage thereon in favor of the Security Trustee recorded against it and as permitted thereby;
(b) seaworthy for hull and machinery insurance warranty purposes and in every way fit for its intended service;
(c) insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the requirements hereof in respect of such insurances will have been complied with;
(d) in class in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the requirements hereof in respect of such classification will have been complied with; and
(e) managed by an Approved Manager pursuant to an Approved Management Agreement.
10.26 Place of business. For purposes of the UCC, each Security Party has only one place of business located at, or, if it has more than one place of business, the chief executive office from which it manages the main part of its business operations and conducts its affairs is located at:

9, Boulevard Charles III
Monaco 98000

None of the Security Parties has a place of business in the United States of America, the District of Columbia, the United States Virgin Islands, or any territory or insular possession subject to the jurisdiction of the United States of America, other than its representative office at:

150 East 58 th Street
New York, New York 10155

10.27 Solvency. In the case of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors:
(a) the sum of its assets, at a fair valuation, does and will exceed its liabilities (including guarantees), including, to the extent they are reportable as such in accordance with IFRS, contingent liabilities;
(b) the present fair market saleable value of its assets is not and shall not be less than the amount that will be required to pay its probable liability on its then existing debts, including, to the extent they are reportable as such in accordance with IFRS, contingent liabilities, as they mature;

 

47
 

 

(c) it does not and will not have unreasonably small working capital with which to continue its business; and
(d) it has not incurred, does not intend to incur and does not believe it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.
10.28 Borrower’s business; Guarantors’ business. From the date of its incorporation until the date hereof, neither the Borrower nor any of the Guarantors has conducted any business other than in connection with, or for the purpose of, owning, chartering and operating the Ships.
10.29 Immunity; enforcement; submission to jurisdiction; choice of law.
(a) Each Security Party is subject to civil and commercial law with respect to its obligations under the Finance Documents, and the execution, delivery and performance by each Security Party of the Finance Documents to which it is a party constitute private and commercial acts rather than public or governmental acts.
(b) No Security Party or any of its properties has any immunity from suit, court jurisdiction, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment, set-off, execution of a judgment or from any other legal process in relation to any Finance Document.
(c) It is not necessary under the laws of any Security Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, in order to enable any Creditor Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document or by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by the any Security Party of its obligations under any Finance Document, that such Creditor Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in such Security Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation or formation.
(d) Other than the recording of each Mortgage in accordance with the laws of an Approved Flag and such filings as may be required in a Pertinent Jurisdiction in respect of certain of the Finance Documents, and the payment of fees consequent thereto, it is not necessary for the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility into evidence of this Agreement or any other Finance Document that any of them or any document relating thereto be registered, filed recorded or enrolled with any court or authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction.
(e) The execution, delivery, filing, registration, recording, performance and enforcement of the Finance Documents by any of the Creditor Parties will not cause such Creditor Party to be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any Pertinent Jurisdiction of any Security Party or subject to taxation under any law or regulation of any governmental authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction of any Security Party.
(f) Under the law of each Security Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, the choice of the law of New York to govern this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which New York law is applicable is valid and binding.
(g) The submission by the Security Parties to the jurisdiction of the New York State courts and the U.S. Federal court sitting in New York County pursuant to Clause 32.2(a) is valid and binding and not subject to revocation, and service of process effected in the manner set forth in Clause 32.2(d) will be effective to confer personal jurisdiction over the Security Parties in such courts.

 

48
 

 

10.30 Repetition .

(a) The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 10 are deemed to be repeated both on the date of each Drawdown Notice and at each Drawdown Date.

(b) The representations and warranties set out in Clauses 10.1, 10.2, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.8, 10.9, 10.11, 10.12, 10.13, 10.18, 10.19, 10.20, 10.22, 10.23, 10.24, 10.25, 10.26, 10.27 and 10.28 are deemed to be repeated on each interest rollover date.

11 GENERAL AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS
11.1 Affirmative covenants. From the first Drawdown Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 11.1 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld:
(a) Performance of obligations. Each Security Party shall duly observe and perform its obligations under each Charter and each Finance Document and Master Agreement to which it is or is to become a party.
(b) Notification of defaults (etc). The Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent, upon becoming aware of the same, of:
(i) the occurrence of an Event of Default or of any Potential Event of Default or any other event (including any litigation) which, if adversely determined, is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect any Security Party’s ability to perform its obligations under a Charter and each Finance Document and Master Agreement to which it is or is to become a party;
(ii) any default by any party to a Charter; and
(iii) any damage or injury caused by or to a Ship in excess of $5,000,000.
(c) Confirmation of no default. The Borrower will, within three (3) Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by an officer of the Borrower and which states that:
(i) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; or
(ii) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.

The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 11.1(c) from time to time but only if asked to do so by a Lender or Lenders having Contributions exceeding 33% of the Loan or (if no Advances have been made) Commitments exceeding 33% of the Total Commitments, and this Clause 11.1(c) does not affect the Borrower’s obligations under Clause 11.1(b).

(d) Notification of litigation. The Borrower will provide the Agent with details of any legal or administrative action involving the Borrower, any other Security Party, the Approved Manager or any Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Borrower that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document or Master Agreement.

 

49
 

 

(e) Provision of further information. The Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial or other information relating to:
(i) the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of the Borrower’s other subsidiaries; or
(ii) any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document,

which may be requested by the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender or any Swap Bank at any time.

(f) Books of record and account; separate accounts.
(i) Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors shall keep separate and proper books of record and account in which full and materially correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of each of the Borrower and the Guarantors in accordance with IFRS, and the Agent shall have the right to examine the books and records of each of the Borrower and the Guarantors wherever the same may be kept from time to time as it sees fit, in its sole reasonable discretion, or to cause an examination to be made by a firm of accountants selected by it, provided that any examination shall be done without undue interference with the day to day business operations of the Borrower or the Guarantors, as the case may be.
(ii) Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors shall keep separate accounts and shall not co-mingle assets with each other except for funds held in the Earnings Account or any other person.
(g) Financial reports. Whether or not the Borrower is then subject to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Borrower shall prepare and deliver to the Agent:
(i) as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, an annual report on Form 20-F (or any successor form) containing the audited consolidated financial and other information required to be contained therein for such Fiscal Year (including a balance sheet and a statement of profit and loss and cash flow for such Fiscal Year);
(ii) as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 60 days after the end of each quarter of each Fiscal Year, quarterly reports on Form 6-K (or any successor form) containing unaudited consolidated financial statements for and as of the end of such fiscal quarter (with comparable financial statements for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year);
(iii) a Compliance Certificate together with the quarterly reports that the Borrower delivers in (ii) above;

 

50
 

 

(iv) as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, cash flow projections (including a balance sheet and a statement of profit and loss and cash flow) for the Borrower and its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) for the following three consecutive calendar years; and
(v) such other financial statements (including without limitation details of all off-balance sheet and time charter hire commitments), annual budgets and projections as may be reasonably requested by the Agent, each to be in such form as the Agent may reasonably request;

provided that the Borrower will be deemed to have furnished to the Agent such reports and information referred to in (i) and (ii) above if the Borrower has filed such reports and information with the SEC via the EDGAR system (or any successor system) and such reports and information are publicly available.

(h) Appraisals of Fair Market Value. The Borrower shall procure and deliver to the Agent two written appraisal reports setting forth the Fair Market Value of each Ship as follows:

 

(i)                   at the Borrower’s expense, for inclusion with each Compliance Certificate required to be delivered together with the second quarterly and the annual financial statements that the Borrower delivers under Clause 11.1(g)(i) and (ii); and

(ii) at the Lenders’ expense, at all other times upon the request of the Agent and the Majority Lenders, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case the Borrower shall procure it at its expense as often as requested.
(i) Taxes. Each Security Party shall prepare and timely file all tax returns required to be filed by it and pay and discharge all taxes imposed upon it or in respect of any of its property and assets before the same shall become in default, as well as all lawful claims (including, without limitation, claims for labor, materials and supplies) which, if unpaid, might become a Security Interest upon the Collateral or any part thereof, except in each case, for any such taxes (i) as are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established, (ii) as to which such failure to have paid does not create any risk of sale, forfeiture, loss, confiscation or seizure of a Ship or criminal liability, or (ii) the failure of which to pay or discharge would not be likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower or any other Security Party or to affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents.
(j) Consents. Each Security Party shall obtain or cause to be obtained, maintain in full force and effect and comply with the conditions and restrictions (if any) imposed in connection with, every consent and do all other acts and things which may from time to time be necessary or required for the continued due performance of all of its obligations under any Charter and each Finance Document to which it is or is to become a party, and shall deliver a copy of all such consents to the Agent promptly upon its request.
(k) Compliance with applicable law. Each Security Party shall comply in all material respects with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, ordinances, rules, orders and regulations now in force or hereafter enacted, including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws and regulations relating thereto, the failure to comply with which would be likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of such Security Party or affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Charter and each Finance Document to which it is or is to become a party.

 

51
 

 

(l) Existence. Each Security Party shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation.
(m) Conduct of business.
(i) The Borrower shall conduct business only in connection with, or for the purpose of, managing, chartering and operating the Ships and other vessels and directly or indirectly owning the Equity Interests of each of the Guarantors and other vessel owning companies.
(ii) Each Guarantor shall conduct business only in connection with, or for the purpose of, owning , managing, chartering and operating the Ship owned by it.
(iii) Each Security Party shall conduct business in its own name and observe all corporate and other formalities required by its constitutional documents.
(n) Properties.
(i) Except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of a Security Party or affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents, each Security Party shall maintain and preserve all of its properties that are used or useful in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.
(ii) Each Security Party shall obtain and maintain good and marketable title or the right to use or occupy all real and personal properties and assets (including intellectual property) reasonably required for the conduct of its business.
(iii) Each Security Party shall conduct its business and affairs without infringement of or interference with any intellectual property of any other person in any material respect and shall comply in all material respects with the terms of its licenses.

(o)                Loan proceeds. The Borrower shall use the proceeds of each Advance solely to (i) partially finance the acquisition of a Ship and (ii) in the case of a Revolving Advance, for general corporate and working capital purposes.

(p)                Intentionally omitted.

(q)                Pollution liability. Each Security Party shall take, or cause to be taken, such actions as may be reasonably required to mitigate potential liability to it arising out of pollution incidents or as may be reasonably required to protect the interests of the Creditor Parties with respect thereto.

(r) Subordination of loans. Each Security Party shall cause all loans made to it by any Affiliate and all sums and other obligations (financial or otherwise) owed by it to any Affiliate to be fully subordinated to all Secured Liabilities.

 

52
 

 

(s) Asset control. The Borrower shall to the best of its knowledge and ability ensure that:
(i) it is not owned or controlled by, or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person and does not own or control a Prohibited Person; and
(ii) no proceeds of any Advance shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person or otherwise shall be, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.
(t) Money laundering. The Borrower shall to the best of its knowledge and ability comply, and cause each of its subsidiaries to comply, with any applicable law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council) and comparable United States federal and state laws, including without limitation the PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act.
(u) Pension Plans. Promptly upon the institution of a Plan, a Mulitemployer Plan or a Foreign Pension Plan by the Borrower or any Guarantor, the Borrower shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Agent written notice thereof and, if requested by the Agent or any Lender, a copy of such Plan, Mulitemployer Plan or Foreign Pension Plan.
(v) Information provided to be accurate. All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of any Security Party under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be true and not misleading and shall not omit any material fact or consideration.
(w) Shareholder and creditor notices. The Borrower shall send the Agent, at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all communications which are dispatched to its (i) shareholders or any class of them or (ii) creditors generally.
(x) Maintenance of Security Interests. Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors shall:
(i) at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and
(ii) without limiting the generality of paragraph (i), at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enroll any Finance Document with any court or authority in all Pertinent Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Pertinent Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is or has become reasonably necessary for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.
(y) “Know your customer” checks. If:
(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;
(ii) any change in the status of the Borrower or any other Security Party, after the date of this Agreement; or

 

53
 

 

(iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii), any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Lender concerned supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or the Lender concerned (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii), on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, the Lender concerned or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

(z) NYSE listing. The Borrower shall maintain its listing on the New York Stock Exchange.
(aa) Further assurances. From time to time, at its expense, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors shall duly execute and deliver to the Agent such further documents and assurances as the Majority Lenders or the Agent may reasonably request to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement, the other Finance Documents or obtain the full benefit of any of the Collateral.
11.2 Negative covenants. From the Effective Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full the Borrower and each of the Guarantors, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 11.2 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld:
(a) Security Interests. None of the Guarantors shall create, assume or permit to exist any Security Interest whatsoever upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Permitted Security Interests.
(b) Sale of assets; merger. No Security Party shall sell, transfer or lease (other than in connection with a Charter) all or substantially all of its properties and assets, or enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation or liquidate, windup or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) provided that a Guarantor may sell the Ship owned by it pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
(c) No contracts other than in ordinary course of business. None of the Borrower or the Guarantors shall enter into any transactions or series of related transactions with third parties other than in the ordinary course of its business.
(d) Affiliate transactions. None of the Borrower or the Guarantors shall enter into any transaction or series of related transactions, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, with any Affiliate other than on terms and conditions substantially as favorable to such Borrower or Guarantor as would be obtainable by it at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a person other than an Affiliate.
(e) Change of business.

 

54
 

 

(i) The Borrower shall not change the nature of its business or commence any business other than in connection with, or for the purpose of managing, chartering and operating the Ships and other vessels and directly or indirectly owning the Equity Interests of each of the Guarantors and other subsidiaries.
(ii) None of the Guarantors shall change the nature of its business or commence any business other than in connection with, or for the purpose of, owning, managing, chartering and operating the Ship owned by it.
(f) Negative pledge. The Borrower shall not permit any pledge or assignment of a Guarantor’s Equity Interests except in favor of the Security Trustee to secure the Secured Liabilities.
(g) Increases in capital. The Borrower shall not permit an increase of a Guarantor’s capital by way of the issuance of any class or series of Equity Interests or create any new class of Equity Interests that is not subject to a Security Interest to secure the Secured Liabilities.
(h) Financial Indebtedness; Trade payables.
(i) None of the Guarantors shall incur any Financial Indebtedness other than in respect of: (A) the Loan, (B) the Swap Exposure, (C) Financial Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date which has been disclosed to and approved by the Majority Lenders in writing and (D) subject to Clause 11.1(r), loans made to a Guarantor by any Affiliate, parent or subsidiary .
(ii) None of the Guarantors shall incur unsecured trade credit exceeding $1,750,000 on its Ship at any time.
(i) Dividends. If an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or if an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default would result therefrom, or if the Borrower is not in compliance with any of the covenants in Clause 12 hereof or any payment of dividends or any form of distribution or return of capital would result in the Borrower not being in compliance with any of the covenants in Clause 12 , none of the Borrower or the Guarantors shall declare or pay any dividends or return any capital to its equity holders or authorize or make any other distribution, payment or delivery of property or cash to its equity holders, or redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, for value, any interest of any class or series of its Equity Interests (or acquire any rights, options or warrants relating thereto but not including convertible debt) now or hereafter outstanding, or repay any subordinated loans to equity holders or set aside any funds for any of the foregoing purposes.
(j) Intentionally omitted.
(k) Internal charters. None of the Guarantors shall enter into any demise, time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Ship owned by it with another Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Borrower as charterer under that charter.
(l) Loans and investments. None of the Borrower or the Guarantors shall make any loan or advance to, make any investment in, or enter into any working capital maintenance or similar agreement with respect to any person, whether by acquisition of Equity Interests or indebtedness, by loan, guarantee or otherwise unless (i) after giving effect to any such transaction, the Borrower will be in compliance with the financial covenants set out in Clause 12 and (ii) no Event of Default exists at the time of such transaction or would result therefrom.

 

55
 

 

(m) Acquisition of capital assets. None of the Guarantors shall acquire any capital assets (including any vessel other than a Ship) by purchase, charter or otherwise, provided that for the avoidance of doubt nothing in this Clause 11.2(m) shall prevent or be deemed to prevent ordinary upgrades or maintenance works being made to a Ship.
(n) Sale and leaseback. None of the Guarantors shall enter into any arrangements, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any of its property, whether real or personal, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, if it, at the time of such sale or disposition, intends to lease or otherwise acquire the right to use or possess (except by purchase) such property or like property for a substantially similar purpose.
(o) Changes to Fiscal Year and accounting policies. None of the Borrower or the Guarantors shall change its Fiscal Year or make or permit any change in accounting policies affecting (i) the presentation of financial statements or (ii) reporting practices, except in either case in accordance with IFRS or pursuant to the requirements of applicable laws or regulations.
(p) Jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; Amendment of constitutional documents. None of the Borrower or the Guarantors shall change the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation. None of the Guarantors shall amend its constitutional documents. The Borrower shall not amend its constitutional documents in any manner that would adversely affect its obligations under this Agreement or any other Finance Document to which it is a party.
(q) Sale of Ship. No Guarantor shall consummate the sale of its Ship without paying or causing to be paid all amounts due and owing in connection with the financing of such Ship under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents prior to or simultaneously with the consummation of such sale.
(r) Change of location. None of the Borrower or the Guarantors shall change the location of its chief executive office or the office where its corporate records are kept or open any new office for the conduct of its business on less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Agent.
(s) Financial Support. None of the Guarantors shall procure any financial support (including contingent support) other than:
(i) financial support incurred pursuant to this Agreement or Financial Indebtedness permitted under Clause 11.2(h);
(ii) existing financial support which is outstanding on the Effective Date and has been disclosed to the Agent in writing; or
(iii) financial support approved in writing by the Majority Lenders.
(t) Change of place of business. None of the Borrower or the Guarantors shall change the location of the place of business where it or any other Security Party conducts its affairs and keeps its records.

 

56
 

 

12 FINANCIAL COVENANTS
12.1 General . From the Effective Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 12 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
12.2 Maximum leverage. The Borrower shall maintain a ratio of Net Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalization of not more than 0.60 to 1.00, to be tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter.
12.3 Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. The Borrower shall maintain a Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of not less than $150,000,000 plus:
(a) 25% of the Borrower’s cumulative, positive consolidated net income for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after July 1, 2010; and
(b) 50% of the value of the Equity Proceeds realized from any issuance of Equity Interests in the Borrower occurring on or after July 1, 2010.
12.4 Minimum interest coverage. The Borrower shall maintain a ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Net Interest Expense (excluding any commitment fees on the undrawn parts of the Total Commitments) equal to or greater than:
(a) from the date of this Agreement up to (and including) September 30, 2013, 2.00 to 1.00; and
(b) at all other times thereafter, 2.50 to 1.00.

Such ratio shall be calculated quarterly on a trailing four quarter basis.

12.5 Minimum liquidity. The Borrower shall maintain Consolidated Liquidity, including all amounts on deposit with any bank, of not less than the greater of (a) $25,000,000 and (b) 5% of Consolidated Funded Debt (the “ Minimum Liquidity ”), provided that 50% of the Minimum Liquidity shall at all times consist of cash.
12.6 Material changes in IFRS requirements. If, at any time after the Effective Date, the IFRS requirements materially change so as to impact the financial covenants set out in Clauses 12.2, 12.3, 12.4 and 12.5, the Borrower shall notify the Agent and the Lenders and, if agreed between the Borrower and the Lenders, this Agreement shall be amended and/or supplemented to reflect these changes.
13 MARINE INSURANCE COVENANTS
13.1 General. From the first Drawdown Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 13 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

57
 

 

13.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances. Each Guarantor shall keep or cause to keep the Ship owned by it insured at its expense against:
(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery, freight and excess risks);
(b) war risks;
(c) protection and indemnity risks; and
(d) any other risks against which the Security Trustee considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would in the opinion of the Security Trustee be reasonable for that Guarantor to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by notice to that Guarantor.
13.3 Terms of obligatory insurances. Each Guarantor shall affect such insurances in respect of the Ship owned by it:
(a) in Dollars;
(b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:
(i) when aggregated with the insured values of the other Ships then financed under this Agreement, 110% of the Loan; and
(ii) the Fair Market Value of the Ship owned by it;

provided that , not less than 80% of the insured value established pursuant to (i) or (ii) above shall be on a hull and machinery basis;

 

(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks and protection and indemnity war risks (in excess of the amount for war risk hull), in each case for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market (in the case of oil pollution liability risks, currently U.S.$ 1,000,000,000);
(d) in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship owned by it;
(e) on approved terms; and
(f) through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations that are members of the International Group of P&I Clubs.
13.4 Further protections for the Creditor Parties. In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3, each Guarantor shall procure that the obligatory insurances affected by it shall:
(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name that Guarantor as the sole named assured unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:

 

58
 

 

(i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;
(A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and
(B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and
(ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;
and every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Security Trustee (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between that Guarantor and every other named assured in proportion to the aggregate claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;
(b) whenever the Security Trustee requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Trustee as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Trustee, but without the Security Trustee thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;
(c) name the Security Trustee as first priority mortgagee and loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security Trustee may specify;
(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;
(e) provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party; and
(f) provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if that Guarantor fails to do so.
13.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances. Each Guarantor shall:
(a) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:
(i) notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom that Guarantor proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and
(ii) obtain the Security Trustee’s approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);
(b) at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Security Trustee’s approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and

 

59
 

 

(c) procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.
13.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking. Each Guarantor shall ensure that all approved brokers provide the Security Trustee with pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to affect or renew and of a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:
(a) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment in accordance with the requirements of the Insurance Assignment for that Guarantor’s Ship;
(b) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;
(c) they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances or if they cease to act as brokers;
(d) they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from that Guarantor or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and
(e) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Guarantor under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of that Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.
13.7 Copies of certificates of entry. Each Guarantor shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provides the Security Trustee with:
(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;
(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee;
(c) where required to be issued under the terms of insurance/indemnity provided by the protection and indemnity association, but only if and when so requested by the Agent, a certified copy of each United States of America voyage quarterly declaration (or other similar document or documents) made by the relevant Security Party in relation to that Ship in accordance with the requirements of such protection and indemnity association; and
(d) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to the Ship.

 

60
 

 

13.8 Deposit of original policies. Each Guarantor shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.
13.9 Payment of premiums. Each Guarantor shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.
13.10 Guarantees. Each Guarantor shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.
13.11 Compliance with terms of insurances. No Guarantor shall do nor omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular:
(a) each Guarantor shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.6(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;
(b) no Guarantor shall make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it unless approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;
(c) each Guarantor shall make (and promptly supply copies to the Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship owned by it is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and
(d) no Guarantor shall employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.
13.12 Alteration to terms of insurances. No Guarantor shall either make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance nor waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.
13.13 Settlement of claims. No Guarantor shall settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and each Guarantor shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information (including, without limitation, a written confirmation from the relevant insurers, to be issued within 120 days after the Total Loss Date, that the claim in respect of the Total Loss has been accepted in full by such insurers) to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.
13.14 Provision of copies of communications. Each Guarantor shall provide the Security Trustee, at the time of each such communication, copies of all material written communications between that Guarantor and:

 

61
 

 

(a) the approved brokers;
(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and
(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters,

which relate directly or indirectly to:

(i) that Guarantor’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and
(ii) any credit arrangements made between that Guarantor and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.
13.15 Provision of information. In addition, each Guarantor shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) reasonably requests for the purpose of:
(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or
(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.16 or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances;

and that Guarantor shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a).

13.16 Mortgagee’s interest, additional perils and political risk insurances. The Security Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew (i) mortgagee’s interest marine insurance, (ii) mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance and/or (iii) mortgagee’s political risks/rights insurance in such amounts (not to exceed 110% of the Loan), on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Trustee may from time to time consider appropriate and the Borrower and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.
13.17 Review of insurance requirements. The Security Trustee may and, on instruction of the Majority Lenders, shall review, at the expense of the Borrower, the requirements of this Clause 13 from time to time in order to take account of any changes in circumstances after the date of this Agreement which are, in the opinion of the Agent or the Majority Lenders significant and capable of affecting the relevant Security Party or a Ship and its insurance (including, without limitation, changes in the availability or the cost of insurance coverage or the risks to which the relevant Security Party may be subject.)
13.18 Modification of insurance requirements. The Security Trustee shall notify the Borrower and the Guarantors of any proposed modification under Clause 13.17 to the requirements of this Clause 13 which the Security Trustee may or, on instruction of the Majority Lenders, shall reasonably consider necessary in the circumstances and such modification shall take effect on and from the date it is notified in writing to the Borrower and the Guarantors as an amendment to this Clause 13 and shall bind the Borrower and the Guarantors accordingly.

 

62
 

 

13.19 Compliance with instructions. The Security Trustee shall be entitled (without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights which it may have or acquire under any Finance Document) to require a Ship to remain at any safe port or to proceed to and remain at any safe port designated by the Security Trustee until the relevant Security Party implements any amendments to the terms of the obligatory insurances and any operational changes required as a result of a notice served under Clause 13.18.
14 SHIP COVENANTS
14.1 General. From the first Drawdown Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 14 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
14.2 Ship’s name and registration. Each Guarantor shall:
(a) keep the Ship owned by it registered in its name under the law of an Approved Flag;
(b) not do, omit to do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperiled; and
(c) not change the name or port of registry on which such Ship was registered when it became subject to a Mortgage.
14.3 Repair and classification. Each Guarantor shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:
(a) consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;
(b) so as to maintain the highest class for that Ship with the Classification Society, free of overdue recommendations and conditions affecting that Ship’s class; and
(c) so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered under the law of the Approved Flag on which that Ship is registered or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which that Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.
14.4 Classification Society instructions. Each Guarantor shall instruct the Classification Society referred to in Clause 14.3(b) :
(a) to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, copies of all original class records held by the Classification Society in relation to that Guarantor’s Ship;

 

63
 

 

(b) to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of that Guarantor and the Ship owned by it either (i) electronically (through the Classification Society directly or by way of indirect access via the Borrower’s account manager and designating the Security Trustee as a user or administrator of the system under its account) or (ii) in person at the offices of the Classification Society, and to take copies of them electronically or otherwise;
(c) to notify the Security Trustee immediately in writing if the Classification Society:
(i) receives notification from that Guarantor or any other person that that Ship’s Classification Society is to be changed; or
(ii) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a condition of class or a recommendation (in each case affecting class), or a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of that Ship’s class under the rules or terms and conditions of that Guarantor’s or that Ship’s membership of the Classification Society;
(d) following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:
(i) to confirm that that Guarantor is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Classification Society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the Classification Society; or
(ii) if that Guarantor is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Classification Society, to specify to the Security Trustee in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Classification Society.
14.5 Modification. No Guarantor shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship owned by it or equipment installed on that Ship which would or is reasonably likely to materially negatively alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value.
14.6 Removal of parts. No Guarantor shall remove any material part of the Ship owned by it, or any item of equipment installed on, that Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favor of any person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on that Ship, the property of that Guarantor and subject to the security constituted by a Mortgage, provided that a Guarantor may install and remove equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by it.
14.7 Surveys. Each Guarantor, at its sole expense, shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Security Trustee, provide the Security Trustee, at that Guarantor’s sole expense, with copies of all survey reports.
14.8 Inspection. Each Guarantor shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose at the cost of the Borrower and the Guarantors) to board the Ship owned by it at all reasonable times (but before the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default not more than once per year) to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections. The Security Trustee shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that the operation of that Ship is not adversely affected as a result of such inspections.

 

64
 

 

14.9 Prevention of and release from arrest. Each Guarantor shall promptly discharge:
(a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances;
(b) all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances; and
(c) all other accounts payable whatsoever in respect of the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances,

and, forthwith upon (and in any event not more than 90 days after) receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, that Guarantor shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

14.10 Compliance with laws etc. Each Guarantor shall:
(a) comply, or procure compliance with, all laws or regulations:
(i) relating to its business generally; or
(ii) relating to the ownership, employment, operation and management of the Ship owned by it,

including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all Sanctions;

 

(b) without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (a) above, not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any laws or regulations, including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code; all Environmental Laws and all Sanctions; and
(c) in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship owned by it to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship’s war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Security Trustee has been given (after consultation with its insurance advisors) and that Guarantor has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Trustee may require.
14.11 Provision of information. Each Guarantor shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which it requests regarding:
(a) the Ship owned by it, its employment, position and engagements;
(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to that Ship’s master and crew;

 

65
 

 

(c) any material expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of that Ship and any payments made in respect of that Ship;
(d) any towages and salvages; and
(e) that Guarantor’s, the Approved Manager’s and that Ship’s compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

and, upon the Security Trustee’s request, provide copies of any current charter and charter guarantee relating to that Ship and copies of that Guarantor’s or the Approved Manager’s Document of Compliance.

14.12 Notification of certain events. Each Guarantor shall immediately notify the Security Trustee by fax or Email, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:
(a) any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;
(b) any occurrence as a result of which the Ship owned by it has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;
(c) any requirement or condition made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with in accordance with its terms;
(d) any arrest or detention of the Ship owned by it, any exercise or purported exercise of any Security Interest on that Ship or the Earnings or any requisition of that Ship for hire;
(e) any intended dry docking of the Ship owned by it;
(f) any material Environmental Claim made against that Guarantor or in connection with the Ship owned by it, or any material Environmental Incident;
(g) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Guarantor, the Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship owned by it which may result in the withdrawal of the Safety Management Certificate, the Document of Compliance or the ISSC applicable to that Ship, the relevant Guarantor or, as the case may be, the Approved Manager; or
(h) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with;

and that Guarantor shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Security Trustee shall require of that Guarantor’s, the Approved Manager’s or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

14.13 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. No Guarantor shall:
(a) let the Ship owned by it on demise charter for any period;
(b) other than as disclosed to the Agent, enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 24 months;

 

66
 

 

(c) enter into any charter in relation to that Ship under which more than two (2) months’ hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;
(d) charter that Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time when that Ship is fixed;
(e) appoint a manager of that Ship other than the Approved Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of the Approved Management Agreement;
(f) de-activate or lay up that Ship;
(g) change the Classification Society; or
(h) put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any Security Interest on that Ship or the Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.
14.14 Copies of Charters; Charter Assignment; Earnings Assignment. Provided that all approvals necessary under Clause 14.13 have been previously obtained, each Guarantor shall:
(a) furnish promptly to the Agent a true and complete copy of any Charter for the Ship owned by it, all other documents related thereto and a true and complete copy of each material amendment or other modification thereof;
(b) in respect of any such Charter , execute and deliver to the Agent a Charter Assignment and use reasonable commercial efforts to cause the charterer to execute and deliver to the Security Trustee a consent and acknowledgement to such Charter Assignment in the form required thereby; and
(c) in respect of any contract for the employment of that Ship for a term which is or which by virtue of any optional extensions therein contained would be reasonably likely to be of less than 24 months duration , execute and deliver to the Agent an Earnings Assignment.
14.15 Notice of Mortgage. Each Guarantor shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first priority or preferred mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master’s cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that such Ship is mortgaged by that Guarantor to the Security Trustee.
14.16 Sharing of Earnings. No Guarantor shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings.
14.17 ISPS Code. Each Guarantor shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:
(a) procure that the Ship owned by it and the company responsible for that Ship’s compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and
(b) maintain for that Ship an ISSC; and

 

67
 

 

(c) notify the Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.
15 COLLATERAL MAINTENANCE RATIO
15.1 General. From the first Drawdown Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 15 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
15.2 Collateral Maintenance Ratio. If, at any time, the Agent notifies the Borrower that:
(a) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Ships; plus
(b) the net realizable value of any additional Collateral previously provided under this Clause 15,

is below 140 percent of the aggregate of the Loan (such ratio being the “ Collateral Maintenance Ratio ”), the Agent (acting upon the instruction of the Majority Lenders) shall have the right to require the Borrower to comply with the requirements of Clause 15.3.

15.3 Provision of additional Collateral; prepayment . If the Agent serves a notice on the Borrower under Clause 15.2, the Borrower shall prepay such part (at least) of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall on or before the date falling one (1) month after the date on which the Agent’s notice is served under Clause 15.2 (the “ Prepayment Date ”) unless at least one (1) Business Day before the Prepayment Date it has provided, or ensured that a third party has provided, additional Collateral which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has a net realizable value at least equal to the shortfall and which has been documented in such terms as the Agent may, with the authorization of the Majority Lenders, approve or require.
15.4 Suitability of additional Collateral. Any additional Collateral proposed under Clause 15.3 shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders, it being understood and agreed that a vessel meeting the requirements of an Approved Substitution Ship and cash comprised of Dollars shall be deemed satisfactory by the Majority Lenders.
15.5 Valuation of additional Collateral. The net realizable value of any additional Collateral which is provided under Clause 15.3 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the definition of Fair Market Value. The net realizable value of any additional Collateral which is provided under Clause 15.3 and which consists of cash comprised of Dollars shall be valued at par.
15.6 Valuations binding. Any valuation under Clause 15.3 or 15.5 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower and the Guarantors, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of any additional Collateral which does not consist of or include a vessel.
15.7 Provision of information. The Borrower shall promptly provide the Agent and any Approved Broker or other expert acting under Clause 15.5 with any information which the Agent or the Approved Broker or other expert may request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrower fails to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Broker or the Majority Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.

 

68
 

 

15.8 Payment of valuation expenses. Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrower’s obligations under Clauses 21.2, 21.3 and 22.3, the Borrower shall, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any Approved Broker or other expert instructed by the Agent under this Clause 15 and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause 15.
15.9 Application of prepayment. Clause 8 shall apply in relation to any prepayment pursuant to Clause 15.3.
16 guarantee
16.1 Guarantee and indemnity. In order to induce the Lenders to make the Loan to the Borrower, and to induce the Swap Banks to enter into Designated Transactions with the Borrower, each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:
(a) guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Creditor Party, the punctual payment and performance by the Borrower when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all Secured Liabilities of the Borrower, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise (collectively, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Guaranteed Obligations”, with respect to any Guarantor, shall not include any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor;
(b) undertakes with each Creditor Party that whenever the Borrower does not pay any Guaranteed Obligation when due, such Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that Guaranteed Obligation as if it were the primary obligor; and
(c) indemnifies each Creditor Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability suffered or incurred by that Creditor Party (i) if any Guaranteed Obligation is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal or (ii) by operation of law as a consequence of the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements. The amount of the cost, loss or liability shall be equal to the amount which that Creditor Party would otherwise have been entitled to recover.
16.2 Continuing guarantee. This guarantee:
(a) is a continuing guarantee;
(b) constitutes a guarantee of punctual performance and payment and not merely of collection;
(c) is joint and several with any other guarantee given in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations and shall not in any way be prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Creditor Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations;
(d) shall remain in full force and effect until the later of the termination of the Total Commitments and the payment and performance in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part; and
(e) shall be binding upon each Guarantor, its successors and permitted assigns.

 

69
 

 

16.3 Performance of Guaranteed Obligations; obligations pari passu .
(a) Each Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be performed and paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the relevant Finance Document or Master Agreement regardless of any law or regulation or order of any court:
(i) affecting (A) any term of such Finance Document or Master Agreement or the rights of any of the Creditor Parties with respect thereto or (B) the Borrower’s ability or obligation to make or render, or right of any Creditor Party to receive, any payments or performance due thereunder; or
(ii) which might otherwise constitute a defense to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, the Borrower.
(b) The obligations of each Guarantor under this guarantee shall rank pari passu with all other unsecured obligations of such Guarantor.
16.4 Reinstatement. If any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded, discharged, avoided or reduced or must otherwise be returned by a Creditor Party or any other person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or any other Security Party or otherwise:
(a) this guarantee shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, and the liability of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue or be reinstated, as the case may be, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred; and
(b) each Creditor Party shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that payment from each Guarantor, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred.
16.5 Liability absolute and unconditional. The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 16 shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 16, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of the following:
(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Security Party or other person;
(b) the release of any other Security Party or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any Security Party;
(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Security Party or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realize the full value of any security;
(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the corporate or company structure or status of a Security Party or any other person (including without limitation any change in the holding of such Security Party’s or other person’s Equity Interests);

 

70
 

 

(e) any amendment to or replacement of a Finance Document, a Master Agreement or any other document or security;
(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any Security Party or any other person under any Finance Document, any Master Agreement or any other document or security;
(g) any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings; or
(h) any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, any Security Party.
16.6 Waiver of promptness, etc. Each of the Guarantors hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for performance, notice of non-performance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this guarantee and any requirement that a Creditor Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Security Interest or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Security Party or any other person or entity or any Collateral.
16.7 Waiver of revocation, etc. Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this guarantee.
16.8 Waiver of certain defenses. Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives:
(a) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by a Creditor Party that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of such Guarantor or other rights of such Guarantor to proceed against the Borrower, any of the other Security Parties, any other guarantor or any other person or entity or any Collateral; and
(b) any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.
16.9 Waiver of disclosure, etc. Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any duty on the part of any Creditor Party to disclose to the Guarantors any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of the Borrower, any other Security Party or any of their respective subsidiaries now or hereafter known by any Creditor Party.
16.10 Immediate recourse. Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Creditor Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 16. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document or Master Agreement to the contrary.
16.11 Acknowledgment of benefits. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Finance Documents and that the waivers set forth in this Clause 16 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

71
 

 

16.12 Independent obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor under or in respect of this guarantee are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of the Borrower or any other Security Party under or in respect of the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Guarantor to enforce this guarantee irrespective of whether any action is brought against the Borrower or any other Security Party or whether the Borrower or any other Security Party is joined in any such action or actions.
16.13 Deferral of Guarantors’ rights. Until the Guaranteed Obligations have been irrevocably paid and performed in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:
(a) to be indemnified by another Security Party;
(b) to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Security Party’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and/or
(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents, the Master Agreements or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents or the Master Agreements by any Creditor Party.
16.14 Limitation of liability. Each of the Guarantors and the Creditor Parties hereby confirms that it is its intention that the Guaranteed Obligations not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the United States Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each of the Guarantors and the Creditor Parties hereby irrevocably agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed by each Guarantor shall be limited to such amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other (contingent or otherwise) liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any rights to contribution pursuant to any agreement providing for an equitable contribution among such Guarantor and the other Guarantors, result in the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor in respect of such maximum amount not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
16.15 Reliance of Creditor Parties. Each of the Creditor Parties has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon, among other things, this guarantee.
16.16 Release of a Guarantor and of Guarantors’ right of contribution. Upon the sale of its Ship in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, a Guarantor shall be released as a guarantor hereunder and in respect of its obligations under the other Finance Documents to which it is a party. Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result therefrom, and that no payment is then due from that Guarantor under any of the Finance Documents to which it is a party, upon the written approval of the Agent (acting with the consent of the Majority Lenders, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), such Guarantor shall be deemed a retiring guarantor (in such capacity, a “ Retiring Guarantor ”) and shall cease to be a Guarantor hereunder and released from its obligations hereunder and under the other Finance Documents, and on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:

 

72
 

 

(a) that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and
(b) each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Creditor Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor.
16.17 Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Security Party to honor all of its obligations under this guarantee in respect of Swap Obligations ( provided that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall be liable under this Clause 16.17 only for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Clause 16.17, or otherwise under this guarantee, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Clause 16.17 shall remain in full force and effect until such Qualified ECP Guarantor is released pursuant to Clause 16.16. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Clause 16.17 constitute, and this Clause 16.17 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Guarantor for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
17 PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS
17.1 Currency and method of payments. All payments to be made by the Lenders or by the Security Parties under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:
(a) by not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date;
(b) in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement);
(c) in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by another Security Party to the Agent or any Lender, to Account No. 300030007278532 maintained at Nordea Bank Finland Plc, New York Branch located at 437 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022, USA, ABA No. 026010786, SWIFT ID No. NDEAUS3N, Attention: Credit Administration Department re: Scorpio Tankers Inc., or to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower, the other Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties; and

 

73
 

 

(d) in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.
17.2 Payment on non-Business Day. If any payment by a Security Party under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:
(a) the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or
(b) if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day;

and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.

17.3 Basis for calculation of periodic payments. All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.
17.4 Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties. Subject to Clauses 17.5, 17.6 and 17.7:
(a) any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender, a Swap Counterparty or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender, that Swap Counterparty or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender and the Swap Counterparty or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than five (5) Business Days previously; and
(b) amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders and/or the Swap Counterparties generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender and each Swap Counterparty, as applicable, pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.
17.5 Permitted deductions by Agent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may, before making an amount available to a Lender or a Swap Counterparty, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender or that Swap Counterparty under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender or that Swap Counterparty to pay on demand.
17.6 Agent only obliged to pay when monies received. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to the Borrower or any Lender or any Swap Counterparty any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to the Borrower or that Lender or that Swap Counterparty until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.
17.7 Refund to Agent of monies not received. If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to the Borrower or a Lender or a Swap Counterparty, without first having received that sum, the Borrower or (as the case may be) the Lender or the Swap Counterparty concerned shall, on demand:

 

74
 

 

(a) refund the sum in full to the Agent; and
(b) pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.
17.8 Agent may assume receipt. Clause 17.7 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.
17.9 Creditor Party accounts. Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrower and each other Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any other Security Party.
17.10 Agent’s memorandum account. The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrower and each other Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any other Security Party.
17.11 Accounts prima facie evidence. If any accounts maintained under Clauses 17.9 and 17.10 show an amount to be owing by the Borrower or any other Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.
18 APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS
18.1 Normal order of application. Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:
(a) FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements in the following order and proportions:
(i) first , in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents other than those amounts referred to at paragraphs (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrower under Clauses 21, 22 and 23 of this Agreement or by the Borrower or any other Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any other Finance Document);
(ii) second , in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents;
(iii) third , in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of principal payable to the Lenders under this Agreement;
(iv) fourth , in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to each Swap Counterparty (and, for this purpose, the expression “ interest ” shall include any net amount which the Borrower shall have become liable to pay or deliver under section 9(h) ( Interest and Compensation ) of any Master Agreement but shall have failed to pay or deliver to the relevant Swap Counterparty at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 18); and

 

75
 

 

(v) fifth , in or towards satisfaction of the Swap Exposure of each Swap Counterparty (calculated as at the actual Early Termination Date applying to each particular Designated Transaction, or if no such Early Termination Date shall have occurred, calculated as if an Early Termination Date occurred on the date of application or distribution hereunder);
(b) SECOND: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document or any Master Agreement but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrower, the other Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.1(a); and
(c) THIRD: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amount received from any Guarantor in respect of its Guaranteed Obligations shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligations.

18.2 Variation of order of application. The Agent may, with the authorization of the Majority Lenders and the Swap Counterparties, by notice to the Borrower, the other Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 18.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories (save that any variation which results in any of the sums referred to in Clauses 18.1(a)(iv) and 18.1(a)(v) ranking prior to any of the sums referred to in Clauses 18.1(a)(i), 18.1(a)(ii) and 18.1(a)(iii) shall require instead the authorization of all Lenders).
18.3 Notice of variation of order of application. The Agent may give notices under Clause 18.2 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.
18.4 Appropriation rights overridden. This Clause 18 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 18.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrower or any other Security Party.
18.5 Payments in excess of Contribution.
(a) If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, counterclaim or otherwise) in excess of its Contribution, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders such participation in their respective Contributions as shall be necessary to share the excess payment ratably with each of them, provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (a) the amount of such Lender’s required repayment to (b) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered.

 

76
 

 

(b) The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Clause 18.5 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all of its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
(c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Clause 18.5, any Lender which shall have commenced or joined (as a plaintiff) in an action or proceeding in any court to recover sums due to it under any Finance Document and pursuant to a judgment obtained therein or a settlement or compromise of that action or proceeding shall have received any amount, such Lender shall not be required to share any proportion of that amount with a Lender which has the legal right to, but does not, join such action or proceeding or commence and diligently prosecute a separate action or proceeding to enforce its rights in the same or another court.
(d) Each Lender exercising or contemplating exercising any rights giving rise to a receipt or receiving any payment of the type referred to in this Clause 18.5 or instituting legal proceedings to recover sums owing to it under this Agreement shall, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, give notice thereof to the Agent who shall give notice to the other Lenders.
19 APPLICATION OF EARNINGS
19.1 General. From the Effective Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 19 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
19.2 Payment of Earnings. The Borrower and each of the Guarantors, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that subject only to the provisions of any Charter Assignment or Earnings Assignment, all Earnings of each Ship are paid to the Earnings Account.
19.3 Use of proceeds in Earnings Account. Unless and until an Event of Default occurs and/or the Agent notifies the Borrower to the contrary, the Earnings of each Ship shall be freely available to the Borrower and each of the Guarantors.
19.4 Intentionally omitted.
19.5 Intentionally omitted.
19.6 Location of accounts. The Borrower and each of the Guarantors, as the case may be, shall promptly:
(a) comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re-location of the Earnings Account, and without limiting the foregoing, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors agree to segregate the Earnings Account from the banking platform on which their other accounts are located or designated; and

 

77
 

 

(b) execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favor of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Account.
19.7 Debits for expenses etc. The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit the Earnings Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clause 21 or 22 to a Creditor Party or payment of which any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clause 21 or 22.
19.8 Borrower’s obligations unaffected. The provisions of this Clause 19 (as distinct from a distribution effected under Clause 19.5) do not affect:
(a) the liability of the Borrower to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or
(b) any other liability or obligation of the Borrower or any other Security Party under any Finance Document.
20 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
20.1 Events of Default. An Event of Default occurs if:
(a) the Borrower or any other Security Party fails to pay when due any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document or, only in the case of sums payable on demand, within five (5) Business Days after the date when first demanded, provided that if such failure to pay a sum when due is solely the result of an administrative or technical error, it shall not constitute an Event of Default unless such failure continues unremedied for more than three (3) Business Days from the occurrence thereof; or
(b) any breach occurs of any of Clauses 8.9, 9.2(a), 11.2(b), 11.2(e), 11.2(o), 13 or 15.3; or
(c) any breach by the Borrower or any other Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a), (b), (d), (e) or (n) of this Clause 20.1) which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is capable of remedy, and such default continues unremedied 10 days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or
(d) subject to any applicable grace period specified in a Finance Document, any breach by the Borrower or any other Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraphs (a), (b), (c) or (e) of this Clause 20.1); or
(e) any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer or director of, the Borrower or any other Security Party in a Finance Document or in a Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made or repeated; or
(f) an event of default, or an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time or both would constitute an event of default, has occurred on the part of a Security Party under any contract or agreement (other than the Finance Documents) to which such Security Party is a party and the value of which is or exceeds $10,000,000 in the aggregate, and such event of default has not been cured within any applicable grace period;

 

78
 

 

(g) any Financial Indebtedness of a Security Party in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate is not paid when due (or if there is a grace period, within such grace period) or, only in the case of sums payable on demand, when first demanded, except for any such Financial Indebtedness which is being contested by such Security Party in good faith and through appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves in accordance with IFRS have been established and maintained on the books and records of the applicable Security Party, and in a manner that does not involve any risk of sale, forfeiture, loss, confiscation or seizure of the Ship; or

(h)                any Security Party shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

(i) any proceeding shall be instituted by or against any Security Party seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property, and solely in the case of an involuntary proceeding:
(i) such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or
(ii) any of the actions sought in such involuntary proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or
(j) all or a material part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of, or shares or other ownership interest in, any Security Party are seized, nationalized, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under authority of any government, provided that , in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, such occurrence would adversely affect any Security Party’s ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party; or
(k) a creditor attaches or takes possession of, or a distress, execution, sequestration or process (each an “action” ) is levied or enforced upon or sued out against, a material part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues (the “assets” ) of any Security Party in relation to a claim by such creditor which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, is likely to materially and adversely affect the ability of such Security Party to perform all or any of its obligations under or otherwise to comply with the terms of any Finance Document to which it is a party and such Security Party does not procure that such action is lifted, released or expunged within 30 Business Days of such action being (i) instituted and (ii) notified to such Security Party; or
(l) the Borrower or any of the Guarantors fails (within 5 business days after becoming obliged to do so) to comply with or pay any sum in an amount exceeding $5,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currencies) due from it under any final judgment or any final order (being one against which there is no right of appeal or if a right of appeal exists the time limit for making such appeal has expired and no appeal has been made or if an appeal has been made such appeal has been dismissed) made or given by any court of competent jurisdiction, provided that such event shall not be deemed to constitute an Event of Default if the Borrower is entitled to insurance cover for the whole of such sum and the relevant insurers have confirmed liability and undertaken to make payment of the whole of such sum in writing to the person(s) entitled to payment and it is likely (in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders) that the insurers will be able to make such payment within thirty (30) days; or

 

79
 

 

(m) any Security Party ceases or suspends or threatens to cease or suspend the carrying on of its business, or a part of its business which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is material in the context of this Agreement, except in the case of a sale or a proposed sale of the Ship by the Borrower; or
(n) a Ship becomes a Total Loss or suffers a Major Casualty and (i) in the case of a Total Loss, insurance proceeds are not collected or received by the Security Trustee from the underwriters within 120 days of the Total Loss Date; or (ii) in the case of a Major Casualty, that Ship has not been otherwise repaired in a timely and proper manner; or
(o) it becomes unlawful or impossible:
(i) for any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Majority Lenders consider material under a Finance Document;
(ii) for the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Lenders or the Swap Banks to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or
(p) any consent necessary to enable a Guarantor to own, operate or charter the Ship owned by it or to enable the Borrower or any other Security Party to comply with any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document or a Charter is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled; or
(q) any provision of a Finance Document which the Majority Lenders consider material proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest; or
(r) the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperiled or in jeopardy; or
(s) an Event of Default (as defined in section 14 of a Master Agreement) occurs; or
(t) an event or series of events occurs which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, may constitute a Material Adverse Effect .
20.2 Actions following an Event of Default. On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default:
(a) the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:
(i) serve on the Borrower a notice stating that the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement, the other Finance Documents and the Master Agreements are cancelled; and/or

 

80
 

 

(ii) serve on the Borrower a notice stating that the Loan, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement, the other Finance Documents and the Master Agreements are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand, provided that in the case of an Event of Default under either of Clauses 20.1(h) or (i), the Loan and all accrued interest and other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement, the other Finance Documents and the Master Agreements shall be deemed immediately due and automatically become payable without notice or demand therefor; and/or
(iii) take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or
(b) the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorization of the Majority Lenders, the Security Trustee shall, take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) (i) or (ii), the Security Trustee, the Agent and/or the Lenders and/or the Swap Counterparties are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law to enforce the Security Interests created by this Agreement and any other Finance Document in any manner available to it and in such sequence as the Security Trustee may, in its absolute discretion, determine.
20.3 Termination of Commitments. On the service of a notice under Clause 20.2(a)(i) or, upon an Event of Default under either of Clauses 20.1(h) or (i), the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement shall be cancelled.
20.4 Acceleration of Loan. On the service of a notice under Clause 20.2(a)(ii) or, upon an Event of Default under either of Clauses 20.1(h) or (i), all or, as the case may be, the part of the Loan specified in the notice (if any), together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrower or any other Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.
20.5 Multiple notices; action without notice. The Agent may serve notices under Clauses 20.2(a)(i) and (ii) simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in Clause 20.2 if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.
20.6 Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties. The Agent shall send to each Lender, each Swap Counterparty, the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy of the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrower under Clause 20.2. Such notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrower, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide the Borrower or any other Security Party with any form of claim or defense.
20.7 Creditor Party rights unimpaired. Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders or Swap Counterparties under a Finance Document, a Master Agreement or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.

 

81
 

 

20.8 Exclusion of Creditor Party liability. No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any liability to any Security Party:
(a) for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or
(b) as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realized from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset,

provided that nothing in this Clause 20.8 shall exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been caused by the gross negligence, dishonesty or the willful misconduct of such Creditor Party’s own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver’s or manager’s own partners or employees.

20.9 Position of Swap Counterparties. Neither the Agent nor the Security Trustee shall be obliged, in connection with any action taken or proposed to be taken under or pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Clause 20, to have any regard to the requirements of a Swap Counterparty except to the extent that such Swap Counterparty is also a Lender.
21 FEES AND EXPENSES
21.1 Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent:
(a) quarterly in arrears during the period from (and including) the Effective Date to the Maturity Date (payable on the last day of each fiscal quarter and on the Maturity Date) for the account of the Lenders, a commitment fee at the rate per annum of 40 percent of the Margin on the amount of the Total Commitments less the amount of the Loan, for distribution among the Lenders pro rata to their Commitments; and
(b) any other fees in the amounts and on the dates set out in the Fee Letters.
21.2 Costs of negotiation, preparation etc. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Agent or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of a Creditor Party’s legal counsel and any local counsel retained by them.
21.3 Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Creditor Party concerned, the amount of all expenses incurred by a Creditor Party in connection with:
(a) any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;
(b) any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Swap Banks, the Majority Lenders or the Creditor Party concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request for such a consent or waiver;

 

82
 

 

(c) the valuation of any additional Collateral provided or offered under Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such additional Collateral; or
(d) any step taken by the Security Trustee, a Lender or a Swap Bank with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.

There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all reasonable legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.

21.4 Intentionally omitted.
21.5 Documentary taxes. The Borrower shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent’s demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay such a tax.
21.6 Certification of amounts. A notice which is signed by an officer of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
22 INDEMNITIES
22.1 Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan. The Borrower shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent’s demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:
(a) an Advance not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;
(b) the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or other relevant period;
(c) any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrower or any other Security Party to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrower on the amount concerned under Clause 7); or
(d) the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 20.

It is understood that the indemnities provided in this Clause 22.1 shall not apply to any claim cost or expense which is a tax levied by a taxing authority on the indemnified party (which taxes are subject to indemnity solely as provided in Clause 23 below) but shall apply to any other costs associated with any tax which is not a Non-indemnified Tax.

83
 

 

22.2 Breakage costs. Without limiting its generality, Clause 22.1 covers any claim, expense, liability or loss, including a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender:
(a) in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount); and
(b) in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity or with another office or department of the Lender concerned) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or that part which the Lender concerned determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement of the amount of the liabilities, expenses or losses (including losses of prospective profits) incurred by it in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, a number of transactions of which this Agreement is one.
22.3 Miscellaneous indemnities. The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which may be made or brought against or incurred by a Creditor Party, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:
(a) any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document; or
(b) any other Pertinent Matter,

other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been caused by the gross negligence, dishonesty or willful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.

Without prejudice to its generality, this Clause 22.3 covers any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code or any Environmental Law.

22.4 Currency indemnity. If any sum due from the Borrower or any other Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the “ Contractual Currency ”) into another currency (the “ Payment Currency ”) for the purpose of:
(a) making or lodging any claim or proof against the Borrower or any other Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or
(b) obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or
(c) enforcing any such order or judgment,

the Borrower shall indemnify the Creditor Party concerned against the loss arising when the amount of the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.

84
 

In this Clause 22.4, the “ available rate of exchange ” means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.

This Clause 22.4 creates a separate liability of the Borrower which is distinct from its other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.

22.5 Application to Master Agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 22.4 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to a Swap Counterparty under or in connection with a Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 8 (Contractual Currency) of that Master Agreement shall apply.
22.6 Certification of amounts. A notice which is signed by an officer of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 22 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
22.7 Sums deemed due to a Lender. For the purposes of this Clause 22, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.
23 NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION; tax indemnity; FATCA
23.1 No deductions. All amounts due from a Security Party under a Finance Document shall be paid:
(a) without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and
(b) free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which such Security Party is required by law to make.
23.2 Grossing-up for taxes. If a Security Party is required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment:
(a) such Security Party shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;
(b) such Security Party shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises; and
(c) except if the deduction is for collection or payment of a Non-indemnified Tax of a Creditor Party, the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.
23.3 Evidence of payment of taxes. Within one (1) month after making any tax deduction, the relevant Security Party shall deliver to the Agent documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.

 

85
 

 

23.4 Tax credits . A Creditor Party which receives for its own account a repayment or credit in respect of tax on account of which the Borrower has made an increased payment under Clause 23.2 shall pay to the Borrower a sum equal to the proportion of the repayment or credit which that Creditor Party allocates to the amount due from the Borrower in respect of which the Borrower made the increased payment, provided that :
(a) the Creditor Party shall not be obliged to allocate to this transaction any part of a tax repayment or credit which is referable to a class or number of transactions;
(b) nothing in this Clause 23.4 shall oblige a Creditor Party to arrange its tax affairs in any particular manner, to claim any type of relief, credit, allowance or deduction instead of, or in priority to, another or to make any such claim within any particular time;
(c) nothing in this Clause 23.4 shall oblige a Creditor Party to make a payment which would leave it in a worse position than it would have been in if the Borrower had not been required to make a tax deduction from a payment; and
(d) any allocation or determination made by a Creditor Party under or in connection with this Clause 23.4 shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.
23.5 Indemnity for taxes. The Borrower and each of the Guarantors hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold each Creditor Party harmless from and against all taxes other than Non-indemnified Taxes levied on such Creditor Party (including, without limitation, taxes imposed on any amounts payable under this Clause 23.5) paid or payable by such person, whether or not such taxes or other taxes were correctly or legally asserted. Such indemnification shall be paid within 10 days from the date on which such Creditor Party makes written demand therefor specifying in reasonable detail the nature and amount of such taxes or other taxes.
23.6 Exclusion from indemnity and gross-up for taxes. The Borrower and the Guarantors shall not be required to indemnify any Creditor Party for a tax pursuant to Clause 23.5, or to pay any additional amounts to any Creditor Party pursuant to Clause 23.2, to the extent that the tax is collected by withholding on payments (a “ Withholding ”) and is levied by a Pertinent Jurisdiction of the payer and:
(a) the person claiming such indemnity or additional amounts was not an original party to this agreement and under applicable law (after taking into account relevant treaties and assuming that such person has provided all forms it may legally and truthfully provided) on the date such person became a party to this Agreement a Withholding would have been required on such payment, provided that this exclusion shall not apply to the extent such Withholding does not exceed the Withholding that would have been applicable if such payment had been made to the person from whom such person acquired its rights under the Agreement and this exclusion shall not apply to the extent that such Withholding exceeds the amount of Withholding that would have been required under the law in effect on the date such person became a party to this Agreement; or
(b) the person claiming such indemnity or additional amounts is a Lender who has changed its Lending Office and under applicable law (after taking into account relevant treaties and assuming that such Lender has provided all forms it may legally and truthfully provide) on the date such Lender changed its Lending Office Withholding would have been required on such payment, provided that this exclusion shall not apply to the extent such Withholding does not exceed the Withholding that would have been applicable to such payment if such Lender had not changed its Lending Office and this exclusion shall not apply to the extent that the Withholding exceeds the amount of Withholding that would have been required under the law in effect immediately after such Lender changed its Lending Office; or

 

86
 

 

(c) in the case of a Lender, to the extent that Withholding would not have been required on such payment if such Lender has complied with its obligations to deliver certain tax form pursuant to Section 23.7 below.
23.7 Delivery of tax forms.
(a) Upon the reasonable request of the Borrower, each Lender or transferee that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States (a “ Non-U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to the Agent and the Borrower two properly completed and duly executed copies of (as applicable) IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY or, upon request of the Borrower or the Agent, any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, in each case claiming such reduced rate (which may be zero) of U.S. Federal withholding tax under Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code with respect to payments of interest hereunder as such Non-U.S. Lender may properly claim. In addition, in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. Federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code, such Non-U.S. Lender shall, when so requested by the Borrower provide to the Agent and the Borrower in addition to the W-8BEN required above a certificate representing that such Non-U.S. Lender is not a bank for purposes of Section 881(c) of the Code, is not a 10-percent shareholder (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code) of the Borrower and is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower (within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code), and such Non-U.S. Lender agrees that it shall promptly notify the Agent in the event any representation in such certificate is no longer accurate.
(b) In the event that Withholding taxes may be imposed under the laws of any Pertinent Jurisdiction (other than the United States or any political subdivision or taxing jurisdiction thereof or therein) in respect of payments on the Loan or other amounts due under this Agreement and if certain documentation provided by a Lender could reduce or eliminate such Withholding taxes under the laws of such Pertinent Jurisdiction or any treaty to which the Pertinent Jurisdiction is a party, then, upon written request by the Borrower, a Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction in the amount of, such Withholding tax shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or promptly after receipt of Borrower’s request, whichever is later, such properly completed and executed documentation requested by the Borrower, if any, as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding; provided that such Lender is legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such documentation and in such Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or delivery would not materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
(c) Each Lender shall deliver such forms as required in this Clause 23.7 within twenty (20) days after receipt of a written request therefor from the Agent or Borrower.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause 23.7, a Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this Clause 23.7 that such Lender is not legally entitled to deliver.

 

87
 

 

23.8 Application to Master Agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 23 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to a Swap Counterparty under or in connection with a Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of Section 2(d) ( Deduction or Withholding for Tax ) of that Master Agreement shall apply.
23.9 FATCA information.
(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each FATCA Relevant Party confirms to each other FATCA Relevant Party whether it is or is not a FATCA Exempt Party on the date hereof and thereafter within ten (10) Business Days of a reasonable request by another FATCA Relevant Party shall:
(i) confirm to that other party whether it is a FATCA Exempt Party or is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and
(ii) supply to the requesting party (with a copy to all other FATCA Relevant Parties) such other form or forms (including IRS Form W-8 or Form W-9 or any successor or substitute form, as applicable) and any other documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable “passthru percentage” or other information required under FATCA or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as the requesting party reasonably requests for the purpose of determining whether any payment to such party may be subject to any FACTA Deduction.
(b) If a FATCA Relevant Party confirms to any other FATCA Relevant Party that it is a FATCA Exempt Party or provides an IRS Form W-8 or W-9 to showing that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that party shall so notify all other FATCA Relevant Parties reasonably promptly.
(c) Nothing in this Clause 23.9 shall obligate any FATCA Relevant Party to do anything which would or, in its reasonable opinion, might constitute a breach of any law or regulation, any policy of that party, any fiduciary duty or any duty of confidentiality, or to disclose any confidential information (including, without limitation, its tax returns and calculations); provided that nothing in this paragraph shall excuse any FATCA Relevant Party from providing a true complete and correct IRS Form W-8 or W-9 (or any successor or substitute form where applicable). Any information provided on such IRS Form W-8 or W-9 (or any successor or substitute forms) shall not be treated as confidential information of such party for purposes of this paragraph.
(d) If a FATCA Relevant Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance the provisions of this agreement or the provided information is insufficient under FATCA, then:
(i) such party shall be treated as if it were a FATCA Non-Exempt Party; and
(ii) if that party failed to confirm its applicable passthru percentage then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable passthru percentage is 100%,

until (in each case) such time as the party in question provides sufficient confirmation, forms, documentation or other information to establish the relevant facts.

23.10 FATCA withholding.

 

88
 

 

(a) A FATCA Relevant Party making a payment to any FACTA Non-Exempt Party shall make such FATCA Deduction as it determines is required by law and shall render payment to the IRS within the time allowed and in the amount required by FATCA.
(b) If a FATCA Deduction is required to be made by any FATCA Relevant Party to a FACTA Non-Exempt Party, the amount of the payment due from such FATCA Relevant Party shall be reduced by the amount of the FATCA Deduction reasonably determined to be required by such FATCA Relevant Party.
(c) Each FATCA Relevant Party shall promptly upon becoming aware that a FATCA Deduction is required with respect to any payment owed to it (or that there is any change in the rate or basis of a FATCA Deduction) notify each other FATCA Relevant Party accordingly.
(d) Within thirty days of making either a FATCA Deduction or any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, the party making such FATCA Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for delivery to the party on account of whom the FATCA Deduction was made evidence reasonably satisfactory to that party that the FATCA Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the IRS.
(e) A FATCA Relevant Party who becomes aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment to another FATCA Relevant Party (or that there is any change in the rate or basis of such FATCA Deduction) shall notify that party and the Agent.
(f) The Agent shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment to a Lender which relates to a payment by the Borrower (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such a FATCA Deduction) notify the Borrower and the relevant Lender.
(g) If a FATCA Deduction is made as a result of any Creditor Party failing to be a FATCA Exempt Party, such party shall indemnify each other Creditor Party against any loss, cost or expense to it resulting from such FATCA Deduction.
23.11 FATCA mitigation.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if a FATCA Deduction is or will be required to be made by any party under Clause 23.10 in respect of a payment to any FATCA Non-Exempt Lender, the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender may either:

(i) transfer its entire interest in the Loan to a U.S. branch or Affiliate, or
(ii) nominate one or more transferee lenders who upon becoming a Lender would be a FATCA Exempt Party, by notice in writing to the Agent and the Borrower specifying the terms of the proposed transfer, and cause such transferee lender(s) to purchase all of the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender’s interest in the Loan.

89
 

 

24 ILLEGALITY, ETC
24.1 Illegality. If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Advance:
(a) the Notifying Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;
(b) upon the Agent notifying the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender will be immediately cancelled; and
(c) the Borrower shall repay the Notifying Lender’s participation in each Advance on the last day of the Interest Period for each Advance occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Notifying Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) without premium or penalty.
24.2 Mitigation . If circumstances arise which would result in a notification under Clause 24.1 then, without in any way limiting the obligations of the Borrower under Clause 24.1, the Notifying Lender shall use reasonable commercial efforts to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to another office or financial institution not affected by the circumstances but the Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:
(a) have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or
(b) involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or
(c) involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.
25 INCREASED COSTS
25.1 Increased costs. This Clause 25 applies if a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) notifies the Agent that as a result of:
(a) the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a Non-Indemnified tax); or
(b) complying with any regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement; or
(c) the implementation or application of or compliance with Basel III or any other law or regulation which implements Basel III (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Creditor Party or any of its affiliates),

the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an “ increased cost ”.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and all requests, rules, guidelines and directives promulgated thereunder, are deemed to have been introduced or adopted after the date hereof, regardless of the date enacted or adopted.

90
 

 

25.2 Meaning of “increased costs”. In this Clause 25, “ increased costs ” means, in relation to a Notifying Lender:
(a) an actual additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or having taken an assignment of rights under this Agreement, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or other unpaid sums;
(b) a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;
(c) an actual additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender’s Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or
(d) a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender under this Agreement.

For the purposes of this Clause 25.2 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class of its assets and liabilities) on such basis as it considers appropriate.

25.3 Notification to Borrower of claim for increased costs. The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the other Security Parties of the notice which the Agent received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 25.1.
25.4 Payment of increased costs. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost provided that , if the increased cost is as a result of any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 25.1(c) the Borrower has received evidence of the amount of such compensation.
25.5 Notice of prepayment. If the Borrower is not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 25.4, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 14 days’ notice of its intention to prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution at the end of an Interest Period.
25.6 Prepayment; termination of Commitment. A notice under Clause 25.5 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying Lender of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment; and:
(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and
(b) on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender’s Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any).

 

91
 

 

25.7 Application of prepayment. Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
26 SET-OFF
26.1 Application of credit balances. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Creditor Party may without prior notice:
(a) apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrower or any of the Guarantors to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and
(b) for that purpose:
(i) break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrower or any Guarantor;
(ii) convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and
(iii) enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.
26.2 Existing rights unaffected. No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 26.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).
26.3 Sums deemed due to a Lender. For the purposes of this Clause 26, a sum payable by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender’s proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.
26.4 No Security Interest. This Clause 26 gives the Creditor Parties a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create any Security Interest over any credit balance of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors.
27 TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES
27.1 Transfer by Borrower or Guarantors. Neither the Borrower nor any of the Guarantors may, without the consent of the Agent, given on the instructions of all the Lenders, transfer any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under any Finance Document.
27.2 Transfer by a Lender. Subject to Clause 27.4, a Lender (the “ Transferor Lender ”) may at any time, without any additional costs to, but with the consent (unless the transfer is to an Affiliate of the Transferor Lender or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) of, the Agent and the Borrower or any other Security Party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and to be deemed granted within fifteen (15) Business Days from the day it has been sought unless it has been expressly refused within that period, cause:
(a) its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution ; or

 

92
 

 

(b) its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment; or
(c) a combination of (a) and (b),

to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by, another bank or financial institution (a “ Transferee Lender ”) which is (i) regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets and (ii) not an Affiliate of the Borrower by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 5 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a “ Transfer Certificate ”) executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender; provided that the amount of the Contribution and/or Commitment of the Lender which is to be transferred shall not be less than $20,000,000.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security Trustee shall be determined in accordance with Clause 31.

27.3 Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification. As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):
(a) sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrower, the other Security Parties, the Security Trustee, each of the other Lenders and each of the Swap Banks;
(b) on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrower and each other Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it;
(c) send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b),

but the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations to the transfer to that Transferee Lender.

27.4 Effective Date of Transfer Certificate. A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date, provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 27.3 on or before that date.
27.5 No transfer without Transfer Certificate. Except as provided in Clause 27.17, no assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrower, any other Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.
27.6 Lender re-organization; waiver of Transfer Certificate. If a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganization as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in a successor, the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrower and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate and, upon service of the Agent’s notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.
27.7 Effect of Transfer Certificate. The effect of a Transfer Certificate is as follows:

 

93
 

 

(a) to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender’s title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any other Security Party had against the Transferor Lender;
(b) the Transferor Lender’s Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(c) the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(d) the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;
(e) any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate’s effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor’s title and any rights or equities of the Borrower or any other Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed;
(f) the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 5.7 and Clause 21, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and
(g) in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.

The rights and equities of the Borrower or any other Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.

27.8 Maintenance of register of Lenders. During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 27.4) of the Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrower during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least three (3) Business Days’ prior notice.
27.9 Reliance on register of Lenders. The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.

 

94
 

 

27.10 Authorization of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates. The Borrower, the Guarantors, the Security Trustee, each Lender and each Swap Bank irrevocably authorizes the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf.
27.11 Registration fee. In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of $3,500 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent’s option) the Transferee Lender.
27.12 Sub-participation; subrogation assignment. A Lender may sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents without the consent of, or any notice to, the Borrower, any other Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee; and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.
27.13 Disclosure of information. A Lender may disclose any information which the Lender has received in relation to the Borrower, any other Security Party or their affairs under or in connection with any Finance Document, so long as each such party (in the case of paragraphs (b)-(f) below) agrees to keep such information confidential, to:
(a) any private, public or internationally recognized authorities that are entitled to and have requested to obtain such information;
(b) the Creditor Parties’ respective head offices, branches and affiliates and professional advisors;
(c) any other parties to the Finance Documents;
(d) a rating agency or their professional advisors;
(e) any person with whom such Creditor Party proposes to enter (or considers entering) into contractual relations in relation to the Term Loan Facility and/or the Revolving Credit Facility and/or its Commitment or Contribution; and
(f) any other person regarding the funding, re-financing, transfer, assignment, sale, sub-participation or operational arrangement or other transaction in relation to the Term Loan Facility and/or the Revolving Credit Facility, its Contribution or its Commitment, including without limitation, for purposes in connection with a securitization or any enforcement, preservation, assignment, transfer, sale or sub-participation of any of such Creditor Parties’ rights and obligations.
27.14 Change of lending office. A Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:
(a) the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and
(b) the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.

 

95
 

 

27.15 Notification. On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Security Trustee; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.
27.16 Replacement of Reference Bank. If any Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender or is unable on a continuing basis to supply quotations for the purposes of Clause 5 then, unless the Borrower, the Agent and the Majority Lenders otherwise agree, the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and after consulting the Borrower, shall appoint another bank (whether or not a Lender) to be a replacement Reference Bank; and, when that appointment comes into effect, the first-mentioned Reference Bank’s appointment shall cease to be effective.
27.17 Security over Lenders’ rights. In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 27, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from the Borrower or any other Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:
(a) any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and
(b) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities;

except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:

(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or
(ii) require any payments to be made by the Borrower or any other Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.
28 VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS
28.1 Variations, waivers etc. by Majority Lenders. Subject to Clause 28.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party’s rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax or Email, by the Borrower, by the Agent on behalf and with the approval of the Majority Lenders, by the Agent and the Security Trustee in their own rights, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.
28.2 Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders. As regards the following, Clause 28.1 applies as if the words “by the Agent on behalf and with the approval of the Majority Lenders” were replaced by the words “by or on behalf and with the approval of every Lender and every Swap Bank”:
(a) a reduction in the Margin;

 

96
 

 

(b) a postponement to the date for, or a reduction in the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under this Agreement or the Note;
(c) an increase in or extension of any Lender’s Commitment or an extension of the Maturity Date or an amendment of the definition of “Availability Period”;
(d) a change to the definition of “ Majority Lenders ”;
(e) a change to Clause 11.2 or this Clause 28;
(f) any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document;
(g) any amendment or waiver if the Agent or a Lender which is a FATCA Non-Exempt Party reasonably believes that it may constitute a “material modification” within the meaning of FATCA that may result (directly or indirectly) in any party to any Finance Document being required to make a FATCA Deduction;
(h) any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender’s consent is required;
(i) any amendment of or waiver to any provision in any Finance Document providing for the pro rata nature of disbursements by or payments to Lenders; and
(j) a substitution or replacement of any Security Party.
28.3 Variations, waivers etc. relating to the Servicing Banks. An amendment or waiver that relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the Security Trustee under Clause 31 may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or the Security Trustee.
28.4 Exclusion of other or implied variations. Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 28.1, 28.2 or 28.3, no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:
(a) a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or
(b) an Event of Default; or
(c) a breach by the Borrower or another Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or
(d) any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,

and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.

97
 

 

29 NOTICES
29.1 General. Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter, electronic mail (“ Email ”) (subject to Clause 29.7) or fax and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.
29.2 Addresses for communications. A notice by letter, Email or fax shall be sent:

(a) to the Borrower Scorpio Tankers Inc.
  or any Guarantor: 9, Boulevard Charles III
    Monaco, 98000
    Attention: Luca Forgione
     
  with a copy to: 150 East 58 th Street
    New York, New York 10155
    Attention:  Chief Financial Officer
    Facsimile: +212-542-1618
     
(b)  to a Lender: At the address below its name in Schedule 1 or (as the case may require) in the relevant Transfer Certificate.
     
(c)  to a Swap Bank At the address below its name in Schedule 2.
     
(d)  to the Agent: Nordea Bank Finland Plc,
    New York Branch
    437 Madison Avenue
    New York, New York 10022
    Attention:  Loan Administration
     
    Facsimile: +212-750-9188
    Email: henning.christiansen@nordea.com
     
(e)  to the Security Trustee: Nordea Bank Finland Plc,
    New York Branch
    437 Madison Avenue
    New York, New York 10022
    Attention: Loan Administration
     
    Facsimile: +212-750-9188
    Email: henning.christiansen@nordea.com

 

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Security Parties.

29.3 Effective date of notices. Subject to Clauses 29.4 and 29.5:

 

98
 

 

(a) a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;
(b) a notice which is sent by Email shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is actually received in readable form; and
(c) a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, two (2) hours after its transmission is completed.
29.4 Service outside business hours. However, if under Clause 29.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:
(a) on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or
(b) on such a business day, but after 5:00 p.m. local time,

the notice shall (subject to Clause 29.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9:00 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.

29.5 Illegible notices. Clauses 29.3 and 29.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within one (1) hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.
29.6 Valid notices. A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:
(a) the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or
(b) in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.
29.7 Electronic communication between the Agent and a Lender or a Swap Bank. Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender or a Swap Bank under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by Email or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender or Swap Bank:
(a) agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;
(b) notify each other in writing of their Email address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
(c) notify each other of any change to their respective Email addresses or any other such information supplied to them.

Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or a Swap Bank will be effective only when actually received in readable form and, in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender or a Swap Bank to the Agent, only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

99
 

 

29.8 English language. Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.
29.9 Meaning of “notice”. In this Clause 29, “ notice ” includes any demand, consent, authorization, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.
30 SUPPLEMENTAL
30.1 Rights cumulative, non-exclusive. The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:
(a) cumulative;
(b) may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and
(c) shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.
30.2 Severability of provisions. If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.
30.3 Counterparts. A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.
30.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
30.5 Lead Arrangers, Bookrunners and Co-Arrangers. None of the persons identified on the cover page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “lead arranger”, “bookrunner” or “co-arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than, in the case of such Creditor Parties, those applicable to all Creditor Parties as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Creditor Parties so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Creditor Party. Each Creditor Party acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Creditor Parties so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.
31 THE SERVICING BANKS
31.1 Appointment and Granting.

(a)                 The Agent . Each of the Lenders and the Swap Banks appoints and authorizes (with a right of revocation) the Agent to act as its agent hereunder and under any of the other Finance Documents with such powers as are specifically delegated to the Agent by the terms of this Agreement and of any of the other Finance Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

(b)                The Security Trustee.

100
 

 

(i) Authorization of Security Trustee . Each of the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Agent appoints and authorizes (with a right of revocation) the Security Trustee to act as security trustee hereunder and under the other Finance Documents (other than the Notes) with such powers as are specifically delegated to the Security Trustee by the terms of this Agreement and such other Finance Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

(ii)                 Granting Clause . To secure the payment of all sums of money from time to time owing (i) to the Lenders under the Finance Documents, and (ii) to the Swap Banks under the Master Agreements, and the performance of the covenants of the Borrower and any other Security Party herein and therein contained, and in consideration of the premises and of the covenants herein contained and of the extensions of credit by the Lenders, the Security Trustee does hereby declare that it will hold as such trustee in trust for the benefit of the Lenders, the Agent and the Swap Banks, from and after the execution and delivery thereof, all of its right, title and interest as mortgagee in, to and under the Mortgages and its right, title and interest as assignee and secured party under the other Finance Documents (the right, title and interest of the Security Trustee in and to the property, rights and privileges described above, from and after the execution and delivery thereof, and all property hereafter specifically subjected to the Security Interest of the indenture created hereby and by the Finance Documents by any amendment hereto or thereto are herein collectively called the “ Estate ”); TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Estate unto the Security Trustee and its successors and assigns forever, BUT IN TRUST, NEVERTHELESS, for the equal and proportionate benefit and security of the Lenders, the Agent and the Swap Banks and their respective successors and assigns without any priority of any one over any other, UPON THE CONDITION that, unless and until an Event of Default under this Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing, the relevant Security Party shall be permitted, to the exclusion of the Security Trustee, to possess and use the Ships. IT IS HEREBY COVENANTED, DECLARED AND AGREED that all property subject or to become subject hereto is to be held, subject to the further covenants, conditions, uses and trusts hereinafter set forth, and each Security Party, for itself and its respective successors and assigns, hereby covenants and agrees to and with the Security Trustee and its successors in said trust, for the equal and proportionate benefit and security of the Lenders, the Agent and the Swap Banks as hereinafter set forth.

(iii) Acceptance of Trusts . The Security Trustee hereby accepts the trusts imposed upon it as Security Trustee by this Agreement, and the Security Trustee covenants and agrees to perform the same as herein expressed and agrees to receive and disburse all monies constituting part of the Estate in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

31.2 Scope of Duties . Neither the Agent nor the Security Trustee (which terms as used in this sentence and in Clause 31.5 hereof shall include reference to their respective affiliates and their own respective and their respective affiliates’ officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact):

(a)                 shall have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and in any of the Finance Documents, and shall not by reason of this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents be (except, with respect to the Security Trustee, as specifically stated to the contrary in this Agreement) a trustee for a Lender or a Swap Bank;

 

101
 

 

(b)                shall be responsible to the Lenders or the Swap Banks for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or in any of the Finance Documents, or in any certificate or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by any of them under, this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents, or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or for any failure by a Security Party or any other person to perform any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or for the location, condition or value of any property covered by any Security Interest under any of the Finance Documents or for the creation, perfection or priority of any such Security Interest;

(c)                 shall be required to initiate or conduct any litigation or collection proceedings hereunder or under any of the Finance Documents unless expressly instructed to do so in writing by the Majority Lenders; or

(d)                shall be responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or under any of the Finance Documents or under any other document or instrument referred to or provided for herein or therein or in connection herewith or therewith, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact and neither the Security Trustee nor the Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith. Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent may deem and treat the payee of a Note as the holder thereof (unless such Note is held by the Agent) for all purposes hereof unless and until a written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Agent, together with the written consent of the Borrower (other than in the case of a transfer to an Affiliate of the Transferor Lender) to such assignment or transfer.

31.3             Reliance . Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any certification, notice or other communication (including any thereof by telephone, telex, telefacsimile, telegram or cable) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper person or persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by the Security Trustee or the Agent, as the case may be. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents, each of the Security Trustee and the Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder or thereunder in accordance with instructions signed by the Majority Lenders, and such instructions and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Lenders.

31.4             Knowledge. Neither the Security Trustee nor the Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of a Potential Event of Default or Event of Default (other than, in the case of the Agent, the non-payment of principal of or interest on the Loan or actual knowledge thereof) unless each of the Security Trustee and the Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower specifying such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default”. If the Agent receives such a notice of the occurrence of such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default, the Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Security Trustee, the Swap Banks and the Lenders (and shall give each Lender prompt notice of each such non-payment). Subject to Clause 31.8 hereof, the Security Trustee and the Agent shall take such action with respect to such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default or other event as shall be directed by the Majority Lenders, except that, unless and until the Security Trustee and the Agent shall have received such directions, each of the Security Trustee and the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default or other event as it shall deem advisable in the best interest of the Lenders and the Swap Banks.

102
 

31.5             Security Trustee and Agent as Lenders . Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent (and any successor acting as Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be) in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not acting as the Security Trustee or the Agent, as the case may be, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless the context otherwise indicates, include each of the Security Trustee and the Agent in their respective individual capacities. Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent (and any successor acting as Security Trustee and Agent, as the case may be) and their respective affiliates may (without having to account therefor to a Lender) accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with the Borrower and any of its subsidiaries or affiliates as if it were not acting as the Security Trustee or the Agent, as the case may be, and each of the Security Trustee and the Agent and their respective affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from the Borrower for services in connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the same to the Lenders.

31.6             Indemnification of Security Trustee and Agent. The Lenders severally agree, ratably in accordance with the aggregate principal amount of each Lender’s Contribution in the Loan, to indemnify each of the Agent and the Security Trustee (to the extent not reimbursed under other provisions of this Agreement, but without limiting the obligations of the Borrower under said other provisions) for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Security Trustee or the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses which the Borrower is to pay hereunder, but excluding, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, normal administrative costs and expenses incident to the performance of their respective agency duties hereunder) or the enforcement of any of the terms hereof or thereof or of any such other documents, except that no Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent they arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party to be indemnified.

31.7             Reliance on Security Trustee or Agent. Each Lender and each Swap Bank agrees that it has, independently and without reliance on the Security Trustee, the Agent or any other Lender or Swap Bank, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of the Borrower and decision to enter into this Agreement and that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Security Trustee, the Agent or any other Lender or Swap Bank, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own analysis and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents. None of the Security Trustee or the Agent shall be required to keep itself informed as to the performance or observance by the Borrower or the Guarantors of this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or to inspect the properties or books of the Borrower or any Guarantor. Except for notices, reports and other documents and information expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders and/or the Swap Banks by the Security Trustee or the Agent hereunder, neither the Security Trustee nor the Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide a Lender or a Swap Bank with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any subsidiaries or affiliates thereof which may come into the possession of the Security Trustee, the Agent or any of their respective affiliates.

103
 

31.8             Actions by Security Trustee and Agent. Except for action expressly required of the Security Trustee or the Agent hereunder and under the other Finance Documents, each of the Security Trustee and the Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to act hereunder and thereunder unless it shall receive further assurances to its satisfaction from the Lenders of their indemnification obligations under Clause 31.6 against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

31.9 Resignation and Removal. Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Security Trustee or Agent (as the case may be) as provided below, each of the Security Trustee and the Agent may resign at any time by giving notice thereof to the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Borrower, and the Security Trustee or the Agent may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Majority Lenders by giving notice thereof to the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Majority Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be. If no successor Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall have been so appointed by the Lenders or, if appointed, shall not have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Security Trustee’s or Agent’s, as the case may be, giving of notice of resignation or the Majority Lenders’ removal of the retiring Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, then the retiring Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Swap Banks, appoint a successor Security Trustee or Agent. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Security Trustee or Agent hereunder by a successor Security Trustee or Agent, such successor Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, and the retiring Security Trustee or Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Security Trustee or Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, the provisions of this Clause 31 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Security Trustee or the Agent, as the case may be.
31.10 Release of Collateral. Without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders and the Swap Banks, neither the Security Trustee nor the Agent will consent to any modification, supplement or waiver under any of the Finance Documents nor without the prior written consent of all of the Lenders and the Swap Banks release any Collateral or otherwise terminate any Security Interest under the Finance Documents, except that no such consent is required, and each of the Security Trustee and the Agent is authorized, to release any Security Interest covering property if the Secured Liabilities have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and performed in full or which is the subject of a disposition of property permitted hereunder or to which the Lenders have consented.
32 LAW AND JURISDICTION
32.1 Governing law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS (EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN A FINANCE DOCUMENT) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES.

 

104
 

 

32.2 Consent to Jurisdiction.
(a) Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York County, and any appellate court thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents to which such Security Party is a party or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State Court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

(b)                Nothing in this Clause 32.2 shall affect the right of a Creditor Party to bring any action or proceeding against a Security Party or its property in the courts of any other jurisdictions where such action or proceeding may be heard.

(c) Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so:
(i) any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Finance Document to which it is a party in any New York State or Federal court and the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court; and
(ii) any immunity from suit, the jurisdiction of any court in which judicial proceedings may at any time be commenced with respect to this Agreement or any other Finance Document or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property (including without limitation attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, set-off, execution of a judgment or any other legal process), and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed to such person such an immunity (whether or not claimed), such person hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim such immunity.
(d) Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors hereby agrees to appoint Seward & Kissel LLP, with offices currently located at One Battery Park Plaza, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Lawrence Rutkowski, as its designated agent for service of process for any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Finance Document. Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors also irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies of such process to its address specified in Clause 29.2. Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors also agrees that service of process may be made on it by any other method of service provided for under the applicable laws in effect in the State of New York.
32.3 Creditor Party rights unaffected. Nothing in this Clause 32 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

 

105
 

 

32.4 Waiver of punitive damages. Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents to which such Security Party is a party.
32.5 Meaning of “proceedings”. In this Clause 32, “ proceedings ” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure.
33 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
33.1 WAIVER. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE CREDITOR PARTIES MUTUALLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
34 PATRIOT ACT notice
34.1 PATRIOT Act Notice. Each of the Agent and the Lenders hereby notifies the Borrower and the Guarantors that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act and the policies and practices of the Agent and each Lender, the Agent and each of the Lenders is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies each Security Party, which information includes the name and address of each Security Party and such other information that will allow the Agent and each of the Lenders to identify each Security Party in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS ON NEXT PAGE]

 

106
 

EXECUTION PAGE

WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have caused this Loan Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

SCORPIO TANKERS INC., as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH, as Lender, Agent, Security Trustee, Lead Arranger and Bookrunner

 

 

By: /s/ Henning Lyche Christiansen

Name: Henning Lyche Christiansen

Title: First Vice President

 

By: /s/ Henrik M. Steffensen

Name: Henrik M. Steffensen

Title: Executive Vice President

 

STI Opera Shipping Company Limited,

as Guarantor

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC as Swap Bank

 

 

By: /s/ Henning Lyche Christiansen

Name: Henning Lyche Christiansen

Title: First Vice President

 

By: /s/ Henrik M. Steffensen

Name: Henrik M. Steffensen

Title: Executive Vice President

 

 

ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as Lender, Bookrunner, Lead Arranger and Swap Bank

 

 

By: /s/ A.C.A.J Biesbroeck

Name: A.C.A.J Biesbroeck

Title:

 

By: /s/ Nienke Blans

Name: Nienke Blans

Title: Head of Transportation South Europe

 

 

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (publ), as Lender, Lead Arranger and Swap Bank

 

 

By: /s/ Micael Ljunggren

Name: Micael Ljunggren

Title:

 

By: /s/ Magnus Rundgren

Name: Magnus Rundgren

Title:

 

 

107
 

 

 

DVB BANK AMERICA N.V., as Lender and Lead Arranger

 

 

By: /s/ Daniel C. Rodgers

Name: Daniel C. Rodgers

Title: Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

HSH NORDBANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH

as Lender, Lead Arranger and Swap Bank

 

 

By: /s/ Carl Rasmussen

Name: Carl Rasmussen

Title: Senior Vice President

 

By: /s/ Dean Fezza

Name: Dean Fezza

Title: Vice President

 

 

NIBC BANK N.V.,

as Lender, Lead Arranger and Swap Bank

 

 

By: /s/ Eric H. Snaterse

Name: Eric H. Snaterse

Title: Managing Director

 

By: /s/ E. Annokkee

Name: E. Annokkee

Title:

 

 

 

 

CIT FINANCE LLC,

as Lender, Lead Arranger and Swap Bank

 

By: /s/ Svein Engh

Name: Svein Engh

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG FILIALE DEUTSCHLANDGESCHÄFT,

as Lender and Co-Arranger

 

By: /s/ Tilman Stein

Name: Tilman Stein

Title: Director / Senior Counsel

 

By: /s/ Annemarie Ehrhardt

Name: Annemarie Ehrhardt

Title: Managing Director

 

 

108
 

Execution Copy

 

Date: as of February 28, 2014

 

THE COMPANIES

listed in Schedule 8

as Joint and Several Borrowers

 

SCORPIO TANKERS INC.

as Guarantor

 

THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF KOREA ,

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, LISTED IN PART B OF SCHEDULE 1

and

SEVEN AND SEVEN LTD.

as Lenders

 

DNB BANK ASA, NEW YORK BRANCH

and

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (publ),

as Mandated Lead Arrangers

 

DNB MARKETS, INC.

and

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)

as Bookrunners

 

 

– and –

 

DNB BANK ASA, NEW YORK BRANCH

as Agent and as Security Trustee

 

                                                                                       

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

                                                                                       

 

Relating to loan facilities, in the aggregate, of up to US$429,600,000 to finance the acquisition of eighteen (18) Ships

 

 

Allen & Overy LLP

 

 
 

INDEX

 

Clause   Page
1 INTERPRETATION 2
2 FACILITY 27
3 POSITION OF THE LENDERS 29
4 DRAWDOWN 31
5 INTEREST 33
6 INTEREST PERIODS 35
7 DEFAULT INTEREST 36
8 REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT, REDUCTION AND CANCELLATION 37
9 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 40
10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 43
11 GENERAL AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS 51
12 FINANCIAL COVENANTS 60
13 MARINE INSURANCE COVENANTS 60
14 SHIP COVENANTS 66
15 COLLATERAL MAINTENANCE RATIO 70
16 GUARANTEE 71
17 PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS 75
18 APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS 77
19 APPLICATION OF EARNINGS 78
20 EVENTS OF DEFAULT 79
21 FEES AND EXPENSES 83
22 INDEMNITIES 84
23 NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION; TAX INDEMNITY; FATCA 86
24 ILLEGALITY, ETC 90

 

 
 

INDEX

 

Clause   Page
25 INCREASED COSTS 90
26 SET OFF 92
27 TRANSFERS AND CHANGES TO THE PARTIES 93
28 VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS 97
29 NOTICES 98
30 SUPPLEMENTAL 101
31 THE SERVICING BANKS 102
32 LAW AND JURISDICTION 106
33 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 107
34 PATRIOT ACT NOTICE 107
SCHEDULE 1 116
PART A 116
KEXIM AND KEXIM LOAN COMMITMENT 116
PART B 117
COMMERCIAL LENDERS AND COMMERCIAL LOAN COMMITMENTS 117
SCHEDULE 2  DRAWDOWN NOTICE 118
SCHEDULE 3  CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS 120
SCHEDULE 4  TRANSFER CERTIFICATE 124
SCHEDULE 5  LIST OF APPROVED BROKERS 128
SCHEDULE 6  LIST OF SHIPS 129
SCHEDULE 7  MANDATORY COST FORMULA 130
SCHEDULE 8  BORROWERS 133

 

ii
 

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of February 28, 2014

AMONG

(1) THE COMPANIES listed in Schedule 8, as joint and several borrowers, (the “ Borrowers ”, and each separately a “ Borrower ”, which expressions include their respective successors, permitted transferees and permitted assigns);
(2) SCORPIO TANKERS INC., a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose principal office is at 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monaco, 98000, as guarantor (the “ Guarantor ”, which expression includes its successors, permitted transferees and permitted assigns);
(3) THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF KOREA, with its registered office at 16-1 Yeuido-dong, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul 150-996, Korea as KEXIM lender (“ KEXIM ”, which expression includes its successors, permitted transferees and permitted assigns);
(4) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1, as commercial lenders (the “Commercial Lenders”, which expression includes their respective successors, permitted transferees and permitted assigns);

 

(5) SEVEN AND SEVEN LTD. a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands with its registered office at 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9005 as the KEXIM supported lender (the “ KEXIM Supported Lender ”, which expression includes its successors, permitted transferees and permitted assigns);

 

(6) DNB BANK ASA, NEW YORK BRANCH and SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (publ) as mandated lead arrangers (the “ Lead Arrangers ” which expression includes their respective successors, permitted transferees and permitted assigns);
(7) DNB MARKETS INC. and SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL) as bookrunners (the “ Bookrunners ”, which expression includes their respective successors, permitted transferees and permitted assigns);
(8) DNB BANK ASA, NEW YORK BRANCH, acting in such capacity through its office at 200 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10166 as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”, which expression includes its successors, permitted transferees and permitted assigns); and
(9) DNB BANK ASA, NEW YORK BRANCH, acting in such capacity through its office at 200 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10166 as security agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Security Trustee ”, which expression includes its successors, permitted transferees and permitted assigns).

BACKGROUND

(A) The Lenders have severally agreed to make available to the Borrowers, on a joint and several basis, a senior secured term loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of up to $429,600,000 to finance part of the purchase price of each of the Ships consisting of
(i) a commercial loan facility in the principal amount of up to $129,000,000 provided by the Commercial Lenders; and

 

 
 

 

(ii) an export credit agency loan facility in the principal amount of up to $300,600,000 provided or supported by KEXIM.

(B)                Subject to the approval of KEXIM and at the option of the Guarantor, a portion of the KEXIM Loan may be funded by way of a note issuance.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1 INTERPRETATION

 

1.2 Definitions. Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:

Account Bank ” means DNB BANK ASA, Grand Cayman Branch, acting through its office at 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10166;

Additional Prepayment Amount ” means in circumstances where a prepayment is being made and the Collateral Maintenance Ratio would otherwise be breached following such prepayment, a principal amount of the Loans (in the Proportionate Shares) determined by the Agent which would be sufficient to ensure that the Collateral Maintenance Ratio is satisfied;

Advance ” means, as the context may require, a Commercial Loan Advance or a KEXIM Advance;

Affiliate ” means, as to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person or is a director or officer of such person, and for purposes of this definition, the term “ control ” (including the terms “ controlling ”, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) of a person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to vote 20% or more of the Voting Stock of such person or to direct or cause direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise;

Agreed Form ” means in relation to any document, that document in the form approved by the Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or as otherwise approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provision of any Finance Document, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

Applicable Note Documents ” means the Umbrella Agreement and all Note Documents which include the granting of a Security Interest in favour of a security trustee;

Approved Acquisition Contract ” means, in relation to a Ship, the shipbuilding contract made between an Approved Builder and the Guarantor (or the Borrower who will be the owner of such Ship);

Approved Broker ” means any of the companies listed in Schedule 5 or such other company proposed by the Guarantor which the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), approve from time to time for the purpose of valuing a Ship, who shall act as an expert and not as arbitrator and whose valuation shall be conclusive and binding on all parties to this Agreement;

Approved Builder ” means Hyundai Mipo Dockyards, Hyundai Samho Heavy Industries, and Daewoo Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd.;

 
 

Approved Flag ” means the Marshall Islands or such other flag as the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, approve from time to time in writing as the flag on which a Ship shall be registered;

Approved Management Agreement ” means, in relation to a Ship in respect of its commercial and/or technical management, a management agreement between the Borrower that owns that Ship and the relevant Approved Manager;

Approved Manager ” means each of SSM, SCM, V. Ships Ship Management, D’Amico International Shipping, Hellespont Shipping, Anglo-Eastern Ship Management, Fleet Management, Astor Shipmanagement, Synergy Marine, Univan Ship Management Limited, C.P. Offen and Zenith Ship Management, or any other company proposed by the Guarantor which the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), approve from time to time as the technical and/or commercial manager of a Ship;

Approved Note Issuance ” means the issue by the KEXIM Supported Lender of notes pursuant to the Note Documents with the prior consent of the Guarantor and KEXIM;

Availability Period ” means the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the earlier date of

(a) the Delivery Date of the last Ship to be acquired; and
(b) March 31, 2015 (or, to the extent that no KEXIM Supported Loan is outstanding, such later date as the Agent may, with the consent of all the Lenders, agree with the Guarantor),

or, if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments in respect of the Loan Facilities are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;

Bank Secrecy Act ” means the United States Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended;

Basel III ” means the global regulatory framework on bank capital and liquidity contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee in December 2010 each as amended, and any other documents published by the Basel Committee in relation to "Basel III";

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open in: London, England; New York, New York; Oslo, Norway; Stockholm, Sweden; and Seoul, Korea;

Capitalized Lease ” means, as applied to any person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted present value of the rental obligations of such person, as lessee, in conformity with IFRS, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such person; and “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” is defined to mean the rental obligations, as aforesaid, under a Capitalized Lease;

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(a) unencumbered securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof);

 

 
 

 

(b) time deposits, certificates of deposit or deposits (in each case, unencumbered) held with any commercial bank of recognized standing organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign jurisdiction having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000; and
(c) such other securities or instruments as the Majority Lenders shall agree in writing;

and in respect of both (a) and (b) above, with a Rating Category of at least “A - ” by S&P and “A” by Moody’s (or the equivalent used by another Rating Agency) ( provided that , in the case of (b) above only, such Rating Category shall not be applicable for time deposits, certificates of deposit or deposits (in each case, unencumbered) held with any commercial bank which is a Lender), and in each case having maturities of not more than ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition;

Change of Control ” means:

(a) in respect of the Borrowers, the occurrence of any act, event or circumstance that without prior written consent of the Majority Lenders results in the Guarantor owning directly or indirectly less than 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in a Borrower; and
(b) in respect of the Guarantor:
(i) a “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than any holders of the Guarantor’s Equity Interests as of the Effective Date, becomes the ultimate “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13(d)-3 under the Exchange Act and including by reason of any change in the ultimate “beneficial ownership” of the Equity Interests of the Guarantor) of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Guarantor (calculated on a fully diluted basis); or
(ii) individuals who at the beginning of any period of two consecutive calendar years constituted the Board of Directors or equivalent governing body of the Guarantor (together with any new directors (or equivalent) whose election by such Board of Directors or equivalent governing body or whose nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the members of such Board of Directors or equivalent governing body then still in office who either were members of such Board of Directors or equivalent governing body at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute at least 50% of the members of such Board of Directors or equivalent governing body then in office;

Charter ” means, in relation to a Ship, any demise, time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extension by the Borrower that owns that Ship may exceed, 12 months;

Charter Assignment means, in relation to a Ship, an assignment of the Charter for such Ship, in Agreed Form;

Classification Society ” means, in relation to a Ship, any of Det Norske Veritas, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, American Bureau of Shipping, Korean Register of Shipping, and Bureau Veritas or such other first-class vessel classification society that is a member of IACS that the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), approve from time to time;

 
 

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder;

Collateral ” means all property (including, without limitation, any proceeds thereof) referred to in the Finance Documents and the Note Documents that is or is intended to be subject to any Security Interest in favor of the Security Trustee, for the benefit of the Creditor Parties, securing the Secured Liabilities;

Collateral Maintenance Ratio ” has the meaning given in Clause 15.2;

“Commercial Loan ” means the aggregate principal amount of the Commercial Loan Advances from time to time outstanding under this Agreement;

Commercial Loan Advance ” means the principal amount of each borrowing by the Borrowers of a portion of the Commercial Loan Commitments;

“Commercial Loan Commitment” means, in relation to a Commercial Lender, the amount specified opposite its name in Part B of Schedule 1 in respect of the Commercial Loan Facility, or, as the case may require, the amount(s) specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as such amount(s) may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement;

Commercial Loan Facility ” means the term loan facility in the original principal amount of up to $129,000,000 to be made available to the Borrowers under the terms of this Agreement;

Commercial Loan Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (a) the date falling on the sixth (6th) anniversary of the Final Delivery Date and (b) the date on which the Commercial Loan is accelerated pursuant to Clause 20.4;

Commission ” or “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act;

“Commitment” means, as the context may require, a Commercial Loan Commitment or a KEXIM Commitment;

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate executed by an authorized person of the Guarantor in Agreed Form;

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any accounting period, the consolidated net income of the Guarantor for that accounting period:

(a) plus , to the extent deducted in computing the net income of the Guarantor for that accounting period, the sum, without duplication, of:
(i) all federal, state, local and foreign income taxes and tax distributions;
(ii) Consolidated Net Interest Expense;
(iii) depreciation, depletion, amortization of intangibles and other non-cash charges or non-cash losses (including non-cash transaction expenses and the amortization of debt discounts), amortization of restricted stock awards, and any extraordinary losses not incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

 
 

 

(iv) expenses incurred in connection with a special or intermediate survey of a Ship during such period; and
(v) any drydocking expenses of a Ship;
(b) minus , to the extent added in computing the consolidated net income of the Guarantor for that accounting period, (i) any non-cash income or non-cash gains and (ii) any extraordinary gains or losses on asset sales not incurred in the ordinary course of business;

Consolidated Funded Debt ” means, for any accounting period, the sum of the following for the Guarantor determined (without duplication) on a consolidated basis for such period and in accordance with IFRS consistently applied:

(a) all Financial Indebtedness; and
(b) all obligations to pay a specific purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or accepted (including take-or-pay and similar obligations which in accordance with IFRS would be shown on the liability side of a balance sheet);

provided that balance sheet accruals for future drydock expenses shall not be classified as Consolidated Funded Debt;

Consolidated Liquidity ” means, on a consolidated basis at any time, the sum of (a) cash, (b) Cash Equivalents, in each case held by the Guarantor on a freely available and unencumbered basis and (c) amounts readily available for drawing by the Guarantor and its subsidiaries under committed credit facilities with a maturity date in excess of 12 months which remain undrawn and could be drawn for general working capital or other general corporate purposes (subject to the availability limits and other provisions set out in the agreements related to such committed credit facilities), provided that no event of default has occurred and is continuing under any such committed credit facilities and the Borrower is entitled to borrow under such committed credit facilities;

Consolidated Net Interest Expense ” means the aggregate of all interest, commissions, discounts and other costs, charges or expenses accruing that are due from the Guarantor and all of its subsidiaries during the relevant accounting period less (i) interest income received, (ii) commitment fees and (iii) amortization of deferred charges and arrangement fees, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS and as shown in the consolidated statements of income for the Guarantor;

Consolidated Tangible Net Worth means, on a consolidated basis, the total shareholders’ equity (including retained earnings) of the Guarantor, minus goodwill and other non-tangible items;

Consolidated Total Capitalization ” means Consolidated Tangible Net Worth plus Consolidated Funded Debt;

Contract Price ” means, in respect of a Ship, the Contract Price specified in Schedule 6;

Contractual Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 22.4;

 
 

Contribution ” means, in relation to a Lender and a Loan, the part of that Loan which is owing to that Lender or, as the context may require, the portion of an Advance to be made by such Lender;

CRD IV ” means (A) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU No 648/2012) and (B) Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC;

Creditor Party ” means the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender, any Lead Arranger, The Export-Import Bank of Korea, the Note Trustee, the KEXIM Security Trustee or any Bookrunner whether as at the Effective Date or at any later time;

Currency Agreement ” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect a person or any of its subsidiaries against fluctuations in currency values to or under which such person or any of its subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary on the Effective Date or becomes a party or a beneficiary thereafter;

Delivery Date ” means the date of the delivery of a Ship to the Borrower that will own such Ship;

Disbursement Authorization ” has the meaning given in Clause 9.3(b);

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

Drawdown Date ” means, in relation to an Advance and subject to the fulfilment of the conditions specified in Clause 4.2(a), the date specified in the Drawdown Notice;

Drawdown Notice ” means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 2 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);

Earnings ” means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower owning that Ship or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

(a) except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b):
(i) all freight, hire and passage moneys;
(ii) compensation payable to the Borrower owning that Ship or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire;
(iii) remuneration for salvage and towage services;
(iv) demurrage and detention moneys;
(v) damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship; and

 

 
 

 

(vi) all moneys which are at any time payable under Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and
(b) if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship;

Earnings Account ” means, in relation to the Ships,

(a) an account in the name of the Guarantor with the Account Bank designated as the Master Earnings Account;
(b) an account in the name of the Borrower owning the relevant Ship with the Account Bank designated as the Earnings Account for such Ship; or
(c) any other account (with the Account Bank or the Agent or with another bank or financial institution acceptable to the Majority Lenders) which is designated as the Earnings Account in relation to the Ships for the purposes of this Agreement;

Earnings Account Pledge ” means a pledge of each Earnings Account, in Agreed Form;

Earnings Assignment means, in relation to a Ship, an assignment of the Earnings and any Requisition Compensation of that Ship, in Agreed Form;

EDGAR ” means the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system maintained by the SEC;

Effective Date ” means the date on which this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto;

Email ” has the meaning given in Clause 29.1;

Environmental Claim ” means:

(a) any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or
(b) any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,

and “ claim ” means a claim for damages, compensation, indemnification, contribution, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;

Environmental Incident ” means:

(a) any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from a Ship; or
(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released and which involves a collision or allision between a Ship and another vessel or object, or some other incident of navigation or operation, in any case, in connection with which such Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or such Ship and/or the Guarantor and/or the Borrower owning such Ship and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

 
 

 

(c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which such Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where the Guarantor and/or the Borrower owning such Ship and/or any operator or manager of such Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;

Environmental Law ” means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any applicable Environmental Law;

Environmentally Sensitive Material ” means oil, oil products, and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;

“Equity Contribution” has the meaning given in Clause 4.2;

Equity Interests ” of any person means:

(a) any and all shares and other equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such person; and
(b) all rights to purchase, warrants or options or convertible debt (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such person;

Equity Proceeds ” means the net cash proceeds from the issuance of common or preferred stock of the Guarantor;

ERISA ” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder;

ERISA Affiliate ” means a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Guarantor or any subsidiary of it, would be deemed to be a single employer under Section 414 of the Code;

Estate ” has the meaning assigned such term in Clause 31.1(b)(ii);

Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 20.1;

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor act thereto, and (unless the context otherwise requires) includes the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder;

Executive Order ” means an executive order issued by the President of the United States of America;

 
 

Expected Delivery Date ” means, in respect of a Ship, the first day of the scheduled delivery month specified in Schedule 6 in respect of such Ship;

Fair Market Value ” means, in relation to a Ship, the market value of such Ship at any date that is shown by the average of two (2) valuations each prepared for and addressed to the Agent:

(a) as at a date not more than 30 days prior to the date such valuation is delivered to the Agent;
(b) by Approved Brokers selected by the Guarantor;
(c) if such valuation is to be carried out in relation to a Major Casualty, with physical inspection of that Ship and in all other circumstances, without physical inspection of that Ship; and
(d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment (and with no value to be given to any pooling arrangements),

provided that if a range of market values is provided in a particular appraisal, then the market value in such appraisal shall be deemed to be the mid-point within such range;

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and any regulation thereunder issued by the United States Treasury or any official interpretations or administrative guidance relating thereto;

FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under any Finance Document required by or under FATCA;

FATCA Exempt Party ” means a FATCA Relevant Party who is entitled under FATCA to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;

FATCA Non-Exempt Party ” means a FATCA Relevant Party who is not a FATCA Exempt Party;

FATCA Non-Exempt Lender ” means any Lender who is a FATCA Non-Exempt Party;

FATCA Relevant Party ” means each Creditor Party and each Security Party;

“Fee Letter” means each letter dated the date hereof from the Agent to the Guarantor;

Final Delivery Date ” means the earlier of the date of:

(a) the Delivery Date for the last Ship delivered by an Approved Builder to a Borrower; and
(b) the last day of the Availability Period;

Finance Documents ” means:

(a) this Agreement;
(b) the Charter Assignments;

 

 
 

 

(c) each Earnings Account Pledge;
(d) the Earnings Assignments;
(e) the Insurance Assignments;
(f) the Mortgages;
(g) the Loan Notes;
(h) the Shares Pledges;
(i) the Fee Letters;
(j) the Manager’s Undertakings; and
(k) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by any person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition or which is entered or to be entered into by any Security Party and is designated as a “Finance Document” under this Agreement;

Financial Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any person (the “ debtor ”) at any date of determination (without duplication) as determined in conformity with IFRS:

(a) all obligations of the debtor for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;
(b) all obligations of the debtor evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
(c) all obligations of the debtor in respect of any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility or equivalent made available to the debtor (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto) which in accordance with IFRS would be shown on the liability side of a balance sheet;
(d) all obligations of the debtor to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery thereof or the completion of such services, except trade payables;
(e) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of the debtor as lessee;
(f) all Financial Indebtedness of persons other than the debtor secured by a Security Interest on any asset of the debtor, whether or not such Financial Indebtedness is assumed by the debtor, provided that the amount of such Financial Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (ii) the amount of such Financial Indebtedness;
(g) all Financial Indebtedness of persons other than the debtor under any guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor to the extent such Financial Indebtedness is guaranteed, indemnified, etc. by the debtor; and

 

 
 

 

(h) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, obligations of the debtor under Currency Agreements and interest rate agreements or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor or, if the agreement under which any such transaction is entered into requires netting of mutual liabilities, the liability of the debtor for the net amount.

The amount of Financial Indebtedness of any debtor at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, as determined in conformity with IFRS, provided that (i) the amount outstanding at any time of any Financial Indebtedness issued with an original issue discount is the face amount of such Financial Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of such original issue discount of such Financial Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with IFRS, and (ii) Financial Indebtedness shall not include any liability for taxes;

Fiscal Year ” means, in relation to any person, each period of one (1) year commencing on January 1 of each year and ending on December 31 of such year in respect of which its accounts are or ought to be prepared;

Foreign Pension Plan ” means any plan, fund (including without limitation, any superannuation fund) or other similar program established or maintained outside the United States of America by the Guarantor or any one or more of its subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of its or their employees residing outside the United States of America, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, and which plan, fund or program would be covered by Title IV of ERISA but which is not subject to ERISA by reason of Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA;

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning given in Clause 16.1;

IACS ” means the International Association of Classification Societies;

IFRS ” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulations 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements;

Insolvency Event ” means with respect to any person:

(a) such person shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or
(b) any proceeding shall be instituted by or against such person seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property, and solely in the case of an involuntary proceeding:
(i) such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or
(ii) any of the actions sought in such involuntary proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur.

 
 

Insurances ” means in relation to a Ship:

(a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of that Ship, the Earnings or otherwise in relation to that Ship whether before, on or after the Effective Date; and
(b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium and any rights in respect of any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the Effective Date;

Insurance Assignment ” means, in relation to a Ship, an assignment of the Insurances of that Ship, in Agreed Form;

Interest Period ” means a period determined in accordance with Clause 6;

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service or any successor taxing authority or agency of the United States government;

ISM Code ” means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organization, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms “ safety management system ”, “ Safety Management Certificate ” and “ Document of Compliance ” have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code);

ISM Code Documentation ” includes, in respect of a Ship:

(a) the Document of Compliance and Safety Management Certificate issued pursuant to the ISM Code in relation to that Ship within the periods specified by the ISM Code;
(b) all other documents and data which are relevant to the safety management system and its implementation and verification which the Agent may reasonably require; and
(c) any other documents which are prepared or which are otherwise relevant to establish and maintain that Ship’s compliance or the compliance of the Borrower that owns that Ship or the relevant Approved Manager with the ISM Code which the Agent may require;

ISPS Code ” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

ISPS Code Documentation ” includes:

(a) the ISSC; and
(b) all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISPS Code and its implementation and verification which the Agent may require;

ISSC ” means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code;

 
 

KEXIM Advance ” means a KEXIM Loan Advance or a KSL Advance;

KEXIM Commitments ” means the aggregate of the KEXIM Loan Commitments and the KSL Commitments;

KEXIM Direct Loan ” means the aggregate principal amount of the KEXIM Loan Advances from time to time outstanding under this Agreement;

KEXIM Direct Loan Maturity Date ” means the earliest of (a) the date falling on the twelfth (12th) anniversary of the Weighted Average Delivery Date; (b) if the Commercial Loan is not refinanced on or before the date falling fifteen (15) days before the Commercial Loan Maturity Date, the Commercial Loan Maturity Date; (c) if the Commercial Loan is refinanced on or before the date falling fifteen (15) days before the Commercial Loan Maturity Date, the Refinanced Loan Maturity Date; and (d) the date on which the Loan is accelerated pursuant to Clause 20.4;

KEXIM Facility ” means the term loan facility in the original principal amount of up to three hundred million six hundred thousand Dollars ($300,600,000) to be made available to the Borrowers under this Agreement;

KEXIM Loan ” means, at any time, the aggregate of the KEXIM Direct Loan and the KEXIM Supported Loan at such time.

KEXIM Loan Advance ” means the principal amount of each borrowing by the Borrowers of a portion of the KEXIM Loan Commitments;

KEXIM Loan Commitment ” means, in relation to KEXIM, the amount specified opposite its name in Part A of Schedule 1, less the amount of the KSL Commitment or, as the case may require, the amount(s) specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate; and in either case as such amount(s) may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement;

KEXIM Security Trustee ” means DNB Bank ASA, New York Branch, in its capacity as security trustee for The Export-Import Bank of Korea under the Note Documents;

KEXIM Supported Loan ” means the aggregate principal amount of the KSL Advances from time to time outstanding under this Agreement;

KEXIM Supported Loan Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (a) the date falling on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Weighted Average Delivery Date and (b) the date on which the KEXIM Supported Loan is accelerated pursuant to Clause 20.4;

KSL Advance ” means the principal amount of each borrowing by the Borrowers of a portion of the KSL Commitment;

KSL Commitment ” means in relation to the KEXIM Supported Lender, the principal amount of any Approved Note Issuance (which shall not exceed an amount of one hundred and twenty five million two hundred and fifty thousand Dollars ($125,250,000)), as such amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement;

Lenders ” means KEXIM, the KEXIM Supported Lender and the Commercial Lenders;

Lending Office ” means, with respect to any Lender, the office of such Lender specified as its “Lending Office” under its name on Schedule 1 or in the relevant Transfer Certificate pursuant to which it became a Lender, or such other office of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Borrowers and the Agent;

 
 

LIBOR ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document:

(a) the applicable Screen Rate; or
(b) if no Screen Rate is available for that period, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards to four (4) decimal places) of the rates, as supplied to the Agent at its request, quoted by each Reference Bank to leading banks in the London Interbank Market;

as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that period for the offering of deposits in the relevant currency and for a period comparable to that period and if LIBOR falls below zero, such rate is deemed to be zero;

“Loan” means, as the context may require, the Commercial Loan or the KEXIM Loan or the aggregate of both of them;

Loan Facility ” means the KEXIM Facility or the Commercial Loan Facility;

Loan Note ” means:

(a) in respect of the Commercial Loan Facility, a promissory note of the Borrowers, payable to the order of the Agent evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Borrowers under this Agreement in respect of the Commercial Loan Facility, in the Agreed Form; and
(b) in respect of the KEXIM Facility, a promissory note of the Borrowers payable to the order of the Agent, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Borrowers under this Agreement in respect of the KEXIM Facility, in the Agreed Form;

Major Casualty ” means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty or injury caused by or to that Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $5,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

Majority Lenders ” means:

(a) before any Advance has been made, Lenders whose Commitments total at least 66.67% of the Total Commitments or, where the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, Lenders whose Commitments aggregated 66.67% or more of the Total Commitments immediately before the reduction;
(b) at any other time, Lenders, the sum of whose Contributions then aggregate at least 66.67% of the aggregate amount of the Loans at such time,

provided that any Majority Lenders decision shall always include either: (i) if there are no more than three (3) Commercial Lenders, a minimum of one (1) Commercial Lender or (ii) if there are four (4) or more Commercial Lenders, a minimum of two (2) Commercial Lenders;

Make Whole Amount ” has the meaning given to it in the Note Indenture;

 
 

Manager’s Undertaking ” means, in relation to a Ship, the letter executed and delivered by an Approved Manager, in Agreed Form;

Mandatory Cost ” means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 7;

Mandatory Redemption Event ” has the meaning given to it in the Notes;

Margin ” means:

(a) in relation to the Commercial Loan:

(i) from (and including) the Effective Date to (but excluding) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Effective Date, 3.25% per annum; and
(ii) from (and including) the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date until the Commercial Loan Maturity Date, 3.75% per annum; and
(b) in relation to the KEXIM Direct Loan, 3.25% per annum;

Margin Regulations ” means Regulations U and X issued by the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System and any successor regulations thereto, as in effect from time to time;

Margin Stock ” means “margin stock” or “margin securities” as defined in the Margin Regulations;

Market Disruption Event ” has the meaning given in Clause 5.8;

Market Disruption Notice ” has the meaning given in Clause 5.9;

Material Adverse Effect ” means any condition or circumstance which the Lenders shall determine has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect:

(a) on the rights or remedies of any the Creditor Parties under any of the Finance Documents or in respect of the Collateral taken as a whole;
(b) on the performance of any of the Security Parties, or the Security Parties taken as a whole, to perform its or their obligations under any of the Finance Documents;
(c) with respect to the loan facilities contemplated by this Agreement; or
(d) on the business, property, assets, nature of assets, operations, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Security Parties;

Maturity Date ” means the Commercial Loan Maturity Date, the KEXIM Direct Loan Maturity Date or the KEXIM Supported Loan Maturity Date, as the case may be;

Maximum Advance ” means, in relation to a Ship, the amount set out in the column titled “Maximum Advance (60% of Contract Price)” of Schedule 6 in respect of that Ship;

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., a subsidiary of Moody’s Corporation, and its successors;

 
 

Mortgage ” means, in relation to a Ship, the first priority or, as the case may be, preferred ship mortgage on that Ship in Agreed Form;

Multiemployer Plan ” means, at any time, a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Guarantor or any subsidiary of it or any ERISA Affiliate has any liability or obligation to contribute or has within any of the six preceding plan years had any liability or obligation to contribute;

Net Debt ” means Consolidated Funded Debt less cash and Cash Equivalents;

Non-indemnified Tax ” means:

(a) any tax on the net income of a Creditor Party (but not a tax on gross income or individual items of income), whether collected by deduction or withholding or otherwise, which is levied by a taxing jurisdiction which:
(i) is located in the country under whose laws such entity is formed (or in the case of a natural person is a country of which such person is a citizen); or
(ii) with respect to any Lender, is located in the country of its Lending Office; or
(iii) with respect to any Creditor Party other than a Lender, is located in the country from which such party has originated its participation in this transaction;

(b) any FATCA Deduction made on account of a payment to a FATCA Non-Exempt Party;

Note Documents ” has the meaning given to that term in the Umbrella Agreement;

“Note Indenture ” means the note indenture dated or to be dated on or before the first Delivery Date between the Note Trustee, the KEXIM Supported Lender, the Guarantor and the Security Trustee, entered into in connection with the issuance of the Notes;

Note Interest Rate ” means the per annum rate of scheduled interest payable on the principal outstanding amount of the Notes from time to time pursuant to the Note Documents;

Notes ” means the notes issued or to be issued by the KEXIM Supported Lender pursuant to the Note Documents in order to fund KSL Advances;

Note Trustee ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

Notifying Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 24.1 or Clause 25.1 as the context requires;

Obligor ” means the Guarantor and each Borrower;

OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury;

pari passu ”, when used with respect to the ranking of any Financial Indebtedness of any person in relation to other Financial Indebtedness of such person, means that each such Financial Indebtedness:

 
 

 

(a) either (i) is not subordinated in right of payment to any other Financial Indebtedness of such person or (ii) is subordinate in right of payment to the same Financial Indebtedness of such person as is the other and is so subordinate to the same extent; and
(b) is not subordinate in right of payment to the other or to any Financial Indebtedness of such person as to which the other is not so subordinate;

PATRIOT Act ” means the United States Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (H.R. 3199);

Payment Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 22.4;

Payment Direction Agreement ” means the agreement of that name entered into or to be entered into on or prior to the first Delivery Date in respect of payments to the KEXIM Supported Lender between, amongst others, the Borrower, the Guarantor and the KEXIM Supported Lender.

Permitted Security Interests ” means:

(a) Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;
(b) Security Interests for unpaid but not past due master’s and crew’s wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;
(c) Security Interests for salvage;
(d) Security Interests arising by operation of law for not more than two (2) months’ prepaid hire under any charter or other contract of employment in relation to a Ship not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement or any other Finance Document;
(e) Security Interests for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other Security Interests arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such Security Interests do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the Guarantor or the Borrower that owns such Ship in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of Security Interests for repair or maintenance, to Clause 14.13(h);
(f) any Security Interest created in favor of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses where the Guarantor or the Borrower that owns the relevant Ship is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith and such Security Interest does not (and is not likely to) result in any sale, forfeiture or loss of a Ship;
(g) Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made;
(h) pledges of certificates of deposit or other cash collateral securing any Security Party’s reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit now or hereafter issued for the account of such Security Party in connection with the establishment of the financial responsibility of such Security Party under 33 C.F.R. Part 130 or 46 C.F.R. Part 540, as the case may be, as the same may be amended or replaced;

 

 
 

 

(i) Security Interests to secure obligations under workmen’s compensation laws or similar legislation, deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, warehousemen’s or other like liens, or deposits to obtain the release of such liens and deposits to secure surety, appeal or customs bonds on which the Guarantor or a Borrower is the principal, as to all of the foregoing, only to the extent arising and continuing in the ordinary course of business;
(j) Security Interests for loss, damage or expense which are fully covered by insurance, subject to applicable deductibles satisfactory to the Agent; and
(k) Security Interests incidental to the conduct of the business of each Security Party or the ownership of such Security Party’s property and assets, which Security Interests do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of each such Security Party’s property or assets or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;

Pertinent Document ” means:

(a) any Finance Document;
(b) any policy or contract of insurance contemplated by or referred to in Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;
(c) any other document contemplated by or referred to in any Finance Document; and
(d) any document which has been or is at any time sent by or to a Servicing Bank in contemplation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any policy, contract or document falling within paragraphs (b) or (c);

Pertinent Jurisdiction ”, in relation to a company, means:

(a) the jurisdiction under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;
(b) a jurisdiction in which the company has the center of its main interests or in which the company’s central management and control is or has recently been exercised;
(c) a jurisdiction in which the overall net income of the company is subject to corporation tax, income tax or any similar tax;
(d) a jurisdiction in which assets of the company (other than securities issued by, or loans to, related companies) having a substantial value are situated, in which the company maintains a branch or permanent place of business, or in which a Security Interest created by the company must or should be registered in order to ensure its validity or priority; or
(e) a jurisdiction the courts of which have jurisdiction to make a winding up, administration or similar order in relation to the company whether as a main or territorial or ancillary proceedings or which would have such jurisdiction if their assistance were requested by the courts of a country referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above;

 
 

Pertinent Matter ” means:

(a) any transaction or matter contemplated by, arising out of, or in connection with a Pertinent Document; or
(b) any statement relating to a Pertinent Document or to a transaction or matter falling within paragraph (a),

and covers any such transaction, matter or statement, whether entered into, arising or made at any time before the signing of this Agreement or on or at any time after that signing;

Plan ” means any employee benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect to which the Guarantor or any subsidiary of it or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA;

Potential Event of Default ” means an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time, would constitute an Event of Default;

Proportionate Share ” means, at any time, in respect of the Commercial Loan or the KEXIM Loans, the proportion which the Commercial Loan or the KEXIM Loans, as applicable, bear to the Loans or if there are no Loans outstanding at such time, the proportion the Commercial Loan Commitments or the KEXIM Loan Commitments, as applicable, bear to the Total Commitments;

Quarter Dates ” means the dates in each calendar year corresponding to the Semi-Annual Dates and the dates falling three months after each of the Semi-Annual Dates. For example, if the Weighted Average Date is March 1, the Quarter Dates would be March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 of each year, including the year in which the first Advance is made;

Quotation Date ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document, the day which is two (2) Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the London Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Date will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the London Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Date will be the last of those days);

Rating Agencies ” means:

(a) S&P and Moody’s; or
(b) if S&P or Moody’s or both of them are not making ratings of securities publicly available, a nationally recognized United States rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders, which will be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be;

Rating Category ” means:

(a) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “+” or “-”): AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories);

 

 
 

 

(b) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and
(c) the equivalent of any such categories of S&P or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency, if applicable;

Reference Banks ” means, subject to Clause 27.16, DNB Bank ASA, New York Branch, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) and/or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent (with the consent of the Majority Lenders), in consultation with the Borrowers;

Refinanced Loan Maturity Date ” means, if the Commercial Loan is refinanced, the maturity date of such refinanced Commercial Loan;

Relevant Amount ” means, at any time, in respect of a Ship an amount calculated as the higher of:

(a) P x y/z

P = aggregate principal amount of the Loans outstanding at such time;

y = the latest Fair Market Value of the relevant Ship or in respect of a Ship being sold the higher of the latest Fair Market Value and the Purchase Price of the Ship being sold;

z = the aggregate of the latest Fair Market Value for each Ship then financed under the Loan Agreement, including the relevant Ship; and

(b) the aggregate of
(i) the outstanding amount of the Commercial Loan Advance in respect of the relevant Ship; and
(ii) an amount equal to the proportion of the KEXIM Loans equivalent to the proportion of that the amount of the Commercial Loan Advance in respect of the relevant Ship bears to the Commercial Loan at that time.

Relevant Borrower ” means, in relation to a Ship, the entity listed in the column titled “Relevant Borrower” in Schedule 6 in respect of that Ship;

Repayment Date ” means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8;

Requisition Compensation ” includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of “ Total Loss ”;

Restricted Party ” means a person that: (i) is listed on any Sanctions List; (ii) is located in or incorporated under the laws of a country or territory that is the target of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions; (iii) is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person referred to in (i) and/or (ii) above; (iv) is otherwise a target of Sanctions; or (v) with whom a subject of a Sanctions Authority would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities;

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies Inc., and its successors;

 
 

Sanctions ” means any economic sanctions laws, regulations, Executive Orders, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by the Sanctions Authorities,

provided that such laws, regulations, Executive Orders, embargoes or restrictive measures shall be applicable only to the extent such laws, regulations, Executive Orders, embargoes or restrictive measures are not in conflict with the laws of the United States of America;

Sanctions Authorities ” means:

(i) the Republic of Korea; (ii) Norway; (iii) the United States of America; (iv) the United Nations; (v) the European Union; (vi) the United Kingdom; or (vii) any authority of any other Pertinent Jurisdiction; and with regard to (i) – (vii) above, the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the OFAC, the United States Department of State, and Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”);

Sanctions List ” means the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” list maintained by OFAC, the “Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets” maintained by HMT, or any similar list maintained by, or public announcement of Sanctions designation made by, any of the Sanctions Authorities;

SCM ” means Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., a Monaco company, as commercial manager of the Ships;

Screen Rate ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document (which, in the case of any Interest Period under the KEXIM Direct Loan shall always be three months), the London interbank offered rate administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Guarantor and the Majority Lenders;

Secured Liabilities ” means all liabilities which the Security Parties or any of them have, at the Effective Date or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or any Applicable Note Document or any judgment relating to any Finance Document or Applicable Note Document and all liabilities which the KEXIM Supported Lender has, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Applicable Note Document or any judgment relating to any Applicable Note Document; and for these purposes, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor act thereto, and (unless the context otherwise requires) includes the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder;

Security Interest ” means:

(a) a mortgage, encumbrance, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or privilege or any other security interest of any kind;
(b) the security rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem ; and

 

 
 

 

(c) any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but this paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution;

Security Party ” means the Borrowers, the Guarantor and any other person (except a Creditor Party and an Approved Manager) who, as a surety, guarantor, mortgagor, assignor or pledgor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a Finance Document;

Security Period ” means the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrowers that:

(a) all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrowers or any other Security Party under the Finance Documents have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid in full;
(b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document; and
(c) no Borrower or any other Security Party has any liability under Clause 21, 22 or 23 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

Seller ” means, in relation to a Ship, the company named in the Approved Acquisition Contract for that Ship as the seller and/or the Approved Builder thereof;

Seller’s Bank ” has the meaning given in Clause 9.3(b);

Semi-Annual Dates ” means the dates in each calendar year corresponding to the Weighted Average Date and the date falling six months thereafter. For example, if the Weighted Average Date is March 1, the Semi-Annual Dates would be March 1 and September 1 of each year, including the year in which the first Advance is made;

Servicing Bank ” means the Agent;

Shares Pledge ” means a pledge of the Equity Interests of each Borrower, in Agreed Form;

Ship ” means any ship listed in Schedule 6 to be purchased by the Relevant Borrower who will be the owner thereof and registered in its ownership under an Approved Flag;

SSM ” means Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., a Monaco company, as technical manager of the Ships;

Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Commercial Loan Commitments and the KEXIM Commitments, or any of them, as the context may require;

Total Loss ” means in relation to a Ship:

(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship;
(b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority, (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one (1) year without any right to an extension), unless it is within three (3) months redelivered to the full control of the Borrower owning that Ship; or

 

 
 

 

(c) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of that Ship (including any hijacking, piracy or theft) unless it is within three (3) months redelivered to the full control of the Borrower owning that Ship;

Total Loss Date ” means in relation to a Ship:

(a) in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;
(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earliest of:
(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and
(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower owning that Ship with the Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Ship as a total loss; and
(c) in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred;

Transfer Certificate ” has the meaning given in Clause 27.2;

Transferee Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 27.2;

Transferor Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 27.2;

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York;

Umbrella Agreement ” means the umbrella agreement dated or to be dated on or before the first Delivery Date between KEXIM, the Security Trustee, the KEXIM Supported Lender, the Borrowers and the Guarantor in connection with the issuance of the Notes;

Voting Stock ” of any person as of any date means the Equity Interests of such person that are at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors or similar governing body of such person;

Weighted Average Date ” means in respect of several dates, the average of such dates determined by the Agent on the basis of weighting such dates by reference to the Maximum Advances available for each Ship whose Expected Delivery Date or Delivery Date is on such date; and

Weighted Average Delivery Date ” means:

(a) the Weighted Average Date of the Expected Delivery Date for each Ship; or
(b) if the Availability Period has ended in circumstances where no KEXIM Supported Loan is outstanding, the Weighted Average Date of the Delivery Dates of the Ships;

 

 
 

 

1.3 Construction of certain terms. In this Agreement:

an Event of Default being “ continuing” means it has not been waived;

approved ” means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

asset ” includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;

company ” includes any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, unincorporated association, joint stock company and trust or any other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality) ;

consent ” includes an authorization, consent, approval, resolution, license, exemption, filing, registration, notarization and legalization;

contingent liability ” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

document ” includes a deed; also a letter, Email or fax;

excess risks ” means, in relation to a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

expense ” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;

law ” includes any, judgment, order, law (including common law), or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any statute, directive, regulation or resolution of the Republic of Korea, Norway, the United States of America, any state thereof, the United Kingdom, the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council or any other Pertinent Jurisdiction;

legal or administrative action ” means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;

liability ” includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;

months ” shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.4;

obligatory insurances ” means, in relation to a Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Borrower owning that Ship is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

parent company ” has the meaning given in Clause 1.5;

person ” includes natural persons; any company; any state, government, political sub-division of a state or government and any local or municipal authority; and any international organization;

 
 

policy ”, in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

protection and indemnity risks ” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association that is a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs, including pollution risks, risks in excess of the amount for war risks (hull) and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/02 or 1/11/03) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision;

regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline whether or not having the force of law of any governmental body, intergovernmental or supranational, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organization;

subsidiary ” has the meaning given in Clause 1.5;

successor ” includes any person who is entitled (by assignment, novation, merger or otherwise) to any other person’s rights under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (or any interest in those rights) or who, as administrator, liquidator or otherwise, is entitled to exercise those rights; and in particular references to a successor include a person to whom those rights (or any interest in those rights) are transferred or pass as a result of a merger, division, reconstruction or other reorganization of it or any other person;

tax ” includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any country, any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority or any other governmental authority authorized to levy such tax (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any related penalties, interest or fines; and

war risks ” includes war and allied perils, the risk of mines, terrorism, piracy, hijacking, confiscation, blocking and trapping, protection and indemnity war risks (with a separate limit not less than hull value) and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the Institute Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03) or clause 24 of the Institute Time clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).

1.4 Meaning of “month”. A period of one or more “ months ” ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (“ the numerically corresponding day ”), but:
(a) on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or
(b) on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day,

and “ month ” and “ monthly ” shall be construed accordingly.

1.5 Meaning of “subsidiary”. A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:

 

 
 

 

(a) a majority of the issued Equity Interests in S (or a majority of the issued Equity Interests in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or
(b) P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attaching to the issued Equity Interests of S; or
(c) P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors (or equivalent) of S; or
(d) P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P;

and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.

1.6 General interpretation. In this Agreement:
(a) references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the Effective Date or otherwise;
(b) references in Clause 1.1 to a document being in Agreed Form include references to that form with any modifications to that form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires with the consent of all of the Lenders and which are acceptable to the Guarantor;
(c) references to, or to a provision of, any law or regulation include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the Effective Date or otherwise;
(d) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and
(e) Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.
1.7 Headings. In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clause, sub-clause and other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.
1.8 Accounting terms . Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used in this Agreement and in the other Finance Documents shall be interpreted, and all financial statements and certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be delivered to any Creditor Party under this Agreement shall be prepared, in accordance with IFRS as from time to time in effect.
1.9 Inferences regarding materiality . To the extent that any representation, warranty, covenant or other undertaking of a Security Party in this Agreement or any other Finance Document is qualified by reference to those matters which are not reasonably expected to result in a “material adverse effect” or language of similar import, no inference shall be drawn therefrom that any Creditor Party has knowledge or approves of any noncompliance by such Security Party with any law or regulation.
2 FACILITY
2.1 Amount of facility. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders severally agree to make available to the Borrowers, on a joint and several basis, a loan facility to be advanced to the Borrowers in accordance with Clause 4 in the aggregate principal amount of up to $429,600,000 as follows:

 

 
 

 

(a) the Commercial Loan Facility, in a principal amount of up to $129,000,000;
(b) the KEXIM Facility, in a principal amount of up to $300,600,000,

provided that , the aggregate amount (in Dollars) of the Commercial Loan Facility and the KEXIM Facility shall not exceed 74% of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Ships on the Delivery Date of each of the first and last Ship.

2.2 Lenders’ participations in Advances. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement:
(a) each Commercial Lender shall participate in each Commercial Loan Advance in the proportion which, as at the relevant Drawdown Date, its Commercial Loan Commitment bears to the aggregate of all Commercial Loan Commitments;
(b) KEXIM shall fully fund each KEXIM Loan Advance up to the KEXIM Loan Commitment; and
(c) The KEXIM Supported Lender shall fully fund each KSL Advance up to the KSL Commitment.
2.3 Purpose of Advances. Subject to Clause 8.11(e)(B), the Borrowers undertake with each Creditor Party to use each Advance only for the purposes stated in the Recitals of this Agreement.
2.4 No Obligation to monitor . No Creditor Party is obliged to monitor or verify the application of any Advance.
2.5 Cancellation of Total Commitments. Any portion of the Total Commitments not disbursed to the Borrowers shall be cancelled and terminated automatically on the expiration of the applicable Availability Period.
2.6 Joint and Several Liability.
(a) All obligations, covenants, representations, warranties and undertakings in or pursuant to the Finance Documents assumed, given, made or entered into by the Obligors shall, unless otherwise expressly provided, be assumed, given, made or entered into by the Obligors jointly and severally. The failure by an Obligor to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents shall constitute a failure by the other Obligors in the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents. Each Obligor shall be responsible for the performance of the obligations of the other Obligors under the Finance Documents;
(b) The Creditor Parties may, but only through the Agent or the Security Trustee, take action against any of the Obligors and/or release or compromise in whole or in part the liability of the other Obligors under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or grant any time or other indulgence to any of the Obligors, in each case without affecting the liability of the other Obligors;
(c) Each Obligor agrees to be bound by the Finance Documents to which it is, or is to be, a party notwithstanding that the other Obligors which are intended to sign or to be bound may not do so or be effectually bound and notwithstanding that any of the Finance Documents may be invalid or unenforceable against the other Obligors, whether or not the deficiency is known to any Creditor Party;
(d) None of the obligations or liabilities of the Obligors under this Agreement or any other Finance Document shall be discharged or reduced by reason of:

 

 

 
 

(i) the insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, administration, receivership, amalgamation, reconstruction or other incapacity of any person whatsoever or any change of name or style or constitution of an Obligor or any other person liable;
(ii) any Creditor Party granting any time, indulgence or concession to, or compounding with, discharging, releasing or varying the liability of, an Obligor or any other person liable or renewing, determining, varying or increasing, any accommodation, facility or transaction or otherwise dealing with the same in any manner whatsoever, or concurring in, accepting, varying any compromise, arrangement or settlement or omitting to claim or enforce payment from an Obligor or any other person liable; or
(iii) anything done or omitted which but for this provision might operate to exonerate the Obligors or any of them;
(e) Each Obligor agrees that any rights which it may have at any time during the term of the Facility by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to be indemnified by any other Obligor and/or to take the benefit of any security taken by the Agent pursuant to the Finance Documents shall be exercised in such manner and on such terms as the Agent may require or as provided in this Agreement. Each of the Obligor agrees to hold any sums received by it as a result of its having exercised any such right on trust for the Agent absolutely; and
(f) Each Obligor agrees that it will not at any time during the term of the Facility claim any set off or counterclaim against any other Obligor in respect of any liability owed to it by that other Obligor under or in connection with the Finance Documents, nor prove in competition with any of the Creditor Parties in any liquidation of (or analogous proceeding in respect of) any other Obligor in respect of any payment made under the Finance Documents or in respect of any sum which includes the proceeds of realisation of any security held by the Agent for the repayment of the Loans.
3 POSITION OF THE LENDERS
3.1 Interests several. The rights of the Lenders under this Agreement are several.
3.2 Individual right of action . Each Lender shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by a Security Party to it under this Agreement without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Lender as additional parties in the proceedings, provided that any such proceedings may only be brought before the New York State court or the Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York County.
3.3 Proceedings requiring Majority Lender consent. Except as provided in Clause 3.2, no Lender may commence proceedings against any Security Party in connection with a Finance Document without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.
3.4 Obligations several. The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement are several; and a failure of any Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not result in:
(a) the obligations of the other Lenders being increased; nor
(b) any Security Party or any other Lender being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document,

and in no circumstances shall any Lender have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

3.5 Replacement of a Commercial Lender .

 

 
 

 

(a) If at any time:
(i) any Commercial Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (c) below); or
(ii) the Borrowers or any other Security Party become obliged in the absence of an Event of Default to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 24 or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 23 or Clause 25 to any Commercial Lender in excess of amounts payable to other Commercial Lenders generally,

then the Borrowers may, on 30 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Commercial Lender, replace such Commercial Lender by requiring such Commercial Lender to (and such Commercial Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 27 all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Commercial Lender or other bank, financial institution, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrowers (other than any Affiliate or subsidiary of the Guarantor), which is acceptable to the Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders (other than the Commercial Lender the Borrowers desire to replace), which confirms its willingness to assume and by its execution of a Transfer Certificate does assume all the obligations of the transferring Commercial Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Commercial Lender’s participations on the same basis as the transferring Commercial Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Commercial Lender’s participation in the outstanding Advances and all accrued interest and/or breakages costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

(b) The replacement of a Commercial Lender pursuant to this Clause 3.5 shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i) neither the Borrowers nor the Guarantor shall have any right to replace the Agent or the Security Trustee in such capacities;
(ii) neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrowers or the Guarantor to find a Replacement Lender but nothing contained herein shall preclude them from doing so;
(iii) in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 30 days after the date the Borrowers notify the Non-Consenting Lender and the Agent of its intent to replace the Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to Clause 3.5(a); and
(iv) in no event shall the Commercial Lender replaced under this Clause 3.5 be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Commercial Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.
(c) For purposes of this Clause 3.5, in the event that:
(i) the Borrowers have or the Agent has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to or to agree to a waiver or amendment of any provisions of the Finance Documents;
(ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all Lenders; and
(iii) Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66.67% percent of the Total Commitments have consented to or agreed to such waiver or amendment,

 
 

then any Commercial Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”.

4 DRAWDOWN
4.1 Request for Advances. Subject to the following conditions, the Borrowers may request an Advance to be made under each of the KEXIM Facility and the Commercial Loan Facility by delivering to the Agent a completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) five (5) Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date.
4.2 Availability. The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:
(a) the Drawdown Date must be:
(i) a Business Day during the Availability Period; and
(ii) at least one (1) Business Day, and not more than four (4) Business Days, prior to the scheduled Delivery Date of the relevant Ship.
(b) each of the Commercial Loan Facility and the KEXIM Facility shall be made available to the Borrowers in multiple Advances for the purpose stated in Recital (A) provided that the aggregate amount of the Advances requested in one Drawdown Notice, in respect of the partial financing of the purchase price of a Ship, shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Maximum Advance and (ii) 74% of the Fair Market Value of the relevant Ship;
(c) the aggregate amount requested to be advanced under a Drawdown Notice will be allocated by the Agent between the Commercial Loan Facility and the KEXIM Facility in the Proportionate Shares.
(d) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Advances (including the requested Advances) shall not exceed the Total Commitments;
(e) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Commercial Loan Advances (including the requested Commercial Loan Advances) shall not exceed the Commercial Loan Commitments;
(f) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all KEXIM Loan Advances (including the requested KEXIM Loan Advance) shall not exceed the KEXIM Loan Commitments, and the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all KSL Advances shall not exceed the KSL Commitments;
(g) there shall only be one (1) Advance per delivery of each Ship; and
(h) the applicable conditions precedent stated in Clause 9 hereof shall have been satisfied or waived as provided therein.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4.2(b) above, it is acknowledged and agreed by the parties to this Agreement that in the event that the Borrowers pay in excess of 40% (the “ Equity Contribution ”) of the contract price stated in the Approved Acquisition Contract in respect of a Ship, the amount of the relevant Advance shall remain at 60% of such contract price and the Borrowers shall be permitted to reimburse themselves from such Advance so that the Equity Contribution is reduced to (but not less than) 40% of such contract price.

 
 

 

4.3 Notification to Lenders of receipt of a Drawdown Notice. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received a Drawdown Notice and shall inform each Lender of:
(a) the amount of the Advance, the Drawdown Date and the scheduled Delivery Date;
(b) the amount of that Lender’s participation in the Advance; and
(c) the duration of the first Interest Period.
4.4 Drawdown Notice irrevocable. A Drawdown Notice must be signed by an officer or a duly authorized attorney-in-fact of the Relevant Borrower and once served, a Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked or varied without the prior consent of the Agent, acting on the authority of the Majority Lenders.
4.5 Lenders to make available Contributions. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on and with value on the Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent for the account of the Relevant Borrower the amount due from that Lender under Clause 2.2.
4.6 Disbursement of Advance. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on the Drawdown Date pay in accordance with the provisions of Clause 9.3 the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5, the Relevant Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender’s Contribution and that payment to the Relevant Borrower shall be made:
(a) to the account which the Relevant Borrower specified in the Drawdown Notice; and
(b) in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.
4.7 Disbursement of Advance to third party. The payment by each Lender under Clause 4.5 shall constitute the making of an Advance and the Borrowers shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligors, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender’s Contribution.
4.8 KEXIM Facility allocation

For so long as any KSL Commitment remains available for drawing, any KEXIM Advance to be made pursuant to this Agreement, shall, for the purposes of Clause 4.3(b) and the other provisions of this Agreement, be utilised by way of a KSL Advance and once the KSL Commitments have been utilised in full, shall be utilised by way of a KEXIM Loan Advance.

4.9 Promissory notes.
(a) The obligation of the Borrowers to pay the principal of, and interest on, each Loan shall be evidenced by the relevant Loan Note in respect of each such Loan, each of which Loan Notes shall be dated the date of the first Drawdown Date.
(b) Each Advance made by the Lenders to the Borrowers may be evidenced by a notation of the same made by the Agent on the grid attached to the relevant Loan Note, which notation, absent manifest error, shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of such Advance.
(c) Each Lender shall record on its internal records the amount of its Contribution in each Advance and each payment in respect thereof, and the unpaid balance of such Contribution in such Advance shall, absent manifest error and to the extent not inconsistent with the notations made by the Agent on the grid attached to the relevant Loan Note, be as so recorded.

 

 
 

 

(d) The failure of the Agent or any Lender to make any such notation shall not affect the obligations of the Borrowers in respect of such Advance or the relevant Loan nor affect the validity of any transfer by the Agent of a Loan Note.
(e) On receipt of satisfactory evidence that a Loan Note has been lost, mutilated or destroyed and on surrender of the remnants thereof, if any, the Borrowers will promptly replace such Loan Note , without charge to the Creditor Parties, with a similar Loan Note . If such replacement Loan Note replaces a lost Loan Note it shall bear an endorsement to that effect. Any lost Loan Note subsequently found shall be surrendered to the Borrowers and cancelled. In the event that the Agent loses a Loan Note, the Agent shall indemnify the Borrowers for any losses, claims or damages resulting from the loss of such Loan Note.
5 INTEREST
5.1 Normal rate of interest. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement:
(a) the rate of interest on the KEXIM Direct Loan and the Commercial Loan in respect of an Interest Period shall be the aggregate of:
(i) LIBOR for that Interest Period; plus
(ii) the Margin; plus
(iii) the Mandatory Cost (if any); and
(b) the rate of interest on the KEXIM Supported Loan in respect of an Interest Period shall be the Note Interest Rate.
5.2 Payment of normal interest. Subject to Clause 5.3 and the other provisions of this Agreement, interest on each Advance in respect of each Interest Period shall be paid by the Borrowers on the last day of that Interest Period.
5.3 Payment of accrued interest . In the case of an Interest Period in respect of the Commercial Loan longer than three (3) months, accrued interest shall be paid every three (3) months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.
5.4 Payment of interest under Commercial Loan.
(a) In the case of the Commercial Loan, the first payment of interest shall be made on the Quarter Date next following the end of the Availability Period.
(b) Any interest which has accrued under the Commercial Loan but remains unpaid at the end of an Interest Period will be capitalised and added to the Commercial Loan and will be due and payable on the date specified in Clause 5.4(a).
5.5 Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest. The Agent shall notify the Borrowers and each Lender of:
(a) each rate of interest; and

 

 
 

 

(b) the duration of each Interest Period (as determined under Clause 6.2), as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined.
5.6 Obligation of Reference Banks to quote. A Reference Bank which is a Lender shall use all reasonable efforts to supply the quotation required of it for the purposes of fixing a rate of interest under this Agreement.
5.7 Absence of quotations by Reference Banks. If any Reference Bank fails to supply a quotation, the Agent shall determine the relevant LIBOR on the basis of the quotations supplied by the other Reference Bank or Banks but if two (2) or more of the Reference Banks fail to provide a quotation, the relevant rate of interest shall be set in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 5.
5.8 Market disruption. The following provisions of this Clause 5 apply if any one of the following events occurs (each, a “ Market Disruption Event ”):
(a) no Screen Rate is available for an Interest Period and two (2) or more of the Reference Banks do not, before 1:00 p.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date, provide quotations to the Agent in order to fix LIBOR; or
(b) at least one (1) Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, Lenders having Contributions together amounting to more than 50% of a Loan (or, if an Advance has not been made, Commitments amounting to more than 50% of the relevant Total Commitments) notify the Agent that the cost to those Lenders of funding their respective Contributions (or any part of them) from whatever source such Lenders may reasonably select during the Interest Period in the London Interbank Market at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for the Interest Period would exceed the LIBOR fixed by the Agent for that Interest Period.
5.9 Notification of market disruption. If a Market Disruption Event shall have occurred, the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers, each of the Lenders stating the circumstances falling within Clause 5.8 which have caused its notice (a “ Market Disruption Notice ”) of such Market Disruption Event to be given; provided that the level of detail of the Market Disruption Notice shall be in the Agent’s sole discretion and the Market Disruption Notice itself shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.
5.10 Alternative rate of interest during Market Disruption Event. If a Market Disruption Event has occurred, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s Contribution for the applicable Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:
(a) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender (or Lenders) whose cost of funding would exceed the LIBOR fixed by the Agent for the relevant Interest Period which expresses the actual cost to that Lender (or Lenders) of funding its (or their) Contribution from whatever source it (or they) may reasonably select; plus
(b) the Margin; plus
(c) the Mandatory Cost (if any).

The alternative rate of interest agreed upon pursuant to this Clause 5.10 shall be binding on all parties hereto. The procedure provided for by this Clause 5.10 shall be repeated for each successive Interest Period during which a Market Disruption Event has occurred.

 
 

 

5.11 Notice of prepayment. If a Borrower does not agree with an interest rate set by the Agent under Clause 5.10, that Borrower may give the Agent not less than thirty (30) days’ notice of its intention to prepay in full all the Loans (without premium or penalty, except in the case of the KEXIM Direct Loan, in respect of which the prepayment fee specified at Clause 8.12(b) shall apply and in respect of the KEXIM Supported Loan, in respect of which the Make Whole Amount will be payable at the end of the Interest Period set by the Agent).
5.12 Prepayment; termination of Commitments. A notice under Clause 5.11 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of the Borrowers’ notice of intended prepayment and:
(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Total Commitments shall be cancelled; and
(b) on the last Business Day of the Interest Period set by the Agent, the Borrowers shall prepay (without premium or penalty, except in the case of the KEXIM Direct Loan, in respect of which the prepayment fee specified at Clause 8.12(b) shall apply and in respect of the KEXIM Supported Loan, in respect of which the Make Whole Amount will be payable) in full all Loans, together with accrued interest thereon.
5.13 Application of prepayment. The provisions of Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
6 INTEREST PERIODS
6.1 Commencement of Interest Periods. The first Interest Period applicable to an Advance shall commence on the relevant Drawdown Date and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period.
6.2 Duration of normal Interest Periods. Subject to Clauses 6.3 and 6.4, each Interest Period shall:
(a) in respect of the Commercial Loan, be :
(i) three (3) months or six (6) months at the Borrowers' option or such other period as notified by the Borrowers to the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) three (3) Business Days before the commencement of the Interest Period; or
(ii) three (3) months, if the Borrower fails to provide notice to the Agent of the intended Interest Period in accordance with (i) above;
(b) in respect of the KEXIM Direct Loan, be three (3) months; or
(c) in respect of the KEXIM Supported Loan, be six (6) months,

provided that in the case of the first Interest Period applicable to each Advance, a period ending on the Quarter Date occurring immediately after the date of such Advance, which for these purposes shall be calculated using paragraph (a) of the Weighted Average Delivery Date definition, (in the case of a Commercial Loan Advance if the relevant Interest Period is three (3) months or a KEXIM Loan Advance) or the next Semi-Annual Date (in the case of a KSL Advance or the Commercial Loan Advance if the relevant Interest Period is six (6) months) whereupon all Commercial Loan Advances then outstanding on such Quarter Date shall be consolidated and treated as a single Commercial Loan Advance, all KEXIM Direct Loan Advances then outstanding on such Quarter Date shall be consolidated and treated as a single KEXIM Direct Loan Advance and all KSL Advances then outstanding on such Quarter Date shall be consolidated and treated as a single KSL Advance.

 
 

 

6.3 Duration of Interest Periods for repayment installments. In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest Period shall end on that Repayment Date.
6.4 No KSL Advance. If no KSL Advance is made on or prior to the last day of the Availability Period, the current Interest Period under the Commercial Loan and the KEXIM Direct Loan at the last day of the Availability Period shall end on the next Quarter Date (calculated on the basis of paragraph (b) of the definition of Weighted Average Delivery Date).
7 DEFAULT INTEREST
7.1 Payment of default interest on overdue amounts. Each Security Party shall jointly and severally pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any amount payable by any Security Party under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:
(a) the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or
(b) if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or
(c) if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 20.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.
7.2 Default rate of interest. Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2.00 percent above:
(a) in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at Clauses 7.3(a) and (b); or
(b) in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at Clause 7.3(b).
7.3 Calculation of default rate of interest. The rates referred to in Clause 7.2 are:
(a) the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period); and
(b) the aggregate of the applicable Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any) plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to three (3) months which the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, select from time to time:
(i) LIBOR; or
(ii) if the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) determines that Dollar deposits for any such period are not being made available to any Reference Bank by leading banks in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the cost of funds to the Reference Banks from such other sources as the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) may from time to time determine.

 

 
 

 

7.4 Notification of interest periods and default rates. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and each relevant Security Party of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 7.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that such Security Party is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent’s notification.
7.5 Payment of accrued default interest. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.
7.6 Compounding of default interest. Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall thereupon be compounded.
8 REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT, REDUCTION AND CANCELLATION
8.1 Repayment of the KEXIM Direct Loan . The Borrowers shall repay the KEXIM Direct Loan in full by equal consecutive semi-annual repayment installments, in an amount equal to:
(a) if no KEXIM Supported Loan has been advanced on or prior to the last day of the Availability Period, 1/24 of such KEXIM Direct Loan (equivalent to a 12 year loan profile), with the first repayment installment being payable on the next Semi-Annual Date falling after the Weighted Average Delivery Date; or
(b) if a KSL Advance is made, 1/14 of the KEXIM Direct Loan (equivalent to a 7 year loan profile), with the first repayment installment being payable on the Semi-Annual Date falling five and a half years after the Weighted Average Delivery Date,

and the final such repayment installments being payable on the KEXIM Direct Loan Maturity Date.

8.2 Repayment of KEXIM Supported Loan . The Borrowers must repay the KEXIM Supported Loan in full by equal consecutive semi-annual repayment installments in an amount equal to 1/10 of such KEXIM Supported Loan (equivalent to a five (5) year loan profile), with the first repayment installments being payable on the Semi-Annual Date falling on the date six months after the Weighted Average Delivery Date.
8.3 Repayment of the Commercial Loan Facility. The Borrowers must repay each Commercial Loan Advance in full:
(a) by equal consecutive semi-annual repayment installments in an amount equal to 1/30 of such Commercial Loan Advance (equivalent to a 15 year loan profile), with the first repayment installment being payable on the next Semi-Annual Date falling after the Final Delivery Date and the final such repayment installments being payable on the Commercial Loan Maturity Date; and
(b) a balloon installment (payable together with the final such semi-annual repayment installment under Clause 8.3(a)) in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Commercial Loan on the Commercial Loan Maturity Date.
8.4 Maturity Date. On the final Maturity Date, the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.
8.5 Voluntary prepayment. Subject to the following conditions, the Borrowers may prepay the whole or any part of the Loans.

 

 
 

 

8.6 Conditions for voluntary prepayment. The conditions referred to in Clause 8.5 are that:
(a) a partial prepayment shall be $1,000,000 or a multiple of $1,000,000 (or such lesser amount as the Agent may approve with the consent of the Majority Lenders);
(b) the Agent has received from the Borrowers at least thirty (30) days prior to the intended prepayment date:
(i) written notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made; and
(ii) the full amount of the prepayment.
(c) the Borrowers have provided evidence satisfactory to the Agent that any consent required by the Borrowers or any other Security Party in connection with the prepayment has been obtained and remains in force, and that any regulation relevant to this Agreement which affects the Borrowers or any other Security Party has been complied with (which may be satisfied by the Guarantor certifying that no consents are required and that no regulations need to be complied with).
8.7 Effect of notice of prepayment. A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the authorization of the Majority Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrowers on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.
8.8 Notification of notice of prepayment. The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice, and shall provide any Lender which so requests with a copy of any document delivered by the Borrowers under Clause 8.6(c).
8.9 Application of partial prepayment. Each partial prepayment made pursuant to Clause 8.5 and each mandatory prepayment pursuant to Clause 8.11 shall be applied:
(a) against the Commercial Loan and the KEXIM Loans in their Proportionate Shares;
(b) against the remaining repayment installments in inverse order of maturity; and
(c) in respect of the KEXIM Loans, solely to prepay the KEXIM Direct Loan.
8.10 Restriction on partial prepayments . No partial prepayment shall be permitted in an amount that would otherwise result in the Proportionate Share of the KEXIM Loan to be prepaid (as specified in Clause 8.9(a)) being in excess of the amount of the KEXIM Direct Loan at that time.
8.11 Mandatory prepayment and reduction.
(a) If a Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss, the Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding amount of the Loans in an amount equal to the Relevant Amount together with any Additional Prepayment Amount:
(i) in the case of a sale, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the buyer; or

 

 
 

 

(ii) in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 120 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.
(b) If a Change of Control occurs:
(A) in respect of the Guarantor, the Borrowers shall prepay all the Loans in full on the date the Change of Control occurs; or
(B) in respect of a Borrower, the Borrowers shall prepay an amount of the Loans equivalent to the amount that would be payable pursuant to Clause 8.11(a) if such clause applied in respect of the Ship owned by that Borrower on the date the Change of Control occurs.
(c) If any Borrower conducts any business other than in connection with, or for the purpose of owning, chartering and operating the Ships, the Borrowers shall prepay an amount of the Loans equivalent to the amount that would be payable pursuant to Clause 8.11(a) if such clause applied in respect of the Ship owned by that Borrower on the date the Change of Control occurs and any undrawn Commitment shall be cancelled.
(d) If a Mandatory Redemption Event occurs under the Notes, the Borrowers shall prepay all the Loans in full on the mandatory redemption date thereunder.
(e) If, in accordance with clause 13 of the Umbrella Agreement, the Notes are to be mandatorily redeemed in full on the last day of the Availability Period, the undrawn KEXIM Direct Loan Commitments shall be applied to prepay the amounts due in respect of such redemption. This Clause 8.11(e) shall apply notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement which states that:
(A) the KEXIM Direct Loan Commitments comprises the amount specified in Part A of Schedule 1, less the amount of the KSL Commitment. For the purpose of this Clause 8.11(e) the KEXIM Direct Loan Commitments shall comprise the full amount specified in Part A of Schedule 1; and
(B) the sole purpose of any Advance is to finance part of the purchase price of each of the Ships. For the purpose of this Clause 8.11(e), the purpose of any Advance may also be to prepay the amounts due in respect of a mandatory prepayment of the KEXIM Supported Loan.
(f) If any mandatory prepayment pursuant to this Clause 8.11 would otherwise result in a partial prepayment of the KEXIM Supported Loan, the Borrowers shall prepay all the Loans in full on the relevant prepayment date.
8.12 Amounts payable on prepayment. A voluntary prepayment under Clause 8.5 and a mandatory prepayment under Clause 8.11 or Clause 15.3 shall be made together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 22 or otherwise) in respect of the amount prepaid and, if the prepayment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period together with any sums payable under Clause 22.1(b), and:
(a) in respect of the Commercial Loan without premium or penalty;
(b) in respect of the KEXIM Direct Loan (except in the case of a prepayment under Clause 15.3), with a premium equal to 0.50% of the Loans then prepaid; and
(c) in respect of the KEXIM Supported Loan with a premium equal to the Make Whole Amount, if any, payable under the Note Documents in respect of any redemption of Notes being made in connection with, giving rise to or that corresponds to such prepayment. The Make Whole Amount shall be calculated under the relevant Note Documents;

 

 
 

 

8.13 Reborrowing. No amount of a Loan repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed.
8.14 Voluntary cancellation of Total Commitments
(a) Subject to the conditions set forth in Clause 8.15, the Borrowers may cancel the whole or any part of the Commercial Loan Commitments or KEXIM Loan Commitments available to it without premium or penalty.
(b) The Borrowers may not cancel any KSL Commitment.
8.15 Conditions for voluntary cancellation of Commitments. The conditions referred to in Clause 8.14 are that:
(a) a partial cancellation shall be in the amount of $1,000,000 or a multiple of $1,000,000; and
(b) the Agent has received from the Borrowers at least thirty (30) Business Days’ prior written notice specifying the amount to be cancelled and the date on which the cancellation is to take effect.
8.16 Effect of notice of cancellation. The receipt by the Agent of a cancellation notice shall cause the amount of the Total Commitments specified in the notice to be permanently cancelled on and as of the effective date stated in such notice. Any partial cancellation shall be applied against the Commitments of each Commercial Lender and KEXIM pro rata and the commitment fee referred to in Clause 21.1(a) on such cancelled portion shall cease to accrue.
8.17 Notification of notice of cancellation. The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a cancellation notice.
9 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
9.1 Documents, fees and no default. Each Lender’s obligation to contribute to an Advance is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a) that, on or before the service of any Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives (to the extent not previously delivered to the Agent in connection with a previous Drawdown Notice):
(i) the documents described in Part A of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; and
(ii) such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent or a Lender in order for each to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other checks which it is required to carry out in relation to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, including without limitation obtaining, verifying and recording certain information and documentation that will allow the Agent and each of the Lenders to identify each Security Party in accordance with the requirements of the PATRIOT Act and other applicable legislation;
(b) that, on the Drawdown Date in respect of such Advance for the acquisition of a Ship, but prior to the making of such Advance, the Agent receives or is satisfied that it will receive on the making of such Advance the documents described in Part B of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to it;

 

 
 

 

(c) that, on or before the service of the first Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives any upfront and arrangement fees, accrued commitment fee and the first installment of the annual agency fee referred to in Clause 21.1 and has received payment of the expenses referred to in Clause 21.2;
(d) that at the date of each Drawdown Notice, and at each Drawdown Date:
(i) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the borrowing of the Advance;
(ii) the representations and warranties in Clause 10 and those of the Borrowers or any other Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents (other than those relating to a specific date, which shall be true and correct as of such specific date) would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing;
(iii) none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.8 has occurred and is continuing; and
(iv) there has been no Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2012;
(e) that on or before each Drawdown Date the Agent shall be satisfied that the relevant Approved Builder has received the full amount of the Contract Price for the relevant Ship, other than the amount of the requested Advances ;
(f) that, if the Collateral Maintenance Ratio were applied immediately following the making of such Advance, the Borrowers would not be required to provide additional Collateral or prepay part of the Loan under Clause 15;
(g) that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Agent may, with the authorization of the Majority Lenders, request by notice to the Borrowers prior to the Drawdown Date; and
(h) on or before the first Drawdown Date the Agent shall have taken out the insurance referred to in Clause 13.16 and provided the Borrowers and the Lenders with satisfactory documentary evidence of the same.
9.2 Waiver of conditions precedent. Notwithstanding anything in Clause 9.1 to the contrary if the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, permits an Advance to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrowers and the Guarantor shall ensure that such conditions are satisfied within ten (10) Business Days after such Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders may specify).
9.3 Payments on satisfaction or waiver of conditions precedent . Only if required under the terms of an Approved Acquisition Contract, an Advance may be borrowed before the conditions precedent set forth in Schedule 3, Part B, Paragraphs 4 and 6 are satisfied and:
(a) each Lender agrees to make its Contribution available to the Agent on the relevant Drawdown Date; and

 

 
 

 

(b) the Agent shall on the Drawdown Date (A) preposition an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Advance at a bank or other financial institution (the “ Seller’s Bank ”) satisfactory to the Agent, which funds shall be held at the Seller’s Bank in the name and under the sole control of the Agent or one of its Affiliates and (B) issue a SWIFT MT 199 or other similar communication (each such communication, a “ Disbursement Authorization ”) authorizing the release of such funds by the Seller’s Bank on the relevant Delivery Date upon receipt of a Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance in respect of such Ship duly executed by the Seller and the Relevant Borrower and countersigned by a representative of the Agent;

provided that if delivery of the Ship does not occur within five (5) Business Days after the scheduled Delivery Date, the funds held at the Seller’s Bank shall be returned to the Agent for further distribution to the Lenders.

For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that:

(1) the Agent will receive funds from the Lenders on the Drawdown Date in respect of such Advance and all interest and fees thereon shall accrue from such date;
(2) the Agent and the Lenders may suspend fulfillment of the conditions precedent set forth in Schedule 3, Part B, Paragraphs 4 and 6 solely for the time period on and between such Drawdown Date and the relevant Delivery Date, and the Borrowers acknowledge and agree that fulfillment of such conditions precedent to the satisfaction of the Agent shall be required as a condition precedent to the countersignature by a representative of the Agent of the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance referred to in Clause 9.3(b), as shall the compliance with the circumstances specified in Clause 9.1(d)(i) through (iv) on the Delivery Date;
(3) from the date the proceeds of the Advance are deposited at the Seller’s Bank to the Delivery Date (or, if delivery of the Ship does not occur within the time prescribed in the Disbursement Authorization, the date on which the funds are returned to the Agent for further distribution to the Lenders), the Borrowers shall be entitled to interest on the Advance at the applicable rate, if any, paid by the Seller’s Bank for such deposited funds;
(4) if the Ship is not delivered within the time prescribed in the Disbursement Authorization and the proceeds of the Advance are returned to the Agent and distributed to the Lenders, (i) the Borrowers shall pay all accrued interest and fees in respect of such returned proceeds on the date such proceeds are returned to the Agent and (ii) the relevant available Commitment will be increased by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Loan proceeds so returned; and
(5) if the Relevant Borrower has instructed the Agent to convert the aggregate principal amount of the Advance borrowed into a currency other than Dollars for deposit with the Seller’s Bank and the relevant Ship is not delivered within the time prescribed in the Disbursement Authorization and the proceeds of the Advance are returned to the Agent for further distribution to the Lenders, the Agent shall convert the aggregate principal amount of funds so returned back into Dollars and if such funds are less than the Dollar amount of the aggregate principal amount of the Advance incurred on the relevant Drawdown Date, the Borrowers shall immediately repay the difference and, in any event, the Borrowers shall pay any and all fees, charges and expenses arising from such conversion.

 

 
 

 

10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
10.1 General. Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor jointly and severally represents and warrants to each Creditor Party as follows:
10.2 Status. Each Security Party is:
(a) duly incorporated or formed and validly existing and in good standing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; and
(b) duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign company in each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property or in which the conduct of its business requires it to so qualify or be licensed except where, in each case, the failure to so qualify or be licensed and be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect:
(i) on the rights or remedies of any the Creditor Parties under any of the Finance Documents or in respect of the Collateral taken as a whole;
(ii) on the performance of any of the Security Parties, or the Security Parties taken as a whole, to perform its or their obligations under any of the Finance Documents;
(iii) with respect to the loan facilities contemplated by this Agreement; or
(iv) on the business, property, assets, nature of assets, operations, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Security Parties,

and there are no proceedings or actions pending or contemplated by any Security Party, or to the knowledge of any Borrower or the Guarantor contemplated by any third party, seeking to adjudicate such Security Party as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property.

10.3 Company power; consents. Each Security Party has the capacity and has taken all action, and no consent of any person is required, for:
(a) it to own or lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted;
(b) it to execute each Finance Document to which it is or is to become a party;
(c) it to execute the Approved Acquisition Contract to which it is a party, to purchase and pay for the relevant Ship under such Approved Acquisition Contract and register the relevant Ship in its name under an Approved Flag;
(d) it to comply with its obligations under the Charter and each Finance Document to which it is or is to become a party;
(e) it to grant the Security Interests granted by it pursuant to the Finance Documents to which it is or is to become a party;
(f) the perfection or maintenance of the Security Interests created by the Finance Documents (including the first priority nature thereof); and

 

 
 

 

(g) the exercise by any Creditor Party of their rights under any of the Finance Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Finance Documents to which it is a party,

except, in each case, for consents which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect.

10.4 Consents in force. All the consents referred to in Clause 10.3 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.
10.5 Title.
(a) Each Security Party owns (i) in the case of owned real property, good and marketable fee title to and (ii) in the case of owned personal property, good and valid title to, or, in the case of leased real or personal property, valid and enforceable leasehold interests (as the case may be) in, all of its properties and assets, tangible and intangible, of any nature whatsoever, free and clear in each case of all Security Interests or claims, except for Permitted Security Interests.
(b) No Security Party has created or is contractually bound to create any Security Interest on or with respect to any of its assets, properties, rights or revenues, except for Permitted Security Interests, and except as provided in this Agreement no Security Party is restricted by contract, applicable law or regulation or otherwise from creating Security Interests on any of its assets, properties, rights or revenues.
(c) Each Borrower has received (or will receive on the Delivery Date) all deeds, assignments, waivers, consents, non-disturbance and attornment or similar agreements, bills of sale and other documents, and has duly effected (or will duly effect on the Delivery Date) all recordings, filings and other actions necessary to establish, protect and perfect such Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the Ship owned or to be owned by it and other properties and assets (or arrangements for such recordings, filings and other actions acceptable to the Agent shall have been made).
10.6 Legal validity; effective first priority Security Interests. Subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally:
(a) the Finance Documents to which each Security Party is a party, constitute or, as the case may be, will constitute upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents), such Security Party’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms; and
(b) the Finance Documents to which each Security Party is a party, create or, as the case may be, will create upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents), legal, valid and binding first priority Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate.
10.7 No third party Security Interests. Without limiting the generality of Clauses 10.5 and 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document:
(a) the relevant Security Party will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and

 

 

 
 

(b) no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.
10.8 No conflicts. The execution and delivery of each Finance Document, the borrowing of each Advance, and compliance with each Finance Document will not involve or lead to a contravention of:
(a) any law or regulation; or
(b) the constitutional documents of any Security Party; or
(c) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on any Security Party or any of its assets.
10.9 Status of Secured Liabilities. The Secured Liabilities constitute direct, unconditional and general obligations of each Security Party and rank (a) senior to all subordinated Financial Indebtedness and (b) not less than pari passu (as to priority of payment and as to security) with all other Financial Indebtedness of each Security Party.
10.10 Taxes.
(a) All payments which a Security Party is liable to make under the Finance Documents to which it is a party can properly be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction applicable as of the Effective Date.
(b) Each Security Party has timely filed or has caused to be filed all tax returns and other reports that it is required by law or regulation to file, and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes, assessments and other similar charges that are due and payable, other than taxes and charges:
(i) which (A) are not yet due and payable or (B) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established and as to which such failure to have paid such tax does not create any risk of sale, forfeiture, loss, confiscation or seizure of a Ship or of criminal liability; or
(ii) the non-payment of which could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of such Security Party.

The charges, accruals, and reserves on the books of each Security Party respecting taxes are adequate in accordance with IFRS.

(c) No material claim for any tax has been asserted against a Security Party by any Pertinent Jurisdiction or other taxing authority other than claims that are included in the liabilities for taxes in the most recent balance sheet of such person or disclosed in the notes thereto, if any.
(d) The execution, delivery, filing and registration or recording (if applicable) of the Finance Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby will not cause any of the Creditor Parties to be required to make any registration with, give any notice to, obtain any license, permit or other authorization from, or file any declaration, return, report or other document with any governmental authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction.

 

 
 

 

(e) No taxes are required by any governmental authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction to be paid with respect to or in connection with the execution, delivery, filing, recording, performance or enforcement of any Finance Document.
(f) The execution, delivery, filing, registration, recording, performance and enforcement of the Finance Documents by any of the Creditor Parties will not cause such Creditor Party to be subject to taxation under any law or regulation of any governmental authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction of any Security Party.
(g) It is not necessary for the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility into evidence of this Agreement or any other Finance Document that any stamp, registration or similar taxes be paid on or in relation to this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents.
10.11 No default. No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the Advance and no other circumstances exist which constitute or (with the giving of notice, lapse of time, determination of materiality or the fulfillment of any other applicable condition, or any combination of the foregoing) would constitute a default under any document which is binding on a Security Party or any of its assets and which may have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of a Security Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is or is to be a party.
10.12 Information. All financial statements, information and other data furnished by or on behalf of a Security Party to any of the Creditor Parties:
(a) was complete and at the time it was given true and accurate in all material respects;
(b) such financial statements, if any, have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and, except as disclosed to the SEC and/or the New York Stock Exchange, accurately and fairly represent the financial condition of such Security Party as of the date or respective dates thereof and the results of operations of such Security Party for the period or respective periods covered by such financial statements;
(c) there are no other facts or matters the omission of which would have made or make any such information false or misleading;
(d) there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business prospects of any Security Party since the date on which such information was provided other than as previously disclosed to the Agent in writing which might reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect:
(i) on the rights or remedies of any the Creditor Parties under any of the Finance Documents or in respect of the Collateral taken as a whole;
(ii) on the performance of any of the Security Parties, or the Security Parties taken as a whole, to perform its or their obligations under any of the Finance Documents;
(iii) with respect to the loan facilities contemplated by this Agreement; or
(iv) on the business, property, assets, nature of assets, operations, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Security Parties ; and,
(e) none of the Security Parties has any contingent obligations, liabilities for taxes or other outstanding financial obligations which are material in the aggregate except as disclosed in such statements, information and data.

 

 
 

 

10.13 No litigation. To the best of any Security Party’s knowledge, no legal or administrative action involving a Security Party (including any legal or administrative action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions) has been commenced or taken by any person, or, to any Borrower’s or the Guarantor’s knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which, in either case and if adversely determined, would be likely to have a material adverse effect:
(i) on the rights or remedies of any the Creditor Parties under any of the Finance Documents or in respect of the Collateral taken as a whole;
(ii) on the performance of any of the Security Parties, or the Security Parties taken as a whole, to perform its or their obligations under any of the Finance Documents;
(iii) with respect to the loan facilities contemplated by this Agreement; or
(iv) on the business, property, assets, nature of assets, operations, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Security Parties,

or which may affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents.

10.14 ISM Code and ISPS Code compliance. Each Borrower has obtained or will obtain or will cause to be obtained all necessary ISM Code Documentation and ISPS Code Documentation in connection with the Ship owned or to be owned by it and its operation and will be or will cause such Ship and the Approved Manager to be in full compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.
10.15 Validity and completeness of Approved Acquisition Contracts and Charters.
(a) Each Approved Acquisition Contract constitutes valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Guarantor or the Borrower party thereto in accordance with its terms and:
(i) the copy of such Approved Acquisition Contract delivered to the Agent is a true and complete copy; and
(ii) no amendments or additions to such Approved Acquisition Contract have been agreed nor has the Guarantor or the Borrower party thereto waived any of their respective rights under such Approved Acquisition Contract.
(b) Each Charter constitutes valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Borrower party thereto in accordance with its terms and:
(i) the copy of such Charter delivered to the Agent is a true and complete copy; and
(ii) no amendments or additions to such Charter have been agreed nor has the Borrower party thereto waived any of its rights under such Charter.
10.16 No rebates etc. There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (howsoever described) to the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any third party in connection with the relevant Approved Acquisition Contract, other than as provided in such Approved Acquisition Contract and disclosed to the Agent in writing.
10.17 Compliance with law; Environmentally Sensitive Material. Except to the extent the following could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect

 

 
 

 

(i) on the rights or remedies of any the Creditor Parties under any of the Finance Documents or in respect of the Collateral taken as a whole;
(ii) on the performance of any of the Security Parties, or the Security Parties taken as a whole, to perform its or their obligations under any of the Finance Documents;
(iii) with respect to the loan facilities contemplated by this Agreement; or
(iv) on the business, property, assets, nature of assets, operations, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Security Parties,

or affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents:

(a) the operations and properties of each of the Security Parties comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including without limitation Environmental Laws, all necessary Environmental Permits have been obtained and are in effect for the operations and properties of each of the Security Parties and each of the Security Parties is in compliance in all material respects with all such Environmental Permits; and
(b) none of the Security Parties has been notified in writing by any person that it or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates is potentially liable for the remedial or other costs with respect to treatment, storage, disposal, release, arrangement for disposal or transportation of any Environmentally Sensitive Material, except for costs incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to treatment, storage, disposal or transportation of such Environmentally Sensitive Material.
10.18 Ownership structure.
(a) All of the Equity Interests of the Guarantor have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable.
(b) All of the Equity Interests of each Borrower have been validly issued, are fully paid, non-assessable and free and clear of all Security Interests other than Permitted Security Interests and are owned legally and beneficially and of record by the Guarantor.
(c) None of the Equity Interests of any Borrower are subject to any existing option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreement of any character to which any of the Borrowers is a party requiring, and there are no Equity Interests of any Borrower outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance, sale or transfer of any additional Equity Interests of any of the Borrowers or other Equity Interests convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase Equity Interests of any of the Borrowers.
10.19 Pension Plans. None of the Borrowers nor the Guarantor nor any ERISA Affiliate maintains any Plan or Multiemployer Plan and none of the Borrowers nor the Guarantor maintains any Foreign Pension Plan.
10.20 Margin Stock. None of the Borrowers nor the Guarantor is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock and no proceeds of any Advance will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock or for any other purpose in violation of the Margin Regulations or to extend credit to others for the purpose of buying or carrying any Margin Stock.
10.21 Investment company, public utility, etc. None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor is:

 

 
 

 

(a) required to be registered as an “investment company,” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or subject to regulation thereunder; or
(b) a “public utility” within the meaning of the United States Federal Power Act of 1920, as amended, or subject to regulation thereunder.
10.22 Asset control.
(a) None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor is a Restricted Party, is owned or controlled by, or, to the best of its knowledge, acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Restricted Party and does not own or control a Restricted Party.
(b) No proceeds of any Advance shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Restricted Party or otherwise shall be, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.
(c) No Security Party nor any subsidiary of any Security Party nor any of their respective directors or officers :
(i) is a Restricted Party; or
(ii) has received notice of or is aware of any claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority.
10.23 No money laundering. Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 2.3, in relation to the borrowing of an Advance, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents, and the transactions and other arrangements affected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which the Borrowers are a party, each Borrower confirms that:
(a) it is acting for its own account;
(b) it will use the proceeds of such Advance for its own benefit, under its full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement; and
(c) the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union) and comparable United States federal and state laws, including without limitation the PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act.
10.24 Ships. As of the relevant Delivery Date and at all times thereafter, each Ship will be:
(a) in the sole and absolute ownership of a Borrower and duly registered in such Borrower’s name under the law of an Approved Flag, unencumbered save and except for the Mortgage thereon in favor of the Security Trustee recorded against it and as permitted thereby;
(b) seaworthy (including, without limitation, for hull and machinery insurance warranty purposes) and in every way fit for its intended service;
(c) insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the requirements hereof in respect of such insurances will have been complied with;

 

 
 

 

(d) in class in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the requirements hereof in respect of such classification will have been complied with; and
(e) managed by an Approved Manager pursuant to an Approved Management Agreement.
10.25 Place of business. For purposes of the UCC, each Security Party has only one place of business located at, or, if it has more than one place of business, the chief executive office from which it manages the main part of its business operations and conducts its affairs is located at:

9, Boulevard Charles III
Monaco 98000

None of the Security Parties has a place of business in the United States of America, the District of Columbia, the United States Virgin Islands, or any territory or insular possession subject to the jurisdiction of the United States of America, other than its representative office at:

150 East 58 th Street
New York, New York 10155

10.26 Solvency. In the case of each Borrower and the Guarantor:
(a) the sum of its assets, at a fair valuation, does and will exceed its liabilities (including guarantees), including, to the extent they are reportable as such in accordance with IFRS, contingent liabilities;
(b) the present fair market saleable value of its assets is not and shall not be less than the amount that will be required to pay its probable liability on its then existing debts, including, to the extent they are reportable as such in accordance with IFRS, contingent liabilities, as they mature;
(c) it does not and will not have unreasonably small working capital with which to continue its business; and
(d) it has not incurred, does not intend to incur and does not believe it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.
10.27 Borrowers’ business; Guarantor’s business. From the date of its incorporation until the date hereof, none of the Borrowers or the Guarantor has conducted any business other than in connection with, or for the purpose of, owning, chartering and operating the Ships.
10.28 Immunity; enforcement; submission to jurisdiction; choice of law.
(a) Each Security Party is subject to civil and commercial law with respect to its obligations under the Finance Documents, and the execution, delivery and performance by each Security Party of the Finance Documents to which it is a party constitute private and commercial acts rather than public or governmental acts.
(b) No Security Party or any of its properties has any immunity from suit, court jurisdiction, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment, set-off, execution of a judgment or from any other legal process in relation to any Finance Document.

 

 
 

 

(c) It is not necessary under the laws of any Security Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, in order to enable any Creditor Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document or by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by the any Security Party of its obligations under any Finance Document, that such Creditor Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in such Security Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation or formation.
(d) Other than the recording of each Mortgage in accordance with the laws of an Approved Flag and such filings as may be required in a Pertinent Jurisdiction in respect of certain of the Finance Documents, and the payment of fees consequent thereto, it is not necessary for the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility into evidence of this Agreement or any other Finance Document that any of them or any document relating thereto be registered, filed recorded or enrolled with any court or authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction.
(e) The execution, delivery, filing, registration, recording, performance and enforcement of the Finance Documents by any of the Creditor Parties will not cause such Creditor Party to be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any Pertinent Jurisdiction of any Security Party or subject to taxation under any law or regulation of any governmental authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction of any Security Party.
(f) Under the law of each Security Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, the choice of the law of New York to govern this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which New York law is applicable is valid and binding.
(g) The submission by the Security Parties to the jurisdiction of the New York State courts and the U.S. Federal court sitting in New York County pursuant to Clause 32.2(a) is valid and binding and not subject to revocation, and service of process effected in the manner set forth in Clause 32.2(d) will be effective to confer personal jurisdiction over the Security Parties in such courts.
10.29 Repetition .
(a) The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 10 are deemed to be repeated both on the date of each Drawdown Notice, at each Drawdown Date and at each Delivery Date.
(b) The representations and warranties set out in Clauses 10.1, 10.2, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.8, 10.9, 10.11, 10.12, 10.13, 10.15(b), 10.18, 10.19, 10.20, 10.22, 10.23, 10.24, 10.25, 10.26, 10.27 and 10.28 are deemed to be repeated on the first day of each Interest Period.
11 GENERAL AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS
11.1 Affirmative covenants. From the first Drawdown Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 11.1 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed:
(a) Performance of obligations. Each Security Party shall duly observe and perform its obligations under each Charter and each Finance Document to which it is or is to become a party.
(b) Notification of defaults (etc). The Borrowers and the Guarantor shall promptly notify the Agent, upon becoming aware of the same, of:

 

 
 

 

(i) the occurrence of an Event of Default or of any Potential Event of Default or any other event (including any litigation) which, if adversely determined, is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect any Security Party’s ability to perform its obligations under a Charter or a Finance Document to which it is or is to become a party;
(ii) any Change of Control;
(iii) any default by any party to a Charter; and
(iv) any damage or injury caused by or to a Ship in excess of $5,000,000.
(c) Confirmation of no default. The Guarantor will, within three (3) Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by an officer of the Guarantor and which states that:
(i) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; or
(ii) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.

The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 11.1(c) from time to time but only if asked to do so by a Lender or Lenders having Contributions exceeding 33% of the Loan or (if no Advances have been made) Commitments exceeding 33% of the Total Commitments, and this Clause 11.1(c) does not affect the Guarantor or the Borrowers’ respective obligations under Clause 11.1(b).

(d) Notification of litigation. The Guarantor will provide the Agent with details of any legal or administrative action involving any Borrower, any other Security Party, the Approved Manager or any Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Guarantor that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document.
(e) Provision of further information. The Guarantor will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial or other information relating to:
(i) the Borrowers, the Guarantor or any of the Guarantor’s other subsidiaries; or
(ii) any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document,

which may be requested by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender at any time.

(f) Books of record and account; separate accounts.
(i) Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor shall keep separate and proper books of record and account in which full and materially correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor in accordance with IFRS, and the Agent shall have the right to examine the books and records of each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor wherever the same may be kept from time to time as it sees fit, in its sole reasonable discretion, or to cause an examination to be made by a firm of accountants selected by it, provided that any examination shall be done without undue interference with the day to day business operations of the Borrowers or the Guarantor, as the case may be.

 

 
 

 

(ii) Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor shall keep separate accounts and shall not co-mingle assets with each other, except for funds held in the Earnings Accounts, or any other person.
(g) Financial reports. Whether or not the Guarantor is then subject to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Guarantor shall prepare and deliver to the Agent:
(i) as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, an annual report on Form 20-F (or any successor form) containing the audited consolidated financial and other information required to be contained therein for such Fiscal Year (including a balance sheet and a statement of profit and loss and cash flow for such Fiscal Year);
(ii) as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 60 days after the end of each quarter of each Fiscal Year, quarterly reports on Form 6-K (or any successor form) containing unaudited consolidated financial statements for and as of the end of such fiscal quarter (with comparable financial statements for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year);
(iii) a Compliance Certificate together with the quarterly reports that the Guarantor delivers in (ii) above;
(iv) as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, cash flow projections (including a balance sheet and a statement of profit and loss and cash flow) for the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) for the following three consecutive calendar years; and
(v) such other financial statements (including without limitation details of all off-balance sheet and time charter hire commitments), annual budgets and projections as may be reasonably requested by the Agent and KEXIM, each to be in such form as the Agent may reasonably request;

provided that the Guarantor will be deemed to have furnished to the Agent such reports and information referred to in (i) and (ii) above if the Guarantor has filed such reports and information with the SEC via the EDGAR system (or any successor system) and such reports and information are publicly available.

(h) Appraisals of Fair Market Value. The Guarantor shall procure and deliver to the Agent two written appraisal reports setting forth the Fair Market Value of each Ship as follows:

 

(i)                   at the Borrowers’ expense, (A) for inclusion with each Compliance Certificate required to be delivered together with the second quarterly and annual financial statements that the Guarantor delivers under Clause 11.1(g)(i) and (ii) and (B) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, as often as requested by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and (C) if a Major Casualty has occurred in respect of the relevant Ship within fifteen days of such Major Casualty; and

(ii) at the Lenders’ expense, at all other times upon the request of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).

 

 
 

 

(i) Taxes. Each Security Party shall prepare and timely file all tax returns required to be filed by it and pay and discharge all taxes imposed upon it or in respect of any of its property and assets before the same shall become in default, as well as all lawful claims (including, without limitation, claims for labor, materials and supplies) which, if unpaid, might become a Security Interest upon the Collateral or any part thereof, except in each case, for any such taxes (i) as are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established, (ii) as to which such failure to have paid does not create any risk of sale, forfeiture, loss, confiscation or seizure of a Ship or criminal liability, or (iii) the failure of which to pay or discharge would not be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or to affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents.
(j) Consents. Each Security Party shall obtain or cause to be obtained, maintain in full force and effect and comply with the conditions and restrictions (if any) imposed in connection with, every consent and do all other acts and things which may from time to time be necessary or required for the continued due performance of all of its obligations under any Charter and each Finance Document to which it is or is to become a party, and shall deliver a copy of all such consents to the Agent promptly upon its request.
(k) Compliance with applicable law. Each Security Party shall comply in all material respects with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, ordinances, rules, orders and regulations now in force or hereafter enacted, including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws and regulations relating thereto the failure to comply with which would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(l) Existence. Each Security Party shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation.
(m) Conduct of business.
(i) The Guarantor shall conduct business only in connection with, or for the purpose of, managing, chartering and operating the Ships and other vessels and directly or indirectly owning the Equity Interests of each of the Borrowers and other vessel owning companies.
(ii) Each Borrower shall conduct business only in connection with, or for the purpose of, owning, managing, chartering and operating the Ship owned by it.
(iii) Each Security Party shall conduct business in its own name and observe all corporate and other formalities required by its constitutional documents.
(n) Properties.
(i) Except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Security Party shall maintain and preserve all of its properties that are used or useful in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

(ii)                 Each Security Party shall obtain and maintain good and marketable title or the right to use or occupy all real and personal properties and assets (including intellectual property) reasonably required for the conduct of its business.

 

 
 

 

(iii) Each Security Party shall conduct its business and affairs without infringement of or interference with any intellectual property of any other person in any material respect and shall comply in all material respects with the terms of its licenses.

(o)                Loan proceeds. The Borrowers shall use the proceeds of each Advance solely to partially finance the acquisition of a Ship pursuant to an Approved Acquisition Contract.

(p)                Pollution liability. Each Security Party shall take, or cause to be taken, such actions as may be reasonably required to mitigate potential liability to it arising out of pollution incidents or as may be reasonably required to protect the interests of the Creditor Parties with respect thereto.

(q) Subordination of loans. Each Security Party shall cause all loans made to it by any Affiliate and all sums and other obligations (financial or otherwise) owed by it to any Affiliate to be unsecured and fully subordinated to all Secured Liabilities on terms acceptable to the Majority Lenders.
(r) Asset control . The Guarantor shall to the best of its knowledge and ability ensure that it is not owned or controlled by, or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Restricted Party and does not own or control a Restricted Party.
(s) Sanctions.
(i) Each Security Party shall ensure that no part of the proceeds of any Loan or other transaction(s) contemplated by this Agreement or any other Finance Document shall, directly or indirectly, be used or otherwise made available:
(A) to fund any trade, business or other activity involving any Restricted Party;
(B) for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party; or
(C) in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in (1) the occurrence of an Event of Default under Clause 20.1(s) or (2) any Security Party (other than the Borrowers and the Guarantor) or any Affiliate of such party or any other person being party to or which benefits from any Finance Document being in breach of any Sanctions (if and to the extent applicable to either of them) or becoming a Restricted Party.
(ii) Each Security Party shall ensure that its assets (including, without limitation, each Ship) shall not be used directly or indirectly:
(A) by or for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party; or
(B) in any trade which is prohibited under applicable Sanctions or which could expose any Security Party, any asset subject to a Security Interest under the Finance Documents, any Creditor Party, any other person being party to or which benefits from any Finance Document, any Approved Manager, any operator, crew or insurers to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising from Sanctions.
(iii) Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall ensure that the Ships shall not trade to or from Iranian ports or carry or store/warehouse crude oil, petroleum products or petrochemical products or other products subject to Sanctions if they originate in Iran, or are being exported from Iran to any other Country.

 

 
 

 

(t) Money laundering. Each Security Party shall to the best of its knowledge and ability comply, and cause each of its subsidiaries to comply, with any applicable law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council) and comparable United States federal and state laws, including without limitation the PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act.
(u) Pension plans . Promptly upon the institution of a Plan, a Multiemployer Plan or a Foreign Pension Plan by the Guarantor or any Borrower, the Borrowers shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Agent written notice thereof and, if requested by the Agent or any Lender, a copy of such Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Pension Plan.
(v) Information provided to be accurate. All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of any Security Party under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be true and not misleading and shall not omit any material fact or consideration.
(w) Shareholder and creditor notices. The Guarantor shall send the Agent, at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all communications which are dispatched to its (i) shareholders or any class of them or (ii) creditors generally.
(x) Maintenance of Security Interests. Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor shall:
(i) at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and
(ii) without limiting the generality of paragraph (i), at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enroll any Finance Document with any court or authority in all Pertinent Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Pertinent Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is or has become reasonably necessary for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.
(y) “Know your customer” checks. If:
(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the Effective Date;
(ii) any change in the status of the Guarantor or any other Security Party, after the Effective Date; or
(iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii), any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Guarantor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Lender concerned supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or the Lender concerned (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii), on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, the Lender concerned or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 
 

 

(z) NYSE listing. The Guarantor shall maintain its listing on the New York Stock Exchange.
(aa) Further assurances. From time to time, at its expense, each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor shall duly execute and deliver to the Agent such further documents and assurances as the Majority Lenders or the Agent may reasonably request to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement, the other Finance Documents or obtain the full benefit of any of the Collateral.
11.2 Negative covenants. From the Effective Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 11.2 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed:
(a) Security Interests. None of the Borrowers shall create, assume or permit to exist any Security Interest whatsoever upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Permitted Security Interests.
(b) Sale of assets; merger. No Security Party shall sell, transfer or lease (other than in connection with a Charter) all or substantially all of its properties and assets, or enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation or liquidate, windup or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) provided that a Borrower may sell the Ship owned by it pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
(c) No contracts other than in ordinary course of business. None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor shall enter into any transactions or series of related transactions with third parties other than in the ordinary course of its business.
(d) Affiliate transactions. None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor shall enter into any transaction or series of related transactions, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, with any Affiliate other than on terms and conditions substantially as favorable to such Borrower or Guarantor as would be obtainable by it at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a person other than an Affiliate.
(e) Change of business.
(i) The Guarantor shall not change the nature of its business or commence any business other than in connection with, or for the purpose of managing, chartering and operating the Ships and other vessels and directly or indirectly owning the Equity Interests of each of the Borrowers and other subsidiaries.
(ii) None of the Borrowers shall change the nature of its business or commence any business other than in connection with, or for the purpose of, owning, managing, chartering and operating the Ship owned by it.
(f) Negative pledge. The Guarantor shall not permit any pledge or assignment of a Borrower’s Equity Interests except in favor of the Security Trustee to secure the Secured Liabilities.

 

 
 

 

(g) Increases in capital. The Guarantor shall not permit an increase of a Borrower’s capital by way of the issuance of any class or series of Equity Interests or create any new class of Equity Interests that is not subject to a Security Interest to secure the Secured Liabilities.
(h) Financial Indebtedness; Trade payables.
(i) None of the Borrowers shall incur any Financial Indebtedness other than in respect of: (A) the Loan, (B) Financial Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date which has been disclosed to and approved by the Majority Lenders in writing and (C) subject to Clause 11.1(g), loans made to a Guarantor by any Affiliate, parent or subsidiary .
(ii) None of the Borrowers shall incur unsecured trade credit exceeding $2,500,000 on its Ship at any time.
(i) Dividends.
(i) If an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or if an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default would result therefrom, or if the Guarantor is not in compliance with any of the covenants in Clause 12 hereof or any payment of dividends or any form of distribution or return of capital would result in the Guarantor not being in compliance with any of the covenants in Clause 12, Guarantor shall not declare or pay any dividends or return any capital to its equity holders or authorize or make any other distribution, payment or delivery of property or cash to its equity holders, or redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, for value, any interest of any class or series of its Equity Interests (or acquire any rights, options or warrants relating thereto but not including convertible debt) now or hereafter outstanding, or repay any subordinated loans to equity holders or set aside any funds for any of the foregoing purposes.
(ii) Except as provided in Clause 11.2(i)(i) above, none of the Borrowers will permit any restriction (1) to declare or pay any dividends or return any capital to the Guarantor or authorize or make any other distribution, payment or delivery of property or cash to the Guarantor, or to redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, for value, any interest of any class or series of its Equity Interests (or acquire any rights, options or warrants relating thereto but not including convertible debt) now or hereafter outstanding or to pay any Financial Indebtedness owed to the Guarantor, or (2) to repay and/or make any subordinated loans to the Guarantor or set aside any funds for any of the foregoing purposes, or (3) to transfer any of its assets to the Guarantor.
(j) [Reserved .]
(k) Internal charters. None of the Borrowers shall enter into any demise, time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Ship owned by it with another Borrower or any Affiliate of the Guarantor as charterer under that charter without the approval of the Majority Lenders; provided however that the Borrowers may contribute their respective Ships to pools managed by Affiliates of the Borrowers.
(l) Loans and investments. None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor shall make any loan or advance to, make any investment in, or enter into any working capital maintenance or similar agreement with respect to any person, whether by acquisition of Equity Interests or indebtedness, by loan, guarantee or otherwise, except that in case of the Guarantor, the Guarantor may undertake a transaction described above if (i) after giving effect to any such transaction, the Guarantor will be in compliance with the financial covenants set out in Clause 12 and (ii) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default exists at the time of such transaction or would result therefrom.

 

 
 

 

(m) Acquisition of capital assets. None of the Borrowers shall acquire any capital assets (including any vessel other than a Ship) by purchase, charter or otherwise, provided that for the avoidance of doubt nothing in this Clause 11.2(m) shall prevent or be deemed to prevent ordinary upgrades or maintenance works being made to a Ship.
(n) Sale and leaseback. None of the Borrowers shall enter into any arrangements, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any of its property, whether real or personal, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, if it, at the time of such sale or disposition, intends to lease or otherwise acquire the right to use or possess (except by purchase) such property or like property for a substantially similar purpose.
(o) Changes to Fiscal Year and accounting policies. None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor shall change its Fiscal Year or make or permit any change in accounting policies affecting (i) the presentation of financial statements or (ii) reporting practices, except in either case in accordance with IFRS or pursuant to the requirements of applicable laws or regulations.
(p) Jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; Amendment of constitutional documents. None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor shall change the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation. None of the Borrowers shall amend its constitutional documents. The Guarantor shall not amend its constitutional documents in any manner that would adversely affect its obligations under this Agreement or any other Finance Document to which it is a party.
(q) Sale of Ship. No Borrower shall consummate the sale of its Ship without paying or causing to be paid all amounts due and owing in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, Clause 8.11) in respect of the relevant Advance which has been used to finance that Ship and the other Finance Documents prior to or simultaneously with the consummation of such sale.
(r) Change of location. None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor shall change the location of its chief executive office or the office where its corporate records are kept or open any new office for the conduct of its business on less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Agent.
(s) Financial Support. None of the Borrowers shall procure any financial support (including contingent support) other than:
(i) financial support incurred pursuant to this Agreement or Financial Indebtedness permitted under Clause 11.2(h);
(ii) existing financial support which is outstanding on the Effective Date and has been disclosed to the Agent in writing; or
(iii) financial support approved in writing by the Majority Lenders.
(t) Change of place of business. None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor shall change the location of the place of business where it or any other Security Party conducts its affairs and keeps its records.

 

 
 

 

12 FINANCIAL COVENANTS
12.1 General . From the Effective Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Guarantor undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 12 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
12.2 Maximum leverage. The Guarantor shall maintain a ratio of Net Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalization of not more than 0.60 to 1.00, to be tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter.
12.3 Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. The Guarantor shall maintain a Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of not less than $677,286,768 plus:
(a) 25% of the Guarantor’s cumulative, positive consolidated net income for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after October 1, 2013; and
(b) 50% of the value of the Equity Proceeds realised from any issuance of Equity Interests in the Guarantor occurring on or after October 1, 2013.
12.4 Minimum interest coverage. The Guarantor shall maintain a ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Net Interest Expense equal to or greater than 2.50 to 1.00.

Such ratio shall be calculated quarterly on a trailing four quarter basis.

12.5 Minimum liquidity. The Guarantor shall maintain Consolidated Liquidity, including all amounts on deposit with any bank, of not less (a) $25,000,000 or (b) 5% of Consolidated Funded Debt (the “ Minimum Liquidity ”), which ever is greater, provided that 50% of the Minimum Liquidity shall at all times consist of cash.
12.6 Material changes in IFRS requirements. In the event that changes are introduced to or affect IFRS or its application, the Parties will consult in good faith for a period of one month with a view to agreement adjustments to the financial covenants set out in this Clause 12 (Financial Covenants) with a view to ensure that the economic effect of the financial covenants remain the same as if no such change to or affecting IFRS or its application had been introduced provided always that if the Parties have not reached an agreement within that one month period, any requested adjustments will be deemed not to have been agreed. The costs and expenses associated with any such consultation or any subsequent amendments to this Agreement shall be borne by the Borrowers.
13 MARINE INSURANCE COVENANTS
13.1 General. From the first Drawdown Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 13 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
13.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances. Each Borrower shall keep or cause to keep the Ship owned by it insured at its expense against:

 

 
 

 

(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery, hull interest, freight interest and excess risks);
(b) war risks;
(c) protection and indemnity risks; and
(d) any other risks against which the Security Trustee considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would in the opinion of the Security Trustee be reasonable for that Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by notice to that Borrower.
13.3 Terms of obligatory insurances. Each Borrower shall affect such insurances in respect of the Ship owned by it:
(a) in Dollars;
(b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:
(i) 120% of outstanding principal amount of the Loan in relation to that Ship; and
(ii) the Fair Market Value of the Ship owned by it;

provided that , not less than 80% of the Fair Market Value shall be on a hull and machinery basis, while the remaining part of the insured value may be taken out by way of hull and freight interest insurance cover;

 

(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks and protection and indemnity war risks (in excess of the amount for war risk hull), in each case for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market (in the case of oil pollution liability risks, currently U.S.$ 1,000,000,000);
(d) in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship owned by it;
(e) on approved terms; and
(f) through brokers and with insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations that are members of the International Group of P&I Clubs each as approved by the Agent and KEXIM.
13.4 Further protections for the Creditor Parties. In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3, each Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances affected by it shall:
(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name that Borrower as the sole named assured unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:
(i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;
(A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

 

 
 

 

(B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and
(ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;
and every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Security Trustee (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between that Borrower and every other named assured in proportion to the aggregate claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;
(b) whenever the Security Trustee requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Trustee as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Trustee, but without the Security Trustee thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;
(c) name the Security Trustee as first priority mortgagee and loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security Trustee may specify;
(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;
(e) provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party; and
(f) provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if that Borrower fails to do so.
13.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances. Each Borrower shall:
(a) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:
(i) notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom that Borrower proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and
(ii) obtain the Security Trustee’s approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);
(b) at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Security Trustee’s approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and
(c) procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.
13.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking. Each Borrower shall ensure that all approved brokers provide the Security Trustee with pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to affect or renew and of a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:
(a) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment in accordance with the requirements of the Insurance Assignment for that Borrower’s Ship;

 

 
 

 

(b) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;
(c) they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances or if they cease to act as brokers;
(d) they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from that Borrower or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and
(e) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Borrower under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of that Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.
13.7 Copies of certificates of entry. Each Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provides the Security Trustee with:
(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;
(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee;
(c) where required to be issued under the terms of insurance/indemnity provided by the protection and indemnity association, but only if and when so requested by the Agent, a certified copy of each United States of America voyage quarterly declaration (or other similar document or documents) made by the relevant Security Party in relation to that Ship in accordance with the requirements of such protection and indemnity association; and
(d) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to the Ship.
13.8 Deposit of original policies. Each Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.
13.9 Payment of premiums. Each Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.

 

 
 

 

13.10 Guarantees. Each Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.
13.11 Compliance with terms of insurances. No Borrower shall do nor omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular:
(a) each Borrower shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.6(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;
(b) no Borrower shall make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it unless approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;
(c) each Borrower shall make (and promptly supply copies to the Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship owned by it is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and
(d) no Borrower shall employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.
13.12 Alteration to terms of insurances. No Borrower shall either make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance nor waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.
13.13 Settlement of claims. No Borrower shall settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and each Borrower shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information (including, without limitation, a written confirmation from the relevant insurers, to be issued within 120 days after the Total Loss Date, that the claim in respect of the Total Loss has been accepted in full by such insurers) to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.
13.14 Provision of copies of communications. Each Borrower shall provide the Security Trustee, at the time of each such communication, copies of all material written communications between that Borrower and:
(a) the approved brokers;
(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and
(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters,

 
 

which relate directly or indirectly to:

(i) that Borrower’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and
(ii) any credit arrangements made between that Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.
13.15 Provision of information. In addition, each Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) reasonably requests for the purpose of:
(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or
(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.16 or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances;

and that Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a).

13.16 Mortgagee’s interest, additional perils and political risk insurances. The Security Trustee shall be entitled to effect, maintain and renew (i) mortgagee’s interest marine insurance, (ii) mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance and/or (iii) mortgagee’s political risks/rights insurance, in each case, in such amounts (not to exceed 120% of the Loan), on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Trustee may from time to time consider necessary and the Borrowers and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance
13.17 Review of insurance requirements. The Security Trustee may and, on instruction of the Majority Lenders, shall review, at the expense of the Borrowers, the requirements of this Clause 13 from time to time in order to take account of any changes in circumstances after the Effective Date which are, in the opinion of the Agent or the Majority Lenders significant and capable of affecting the relevant Security Party or a Ship and its insurance (including, without limitation, changes in the availability or the cost of insurance coverage or the risks to which the relevant Security Party may be subject.)
13.18 Modification of insurance requirements. The Security Trustee shall notify the Borrowers and the Guarantor of any proposed modification under Clause 13.17 to the requirements of this Clause 13 which the Security Trustee may or, on instruction of the Majority Lenders, shall reasonably consider appropriate in the circumstances and such modification shall take effect on and from the date it is notified in writing to the Borrowers and the Guarantor as an amendment to this Clause 13 and shall bind the Borrowers and the Guarantor accordingly.
13.19 Compliance with instructions. The Security Trustee shall be entitled (without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights which it may have or acquire under any Finance Document) to require a Ship to remain at any safe port or to proceed to and remain at any safe port designated by the Security Trustee until the relevant Security Party implements any amendments to the terms of the obligatory insurances and any operational changes required as a result of a notice served under Clause 13.18.

 

 
 

 

14 SHIP COVENANTS
14.1 General. From the first Drawdown Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 14 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
14.2 Ship’s name and registration. Each Borrower shall:
(a) keep the Ship owned by it registered in its name under the law of an Approved Flag;
(b) not do, omit to do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperiled; and
(c) not change the name or port of registry on which such Ship was registered when it became subject to a Mortgage.
14.3 Repair and classification. Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:
(a) consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;
(b) so as to maintain the highest class for that Ship with the Classification Society, free of overdue recommendations and conditions affecting that Ship’s class; and
(c) so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered under the law of the Approved Flag on which that Ship is registered or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which that Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.
14.4 Classification Society instructions. Each Borrower shall instruct the Classification Society referred to in Clause 14.3(b):
(a) to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, copies of all original class records held by the Classification Society in relation to that Borrower’s Ship;
(b) to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of that Borrower and the Ship owned by it either (i) electronically (through the Classification Society directly or by way of indirect access via the Relevant Borrower’s account manager and designating the Security Trustee as a user or administrator of the system under its account) or (ii) in person at the offices of the Classification Society, and to take copies of them electronically or otherwise;
(c) to notify the Security Trustee immediately in writing if the Classification Society:
(i) receives notification from that Borrower or any other person that that Ship’s Classification Society is to be changed; or

 

 
 

 

(ii) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a condition of class or a recommendation (in each case affecting class), or a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of that Ship’s class under the rules or terms and conditions of that Borrower’s or that Ship’s membership of the Classification Society;
(d) following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:
(i) to confirm that that Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Classification Society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the Classification Society; or
(ii) if that Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Classification Society, to specify to the Security Trustee in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Classification Society.
14.5 Modification. No Borrower shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship owned by it or equipment installed on that Ship which would or is reasonably likely to materially negatively alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value.
14.6 Removal of parts. No Borrower shall remove any material part of the Ship owned by it, or any item of equipment installed on, that Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favor of any person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on that Ship, the property of that Borrower and subject to the security constituted by a Mortgage, provided that a Borrower may install and remove equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by it.
14.7 Surveys. Each Borrower, at its sole expense, shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Security Trustee, provide the Security Trustee, at that Borrower’s sole expense, with copies of all survey reports.
14.8 Inspection. Each Borrower shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose at the cost of the Borrowers and the Guarantor) to board the Ship owned by it at all reasonable times (but before the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default not more than once per year) to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections. The Security Trustee shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that the operation of that Ship is not adversely affected as a result of such inspections.
14.9 Prevention of and release from arrest. Each Borrower shall promptly discharge:
(a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances;
(b) all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances; and

 

 
 

 

(c) all other accounts payable whatsoever in respect of the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances,

and, forthwith upon (and in any event not more than 90 days after) receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, that Borrower shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

14.10 Compliance with laws etc. Each Borrower shall:
(a) comply, or procure compliance with, all laws or regulations:
(i) relating to its business generally; and
(ii) relating to the ownership, employment, operation and management of the Ship owned by it,

including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all Sanctions;

 

(b) without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (a) above, not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any laws or regulations, including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code; all Environmental Laws and all Sanctions; and
(c) in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship owned by it to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship’s war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Security Trustee has been given (after consultation with its insurance advisors) and that Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Trustee may require.
14.11 Provision of information. Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which it requests regarding:
(a) the Ship owned by it, its employment, position and engagements;
(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to that Ship’s master and crew;
(c) any material expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of that Ship and any payments made in respect of that Ship;
(d) any towages and salvages; and
(e) that Borrower’s, the Approved Manager’s and that Ship’s compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

and, upon the Security Trustee’s request, provide copies of any current charter and charter guarantee relating to that Ship and copies of that Borrower’s or the Approved Manager’s Document of Compliance.

14.12 Notification of certain events. Each Borrower shall immediately notify the Security Trustee by fax or Email, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:
(a) any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

 
 

 

(b) any occurrence as a result of which the Ship owned by it has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;
(c) any requirement or condition made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with in accordance with its terms;
(d) any arrest or detention of the Ship owned by it, any exercise or purported exercise of any Security Interest on that Ship or the Earnings or any requisition of that Ship for hire;
(e) any intended dry docking of the Ship owned by it;
(f) any material Environmental Claim made against that Borrower or in connection with the Ship owned by it, or any material Environmental Incident;
(g) any legal or administrative action taken by any Sanctions Authority against or affecting any Security Party or any Ship;
(h) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Borrower, the Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship owned by it which may result in the withdrawal of the Safety Management Certificate, the Document of Compliance or the ISSC applicable to that Ship, the Relevant Borrower or, as the case may be, the Approved Manager; or
(i) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with;

and that Borrower shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Security Trustee shall require of that Borrower’s, the Approved Manager’s or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

14.13 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. No Borrower shall:
(a) let the Ship owned by it on demise charter for any period;
(b) other than as disclosed to the Agent, enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 12 months;
(c) enter into any charter in relation to that Ship under which more than two (2) months’ hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;
(d) charter that Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time when that Ship is fixed;
(e) appoint a manager of that Ship other than the Approved Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of the Approved Management Agreement;
(f) de-activate or lay up that Ship;
(g) change the Classification Society; or
(h) put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any Security Interest on that Ship or the Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

 

 
 

 

14.14 Copies of Charters; Charter Assignment; Earnings Assignment. Provided that all approvals necessary under Clause 14.13 have been previously obtained, each Borrower shall:
(a) furnish promptly to the Agent a true and complete copy of any Charter for the Ship owned by it, all other documents related thereto and a true and complete copy of each material amendment or other modification thereof;
(b) in respect of any such Charter , execute and deliver to the Agent a Charter Assignment and use reasonable commercial efforts to cause the charterer to execute and deliver to the Security Trustee a consent and acknowledgement to such Charter Assignment in the form required thereby; and
(c) in respect of any contract for the employment of that Ship for a term which is or which by virtue of any optional extensions therein contained would be reasonably likely to be of less than 12 months duration , execute and deliver to the Agent an Earnings Assignment.
14.15 Notice of Mortgage. Each Borrower shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first priority or preferred mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master’s cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that such Ship is mortgaged by that Borrower to the Security Trustee.
14.16 Sharing of Earnings. No Borrower shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings.
14.17 ISPS Code. Each Borrower shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:
(a) procure that the Ship owned by it and the company responsible for that Ship’s compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and
(b) maintain for that Ship an ISSC; and
(c) notify the Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.
15 COLLATERAL MAINTENANCE RATIO
15.1 General. From the first Drawdown Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, each Borrower and the Guarantor undertake with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 15 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
15.2 Collateral Maintenance Ratio. If, at any time, the Agent notifies the Guarantor that:
(a) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Ships; plus
(b) the net realizable value of any additional Collateral previously provided under this Clause 15,

 
 

is below 135 percent of the aggregate of the Loans (such ratio being the “ Collateral Maintenance Ratio ”), the Borrowers shall comply with the requirements of Clause 15.3.

15.3 Provision of additional Collateral; prepayment . If the Agent serves a notice on the Borrowers under Clause 15.2, the Borrowers shall prepay such part (at least) of the Loans as will in the aggregate eliminate the shortfall on or before the date falling one (1) month after the date on which the Agent’s notice is served under Clause 15.2 (the “ Prepayment Date ”) unless at least ten (10) Business Day before the Prepayment Date it has provided, or ensured that a third party has provided, additional Collateral which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has a net realizable value at least equal to the shortfall and which has been documented in such terms as the Agent may, with the authorization of the Majority Lenders, approve or require (including, without limitation, favorable legal opinions from legal counsel appointed by the Agent in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority Lenders).
15.4 Suitability of additional Collateral. Any additional Collateral proposed under Clause 15.3 must be satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably).
15.5 Valuation of additional Collateral. The net realizable value of any additional Collateral which is provided under Clause 15.3 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the definition of Fair Market Value. The net realizable value of any additional Collateral which is provided under Clause 15.3 and which consists of cash must be comprised of Dollars and shall be valued at par.
15.6 Valuations binding. Any valuation under Clause 15.3 or 15.5 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrowers and the Guarantor, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of any additional Collateral which does not consist of or include a vessel.
15.7 Provision of information. The Guarantor shall promptly provide the Agent and any Approved Broker or other expert acting under Clause 15.5 with any information which the Agent or the Approved Broker or other expert may request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Guarantor fails to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Broker or the Majority Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.
15.8 Payment of valuation expenses. Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrowers’ obligations under Clauses 21.2, 21.3 and 22.3, the Borrowers shall, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any Approved Broker or other expert instructed by the Agent under this Clause 15 and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause 15.
15.9 Application of prepayment. Clause 8 shall apply in relation to any prepayment pursuant to Clause 15.3. To the extent that any such prepayment would otherwise breach the provisions of Clause 8.10, the prepayment shall be in the amount of the full outstanding principal amount of the Loans.
16 guarantee
16.1 Guarantee and indemnity. In order to induce the Lenders to make the Loan to the Borrowers, the Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a) guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Creditor Party, the punctual payment and performance by the Borrowers when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all Secured Liabilities of the Borrowers, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise (collectively, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”);

 

 
 

 

(b) undertakes with each Creditor Party that whenever the Borrowers do not pay any Guaranteed Obligation when due, the Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that Guaranteed Obligation as if it were the primary obligor; and
(c) indemnifies each Creditor Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability suffered or incurred by that Creditor Party (i) if any Guaranteed Obligation is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal or (ii) by operation of law as a consequence of the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents. The amount of the cost, loss or liability shall be equal to the amount which that Creditor Party would otherwise have been entitled to recover.
16.2 Continuing guarantee. This guarantee:
(a) is a continuing guarantee;
(b) constitutes a guarantee of punctual performance and payment and not merely of collection;
(c) is joint and several with any other guarantee given in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations and shall not in any way be prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Creditor Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations;
(d) shall remain in full force and effect until the later of the termination of the Total Commitments and the payment and performance in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part; and
(e) shall be binding upon the Guarantor, its successors and permitted assigns.
16.3 Performance of Guaranteed Obligations; obligations pari passu .
(a) The Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be performed and paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the relevant Finance Document regardless of any law or regulation or order of any court:
(i) affecting (A) any term of such Finance Document or the rights of any of the Creditor Parties with respect thereto or (B) any Borrower’s ability or obligation to make or render, or right of any Creditor Party to receive, any payments or performance due thereunder; or
(ii) which might otherwise constitute a defense to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, any Borrower.
(b) The obligations of the Guarantor under this guarantee shall rank pari passu with all other unsecured obligations of the Guarantor.
16.4 Reinstatement. If any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded, discharged, avoided or reduced or must otherwise be returned by a Creditor Party or any other person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of a Borrower or any other Security Party or otherwise:

 

 
 

 

(a) this guarantee shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, and the liability of the Guarantor hereunder shall continue or be reinstated, as the case may be, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred; and
(b) each Creditor Party shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that payment from the Guarantor, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred.
16.5 Liability absolute and unconditional. The obligations of the Guarantor under this Clause 16 shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 16, and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of the following:
(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Security Party or other person;
(b) the release of any other Security Party or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any Security Party;
(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Security Party or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realize the full value of any security;
(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the corporate or company structure or status of a Security Party or any other person (including without limitation any change in the holding of such Security Party’s or other person’s Equity Interests);
(e) any amendment to or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security;
(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any Security Party or any other person under any Finance Document or any other document or security;
(g) any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings; or
(h) any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, any Security Party.
16.6 Waiver of promptness, etc. The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for performance, notice of non-performance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this guarantee and any requirement that a Creditor Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Security Interest or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Security Party or any other person or entity or any Collateral.
16.7 Waiver of revocation, etc. The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this guarantee.
16.8 Waiver of certain defenses. The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives:

 

 
 

 

(a) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by a Creditor Party that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of the Guarantor or other rights of the Guarantor to proceed against a Borrower, any of the other Security Parties, any other guarantor or any other person or entity or any Collateral; and
(b) any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder.
16.9 Waiver of disclosure, etc. The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any duty on the part of any Creditor Party to disclose to the Guarantor any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of a Borrower, any other Security Party or any of their respective subsidiaries now or hereafter known by any Creditor Party.
16.10 Immediate recourse. The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Creditor Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Guarantor under this Clause 16. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.
16.11 Acknowledgment of benefits. The Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Finance Documents and that the waivers set forth in this Clause 16 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
16.12 Independent obligations. The obligations of the Guarantor under or in respect of this guarantee are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of the Borrowers or any other Security Party under or in respect of the Finance Documents, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against the Guarantor to enforce this guarantee irrespective of whether any action is brought against a Borrower or any other Security Party or whether a Borrower or any other Security Party is joined in any such action or actions.
16.13 Deferral of Guarantor’s rights. Until the Guaranteed Obligations have been irrevocably paid and performed in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, the Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:
(a) to be indemnified by another Security Party;
(b) to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Security Party’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and/or
(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Creditor Party.
16.14 Limitation of liability. Each of the Guarantor and the Creditor Parties hereby confirms that it is its intention that the Guaranteed Obligations not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the United States Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each of the Guarantor and the Creditor Parties hereby irrevocably agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed by the Guarantor shall be limited to such amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other (contingent or otherwise) liabilities of the Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, result in the Guaranteed Obligations of the Guarantor in respect of such maximum amount not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

 
 

 

16.15 Reliance of Creditor Parties. Each of the Creditor Parties has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon, among other things, this guarantee.
17 PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS
17.1 Currency and method of payments. All payments to be made by the Lenders or by the Security Parties under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:
(a) by not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date;
(b) in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement);
(c) except as expressly provided in the Payment Direction Agreement, in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by another Security Party to the Agent or any Lender, to the account of the Agent, Bank: Bank of New York, N.Y, Account No.: 802 600 1499, FFC Account Name: Scorpio Tankers, FFC Account No.: 22248999, SWIFT ID No.: DNBAUS33, Attention: CSD Loans, or to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrowers, the other Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties; and
(d) in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrowers and the other Creditor Parties.
17.2 Payment on non-Business Day. If any payment by a Security Party under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:
(a) the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or
(b) unless the KSL Loan is outstanding and interest is determined on the basis of a fixed rate, if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day;

and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.

17.3 Basis for calculation of periodic payments. All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year except in respect of interest payable under Clause 5.1(b) in circumstances where such interest is calculated on the basis of a fixed rate, in which circumstances it shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days and twelve months of 30 days.
17.4 Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties. Subject to Clauses 17.5, 17.6 and 17.7:

 

 

 
 
(a) any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than five (5) Business Days previously; and
(b) amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender, as applicable, pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.
17.5 Permitted deductions by Agent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may, before making an amount available to a Lender, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender to pay on demand.
17.6 Agent only obliged to pay when monies received. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to a Borrower or any Lender any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to a Borrower or that Lender until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.
17.7 Refund to Agent of monies not received. If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to a Borrower or a Lender, without first having received that sum, the Borrowers or (as the case may be) the Lender concerned shall, on demand:
(a) refund the sum in full to the Agent; and
(b) pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.
17.8 Agent may assume receipt. Clause 17.7 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.
17.9 Creditor Party accounts. Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrowers and each other Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrowers and any other Security Party.
17.10 Agent’s memorandum account. The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrowers and each other Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrowers and any other Security Party.
17.11 Accounts prima facie evidence. If any accounts maintained under Clauses 17.9 and 17.10 show an amount to be owing by the Borrowers or any other Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.

 

 
 

 

18 APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS
18.1 Normal order of application. Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:
(a) FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents in the following order and proportions:
(i) first , in or towards satisfaction of all fees, costs and expenses then due and payable to the Agent, the Security Trustee, the KEXIM Security Trustee and the Note Trustee pursuant to the Finance Documents and the Note Documents;
(ii) second , in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents other than those amounts referred to at paragraphs (iii) (iv) and (v) (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by any Security Party under Clauses 21, 22 and 23 of this Agreement or by the Borrowers or any other Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any other Finance Document);
(iii) third , in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents;
(iv) fourth , in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents; and
(v) fifth , in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of principal payable to the Lenders under this Agreement; and
(b) SECOND: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrowers or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.
18.2 Variation of order of application. The Agent may, with the authorization of the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers, the other Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 18.1 (a)(ii) through (iv) either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.
18.3 Notice of variation of order of application. The Agent may give notices under Clause 18.2 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.
18.4 Appropriation rights overridden. This Clause 18 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 18.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrowers or any other Security Party.
18.5 Payments in excess of Contribution.
(a) If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, counterclaim or otherwise) in excess of its Contribution, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders such participation in their respective Contributions as shall be necessary to share the excess payment rateably with each of them, provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (a) the amount of such Lender’s required repayment to (b) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered.

 

 
 

 

(b) The Borrowers agree that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Clause 18.5 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all of its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrowers in the amount of such participation.
(c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Clause 18.5, any Lender which shall have commenced or joined (as a plaintiff) in an action or proceeding in any court to recover sums due to it under any Finance Document and pursuant to a judgment obtained therein or a settlement or compromise of that action or proceeding shall have received any amount, such Lender shall not be required to share any proportion of that amount with a Lender which has the legal right to, but does not, join such action or proceeding or commence and diligently prosecute a separate action or proceeding to enforce its rights in the same or another court.
(d) Each Lender exercising or contemplating exercising any rights giving rise to a receipt or receiving any payment of the type referred to in this Clause 18.5 or instituting legal proceedings to recover sums owing to it under this Agreement shall, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, give notice thereof to the Agent who shall give notice to the other Lenders.
19 APPLICATION OF EARNINGS
19.1 General. From the Effective Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 19 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
19.2 Payment of Earnings. Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that subject only to the provisions of any Charter Assignment or Earnings Assignment, all Earnings of each Ship are paid to the relevant Earnings Account.
19.3 Use of proceeds in Earnings Account. Unless and until an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default occurs, the Earnings of each Ship shall be freely available to each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor.
19.4 Location of accounts. Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall promptly:
(a) comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re-location of any Earnings Account, and without limiting the foregoing, each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor agree to segregate the Earnings Account from the banking platform on which their other accounts are located or designated; and

 

 
 

 

(b) execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favor of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) any Earnings Account.
19.5 Debits for expenses etc. The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit any Earnings Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clause 21 or 22 to a Creditor Party or payment of which any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clause 21 or 22.
19.6 Borrowers’ obligations unaffected. The provisions of this Clause 19 do not affect:
(a) the liability of the Borrowers to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or
(b) any other liability or obligation of the Borrowers or any other Security Party under any Finance Document.
20 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
20.1 Events of Default. An Event of Default occurs if:
(a) non-payment : a Borrower or any other Security Party fails to pay when due any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document or under a Note Document or, only in the case of sums payable on demand, within five (5) Business Days after the date when first demanded, provided that if such failure to pay a sum when due is solely the result of an administrative or technical error, it shall not constitute an Event of Default unless such failure continues unremedied for more than three (3) Business Days from the occurrence thereof; or
(b) breach of certain Clauses : any breach occurs of any of Clauses 8.11, 9.2, 11.2(b), 11.2(e), 11.2(f), 11.2(o), 13 or 15.3; or
(c) remediable breach : any breach by a Borrower or any other Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a), (b), (d), (e) or (m) of this Clause 20.1) or a Note Document which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is capable of remedy, and such default continues unremedied 10 days after the earlier of (i) the relevant Security Party becoming aware of such breach and (ii) written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or
(d) non-remediable breach : subject to any applicable grace period specified in a Finance Document, any breach by a Borrower or any other Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraphs (a), (b), (c) or (e) of this Clause 20.1) or a Note Document; or
(e) misrepresentation: any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer or director of, a Borrower or any other Security Party in a Finance Document or in a Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document or a Note Document is untrue or misleading when it is made or repeated; or
(f) cross-default : an event of default, or an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time or both would constitute an event of default, has occurred on the part of a Security Party under any contract or agreement (other than the Finance Documents) to which such Security Party is a party and the value of which is or exceeds $10,000,000 in the aggregate, and such event of default has not been cured within any applicable grace period;

 

 
 

 

(g) Financial Indebtedness : any Financial Indebtedness of a Security Party in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate is not paid when due (or if there is a grace period, within such grace period) or, only in the case of sums payable on demand, when first demanded, except for any such Financial Indebtedness which is being contested by such Security Party in good faith and through appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves in accordance with IFRS have been established and maintained on the books and records of the applicable Security Party, and in a manner that does not involve any risk of sale, forfeiture, loss, confiscation or seizure of a Ship; or
(h) Insolvency Event : an Insolvency Event occurs with respect to any Security Party; or
(i) expropriation : all or a material part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of, or shares or other ownership interest in, any Security Party are seized, nationalized, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under authority of any government, provided that , in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, such occurrence would adversely affect any Security Party’s ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party; or
(j) creditor process : a creditor attaches or takes possession of, or a distress, execution, sequestration or process (each an “action” ) is levied or enforced upon or sued out against, a material part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues (the “assets” ) of any Security Party in relation to a claim by such creditor which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, is likely to materially and adversely affect the ability of such Security Party to perform all or any of its obligations under or otherwise to comply with the terms of any Finance Document to which it is a party and such Security Party does not procure that such action is lifted, released or expunged within 30 Business Days of such action being (i) instituted and (ii) notified to such Security Party; or
(k) judgments : any Borrower or the Guarantor fails (within 5 business days after becoming obliged to do so) to comply with or pay any sum in an amount exceeding $5,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currencies) due from it under any final judgment or any final order (being one against which there is no right of appeal or if a right of appeal exists the time limit for making such appeal has expired and no appeal has been made or if an appeal has been made such appeal has been dismissed) made or given by any court of competent jurisdiction, provided that such event shall not be deemed to constitute an Event of Default if the Relevant Borrower is entitled to insurance cover for the whole of such sum and the relevant insurers have confirmed liability and undertaken to make payment of the whole of such sum in writing to the person(s) entitled to payment and it is likely (in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders) that the insurers will be able to make such payment within thirty (30) days; or
(l) cessation of business : any Security Party ceases or suspends or threatens to cease or suspend the carrying on of its business, or a part of its business which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is material in the context of this Agreement, except in the case of a sale or a proposed sale of a Ship by a Borrower; or
(m) Total Loss or Major Casualty : a Ship becomes a Total Loss or suffers a Major Casualty and (i) in the case of a Total Loss, insurance proceeds are not collected or received by the Security Trustee from the underwriters within 120 days of the Total Loss Date; or (ii) in the case of a Major Casualty, that Ship has not been otherwise repaired in a timely and proper manner; or

 

 
 

 

(n) unlawfulness : it becomes unlawful or impossible:
(i) for any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Majority Lenders consider material under a Finance Document;
(ii) for the Agent, the Security Trustee or the Lenders to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or
(o) consents : any consent necessary to enable a Borrower to own, operate or charter the Ship owned by it or to enable a Borrower or any other Security Party to comply with any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document or a Charter is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled; or
(p) invalidity : any provision of a Finance Document which the Majority Lenders consider material proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest; or
(q) security : the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperiled or in jeopardy; or
(r) Material Adverse Effect : an event or series of events occurs which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, may constitute a Material Adverse Effect ; or
(s) Restricted Party : any Security Party or any subsidiary of any Security Party or any of their respective directors or officers becomes a Restricted Party; or
(t) breach of Manager’s Undertaking : any breach by an Approved Manager of a Manager’s Undertaking occurs and the Borrower fails to
(i) replace such Approved Manager with another Approved Manager within hundred and twenty (120) days from the earlier of:
(A) the date the relevant Security Party becomes aware of such breach; and
(B) written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; and/or
(ii) procure that such replacement Approved Manager has entered into a replacement Manager’s Undertaking within thirty (30) days of its appointment as an Approved Manager.
20.2 Actions following an Event of Default. On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default:
(a) the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders or KEXIM, the Agent shall:
(i) serve on the Borrowers a notice stating that the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents are cancelled; and/or

 

 
 

 

(ii) serve on the Borrowers a notice stating that the Loan, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand, provided that in the case of an Event of Default under Clause 20.1(h), the Loan and all accrued interest and other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall be deemed immediately due and automatically become payable without notice or demand therefor; and/or
(iii) take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or
(b) the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorization of the Majority Lenders, the Security Trustee shall, take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) (i) or (ii), the Security Trustee, the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law to enforce the Security Interests created by this Agreement and any other Finance Document in any manner available to it and in such sequence as the Security Trustee may, in its absolute discretion, determine.
20.3 Termination of Commitments. On the service of a notice under Clause 20.2(a)(i) or, upon an Event of Default under Clause 20.1(h), the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement shall be cancelled.
20.4 Acceleration of Loan. On the service of a notice under Clause 20.2(a)(ii) or, upon an Event of Default under Clause 20.1(h), all or, as the case may be, the part of the Loan specified in the notice (if any), together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrowers or any other Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.
20.5 Multiple notices; action without notice. The Agent may serve notices under Clauses 20.2(a)(i) and (ii) simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in Clause 20.2 if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.
20.6 Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties. The Agent shall send to each Lender the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy of the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrowers under Clause 20.2. Such notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrowers, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide the Borrowers or any other Security Party with any form of claim or defense.
20.7 Creditor Party rights unimpaired. Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders under a Finance Document or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.
20.8 Exclusion of Creditor Party liability. No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any liability to any Security Party:
(a) for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or

 

 
 

 

(b) as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realized from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset,

provided that nothing in this Clause 20.8 shall exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been caused by the gross negligence or the willful misconduct of such Creditor Party’s own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver’s or manager’s own partners or employees.

21 FEES AND EXPENSES
21.1 Fees. The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent:
(a) In respect of the Commercial Facility, during the period from (and including) the Effective Date to the Commercial Loan Maturity Date (payable on the Effective Date and thereafter, in arrears on the last day of each quarter and the Commercial Loan Maturity Date ) for the account of the Commercial Lenders, a commitment fee at the rate per annum of 40 percent of the applicable Margin on the undrawn amount of the total Commercial Loan Commitment, for distribution among the Commercial Lenders pro rata to their Commercial Loan Commitments;
(b) In respect of the KEXIM Facility, during the period from (and including) the Effective Date to the KEXIM Direct Loan Maturity Date (payable on the Effective Date, and thereafter, in arrears on the last day of each quarter and the KEXIM Direct Loan Maturity Date) for the account of KEXIM, a commitment fee at the rate per annum of 40 percent of the applicable Margin on the undrawn amount of the KEXIM Loan Commitments;
(c) fees in the amounts and on the dates set out in the Agency Fee Letter; and
(d) any other fees as may be payable by the Borrowers.
21.2 Costs of negotiation, preparation etc. The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Agent or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of a Creditor Party’s legal counsel and any local counsel retained by them.
21.3 Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc. The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Creditor Party concerned, the amount of all expenses incurred by a Creditor Party in connection with:
(a) any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;
(b) any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Majority Lenders or the Creditor Party concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request for such a consent or waiver;
(c) the valuation of any additional Collateral provided or offered under Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such additional Collateral; or

 

 
 

 

(d) any step taken by the Security Trustee or a Lender with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.

There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.

21.4 Documentary taxes. The Borrowers shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent’s demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrowers to pay such a tax.
21.5 Certification of amounts. A notice which is signed by an officer of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
22 INDEMNITIES
22.1 Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan. The Borrowers shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent’s demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:
(a) the payments detailed in Clause 9.3(b) not being made on the date specified in the relevant Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;
(b) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in an Advance requested by a Borrower in a Drawdown Notice but not made or funded by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence solely by that Creditor Party);
(c) the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or the KEXIM Supported Loan Maturity Date, in the case of the KEXIM Supported Loan, or other relevant period;
(d) any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrowers or any other Security Party to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrowers on the amount concerned under Clause 7); or
(e) the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 8 or Clause 20;

It is understood that the indemnities provided in this Clause 22.1 shall not apply to any claim cost or expense which is a tax levied by a taxing authority on the indemnified party (which taxes are subject to indemnity solely as provided in Clause 23 below) but shall apply to any other costs associated with any tax which is not a Non-indemnified Tax.

22.2 Breakage costs. Without limiting its generality, Clause 22.1 covers any claim, expense, liability or loss, including a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender:

 

 
 

 

(a) in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount);
(b) in respect of a Make Whole Amount payable in respect of the Notes; and
(c) in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity or with another office or department of the Lender concerned) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or that part which the Lender concerned determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement of the amount of the liabilities, expenses or losses (including losses of prospective profits) incurred by it in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, a number of transactions of which this Agreement is one.
22.3 Miscellaneous indemnities. The Borrowers shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party and their respective directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents, trustees, advisors and attorneys-in-fact severally on their respective demands in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which may be made or brought against or incurred by a Creditor Party, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:
(a) any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document; or
(b) any other Pertinent Matter,

other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.

Without prejudice to its generality, this Clause 22.3 covers any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code or any Environmental Law.

22.4 Currency indemnity. If any sum due from a Borrower or any other Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the “ Contractual Currency ”) into another currency (the “ Payment Currency ”) for the purpose of:
(a) making or lodging any claim or proof against a Borrower or any other Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or
(b) obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or
(c) enforcing any such order or judgment,

the Borrowers shall indemnify the Creditor Party concerned against the loss arising when the amount of the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.

In this Clause 22.4, the “ available rate of exchange ” means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.

 
 

This Clause 22.4 creates a separate joint and several liability of the Borrowers which is distinct from its other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.

22.5 Certification of amounts. A notice which is signed by an officer of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 22 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
22.6 Sums deemed due to a Lender. For the purposes of this Clause 22, a sum payable by the Borrowers to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.
23 NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION; tax indemnity; FATCA
23.1 No deductions. All amounts due from a Security Party under a Finance Document shall be paid:
(a) without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and
(b) free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which such Security Party is required by law to make.
23.2 Grossing-up for taxes. If a Security Party is required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment:
(a) such Security Party shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;
(b) such Security Party shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises; and
(c) except if the deduction is for collection or payment of a Non-indemnified Tax of a Creditor Party, the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.
23.3 Evidence of payment of taxes. Within one (1) month after making any tax deduction, the relevant Security Party shall deliver to the Agent documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.
23.4 Tax credits . A Creditor Party which receives for its own account a repayment or credit in respect of tax on account of which the Borrowers have made an increased payment under Clause 23.2 shall pay to the Relevant Borrower a sum equal to the proportion of the repayment or credit which that Creditor Party allocates to the amount due from the Borrowers in respect of which the Relevant Borrower made the increased payment, provided that :
(a) the Creditor Party shall not be obliged to allocate to this transaction any part of a tax repayment or credit which is referable to a class or number of transactions;

 

 
 

 

(b) nothing in this Clause 23.4 shall oblige a Creditor Party to arrange its tax affairs in any particular manner, to claim any type of relief, credit, allowance or deduction instead of, or in priority to, another or to make any such claim within any particular time;
(c) nothing in this Clause 23.4 shall oblige a Creditor Party to make a payment which would leave it in a worse position than it would have been in if the Borrowers had not been required to make a tax deduction from a payment; and
(d) any allocation or determination made by a Creditor Party under or in connection with this Clause 23.4 shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the other Creditor Parties.
23.5 Indemnity for taxes. Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold each Creditor Party harmless from and against all taxes other than Non-indemnified Taxes levied on such Creditor Party (including, without limitation, taxes imposed on any amounts payable under this Clause 23.5) paid or payable by such person, whether or not such taxes or other taxes were correctly or legally asserted. Such indemnification shall be paid within 10 days from the date on which such Creditor Party makes written demand therefor specifying in reasonable detail the nature and amount of such taxes or other taxes.
23.6 Exclusion from indemnity and gross-up for taxes. The Borrowers and the Guarantor shall not be required to indemnify any Creditor Party for a tax pursuant to Clause 23.5, or to pay any additional amounts to any Creditor Party pursuant to Clause 23.2, to the extent that the tax is collected by withholding on payments (a “ Withholding ”) and is levied by a Pertinent Jurisdiction of the payer and:
(a) the person claiming such indemnity or additional amounts was not an original party to this agreement and under applicable law (after taking into account relevant treaties and assuming that such person has provided all forms it may legally and truthfully provided) on the date such person became a party to this Agreement a Withholding would have been required on such payment, provided that this exclusion shall not apply to the extent such Withholding does not exceed the Withholding that would have been applicable if such payment had been made to the person from whom such person acquired its rights under the Agreement and this exclusion shall not apply to the extent that such Withholding exceeds the amount of Withholding that would have been required under the law in effect on the date such person became a party to this Agreement; or
(b) the person claiming such indemnity or additional amounts is a Lender who has changed its Lending Office and under applicable law (after taking into account relevant treaties and assuming that such Lender has provided all forms it may legally and truthfully provide) on the date such Lender changed its Lending Office a Withholding would have been required on such payment, provided that this exclusion shall not apply to the extent such Withholding does not exceed the Withholding that would have been applicable to such payment if such Lender had not changed its Lending Office and this exclusion shall not apply to the extent that the Withholding exceeds the amount of Withholding that would have been required under the law in effect immediately after such Lender changed its Lending Office; or
(c) in the case of a Lender, to the extent that Withholding would not have been required on such payment if such Lender has complied with its obligations to deliver certain tax form pursuant to Section 23.7 below.
23.7 Delivery of tax forms.
(a) In the event that Withholding taxes may be imposed under the laws of any Pertinent Jurisdiction in respect of payments on the Loan or other amounts due under this Agreement and if certain documentation provided by a Lender could reduce or eliminate such Withholding taxes under the laws of such Pertinent Jurisdiction or any treaty to which the Pertinent Jurisdiction is a party, then, upon written request by the Guarantor, a Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction in the amount of, such Withholding tax shall deliver to the Guarantor (with a copy to the Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or promptly after receipt of the Guarantor’s request, whichever is later, such properly completed and executed documentation requested by the Guarantor, if any, as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding; provided that such Lender is legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such documentation and in such Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or delivery would not materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

 
 

 

(b) Each Lender shall deliver such forms as required in this Clause 23.7 within twenty (20) days after receipt of a written request therefor from the Agent or Guarantor.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause 23.7, a Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this Clause 23.7 that such Lender is not legally entitled to deliver.
23.8 FATCA information.
(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each FATCA Relevant Party shall within ten (10) Business Days of a reasonable request by another FATCA Relevant Party:
(i) confirm to that other party whether it is a FATCA Exempt Party or is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and
(ii) supply to the requesting party (with a copy to all other FATCA Relevant Parties) such other form or forms (including IRS Form W-8 or Form W-9 or any successor or substitute form, as applicable) and any other documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable “passthru percentage” or other information required under FATCA or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as the requesting party reasonably requests for the purpose of determining whether any payment to such party may be subject to any FATCA Deduction.
(b) If a FATCA Relevant Party confirms to any other FATCA Relevant Party that it is a FATCA Exempt Party or provides an IRS Form W-8 or W-9 to showing that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that party shall so notify all other FATCA Relevant Parties reasonably promptly.
(c) Nothing in this Clause 23.8 shall obligate any FATCA Relevant Party to do anything which would or, in its reasonable opinion, might constitute a breach of any law or regulation, any policy of that party, any fiduciary duty or any duty of confidentiality, or to disclose any confidential information (including, without limitation, its tax returns and calculations); provided that nothing in this paragraph shall excuse any FATCA Relevant Party from providing a true complete and correct IRS Form W-8 or W-9 (or any successor or substitute form where applicable). Any information provided on such IRS Form W-8 or W-9 (or any successor or substitute forms) shall not be treated as confidential information of such party for purposes of this paragraph.

 

 
 

 

(d) If a FATCA Relevant Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance the provisions of this agreement or the provided information is insufficient under FATCA, then:
(i) such party shall be treated as if it were a FATCA Non-Exempt Party; and
(ii) if that party failed to confirm its applicable passthru percentage then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable passthru percentage is 100%,

until (in each case) such time as the party in question provides sufficient confirmation, forms, documentation or other information to establish the relevant facts.

23.9 FATCA withholding.
(a) A FATCA Relevant Party making a payment to any FATCA Non-Exempt Party shall make such FATCA Deduction as it determines is required by law and shall render payment to the IRS within the time allowed and in the amount required by FATCA.
(b) If a FATCA Deduction is required to be made by any FATCA Relevant Party to a FATCA Non-Exempt Party, the amount of the payment due from such FATCA Relevant Party shall be reduced by the amount of the FATCA Deduction reasonably determined to be required by such FATCA Relevant Party.
(c) Each FATCA Relevant Party shall promptly upon becoming aware that a FATCA Deduction is required with respect to any payment owed to it (or that there is any change in the rate or basis of a FATCA Deduction) notify each other FATCA Relevant Party accordingly.
(d) Within thirty days of making either a FATCA Deduction or any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, the party making such FATCA Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for delivery to the party on account of whom the FATCA Deduction was made evidence reasonably satisfactory to that party that the FATCA Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the IRS.
(e) A FATCA Relevant Party who becomes aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment to another FATCA Relevant Party (or that there is any change in the rate or basis of such FATCA Deduction) shall notify that party and the Agent.
(f) The Agent shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment to a Lender which relates to a payment by a Borrower (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such a FATCA Deduction) notify the Borrowers and the relevant Lender.
(g) If a FATCA Deduction is made as a result of any Creditor Party failing to be a FATCA Exempt Party, such party shall indemnify each other Creditor Party against any loss, cost or expense to it resulting from such FATCA Deduction.
23.10 FATCA mitigation.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if a FATCA Deduction is or will be required to be made by any party under Clause 23.10 in respect of a payment to any FATCA Non-Exempt Lender, the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender may either:

(i) transfer its entire interest in the Loan to a U.S. branch or Affiliate, or

 

 
 

 

(ii) nominate one or more transferee lenders who upon becoming a Lender would be a FATCA Exempt Party, by notice in writing to the Agent and the Borrowers specifying the terms of the proposed transfer, and cause such transferee lender(s) to purchase all of the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender’s interest in the Loan.
24 ILLEGALITY, ETC
24.1 Illegality. If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Advance:
(a) the Notifying Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;
(b) upon the Agent notifying the Borrowers and the other Creditor Parties, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender will be immediately cancelled; and
(c) each Borrower shall jointly and severally repay the Notifying Lender’s participation in each Advance on the last day of the Interest Period for each Advance occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrowers or, if earlier, the date specified by the Notifying Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) without premium or penalty.
24.2 Mitigation . If circumstances arise which would result in a notification under Clause 24.1 then, without in any way limiting the obligations of the Borrowers under Clause 24.1, the Notifying Lender shall use reasonable commercial efforts to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to another office or financial institution not affected by the circumstances but the Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:
(a) have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or
(b) involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or
(c) involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.
24.3 Limitation of Liability . The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify the Notifying Lender for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Notifying Lender as a result of any action taken by it under Clause 24.2, provided that , the Borrowers have received evidence of the amount of such costs and expenses actually incurred.
25 INCREASED COSTS
25.1 Increased costs. This Clause 25 applies if a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) notifies the Agent that as a result of:
(a) the introduction or alteration after the Effective Date of a law or an alteration after the Effective Date in the manner in which a law is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a Non-Indemnified tax); or
(b) complying with any regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the Effective Date;

 

 
 

 

(c) any introduction, change, clarification or publication relating to Basel III or CRD IV to the extent such increased costs were not capable of being calculated with sufficient accuracy prior to the Effective Date due to a lack of clarity or detail in Basel III or CRD IV and/or any related information from a banking regulator available as at the Effective Date,

the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an “ increased cost ”.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and all requests, rules, guidelines and directives promulgated thereunder, are deemed to have been introduced or adopted after the date hereof, regardless of the date enacted or adopted.

25.2 Meaning of “increased costs”. In this Clause 25, “ increased costs ” means, in relation to a Notifying Lender:
(a) an actual additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or having taken an assignment of rights under this Agreement, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or other unpaid sums;
(b) a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;
(c) an actual additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender’s Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or
(d) a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender under this Agreement.

For the purposes of this Clause 25.2 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class of its assets and liabilities) on such basis as it considers appropriate.

25.3 Notification to the Borrowers of claim for increased costs. The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the other Security Parties of the notice which the Agent received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 25.1.
25.4 Payment of increased costs. The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrowers that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.
25.5 Notice of prepayment. If the Borrowers are not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 25.4, the Borrowers may give the Agent not less than 14 days’ notice of their intention to prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution at the end of an Interest Period.

 

 
 

 

25.6 Prepayment; termination of Commitment. A notice under Clause 25.5 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying Lender of the Borrowers’ notice of intended prepayment; and:
(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and
(b) on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrowers shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender’s Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any).
25.7 Application of prepayment. Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
25.8 Mitigation.
(a) The Notifying Lender shall, in consultation with the Guarantor, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to or in connection with, Clause 25.1 including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Lending Office; and
(b) Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Security Party under the Finance Documents.
25.9 Limitation of Liability.
(a) The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify the Notifying Lender for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Notifying Lender as a result of any action taken by it under Clause 25.8, provided that , the Borrowers have received evidence of the amount of such costs and expenses actually incurred; and
(b) The Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any action under Clause 25.8 if, in its opinion (acting reasonably), to do would or might:
(A) have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or
(B) involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or
(C) involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.
26 SET-OFF
26.1 Application of credit balances. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Creditor Party may without prior notice:
(a) apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of any of the Borrowers or the Guarantor at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from any of the Borrowers or the Guarantor to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and
(b) for that purpose:

 

 
 

 

(i) break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of any of the Borrowers or the Guarantor;
(ii) convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and
(iii) enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.
26.2 Existing rights unaffected. No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 26.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).
26.3 Sums deemed due to a Lender. For the purposes of this Clause 26, a sum payable by any of the Borrowers or the Guarantor to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender’s proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.
26.4 No Security Interest. This Clause 26 gives the Creditor Parties a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create any Security Interest over any credit balance of any of the Borrowers or the Guarantor.
27 TRANSFERS AND CHANGES tO THE PARTIES
27.1 Transfer by the Borrowers or the Guarantor.

Neither the Guarantor nor any of the Borrowers may, without the consent of the Agent, given on the instructions of all the Lenders, transfer any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under any Finance Document.

27.2 Transfer by a Lender. Subject to Clause 27.5 and Clause 27.18, a Lender (the “ Transferor Lender ”) may at any time, without any additional costs to, but with the prior written consent (unless the transfer is to an Affiliate of the Transferor Lender or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) of, the Agent and the Guarantor (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and to be deemed granted within fifteen (15) Business Days from the day it has been sought unless it has been expressly refused within that period), cause:
(i) its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution; or
(ii) its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment; or
(iii) a combination of (i) and (ii),

to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by, another bank or financial institution (a “ Transferee Lender ”) which is (i) regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets including (without limitation) KEXIM and (ii) not an Affiliate of the Borrowers by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a “ Transfer Certificate ”) executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender provided that the amount of the Contribution and/or Commitment of the Lender which is to be transferred shall not be less than $5,000,000 (unless the entirety of the Transferor Lender’s Contribution and/or Commitment is less than $5,000,000 in which case the Transferor may transfer the entire amount remaining).

 
 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security Trustee shall be determined in accordance with Clause 31.

27.3 Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification. As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):
(a) sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrowers, the other Security Parties, the Security Trustee and each of the other Lenders;
(b) on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrowers and each other Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it;
(c) send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b),

but the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations to the transfer to that Transferee Lender.

27.4 Effective Date of Transfer Certificate. A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date, provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 27.3 on or before that date.
27.5 No transfer without Transfer Certificate. Except as provided in Clause 27.17, no assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrowers, any other Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.
27.6 Lender re-organization; waiver of Transfer Certificate. If a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganization as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in a successor, the Agent may, in its sole discretion, by notice to the successor and the Borrowers and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate and, upon service of the Agent’s notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.
27.7 Effect of Transfer Certificate. The effect of a Transfer Certificate is as follows:
(a) to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender’s title and of any rights or equities which the Borrowers or any other Security Party had against the Transferor Lender;
(b) the Transferor Lender’s Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(c) the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;

 

 
 

 

(d) the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;
(e) any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate’s effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor’s title and any rights or equities of the Borrowers or any other Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed;
(f) the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 5.8 and Clause 21, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and
(g) in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.

The rights and equities of the Borrowers or any other Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.

27.8 Maintenance of register of Lenders. During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 27.4) of the Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrowers during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least three (3) Business Days’ prior notice.
27.9 Reliance on register of Lenders. The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.
27.10 Authorization of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates. The Borrowers, the Guarantor, the Security Trustee and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf.
27.11 Registration fee. In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of $7,500 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent’s option) the Transferee Lender. For any change of Lending Office, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of $3,750 from the relevant Lender.
27.12 Sub-participation; subrogation assignment. A Lender may sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents without the consent of, or any notice to, the Borrowers, any other Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee; and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.

 

 
 

 

27.13 Disclosure of information. A Lender may disclose any information which the Lender has received in relation to the Borrowers, any other Security Party or their affairs under or in connection with any Finance Document, so long as each such party (in the case of paragraphs (b)-(f) below) agrees to keep such information, which is not already publicly available, confidential, to:
(a) any private, public or internationally recognized authorities that are entitled to and have requested to obtain such information;
(b) the Creditor Parties’ respective head offices, branches and affiliates and professional advisors , together with any person who has any participation or involvement with the Notes or the Note Documents ;
(c) any other parties to the Finance Documents;
(d) a rating agency or their professional advisors;
(e) any person with whom such Creditor Party proposes to enter (or considers entering) into contractual relations in relation to its Commitment or Contribution; and
(f) any other person regarding the funding, re-financing, transfer, assignment, sale, sub-participation or operational arrangement or other transaction in relation to its Contribution or its Commitment, including without limitation, for purposes in connection with a securitization or any enforcement, preservation, assignment, transfer, sale or sub-participation of any of such Creditor Parties’ rights and obligations.
27.14 Change of lending office. A Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:
(a) the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and
(b) the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.
27.15 Notification. On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Security Trustee; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.
27.16 Replacement of Reference Bank. If any Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender or is unable on a continuing basis to supply quotations for the purposes of Clause 5 then, unless the Borrowers, the Agent and the Majority Lenders otherwise agree, the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and after consulting the Borrowers, shall appoint another bank (whether or not a Lender) to be a replacement Reference Bank; and, when that appointment comes into effect, the first-mentioned Reference Bank’s appointment shall cease to be effective.
27.17 Security over Lenders’ rights. In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 27, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from the Borrowers or any other Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

 
 

 

(a) any charge, assignment or other Security Interest in favour of The Export-Import Bank of Korea or any security trustee on its behalf;
(b) any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and
(c) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities;

except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:

(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or
(ii) require any payments to be made by the Borrowers or any other Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.
27.18 Agent as Lender. Unless an Event of Default has occurred, DNB Capital LLC (as an affiliate of the Agent) may not, without the consent of KEXIM (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), transfer its participation in the Commercial Loan if such transfer would result in DNB Capital LLC (as an affiliate of the Agent) holding less than twenty (20%) percent of the Commercial Loan outstanding at such time.
28 VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS
28.1 Variations, waivers etc. by Majority Lenders. Subject to Clause 28.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party’s rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax or Email, by the Borrowers, by the Agent on behalf and with the approval of the Majority Lenders, by the Agent and the Security Trustee in their own rights, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.
28.2 Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders. As regards the following, Clause 28.1 applies as if the words “by the Agent on behalf and with the approval of the Majority Lenders” were replaced by the words “by or on behalf and with the approval of every Lender”:
(a) a reduction in the Margin;
(b) a change to Clause 2.3 or this Clause 28;
(c) a postponement to the date for, or a reduction in the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under this Agreement;
(d) an increase in or extension of any Lender’s Commitment or an extension of the Maturity Date or an amendment of the definition of “Availability Period”;
(e) a change to the definition of “ Majority Lenders ”;

 

 
 

 

(f) any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document;
(g) any amendment or waiver if the Agent or a Lender which is a FATCA Non-Exempt Party reasonably believes that it may constitute a “material modification” within the meaning of FATCA that may result (directly or indirectly) in any party to any Finance Document being required to make a FATCA Deduction;
(h) any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender’s consent is required;
(i) any amendment of or waiver to any provision in any Finance Document providing for the pro rata nature of disbursements by or payments to Lenders; and
(j) a substitution or replacement of any Security Party.
28.3 Variations, waivers etc. relating to the Servicing Banks. An amendment or waiver that relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the Security Trustee under Clause 31 may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or the Security Trustee.
28.4 Exclusion of other or implied variations. Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 28.1, 28.2 or 28.3, no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:
(a) a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or
(b) an Event of Default; or
(c) a breach by a Borrower or another Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or
(d) any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,

and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.

29 NOTICES
29.1 General. Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter, electronic mail (“ Email ”) (subject to Clause 29.7) or fax and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.
29.2 Addresses for communications. A notice by letter, Email or fax shall be sent:

 

(a)  to any Borrower Scorpio Tankers Inc.
  or the Guarantor: 9, Boulevard Charles III
    Monaco, 98000
    Attention: Luca Forgione

 

 
 

 

  with a copy to: 150 East 58 th Street
    New York, New York 10155
    Attention:  Chief Financial Officer
    Facsimile: +212-542-1618
     
(b)  to KEXIM or a Commercial Lender: At the address below its name in Schedule 1 or (as the case may require) in the relevant Transfer Certificate.
     
(c) to the KEXIM Supported Lender: Seven and Seven Ltd.
    Intertrust Corporate Services (Cayman) Limited
    190 Elgin Avenue
    George Town
    Grand Cayman KY1-9005
     
    Attention:  Ferona Bartley-Davis
                        Charlotte Cloete
     
    Facsimile: +1 345 945 4757
    Email:   Ferona.BartleyDavis@intertrustgroup.com
                  Charlotte.Cloete@intertrustgroup.com
     
(d)  with a copy to: The Export-Import Bank of Korea
    38 Eunhaeng-ro
    Yeongdeungpo-gu
    Seoul
    Korea 150-996
     
    Attention: Sungrok Moon, Taehyun Lee, Kyungjae Yu
     
    Facsimile: (82-2) 3779-6778
    Email:   srmoon@koreaexim.go.kr,
                  taehyun.lee@koreaexim.go.kr,
              lifebeit@koreaexim.go.kr
     
  and, in respect of a notice  
  pursuant to Clause 4.3,  
  with a copy to: The deposit account bank notified to the Agent by the KEXIM Supported Lender.
     
(e) to the Agent:  DNB Bank ASA
    DNB Bank ASA, New York Branch
    200 Park Avenue
    31st Floor
    New York
    NY 10166
     
    Attention:  Magdalena Brzostowska
     
    Facsimile: +1 212 681 3900
    Email: magdalena.brzostowska@dnb.no

 

 
 

 

(f)  to the Security Trustee: DNB Bank ASA ,
    DNB Bank ASA, New York Branch
    200 Park Avenue
    31st Floor
    New York
    NY 10166
     
    Attention:  Magdalena Brzostowska
     
    Facsimile: +1 212 681 3900
    Email:  magdalena.brzostowska@dnb.no

 

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Security Parties.

29.3 Effective date of notices. Subject to Clauses 29.4 and 29.5:
(a) a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;
(b) a notice which is sent by Email shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is actually received in readable form; and
(c) a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, two (2) hours after its transmission is completed.
29.4 Service outside business hours. However, if under Clause 29.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:
(a) on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or
(b) on such a business day, but after 5:00 p.m. local time,

the notice shall (subject to Clause 29.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9:00 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.

29.5 Illegible notices. Clauses 29.3 and 29.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within one (1) hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.
29.6 Valid notices. A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:
(a) the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or
(b) in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.

 

 
 
29.7 Electronic communication between the Agent and a Lender. Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by Email or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender:
(a) agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;
(b) notify each other in writing of their Email address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
(c) notify each other of any change to their respective Email addresses or any other such information supplied to them.

Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender will be effective only when actually received in readable form and, in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender to the Agent, only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

29.8 English language. Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.
29.9 Meaning of “notice”. In this Clause 29, “ notice ” includes any demand, consent, authorization, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.
30 SUPPLEMENTAL
30.1 Rights cumulative, non-exclusive. The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:
(a) cumulative;
(b) may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and
(c) shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.
30.2 Severability of provisions. If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.
30.3 Counterparts. A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.
30.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
30.5 Lead Arrangers, Bookrunners and Co-Arrangers. None of the persons identified on the cover page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “lead arranger”, “bookrunner” or “co-arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than, in the case of such Creditor Parties, those applicable to all Creditor Parties as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Creditor Parties so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Creditor Party. Each Creditor Party acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Creditor Parties so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

 

 
 

 

31 THE SERVICING BANKS
31.1 Appointment and Granting.
(a) The Agent . Each of the Lenders appoints and authorizes (with a right of revocation) the Agent to act as its agent hereunder and under any of the other Finance Documents with such powers as are specifically delegated to the Agent by the terms of this Agreement and of any of the other Finance Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
(b) The Security Trustee.
(i) Authorization of Security Trustee . Each of the Lenders and the Agent appoints and authorizes (with a right of revocation) the Security Trustee to act as security trustee hereunder and under the other Finance Documents (other than the Notes) with such powers as are specifically delegated to the Security Trustee by the terms of this Agreement and such other Finance Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

(ii)                 Granting Clause . To secure the payment of all sums of money from time to time owing to the Lenders under the Finance Documents and the performance of the covenants of the Borrowers and any other Security Party herein and therein contained, and in consideration of the premises and of the covenants herein contained and of the extensions of credit by the Lenders, the Security Trustee does hereby declare that it will hold as such trustee in trust for the benefit of the Lenders and the Agent from and after the execution and delivery thereof, all of its right, title and interest as mortgagee in, to and under the Mortgages and its right, title and interest as assignee and secured party under the other Finance Documents (the right, title and interest of the Security Trustee in and to the property, rights and privileges described above, from and after the execution and delivery thereof, and all property hereafter specifically subjected to the Security Interest of the indenture created hereby and by the Finance Documents by any amendment hereto or thereto are herein collectively called the “ Estate ”); TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Estate unto the Security Trustee and its successors and assigns forever, BUT IN TRUST, NEVERTHELESS, for the equal and proportionate benefit and security of the Lenders and the Agent and their respective successors and assigns without any priority of any one over any other, UPON THE CONDITION that, unless and until an Event of Default under this Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing, the relevant Security Party shall be permitted, to the exclusion of the Security Trustee, to possess and use the Ships. IT IS HEREBY COVENANTED, DECLARED AND AGREED that all property subject or to become subject hereto is to be held, subject to the further covenants, conditions, uses and trusts hereinafter set forth, and each Security Party, for itself and its respective successors and assigns, hereby covenants and agrees to and with the Security Trustee and its successors in said trust, for the equal and proportionate benefit and security of the Lenders and the Agent as hereinafter set forth.

(iii) Acceptance of Trusts . The Security Trustee hereby accepts the trusts imposed upon it as Security Trustee by this Agreement, and the Security Trustee covenants and agrees to perform the same as herein expressed and agrees to receive and disburse all monies constituting part of the Estate in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

 

 
 

 

31.2 Scope of Duties . Neither the Agent nor the Security Trustee (which terms as used in this sentence and in Clause 31.5 hereof shall include reference to their respective affiliates and their own respective and their respective affiliates’ officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact):
(a) shall have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and in any of the Finance Documents, and shall not by reason of this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents be (except, with respect to the Security Trustee, as specifically stated to the contrary in this Agreement) a trustee for a Lender;
(b) shall be responsible to the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or in any of the Finance Documents, or in any certificate or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by any of them under, this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents, or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or for any failure by a Security Party or any other person to perform any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or for the location, condition or value of any property covered by any Security Interest under any of the Finance Documents or for the creation, perfection or priority of any such Security Interest;
(c) shall be required to initiate or conduct any litigation or collection proceedings hereunder or under any of the Finance Documents unless expressly instructed to do so in writing by the Majority Lenders; or
(d) shall be responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or under any of the Finance Documents or under any other document or instrument referred to or provided for herein or therein or in connection herewith or therewith, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact and neither the Security Trustee nor the Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith. Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent may deem and treat the payee of a Note as the holder thereof (unless such Note is held by the Agent) for all purposes hereof unless and until a written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Agent, together with the written consent of the Borrowers (other than in the case of a transfer to an Affiliate of the Transferor Lender) to such assignment or transfer.
31.3 Reliance . Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any certification, notice or other communication (including any thereof by telephone, telex, facsimile, telegram or cable) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper person or persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by the Security Trustee or the Agent, as the case may be. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents, each of the Security Trustee and the Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder or thereunder in accordance with instructions signed by the Majority Lenders, and such instructions and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Lenders.

 

 
 

 

31.4 Knowledge. Neither the Security Trustee nor the Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of a Potential Event of Default or Event of Default (other than, in the case of the Agent, actual knowledge of the non-payment of principal of or interest on the Loan) unless each of the Security Trustee and the Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrowers specifying such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default”. If the Agent receives such a notice of the occurrence of such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default, the Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Security Trustee and the Lenders (and shall give each Lender prompt notice of each such non-payment). Subject to Clause 31.8 hereof, the Security Trustee and the Agent shall take such action with respect to such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default or other event as shall be directed by the Majority Lenders, except that, unless and until the Security Trustee and the Agent shall have received such directions, each of the Security Trustee and the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default or other event as it shall deem advisable in the best interest of the Lenders.
31.5 Security Trustee and Agent as Lenders . Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent (and any successor acting as Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be) in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not acting as the Security Trustee or the Agent, as the case may be, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless the context otherwise indicates, include each of the Security Trustee and the Agent in their respective individual capacities. Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent (and any successor acting as Security Trustee and Agent, as the case may be) and their respective affiliates may (without having to account therefor to a Lender) accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with the Guarantor and any of its subsidiaries or affiliates as if it were not acting as the Security Trustee or the Agent, as the case may be, and each of the Security Trustee and the Agent and their respective affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from the Guarantor for services in connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the same to the Lenders.
31.6 Indemnification of Security Trustee and Agent. The Commercial Lenders and KEXIM (in respect of the full amount of the KEXIM Facility) severally agree, ratably in accordance with their Proportionate Shares, to indemnify each of the Agent and the Security Trustee (to the extent not reimbursed under other provisions of this Agreement, but without limiting the obligations of the Borrowers under said other provisions) for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Security Trustee or the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses which the Borrowers are to pay hereunder, but excluding normal administrative costs and expenses incidental to the performance of their respective agency duties hereunder) or the enforcement of any of the terms hereof or thereof or of any such other documents, except that no Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent they arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party to be indemnified.
31.7 Reliance on Security Trustee or Agent. Each Lender agrees that it has, independently and without reliance on the Security Trustee, the Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of the Borrowers and decision to enter into this Agreement and that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Security Trustee, the Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own analysis and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents. None of the Security Trustee or the Agent shall be required to keep itself informed as to the performance or observance by the Borrowers or the Guarantor of this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or to inspect the properties or books of any Borrower or the Guarantor. Except for notices, reports and other documents and information expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Security Trustee or the Agent hereunder, neither the Security Trustee nor the Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide a Lender with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of any Borrower, the Guarantor or any subsidiaries or affiliates thereof which may come into the possession of the Security Trustee, the Agent or any of their respective affiliates.

 

 
 

 

31.8 Actions by Security Trustee and Agent. Except for action expressly required of the Security Trustee or the Agent hereunder and under the other Finance Documents, each of the Security Trustee and the Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to act hereunder and thereunder unless it shall receive further assurances to its satisfaction from the Lenders of their indemnification obligations under Clause 31.6 against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.
31.9 Resignation and Removal. Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Security Trustee or Agent (as the case may be) as provided below, each of the Security Trustee and the Agent may resign at any time by giving notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrowers, and the Security Trustee or the Agent may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Majority Lenders by giving notice thereof to the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Lenders and the Borrowers. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Majority Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be. If no successor Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall have been so appointed by the Lenders or, if appointed, shall not have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Security Trustee’s or Agent’s, as the case may be, giving of notice of resignation or the Majority Lenders’ removal of the retiring Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, then the retiring Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Security Trustee or Agent. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Security Trustee or Agent hereunder by a successor Security Trustee or Agent, such successor Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, and the retiring Security Trustee or Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Security Trustee or Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, the provisions of this Clause 31 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Security Trustee or the Agent, as the case may be.
31.10 Release of Collateral. Without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders neither the Security Trustee nor the Agent will consent to any modification, supplement or waiver under any of the Finance Documents nor without the prior written consent of all of the Lenders release any Collateral or otherwise terminate any Security Interest under the Finance Documents, except that no such consent is required, and each of the Security Trustee and the Agent is authorized, to release any Security Interest covering property if the Secured Liabilities have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and performed in full or which is the subject of a disposition of property permitted hereunder or to which the Lenders have consented.

 

 
 

 

32 LAW AND JURISDICTION
32.1 Governing law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS (EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN A FINANCE DOCUMENT) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES.
32.2 Consent to Jurisdiction.
(a) Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York County, and any appellate court thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents to which such Security Party is a party or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State Court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
(b) Nothing in this Clause 32.2 shall affect the right of a Creditor Party to bring any action or proceeding against a Security Party or its property in the courts of any other jurisdictions where such action or proceeding may be heard.
(c) Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so:
(i) any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Finance Document to which it is a party in any New York State or Federal court and the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court; and
(ii) any immunity from suit, the jurisdiction of any court in which judicial proceedings may at any time be commenced with respect to this Agreement or any other Finance Document or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property (including without limitation attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, set-off, execution of a judgment or any other legal process), and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed to such person such an immunity (whether or not claimed), such person hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim such immunity.
(d) Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor hereby agrees to appoint Seward & Kissel LLP, with offices currently located at One Battery Park Plaza, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Mike Timpone, as its designated agent for service of process for any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Finance Document. Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor also irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies of such process to its address specified in Clause 29.2. Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor also agrees that service of process may be made on it by any other method of service provided for under the applicable laws in effect in the State of New York.

 

 
 

 

32.3 Creditor Party rights unaffected. Nothing in this Clause 32 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.
32.4 Waiver of punitive damages. Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents to which such Security Party is a party.
32.5 Meaning of “proceedings”. In this Clause 32, “ proceedings ” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure.
33 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
33.1 WAIVER. EACH OF THE BORROWERS, THE GUARANTOR AND THE CREDITOR PARTIES MUTUALLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
34 PATRIOT ACT notice
34.1 PATRIOT Act Notice. Each of the Agent and the Lenders hereby notifies the Borrowers and the Guarantor that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act and the policies and practices of the Agent and each Lender, the Agent and each of the Lenders is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies each Security Party, which information includes the name and address of each Security Party and such other information that will allow the Agent and each of the Lenders to identify each Security Party in accordance with the PATRIOT Act. Each Security Party agrees that it will provide the Agent and each of the Lenders with such information as they may request in order for the Agent and each of the Lenders to satisfy the requirements of the Patriot Act.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS ON NEXT PAGE]

 

 
 

EXECUTION PAGE

 

WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have caused this Loan Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

DNB BANK ASA, NEW YORK BRANCH, as Agent, Security Trustee, Lead Arranger and Bookrunner

 

 

By: /s/ Anders Platou

Name: Anders Platou

Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

By: /s/ Evan Uhilck

Name: Evan Uhilck

Title: First Vice President

 

DNB MARKETS, INC. as Bookrunner

 

 

By: /s/ Tor Ivar Hansen

Name: Tor Ivar Hansen

Title: Managing Director

 

By: /s/ Thomas M. Connor

Name: Thomas M. Connor, CFA

Title: Managing Director

Head of U.S. Private Placements

 

 

DNB CAPITAL LLC as Lender

 

By: /s/ Anders Platou

Name: Anders Platou

Title: Senior Vice President

 

By: /s/ Evan Uhilck

Name: Evan Uhilck

Title: First Vice President

 

 
 

 

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (publ), as Lender, Lead Arranger and Bookrunner

 

 

By: /s/ Arne Juell-Skielse

Name: Arne Juell-Skielse

Title:

By: /s/ Olof Kajerdt

Name: Olof Kajerdt

Title:

 

 
 

 

THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF KOREA as Lender

 

By: /s/ Cho Kyu-Yeol

Name: Cho Kyu-Yeol

Title: Director General

 

 

 
 

 

SEVEN AND SEVEN LTD. as Lender

By: /s/ Ferona Bartley-Davis

Name: Ferona Bartley-Davis

Title: Director

 

 

 
 

 

SIEMENS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.as Lender

 

By: /s/ Ernest Errigo

Name: Ernest Errigo

Title: Sr. Transaction Coordinator

 

By: /s/ Andrew Carman

Name: Andrew Carman

Title: Head of Americas

Project and Structured Finance

Infrastructure, Cities and Industry

 

 
 

 

SCORPIO TANKERS INC., as Guarantor

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 
 

 

STI ACTON SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI BRIXTON SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI BROADWAY SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI CAMDEN SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI CLAPHAM SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI COMANDANTE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI CONDOTTI SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI ELYSEES SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI FINCHLEY SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

 

 
 

 

STI FULHAM SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI HACKNEY SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI MADISON SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI ORCHARD SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI PARK SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI PIMLICO SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI POPLAR SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI SLOANE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI VENETO SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, as a Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

 

Execution Version

Date: as of February 24, 2014

 

 

THE COMPANIES

listed in Schedule 10

as Joint and Several Borrowers

 

 

SCORPIO TANKERS INC.

as Guarantor

 

 

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 1, Part A

as Commercial Lenders

 

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 1, Part B

as K-Sure Lenders

 

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 2

as Swap Banks

 

DNB MARKETS, INC. and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB ( publ )

as Bookrunners

 

KOREA EXCHANGE BANK

as Senior Manager

 

DNB MARKETS, INC., Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB ( publ ), THE KOREA DEVELOPMENT BANK, CREDIT SUISSE AG and ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH

as Mandated Lead Arrangers

 

DNB BANK ASA, NEW YORK BRANCH

as Agent and

Security Trustee

 

– and –

 

DNB BANK ASA, NEW YORK BRANCH

as K-Sure Agent

 

                                                                                       

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

                                                                                       

Relating to

a US$458,268,000 Senior Secured Term Loan Facility to finance part of

the acquisition cost of the Ships identified in Schedule 8

Watson, Farley & Williams

New York

 

 
 

INDEX

 

Clause   Page
1 INTERPRETATION 2
2 FACILITY 29
3 POSITION OF THE LENDERS, THE SWAP BANKS AND K-SURE 30
4 DRAWDOWN 32
5 INTEREST 34
6 INTEREST PERIODS 36
7 DEFAULT INTEREST 37
8 REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT 38
9 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 41
10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 44
11 GENERAL AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS 53
12 FINANCIAL COVENANTS 62
13 MARINE INSURANCE COVENANTS 63
14 SHIP COVENANTS 68
15 COLLATERAL MAINTENANCE RATIO 73
16 GUARANTEES 74
17 PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS 80
18 APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS 82
19 APPLICATION OF EARNINGS 84
20 EVENTS OF DEFAULT 85
21 FEES AND EXPENSES 89
22 INDEMNITIES 91
23 NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION; TAX INDEMNITY; FATCA 93
24 ILLEGALITY, ETC 98
25 INCREASED COSTS 98

 

 
 

INDEX

 

Clause   Page
26 SET OFF 101
27 TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES 101
28 K-SURE 106
29 VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS 110
30 NOTICES 111
31 SUPPLEMENTAL 114
32 THE SERVICING BANKS 115
33 THE K-SURE AGENT - SPECIFIC PROVISIONS 120
34 LAW AND JURISDICTION 122
35 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 123
36 PATRIOT ACT NOTICE 124
EXECUTION PAGE 125
SCHEDULE 1  LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS 129
SCHEDULE 2  SWAP BANKS 133
SCHEDULE 3  DRAWDOWN NOTICE 134
SCHEDULE 4  CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS 136
SCHEDULE 5  TRANSFER CERTIFICATE 140
SCHEDULE 6  DESIGNATION NOTICE 144
SCHEDULE 7  LIST OF APPROVED BROKERS 145
SCHEDULE 8  LIST OF SHIPS 146
SCHEDULE 9  MANDATORY COST FORMULA 148
SCHEDULE 10  BORROWERS 151
SCHEDULE 11  REPAYMENT PROFILE 153

 

ii
 

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of February 24, 2014

AMONG

(1) THE COMPANIES listed in Schedule 10, as joint and several Borrowers (together with any other person that becomes a borrower party hereto pursuant to a Borrower Accession Agreement (as defined below), the “ Borrowers ”, and each separately a “ Borrower ”, which expressions include their respective successors, transferees and assigns);
(2) SCORPIO TANKERS INC., a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Republic of Marshall Islands whose principal office is at 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monaco, 98000 as guarantor (the “ Guarantor ”, which expression includes its successors, transferees and assigns);
(3) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1, Part A, as commercial lenders (the “ Commercial Lenders ”, which expression includes their respective successors, transferees and assigns);
(4) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1, Part B, as export credit agency lenders (the “ K-Sure Lenders ”, which expression includes their respective successors, transferees and assigns and together with the Commercial Lenders, the “ Lenders ”);
(5) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 2, as swap banks (the “ Swap Banks ”, which expression includes their respective successors, transferees and assigns);
(6) DNB MARKETS, INC. and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ), as bookrunners (the “ Bookrunners ”, which expression includes their respective successors, transferees and assigns);
(7) KOREA EXCHANGE BANK as senior manager (the “ Senior Manager ”, which expression includes its successors, transferees and assigns);
(8) DNB MARKETS, INC., Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ), THE KOREA DEVELOPMENT BANK, CREDIT SUISSE AG and ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH as mandated lead arrangers (the “ Mandated Lead Arrangers ”, which expression includes their respective successors, transferees and assigns);
(9) DNB BANK ASA, NEW YORK BRANCH acting in such capacity through its office at 200 Park Avenue, 31 st floor, New York, New York 10166 as agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”, which expression includes its successors, transferees and assigns);
(10) DNB BANK ASA, NEW YORK BRANCH, acting in such capacity through its office at 200 Park Avenue, 31 st floor, New York, New York 10166 as K-Sure agent (in such capacity, the “ K-Sure Agent ”, which expression includes its successors, transferees and assigns); and
(11) DNB BANK ASA, NEW YORK BRANCH, acting in such capacity through its office at 200 Park Avenue, 31 st floor, New York, New York 10166, as security trustee for the Lenders and the Swap Banks (in such capacity, the “ Security Trustee ”, which expression includes its successors, transferees and assigns).

 
 

BACKGROUND

(A) The Lenders have agreed severally to make available to the Borrowers, on a joint and several basis, a senior secured term loan facility of up to $458,268,000 for the purpose of financing the acquisition of the Ships identified in Schedule 8, such loan facility to be comprised of the following tranches:
(i) $100,000,000 to be made available to the Borrowers by the Commercial Lenders; and
(ii) $358,268,000 to be made available to the Borrowers by the K-Sure Lenders, subject to the K-Sure Insurance Policy.
(B) The Swap Banks have agreed to enter into interest rate swap transactions with the Borrowers from time to time to hedge the Borrowers’ exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations.
(C) The Lenders and the Swap Banks have agreed to share in the Collateral to be granted to the Security Trustee pursuant to this Agreement with the interest of the Swap Banks being secured on a subordinated basis.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1 INTERPRETATION
1.1 Definitions. Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:

Account Bank ” means DNB BANK ASA, Grand Cayman Branch, acting through its office at 200 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10166;

Advance ” means the principal amount of each borrowing by the Borrowers under this Agreement of a portion of the Commercial Bank Tranche and the K-Sure Tranche (on a pro rata basis in respect of the aggregate principal amount of such Advance);

Affiliate ” means, as to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person or is a director or officer of such person, and for purposes of this definition, the term “ control ” (including the terms “ controlling ”, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) of a person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to vote 20% or more of the Voting Stock of such person or to direct or cause direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise;

Agreed Form ” means in relation to any document, that document in the form approved by the Agent with the consent of the Lenders, the Swap Banks and K-Sure (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or as otherwise approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provision of any Finance Document (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

Approved Acquisition Contract ” means, in relation to a Ship, the shipbuilding contract made or to be made between a Seller and the Borrower who will be the owner of such Ship;

2
 

Approved Broker ” means any of the companies listed on Schedule 7 or such other company proposed by the Guarantor which the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and K-Sure, approve from time to time for the purpose of valuing a Ship, who shall act as an expert and not as arbitrator and whose valuation shall be conclusive and binding on all parties to this Agreement;

Approved Builder ” means Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd., SPP Shipbuilding Group, Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd., Daewoo Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd. or any Affiliate thereof or such other company as the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the K-Sure Agent, approve from time to time in writing as the builder of a Ship;

Approved Flag ” means the Marshall Islands or Liberian flag or such other flag as the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders and K-Sure, approve from time to time in writing as the flag on which a Ship shall be registered;

Approved Management Agreement ” means, in relation to a Ship in respect of its commercial and/or technical management, a management agreement between the Borrower that owns that Ship and the relevant Approved Manager;

Approved Manager ” means:

(a) each of SSM and SCM or any other Affiliate of the Guarantor with respect to the commercial and/or technical management of the Ships;
(b) each of V. Ships Ship Management, D’Amico International Shipping, Hellespont Shipping, Anglo-Eastern Ship Management, Fleet Management, Astor Shipmanagement, Synergy Marine, Univan Ship Management Limited, C.P. Offen and Zenith Ship Management with respect to the technical management of the Ships; or
(c) any other company proposed by the Guarantor which the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), approve from time to time as the technical and/or commercial manager of a Ship;

Availability Period ” means the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the earlier of:

(a) the Delivery Date of the last Ship to be acquired;
(b) September 30, 2015 (or such later date as the Agent may, with the consent of all the Lenders and K-Sure, agree with the Guarantor); or
(c) the date on which the Total Commitments are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;

Bank Secrecy Act ” means the United States Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended;

Basel III ” means:

3
 
(a) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;
(b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and
(c) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III.

Borrower Accession Agreement ” means an agreement providing for the accession of a person to this Agreement as a Borrower in Agreed Form;

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open in Oslo, Norway, Stockholm, Sweden, London, England, New York City, United States of America, Seoul, Korea and Zurich, Switzerland;

Capitalized Lease ” means, as applied to any person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted present value of the rental obligations of such person, as lessee, in conformity with IFRS, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such person; and “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” is defined to mean the rental obligations, as aforesaid, under a Capitalized Lease;

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(a) unencumbered securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof);
(b) time deposits, certificates of deposit or deposits (in each case, unencumbered) in the interbank market of any commercial bank of recognized standing organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign jurisdiction having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000; and
(c) such other securities or instruments as the Majority Lenders shall agree in writing;

and in respect of both (a) and (b) above, with a Rating Category of at least “A-” by S&P and “A” by Moody’s (or the equivalent used by another Rating Agency) ( provided that , in the case of (b) above only, such Rating Category shall not be applicable for time deposits, certificates of deposit or deposits (in each case, unencumbered) held with any commercial bank which is a Lender) and in each case having maturities of not more than ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition;

Change of Control ” means:

(a) in respect of the Borrowers, the occurrence of any act, event or circumstance that without prior written consent of the Majority Lenders results in the Guarantor owning directly or indirectly less than 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in a Borrower; and
4
 
(b) in respect of the Guarantor:
(i) a “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than any director or officer or any holders of five percent (5%) or more of the Guarantor’s Equity Interests as of the Effective Date, becomes the ultimate “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13(d)-3 under the Exchange Act and including by reason of any change in the ultimate “beneficial ownership” of the Equity Interests of the Guarantor) of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Guarantor (calculated on a fully diluted basis); or
(ii) individuals who at the beginning of any period of two consecutive calendar years constituted the Board of Directors or equivalent governing body of the Guarantor (together with any new directors (or equivalent) whose election by such Board of Directors or equivalent governing body or whose nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the members of such Board of Directors or equivalent governing body then still in office who either were members of such Board of Directors or equivalent governing body at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute at least 50% of the members of such Board of Directors or equivalent governing body then in office;

Charter ” means, in relation to a Ship, any demise, time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extension by the Borrower that owns that Ship may exceed, 12 months ;

Charter Assignment means, in relation to a Ship, an assignment of the Charter for such Ship, in Agreed Form;

Classification Society ” means, in relation to a Ship, any of Det Norske Veritas, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, American Bureau of Shipping, Korean Register of Shipping and Bureau Veritas or such other first-class vessel classification society that is a member of IACS that the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and K-Sure, approve from time to time;

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder;

Collateral ” means all property (including, without limitation, any proceeds thereof) referred to in the Finance Documents that is or is intended to be subject to any Security Interest in favor of the Security Trustee, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Swap Banks, securing the Secured Liabilities;

Collateral Maintenance Ratio ” has the meaning given in Clause 15.2;

5
 

Commercial Bank Tranche ” means, in respect of the term loan facility to be made available to the Borrowers by the Commercial Lenders under this Agreement, a tranche in the original principal amount of up to $100,000,000 made available by the Commercial Lenders;

Commercial Bank Tranche Advance ” means the principal amount of each borrowing by the Borrowers of a portion of the Commercial Bank Tranche Commitments;

Commercial Bank Tranche Commitments ” means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set forth opposite its name in Schedule 1 in respect of the Commercial Bank Tranche, or, as the case may require, the amount(s) specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as such amount(s) may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement;

Commission ” or “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act;

Commitment ” means, as the context may require, the Commercial Bank Tranche Commitment or the K-Sure Tranche Commitment (and “ Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Commercial Bank Tranche Commitments and the K-Sure Tranche Commitments or either of them, as the context may require);

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute;

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate executed by an authorized person of the Guarantor in Agreed Form;

Confirmation ” and “ Early Termination Date ”, in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, have the meanings given in the relevant Master Agreement;

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any accounting period, the consolidated net income of the Guarantor for that accounting period:

(a) plus , to the extent deducted in computing the net income of the Guarantor for that accounting period, the sum, without duplication, of:
(i) all federal, state, local and foreign income taxes and tax distributions;
(ii) Consolidated Net Interest Expense;
(iii) depreciation, depletion, amortization of intangibles and other non-cash charges or non-cash losses (including non-cash transaction expenses and the amortization of debt discounts), amortization of restricted stock awards and any extraordinary losses not incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(iv) expenses incurred in connection with a special or intermediate survey of a Ship during such period; and
(v) any drydocking expenses of a Ship;
(b) minus , to the extent added in computing the consolidated net income of the Guarantor for that accounting period, (i) any non-cash income or non-cash gains and (ii) any extraordinary gains or losses on asset sales not incurred in the ordinary course of business;

6
 

Consolidated Funded Debt ” means, for any accounting period, the sum of the following for the Guarantor determined (without duplication) on a consolidated basis for such period and in accordance with IFRS consistently applied:

(a) all Financial Indebtedness; and
(b) all obligations to pay a specific purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or accepted (including take-or-pay and similar obligations which in accordance with IFRS would be shown on the liability side of a balance sheet)

provided that balance sheet accruals for future drydock expenses shall not be classified as Consolidated Funded Debt;

Consolidated Liquidity ” means, on a consolidated basis at any time, the sum of (a) cash, (b) Cash Equivalents, in each case held by the Guarantor on a freely available and unencumbered basis and (c) amounts readily available for drawing by the Guarantor and its subsidiaries under committed credit facilities with a maturity date in excess of 12 months which remain undrawn and could be drawn for general working capital or other general corporate purposes (subject to the availability limits and other provisions set out in the agreements related to such committed credit facilities), provided that no event of default has occurred and is continuing under any such committed credit facilities and the Borrower is entitled to borrow under such committed credit facilities;

Consolidated Net Interest Expense ” means the aggregate of all interest, commissions, discounts and other costs, charges or expenses accruing that are due from the Guarantor and all of its subsidiaries during the relevant accounting period less (i) interest income received, (ii) commitment fees and (iii) amortization of deferred charges and arrangement fees, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS and as shown in the consolidated statements of income for the Guarantor;

Consolidated Tangible Net Worth means, on a consolidated basis, the total shareholders’ equity (including retained earnings) of the Guarantor, minus goodwill and other non-tangible items;

Consolidated Total Capitalization ” means Consolidated Tangible Net Worth plus Consolidated Funded Debt;

Contractual Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 22.4;

Contribution ” means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender;

“CRD IV” means Directive 2013/36/EU of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directive 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC.

7
 

“CRR” means Regulation (EU) no. 575/2013 of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending regulation (EU) No. 648/2012.

Creditor Party ” means the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender, any Swap Bank, any Bookrunner, the Senior Manager, any Mandated Lead Arranger and the K-Sure Agent whether as at the Effective Date or at any later time;

Currency Agreement ” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect a person or any of its subsidiaries against fluctuations in currency values to or under which such person or any of its subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary on the Effective Date or becomes a party or a beneficiary thereafter;

“Data” shall have the meaning given to this term in Clause 31.6(a);

Delivery Date ” means the date of delivery of a Ship to the Borrower that will own such Ship;

Designated Transaction ” means a Transaction which fulfills the following requirements:

(a) it is entered into by the Guarantor pursuant to a Master Agreement with a Swap Bank;
(b) its purpose is the hedging of the Borrowers’ exposure under this Agreement to fluctuations in LIBOR arising from the funding of the Loan (or any part thereof) for a period expiring no later than the Maturity Date; and
(c) it is designated by the Guarantor, by delivery by the Guarantor to the Agent of a notice of designation in the form set out in Schedule 6, as a Designated Transaction for the purposes of the Finance Documents;

Disbursement Authorization ” has the meaning given in Clause 9.2(b);

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

Drawdown Date ” means, in relation to an Advance, the date requested by the Borrowers for such Advance to be made, or (as the context requires) the date on which such Advance is actually made;

Drawdown Notice ” means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 3 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);

Earnings ” means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower owning that Ship or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

(a) except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b):
(i) all freight, hire and passage moneys;
(ii) compensation payable to the Borrower owning that Ship or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire;
(iii) remuneration for salvage and towage services;
8
 
(iv) demurrage and detention moneys;
(v) damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship; and
(vi) all moneys which are at any time payable under Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and
(b) if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship;

Earnings Account ” means, in relation to the Ships:

(a) an account in the name of the Guarantor with the Account Bank designated as the “Master Earnings Account”; or
(b) an account in the name of the Borrower owning the relevant Ship with the Account Bank designated as the Earnings Account for such Ship;

Earnings Account Pledge ” means a pledge of an Earnings Account, in Agreed Form;

Earnings Assignment means, in relation to a Ship, an assignment of the Earnings and any Requisition Compensation of that Ship, in Agreed Form;

EDGAR ” means the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system maintained by the SEC;

Effective Date ” means the date on which this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto;

Email ” has the meaning given in Clause 30.1;

Environmental Claim ” means:

(a) any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or
(b) any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,

and “ claim ” means a claim for damages, compensation, indemnification, contribution, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;

Environmental Incident ” means:

(a) any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from a Ship; or
9
 
(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released and which involves a collision or allision between a Ship and another vessel or object, or some other incident of navigation or operation, in any case, in connection with which such Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or such Ship and/or the Guarantor and/or the Borrower owning such Ship and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or
(c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which such Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where the Guarantor and/or the Borrower owning such Ship and/or any operator or manager of such Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;

Environmental Law ” means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any applicable Environmental Law;

Environmentally Sensitive Material ” means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;

“Equity Contribution” has the meaning given in Clause 4.2;

Equity Interests ” of any person means:

(a) any and all shares and other equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such person; and
(b) all rights to purchase, warrants or options or convertible debt (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such person;

Equity Proceeds ” means the net cash proceeds from the issuance of common or preferred stock of the Guarantor;

ERISA ” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder;

ERISA Affiliate ” means a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Guarantor or any subsidiary of it, would be deemed to be a single employer under Section 414 of the Code;

Estate ” has the meaning assigned such term in Clause 32.1(b)(ii);

Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 20.1;

10
 

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor act thereto, and (unless the context otherwise requires) includes the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder;

“Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Swap Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Swap Guarantor of, or the grant by such Swap Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Swap Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the guarantee of such Swap Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such related Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a Master Agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal;

Executive Order ” means an executive order issued by the President of the United States of America;

Fair Market Value ” means, in relation to a Ship, the market value of such Ship at any date that is shown by the average of two (2) valuations each prepared for and addressed to the Agent:

(a) as at a date not more than 30 days prior to the date such valuation is delivered to the Agent;
(b) by Approved Brokers selected by the Guarantor;
(c) with (in the case of a Major Casualty) or without (in all other cases) a physical inspection of that Ship ; and
(d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment (and with no value to be given to any pooling arrangements);

provided that (a) if a range of market values is provided in a particular appraisal, then the market value in such appraisal shall be deemed to be the mid-point within such range and (b) in the event that the Agent receives notice that, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, one or more of the Approved Brokers listed in Schedule 7 are no longer acceptable, such Approved Brokers shall be reviewed and re-approved by all the Lenders and additional Approved Brokers shall be added to replace any Approved Brokers removed therefrom;

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and any regulations thereunder issued by the United States Treasury or any official interpretations or administrative guidance relating thereto;

FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under any Finance Document required by or under FATCA;

11
 

FATCA Exempt Party ” means a FATCA Relevant Party who is entitled under FATCA to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;

FATCA Non-Exempt Party ” means a FATCA Relevant Party who is not a FATCA Exempt Party;

FATCA Non-Exempt Lender ” means any Lender who is a FATCA Non-Exempt Party;

FATCA Relevant Party ” means each Creditor Party and each Security Party;

Finance Documents ” means:

(a) this Agreement;
(b) the Charter Assignments;
(c) the Earnings Account Pledges;
(d) the Earnings Assignments;
(e) the Insurance Assignments;
(f) the Master Agreement Assignments;
(g) the Mortgages;
(h) the Notes;
(i) the Shares Pledges;
(j) the Manager’s Undertakings; and
(k) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by any person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders and/or the Swap Banks under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition or which is entered or to be entered into by any Security Party and is designated as a “Finance Document” under and for the purposes of this Agreement;

Financial Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any person (the “ debtor ”) at any date of determination (without duplication) as determined in conformity with IFRS:

(a) all obligations of the debtor for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;
(b) all obligations of the debtor evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
(c) all obligations of the debtor in respect of any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility or equivalent made available to the debtor (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto) which in accordance with IFRS would be shown on the liability side of a balance sheet;
12
 
(d) all obligations of the debtor to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery thereof or the completion of such services, except trade payables;
(e) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of the debtor as lessee;
(f) all Financial Indebtedness of persons other than the debtor secured by a Security Interest on any asset of the debtor, whether or not such Financial Indebtedness is assumed by the debtor, provided that the amount of such Financial Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (ii) the amount of such Financial Indebtedness;
(g) all Financial Indebtedness of persons other than the debtor under any guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor to the extent such Financial Indebtedness is guaranteed, indemnified, etc. by the debtor; and
(h) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, obligations of the debtor under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor or, if the agreement under which any such transaction is entered into requires netting of mutual liabilities, the liability of the debtor for the net amount.

The amount of Financial Indebtedness of any debtor at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, as determined in conformity with IFRS, provided that (i) the amount outstanding at any time of any Financial Indebtedness issued with an original issue discount is the face amount of such Financial Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of such original issue discount of such Financial Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with IFRS, and (ii) Financial Indebtedness shall not include any liability for taxes;

Fiscal Year ” means, in relation to any person, each period of one (1) year commencing on January 1 of each year and ending on December 31 of such year in respect of which its accounts are or ought to be prepared;

Foreign Pension Plan ” means any plan, fund (including without limitation, any superannuation fund) or other similar program established or maintained outside the United States of America by the Borrower or any one or more of its subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of its or their employees residing outside the United States of America, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, and which plan, fund or program would be covered by Title IV of ERISA but which is not subject to ERISA by reason of Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA;

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning given in Clause 16.1(a)(i);

Guaranteed Swap Obligations ” has the meaning given in Clause 16.1(b)(i);

IACS ” means the International Association of Classification Societies;

13
 

IFRS ” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulations 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements;

Insolvency Event ” means with respect to any person:

(a) such person shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or
(b) any proceeding shall be instituted by or against such person seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property, and solely in case of an involuntary proceeding:
(i) such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 45 days; or
(ii) any of the actions sought in such involuntary proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur.

Insurances ” means in relation to a Ship:

(a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of that Ship, the Earnings or otherwise in relation to that Ship whether before, on or after the Effective Date; and
(b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium and any rights in respect of any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the Effective Date;

Insurance Assignment ” means, in relation to a Ship, an assignment of the Insurances of that Ship, in Agreed Form;

Interest Period ” means a period determined in accordance with Clause 6;

Interest Rate Agreement ” means any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement (including any Master Agreement), interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect a person or any of its subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates to or under which such person or any of its subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary on the date hereof or becomes a party or a beneficiary hereafter;

14
 

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service or any successor taxing authority or agency of the United States government;

ISM Code ” means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organization, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms “ safety management system ”, “ Safety Management Certificate ” and “ Document of Compliance ” have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code);

ISM Code Documentation ” includes, in respect of a Ship:

(a) the Document of Compliance and Safety Management Certificate issued pursuant to the ISM Code in relation to that Ship within the periods specified by the ISM Code;
(b) all other documents and data which are relevant to the safety management system and its implementation and verification which the Agent may reasonably require; and
(c) any other documents which are prepared or which are otherwise relevant to establish and maintain that Ship’s compliance or the compliance of the Borrower that owns that Ship or the relevant Approved Manager with the ISM Code which the Agent may require;

ISPS Code ” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

ISPS Code Documentation ” includes:

(a) the ISSC; and
(b) all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISPS Code and its implementation and verification which the Agent may require;

ISSC ” means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code;

K-Sure ” means Korea Trade Insurance Corporation of 14, Jongno, Jongno-gu, Seoul 110-729, Korea;

K-Sure Insurance Policy ” means, in respect of each Ship, the policy of the Medium and Long Term Export Insurance Policy, the General Terms and Conditions of Medium and Long Term Export Insurance (Buyer’s Credit, Standard Type) and the special terms and conditions attached thereto and issued or to be issued by K-Sure providing political and commercial risk cover in an amount of up to ninety-five percent (95%) of the K-Sure Tranche Advances outstanding from time to time and accrued interest thereunder, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the K-Sure Premium;

K-Sure Matters ” means all communications and dealings with K-Sure in connection with each K-Sure Insurance Policy, any Finance Document, the Borrowers and/or any other Security Party or any matters relating thereto (including, without limitation, obtaining any approvals and/or instructions from K-Sure);

15
 

K-Sure Premium ” means, in respect of each K-Sure Insurance Policy, the full sum payable to K-Sure as stipulated in that K-Sure Insurance Policy, which sum shall be equal to 3.30 per cent;

K-Sure Tranche ” means, in respect of the term loan facility to be made available to the Borrowers by the Lenders under this Agreement, a tranche in the original principal amount of up to $358,268,000 made available by the K-Sure Lenders;

K-Sure Tranche Advance ” means the principal amount of each borrowing by the Borrowers of a portion of the K-Sure Tranche Commitments;

K-Sure Tranche Commitments ” means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set forth opposite its name in Schedule 1 in respect of the K-Sure Tranche, or, as the case may require, the amount(s) specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as such amount(s) may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement;

Lending Office ” means, with respect to any Lender, the office of such Lender specified as its “Lending Office” under its name on Schedule 1 or in the relevant Transfer Certificate pursuant to which it became a Lender, or such other office of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Borrowers and the Agent;

LIBOR ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document:

(a) the applicable Screen Rate; or
(b) if no Screen Rate is available for that period, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards to four (4) decimal places) of the rates, as supplied to the Agent at its request, quoted by each Reference Bank to leading banks in the London Interbank Market;

as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that period for the offering of deposits in the relevant currency and for a period comparable to that period and if LIBOR falls below zero, such rate is deemed to be zero;

Loan ” means the aggregate principal amount from time to time outstanding under this Agreement of the Commercial Bank Tranche Advances and the K-Sure Tranche Advances;

Major Casualty ” means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty or injury caused by or to that Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $5,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

Majority Lenders ” means:

(a) before an Advance has been made, Lenders whose Commitments total at least 66.67% of the Total Commitments; and
(b) at any other time, Lenders whose Contributions total at least 66.67% of the Loan;

16
 

provided that :

(i) any Majority Lenders’ decision shall always include at least one Commercial Lender so long as the Commitments or Contributions, as the case may be, of the Commercial Lenders equals or exceeds 20% of the Total Commitments or the Loan, as the case may be; and
(ii) the Majority Lenders will not do or omit to do anything which contravenes the terms of any K-Sure Insurance Policy or impedes the ability of the K-Sure Lenders to make a claim under a K-Sure Insurance Policy;

Manager’s Undertaking ” means, in relation to a Ship, the letter executed and delivered by an Approved Manager, in Agreed Form;

Mandatory Cost ” means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 9;

Margin ” means:

(a) in respect of the Commercial Bank Tranche: (i) from (and including) the Effective Date to (but excluding) the fifth (5 th ) anniversary thereof, 3.25% per annum; and (ii) at all times thereafter until the Maturity Date in respect of the Commercial Bank Tranche, 3.75% per annum;

(b) in respect of the K-Sure Tranche, 2.25% per annum;

Margin Regulations ” means Regulations T, U and X issued by the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System and any successor regulations thereto, as in effect from time to time;

Margin Stock ” means “margin stock” or “margin securities” as defined in the Margin Regulations;

Market Disruption Event ” has the meaning given in Clause 5.7;

Market Disruption Notice ” has the meaning given in Clause 5.8;

Master Agreement ” means each master agreement (on the 2002 ISDA (Multicurrency - Crossborder) form) in Agreed Form made between the Guarantor and a Swap Bank and includes all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged under the master agreement;

Master Agreement Assignment ” means, in relation to each Master Agreement, the assignment of the Master Agreement, in Agreed Form;

Material Adverse Effect ” means any condition or circumstance which the Majority Lenders shall determine has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect:

(a) on the rights or remedies of any the Creditor Parties under any of the Finance Documents or in respect of the Collateral taken as a whole;
17
 
(b) on the performance of any of the Security Parties, or the Security Parties taken as a whole, to perform its or their obligations under any of the Finance Documents;
(c) with respect to the loan facility contemplated by this Agreement; or
(d) on the business, property, assets, nature of assets, operations, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Security Parties;

Maturity Date ” means, subject to Clause 8.3(a), the earlier of:

(a) in the case of the Commercial Bank Tranche, the date falling on the sixth anniversary of the Delivery Date of the last Ship to be acquired pursuant to this Agreement;
(b) in the case of the K-Sure Tranche, January 9, 2027; and

(c)                 the date on which the Loan is accelerated pursuant to Clause 20.4;

Maximum Advance ” means in relation to a Ship, the amount set out in the column titled “Maximum Advance (60% of Contract Price)” of Schedule 8 in respect of that Ship;

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., a subsidiary of Moody’s Corporation, and its successors;

Mortgage ” means, in relation to a Ship, the first priority or, as the case may be, preferred ship mortgage on that Ship, in Agreed Form;

Multiemployer Plan ” means, at any time, a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Guarantor or any subsidiary of it or any ERISA Affiliate has any liability or obligation to contribute or has within any of the six preceding plan years had any liability or obligation to contribute;

“Net Debt” means Consolidated Funded Debt less cash and Cash Equivalents;

Non-indemnified Tax ” means:

(a) any tax on the net income of a Creditor Party (but not a tax on gross income or individual items of income), whether collected by deduction or withholding or otherwise, which is levied by a taxing jurisdiction which:
(i) is located in the country under whose laws such entity is formed (or in the case of a natural person is a country of which such person is a citizen); or
(ii) with respect to any Lender, is located in the country of its Lending Office; or
(iii) with respect to any Creditor Party other than a Lender, is located in the country from which such party has originated its participation in this transaction; and
(b) any FATCA Deduction made on account of a payment to a FATCA Non-Exempt Party;

18
 

Note ” means, in respect of a Tranche, a promissory note of the Borrowers, payable to the order of the Agent, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Borrowers in respect of such Tranche under this Agreement, in Agreed Form;

Notifying Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 24.1 or Clause 25.1 as the context requires;

pari passu ”, when used with respect to the ranking of any Financial Indebtedness of any person in relation to other Financial Indebtedness of such person, means that each such Financial Indebtedness:

(a) either (i) is not subordinated in right of payment to any other Financial Indebtedness of such person or (ii) is subordinate in right of payment to the same Financial Indebtedness of such person as is the other and is so subordinate to the same extent; and
(b) is not subordinate in right of payment to the other or to any Financial Indebtedness of such person as to which the other is not so subordinate;

PATRIOT Act ” means the United States Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (H.R. 3199);

Payment Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 22.4;

Permitted Security Interests ” means:

(a) Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;
(b) Security Interests for unpaid but not past due master’s and crew’s wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;
(c) Security Interests for salvage;
(d) Security Interests arising by operation of law for not more than two (2) months’ prepaid hire under any charter or other contract of employment in relation to a Ship not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement or any other Finance Document;
(e) Security Interests for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other Security Interests arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such Security Interests do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the Guarantor or the Borrower that owns such Ship in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of Security Interests for repair or maintenance, to Clause 14.13(h);
(f) any Security Interest created in favor of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses where the Guarantor or the Borrower that owns the relevant Ship is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith and such Security Interest does not (and is not likely to) result in any sale, forfeiture or loss of a Ship;
19
 
(g) Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made;
(h) pledges of certificates of deposit or other cash collateral securing any Security Party’s reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit now or hereafter issued for the account of such Security Party in connection with the establishment of the financial responsibility of such Security Party under 33 C.F.R. Part 130 or 46 C.F.R. Part 540, as the case may be, as the same may be amended or replaced;
(i) Security Interests to secure obligations under workmen’s compensation laws or similar legislation, deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, warehousemen’s or other like liens, or deposits to obtain the release of such liens and deposits to secure surety, appeal or customs bonds on which the Guarantor or a Borrower is the principal, as to all of the foregoing, only to the extent arising and continuing in the ordinary course of business;
(j) Security Interests for loss, damage or expense which are fully covered by insurance, subject to applicable deductibles satisfactory to the Agent; and
(k) Security Interests incidental to the conduct of the business of each Security Party or the ownership of such Security Party’s property and assets, which Security Interests do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of each such Security Party’s property or assets or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;

Pertinent Document ” means:

(a) any Finance Document;
(b) any policy or contract of insurance contemplated by or referred to in Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;
(c) any other document contemplated by or referred to in any Finance Document; and
(d) any document which has been or is at any time sent by or to a Servicing Bank in contemplation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any policy, contract or document falling within paragraphs (b) or (c);

Pertinent Jurisdiction ”, in relation to a company, means:

(a) the jurisdiction under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;
(b) a jurisdiction in which the company has the center of its main interests or in which the company’s central management and control is or has recently been exercised;
(c) a jurisdiction in which the overall net income of the company is subject to corporation tax, income tax or any similar tax;
(d) a jurisdiction in which assets of the company (other than securities issued by, or loans to, related companies) having a substantial value are situated, in which the company maintains a branch or permanent place of business, or in which a Security Interest created by the company must or should be registered in order to ensure its validity or priority; or
20
 
(e) a jurisdiction the courts of which have jurisdiction to make a winding up, administration or similar order in relation to the company whether as a main or territorial or ancillary proceedings or which would have such jurisdiction if their assistance were requested by the courts of a country referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above;

Pertinent Matter ” means:

(a) any transaction or matter contemplated by, arising out of, or in connection with a Pertinent Document; or
(b) any statement relating to a Pertinent Document or to a transaction or matter falling within paragraph (a),

and covers any such transaction, matter or statement, whether entered into, arising or made at any time before the signing of this Agreement or on or at any time after that signing;

Plan ” means any employee benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect to which the Guarantor or any subsidiary of it or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA;

Potential Event of Default ” means an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time, would constitute an Event of Default;

“Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Swap Guarantor that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act;

Quotation Date ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document, the day which is two (2) Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the London Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Date will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the London Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Date will be the last of those days);

Rating Agencies ” means:

(a) S&P and Moody’s; or
(b) if S&P or Moody’s or both of them are not making ratings of securities publicly available, a nationally recognized United States rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders, which will be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be;

21
 

Rating Category ” means:

(a) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “+” or “-“): AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories);
(b) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and
(c) the equivalent of any such categories of S&P or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency, if applicable;

Reference Banks ” means, subject to Clause 27.16, DNB Bank ASA, New York Branch, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ), ING Bank N.V., London Branch and/or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrowers;

Repayment Date ” means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8;

Requisition Compensation ” includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of “ Total Loss ”;

Restricted Party ” means a person:

(a) that is listed on any Sanctions List;
(b) that is located in or incorporated under the laws of a country or territory that is the target of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions;
(c) that is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person referred to in (a) and/or (b) above; or
(d) with whom a person subject to the jurisdiction of a Sanctions Authority would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities;

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies Inc., and its successors;

Sanctions ” means the economic sanctions laws, regulations, Executive Orders, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by the Sanctions Authorities,

provided that such laws, regulations, Executive Orders, embargoes or restrictive measures shall be applicable only to the extent such laws, regulations, Executive Orders, embargoes or restrictive measures are not in conflict with the laws of the United States of America;

“Sanctions Authorities” means:

(a) Norway;
(b) the United States of America;
22
 
(c) the United Nations;
(d) the European Union;
(e) the United Kingdom;
(f) Switzerland; and
(g) with regard to (a) – (f) above, the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of Treasury (“ OFAC ”), the United States Department of State, and Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”), and the State Secretariat for Economic Affairs of Switzerland;

“Sanctions List ” means the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” list maintained by OFAC, the “Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets” maintained by HMT, or any similar list maintained by, or public announcement of Sanctions designation made by, any of the Sanctions Authorities;

SCM ” means Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., a Monaco company, as commercial manager of the Ships;

Screen Rate ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document, the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited Interest Settlement Rate for the relevant currency and period displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Guarantor and the Majority Lenders;

Secured Liabilities ” means all liabilities which the Security Parties or any of them have, at the Effective Date or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Master Agreements or any judgment relating to any Finance Documents or the Master Agreements; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor act thereto, and (unless the context otherwise requires) includes the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder;

Security Interest ” means:

(a) a mortgage, encumbrance, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or privilege or any other security interest of any kind;
(b) the security rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem ; and
(c) any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but this paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution;

23
 

Security Party ” means the Borrowers, the Guarantor and any other person (except a Creditor Party and an Approved Manager) who, as a surety, guarantor, mortgagor, assignor or pledgor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a Finance Document;

Security Period ” means the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrowers that:

(a) all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrowers or any other Security Party under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid in full;
(b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document or any Master Agreement; and
(c) neither the Borrowers nor any other Security Party has any liability under Clause 21, 22 or 23 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document or a Master Agreement;

Seller ” means, in relation to a Ship, the company named in the Approved Acquisition Contract for that Ship as the seller and/or the Approved Builder thereof;

Seller’s Bank ” has the meaning given in Clause 9.2(b);

Servicing Bank ” means the Agent or the Security Trustee or the K-Sure Agent, as the context may require;

Shares Pledge ” means a pledge of the Equity Interests of each Borrower, in Agreed Form;

Ship ” means any of the Ships listed on Schedule 8 to be purchased by the relevant Borrower who will be the owner thereof and registered in its ownership under an Approved Flag;

 

SSM ” means Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., a Monaco company, as technical manager of the Ships;

Swap Counterparty ” means, at any relevant time and in relation to a continuing Designated Transaction, the Swap Bank which is a party to that Designated Transaction;

Swap Guarantors ” means the Borrowers, acting in such capacity under Clause 16;

Swap Exposure ” means, as at any relevant date and in relation to a Swap Counterparty, the amount certified by the Swap Counterparty to the Agent to be the aggregate net amount in Dollars which would be payable by the Guarantor to the Swap Counterparty under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e) ( Payments on Early Termination ) of the Master Agreement entered into by the Swap Counterparty with the Guarantor if an Early Termination Date had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Designated Transactions entered into between the Guarantor and the Swap Counterparty;

24
 

Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Swap Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act;

Total Loss ” means in relation to a Ship:

(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship;
(b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one (1) year without any right to an extension), unless it is within three (3) months redelivered to the full control of the Borrower owning that Ship; or
(c) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of that Ship (including any hijacking, piracy or theft) unless it is within three (3) months redelivered to the full control of the Borrower owning that Ship;

Total Loss Date ” means in relation to a Ship:

(a) in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;
(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earliest of:
(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and
(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower owning that Ship with the Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Ship as a total loss; and
(c) in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred;

Tranche ” means each of the Commercial Bank Tranche and the K-Sure Tranche;

Transaction ” has the meaning given in each Master Agreement;

Transfer Certificate ” has the meaning given in Clause 27.2;

Transferee Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 27.2;

Transferor Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 27.2;

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York; and

25
 

Voting Stock ” of any person as of any date means the Equity Interests of such person that are at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors or similar governing body of such person.

1.2 Construction of certain terms. In this Agreement:

an Event of Default being “continuing” means it has not been waived;

approved ” means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

asset ” includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;

company ” includes any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, unincorporated association, joint stock company, trust or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality) ;

consent ” includes an authorization, consent, approval, resolution, license, exemption, filing, registration, notarization and legalization;

contingent liability ” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

document ” includes a deed; also a letter, Email or fax;

excess risks ” means, in relation to a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

expense ” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;

law ” includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any statute, directive, regulation or resolution of the United States of America, any state thereof, the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council or any other Pertinent Jurisdiction;

legal or administrative action ” means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;

liability ” includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;

months ” shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;

obligatory insurances ” means, in relation to a Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Borrower owning that Ship is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

26
 

parent company ” has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

person ” includes natural persons; any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organization;

policy ”, in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

protection and indemnity risks ” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association that is a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs, including pollution risks, risks in excess of the amount for war risks (hull) and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/02 or 1/11/03) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision;

regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline whether or not having the force of law of any governmental body, intergovernmental or supranational, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organization;

subsidiary ” has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

successor ” includes any person who is entitled (by assignment, novation, merger or otherwise) to any other person’s rights under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (or any interest in those rights) or who, as administrator, liquidator or otherwise, is entitled to exercise those rights; and in particular references to a successor include a person to whom those rights (or any interest in those rights) are transferred or pass as a result of a merger, division, reconstruction or other reorganization of it or any other person;

tax ” includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any country, any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority or any other governmental authority authorized to levy such tax (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any related penalties, interest or fines; and

war risks ” includes war and allied perils, the risk of mines, terrorism, piracy, hijacking, confiscation, blocking and trapping, protection and indemnity war risks (with a separate limit not less than hull value) and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the Institute Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03) or clause 24 of the Institute Time clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).

1.3 Meaning of “month”. A period of one or more “ months ” ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (“ the numerically corresponding day ”), but:
(a) on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or
27
 
(b) on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day,

and “ month ” and “ monthly ” shall be construed accordingly.

1.4 Meaning of “subsidiary”. A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:
(a) a majority of the issued Equity Interests in S (or a majority of the issued Equity Interests in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or
(b) P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attaching to the issued Equity Interests of S; or
(c) P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors (or equivalent) of S; or
(d) P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P;

and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.

1.5 General interpretation. In this Agreement:
(a) references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document, any Master Agreement or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the Effective Date or otherwise;
(b) references in Clause 1.1 to a document being in Agreed Form include references to that form with any modifications to that form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires with the consent of all of the Lenders, the Swap Banks and K-Sure and which are acceptable to the Borrowers;
(c) references to, or to a provision of, any law or regulation include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the Effective Date or otherwise;
(d) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and
(e) Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.
1.6 Headings. In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clause, sub-clause and other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.
1.7 Accounting terms . Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used in this Agreement and in the other Finance Documents shall be interpreted, and all financial statements and certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be delivered to any Creditor Party under this Agreement shall be prepared, in accordance with IFRS as from time to time in effect.
28
 
1.8 Inferences regarding materiality . To the extent that any representation, warranty, covenant or other undertaking of a Security Party in this Agreement or any other Finance Document is qualified by reference to those matters which are not reasonably expected to result in a “material adverse effect” or language of similar import, no inference shall be drawn therefrom that any Creditor Party has knowledge or approves of any noncompliance by such Security Party with any law or regulation.
2 FACILITY
2.1 Amount of facility . Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders severally agree to make available to the Borrowers, on a joint and several basis, a loan facility in the principal amount of up to $458,268,000 comprised of:
(i) the Commercial Bank Tranche; and
(ii) the K-Sure Tranche, subject to the K-Sure Insurance Policy;

provided that, the aggregate amount (in Dollars) of the Commercial Bank Tranche and the K-Sure Tranche shall not exceed 74% of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Ships on the Delivery Date of each of the first and last Ship.

2.2 Lenders’ participations in Advances. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in each Advance in the proportion which, as at the relevant Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.
2.3 Purpose of Advances. The Borrowers undertake with each Creditor Party to use each Advance only to partially finance the acquisition of a Ship pursuant to an Approved Acquisition Contract.
2.4 Cancellation of Total Commitments. Any portion of the Total Commitments not disbursed to the Borrowers shall be cancelled and terminated automatically on the expiration of the Availability Period.
2.5 Joint and several liability.
(a) All obligations, covenants, representations, warranties and undertakings in or pursuant to the Finance Documents assumed, given, made or entered into by the Borrowers party thereto shall, unless otherwise expressly provided, be assumed, given, made or entered into by the Borrowers jointly and severally;
(b) Each Borrower agrees to be bound by the Finance Documents to which it is, or is to be, a party notwithstanding that the other Borrowers which are intended to sign or to be bound may not do so or be effectually bound and notwithstanding that any of the Finance Documents may be invalid or unenforceable against the other Borrowers whether or not the deficiency is known to any Creditor Party;
(c) None of the obligations or liabilities of the Borrowers under this Agreement or any other Finance Document shall be discharged or reduced by reason of:
29
 
(i) the insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, administration, receivership, amalgamation, reconstruction or other incapacity of any person whatsoever or any change of name or style or constitution of a Borrower or any other person liable;
(ii) any Creditor Party granting any time, indulgence or concession to, or compounding with, discharging, releasing or varying the liability of a Borrower or any other person liable or renewing, determining, varying or increasing, any accommodation, facility or transaction or otherwise dealing with the same in any manner whatsoever, or concurring in, accepting, varying any compromise, arrangement or settlement or omitting to claim or enforce payment from a Borrower or any other person liable; or
(iii) anything done or omitted which but for this provision might operate to exonerate the Borrowers or any of them;
(d) Each Borrower agrees that any rights which it may have at any time during the Security Period by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to be indemnified by any other Borrower and/or to take the benefit of any Security Interest held by the Security Trustee pursuant to the Finance Documents shall be exercised in such manner and on such terms as the Security Trustee may require or as provided in this Agreement. Each of the Borrowers agrees to hold any sums received by it as a result of it having exercised any such right in trust for the Security Trustee absolutely; and
(e) Each Borrower agrees that it will not at any time during the Security Period claim any set off or counterclaim against any other Borrower in respect of any liability owed to it by that other Borrower under or in connection with the Finance Documents, nor prove in competition with any of the Creditor Parties in any liquidation of (or analogous proceeding in respect of) any other Borrower in respect of any payment made under the Finance Documents or in respect of any sum which includes the proceeds of realization of any Security Interest held by the Security Trustee for the repayment of the Loan.
3 POSITION OF THE LENDERS, the swap banks and k-sure
3.1 Interests several. The rights of the Lenders and of the Swap Banks under this Agreement and under the Master Agreements are several.
3.2 Individual right of action. Each Lender and each Swap Bank shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by a Security Party to it under this Agreement or under a Master Agreement without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee, any other Lender or any other Swap Bank as additional parties in the proceedings so long as any such action by such Lender and/or Swap Bank to sue for any such amount is brought in any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York County, and any appellate court thereof.
3.3 Proceedings requiring Majority Lender consent. Except as provided in Clause 3.2, no Lender or Swap Bank may commence any other proceedings against any Security Party or any Collateral in connection with a Finance Document or a Master Agreement without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.
3.4 Obligations several. The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement and of the Swap Banks under the Master Agreement to which each is a party are several; and a failure of a Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a failure of a Swap Bank to perform its obligations under the Master Agreement to which it is a party shall not result in:
30
 
(a) the obligations of the other Lenders or Swap Banks being increased; nor
(b) any Security Party, any other Lender or any other Swap Bank being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document or under any Master Agreement,

and in no circumstances shall a Lender or a Swap Bank have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender or another Swap Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a Master Agreement.

3.5 K-Sure

Each party to this Agreement agrees that:

(a) K-Sure shall not have any obligations or liabilities under this Agreement;
(b) K-Sure shall be a third party beneficiary of the terms of this Agreement and the rights expressed to be for its benefit or exercisable by it under this Agreement; and
(c) this Agreement may not be amended to affect, limit, modify or eliminate any rights of K-Sure without its prior written consent.
3.6 Replacement of a Lender.
(a) If at any time:
(i) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (c) below); or
(ii) the Borrowers or any other Security Party become obliged in the absence of an Event of Default to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 24 or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 23 or Clause 25 to any Lender in excess of amounts payable to other Lenders generally,

then the Borrowers may, on 30 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender (and in the case of such Lender being a K-Sure Lender, with the prior consent of K-Sure (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)), replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 27 all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrowers (other than any Affiliate or subsidiary of the Guarantor), which is acceptable to the Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders (other than the Lender the Borrowers desire to replace), which confirms its willingness to assume and by its execution of a Transfer Certificate does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Advances and all accrued interest and/or breakages costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

31
 
(b) The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 3.6 shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i) the Borrowers shall have no right to replace the Agent or the Security Trustee in such capacities;
(ii) neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrowers to find a Replacement Lender but nothing contained herein shall preclude them from doing so;
(iii) in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 30 days after the date the Borrowers notify the Non-Consenting Lender and the Agent of its intent to replace the Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to Clause 3.6(a); and
(iv) in no event shall the Lender replaced under this Clause 3.6 be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.
(c) For purposes of this Clause 3.6, in the event that:
(i) the Borrowers have or the Agent has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to or to agree to a waiver or amendment of any provisions of the Finance Documents;
(ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all Lenders; and
(iii) Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66.67% percent of the Total Commitments have consented to or agreed to such waiver or amendment,

then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”.

4 DRAWDOWN
4.1 Request for Advance. Subject to the following conditions, the Borrowers may request an Advance to be made by delivering to the Agent a completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) five (5) Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date.
4.2 Availability. The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:
(a) the Drawdown Date must be a Business Day during the Availability Period;
(b) an Advance of each of the Commercial Bank Tranche and the K-Sure Tranche shall be made available to the Borrowers for the purpose stated in Recital (B) provided that the amount of each such Advance shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Maximum Advance and (ii) 74% of the Fair Market Value of the relevant Ship and shall be used only to partially finance the final payment due to the Seller in respect of the acquisition of a Ship pursuant to an Approved Acquisition Contract or to reimburse the respective Borrower for any excess Equity Contribution;
(c) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Commercial Bank Tranche Advances shall not exceed the Total Commitments in respect of the Commercial Bank Tranche;
32
 
(d) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the K-Sure Loan Advances shall not exceed the Total Commitments in respect of the K-Sure Tranche;
(e) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Advances shall not exceed the Total Commitments;
(f) there shall only be one Advance per delivery of each Ship; and
(g) the applicable conditions precedent stated in Clause 9 hereof shall have been satisfied or waived as provided therein.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4.2(b) above, it is acknowledged and agreed by the parties to this Agreement that in the event that the Borrowers pay in excess of 40% (the “ Equity Contribution ”) of the contract price stated in the Approved Acquisition Contract in respect of a Ship, the amount of the relevant Advance shall remain at 60% of such contract price and the Borrowers shall be permitted to reimburse themselves from such Advance so that the Equity Contribution is reduced to (but not less than) 40% of such contract price.

4.3 Notification to Lenders of receipt of a Drawdown Notice. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders, the K-Sure Agent and K-Sure that it has received a Drawdown Notice and shall inform each Lender of:
(a) the amount of the Advance and the Drawdown Date;
(b) the amount of that Lender’s participation in the Advance; and
(c) the duration of the first Interest Period.
4.4 Drawdown Notice irrevocable. A Drawdown Notice must be signed by an officer or a duly authorized attorney-in-fact of the Borrowers and once served, a Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked or varied without the prior consent of the Agent, acting on the authority of the Majority Lenders.
4.5 Lenders to make available Contributions. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, before 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on and with value on the Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent for the account of the Borrowers the amount due from that Lender under Clause 2.2.
4.6 Disbursement of Advance. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on the Drawdown Date pay to the Borrowers the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5, the Borrowers shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligors, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender’s Contribution and that payment to the Borrowers shall be made:
(a) to the account which the Borrowers specify in the Drawdown Notice; and
(b) in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.
4.7 Disbursement of Advance to third party. The payment by the Agent under Clause 4.6 to the account of a third party designated by the Borrowers in a Drawdown Notice shall constitute the making of an Advance and the Borrowers shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender’s Contribution.
33
 
4.8 Promissory notes.
(a) The obligation of the Borrowers to pay the principal of, and interest on, each Tranche of the Loan shall be evidenced by a Note, each of which shall be dated the date of the first Drawdown Date.
(b) Each Advance made by the Lenders to the Borrowers may be evidenced by a notation of the same made by the Agent on the grid attached to each Note, which notation, absent manifest error, shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of such Advance.
(c) Each Lender shall record on its internal records the amount of its Contribution in each Advance and each payment in respect thereof, and the unpaid balance of such Contribution in such Advance shall, absent manifest error and to the extent not inconsistent with the notations made by the Agent on the grid attached to each Note, be as so recorded.
(d) The failure of the Agent or any Lender to make any such notation shall not affect the obligation of the Borrowers in respect of such Advance or the Loan nor affect the validity of any transfer by the Agent of a Note.
(e) On receipt of satisfactory evidence that a Note has been lost, mutilated or destroyed and on surrender of the remnants thereof, if any, the Borrowers will promptly replace such Note, without charge to the Creditor Parties, with a similar Note. If such replacement Note replaces a lost Note it shall bear an endorsement to that effect. Any lost Note subsequently found shall be surrendered to the Borrowers and cancelled. In the event that the Agent loses a Note, the Agent shall indemnify the Borrowers for any losses, claims or damages resulting from the loss of such Note.
5 INTEREST
5.1 Normal rate of interest. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on the Loan in respect of an Interest Period shall be the aggregate of:
(a) LIBOR for that Interest Period; plus
(b) the applicable Margin; plus
(c) the Mandatory Cost (if any).
5.2 Payment of normal interest. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on each Advance in respect of each Interest Period shall be paid by the Borrowers on the last day of that Interest Period.
5.3 Payment of accrued interest. In the case of an Interest Period longer than three (3) months, accrued interest shall be paid every three (3) months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.
5.4 Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest. The Agent shall notify the Borrowers and each Lender of:
34
 
(a) each rate of interest; and
(b) the duration of each Interest Period (as determined under Clause 6.2),

as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined.

5.5 Obligation of Reference Banks to quote. A Reference Bank which is a Lender shall use all reasonable efforts to supply the quotation required of it for the purposes of fixing a rate of interest under this Agreement.
5.6 Absence of quotations by Reference Banks. If any Reference Bank fails to supply a quotation, the Agent shall determine the relevant LIBOR on the basis of the quotations supplied by the other Reference Bank or Banks but if two (2) or more of the Reference Banks fail to provide a quotation, the relevant rate of interest shall be set in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 5.
5.7 Market disruption. The following provisions of this Clause 5 apply if any one of the following events occurs (each, a “ Market Disruption Event ”):
(a) no Screen Rate is available for an Interest Period and two (2) or more of the Reference Banks do not, before 1:00 p.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date, provide quotations to the Agent in order to fix LIBOR; or
(b) at least one (1) Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, Lenders having Contributions together amounting to 50% or more of the Loan (or, if an Advance has not been made, Commitments amounting to 50% or more of the Total Commitments) notify the Agent that the cost to those Lenders of funding their respective Contributions (or any part of them) from whatever source such Lenders may reasonably select during the Interest Period in the London Interbank Market at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for the Interest Period would exceed the LIBOR fixed by the Agent for that Interest Period.
5.8 Notification of market disruption. If a Market Disruption Event shall have occurred, the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, each of the Lenders and each of the Swap Counterparties stating the circumstances falling within Clause 5.7 which have caused its notice (a “ Market Disruption Notice ”) of such Market Disruption Event to be given; provided that the level of detail of the Market Disruption Notice shall be in the Agent’s sole discretion and the Market Disruption Notice itself shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.
5.9 Alternative rate of interest during Market Disruption Event. If a Market Disruption Event has occurred, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s Contribution for the applicable Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:
(a) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender (or Lenders) whose costs of funding would exceed the LIBOR fixed by the Agent for the relevant Interest Period which expresses the actual cost to that Lender (or Lenders) of funding its (or their) Contribution from whatever source it (or they) may reasonably select; plus
(b) the applicable Margin; plus
35
 
(c) the Mandatory Cost (if any).

The alternative rate of interest agreed upon pursuant to this Clause 5.9 shall, subject to the consent of the K-Sure Agent (on behalf of K-Sure), be binding on all parties hereto. The procedure provided for by this Clause 5.9 shall be repeated for each successive Interest Period during which a Market Disruption Event has occurred.

5.10 Notice of prepayment. If the Borrowers do not agree with an interest rate set by the Agent under Clause 5.9, the Borrowers may give the Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ notice of its intention to prepay the Loan (without premium or penalty) at the end of the Interest Period set by the Agent.
5.11 Prepayment; termination of Commitments. A notice under Clause 5.10 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of the Borrowers’ notice of intended prepayment and:
(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Total Commitments shall be cancelled; and
(b) on the last Business Day of the Interest Period set by the Agent, the Borrowers shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the applicable Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any).
5.12 Application of prepayment. The provisions of Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
6 INTEREST PERIODS
6.1 Commencement of Interest Periods. The first Interest Period applicable to an Advance shall commence on the relevant Drawdown Date and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period.
6.2 Duration of normal Interest Periods. Subject to Clauses 6.3 and 6.4, each Interest Period shall be:
(a) 3 or 6 months as notified by the Borrowers to the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) three (3) Business Days before the commencement of the Interest Period;
(b) in the case of the first Interest Period applicable to each Advance other than the first Advance, a period ending on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the prior Advances then outstanding, whereupon all Advances shall be consolidated and treated as a single Advance;
(c) 3 months, if the Borrowers fail to notify the Agent by the time specified in paragraph (a); or
(d) such other period as the Agent may, with the authorization of all Lenders and K-Sure, agree with the Borrowers.
6.3 Duration of Interest Periods for repayment installments. In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest Period shall end on that Repayment Date.
36
 
6.4 Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected. If, after the Borrowers have selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period longer than three (3) months, any Lender notifies the Agent by 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the fifth Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the London Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Interest Period shall be of three (3) months.
7 DEFAULT INTEREST
7.1 Payment of default interest on overdue amounts. A Security Party shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any amount payable by such Security Party under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:
(a) the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or
(b) if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or
(c) if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 20.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.
7.2 Default rate of interest. Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2.00 percent above:
(a) in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at Clauses 7.3(a) and (b); or
(b) in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at Clause 7.3(b).
7.3 Calculation of default rate of interest. The rates referred to in Clause 7.2 are:
(a) the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period); and
(b) the aggregate of the applicable Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any) plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to three (3) months which the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, select from time to time:
(i) LIBOR; or
(ii) if the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) determines that Dollar deposits for any such period are not being made available to any Reference Bank by leading banks in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the cost of funds to the Reference Banks from such other sources as the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) may from time to time determine.
37
 
7.4 Notification of interest periods and default rates. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and each relevant Security Party of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 7.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that such Security Party is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent’s notification.
7.5 Payment of accrued default interest. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.
7.6 Compounding of default interest. Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall thereupon be compounded.
7.7 Application to Master Agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 7 does not apply to any amount payable under a Master Agreement in respect of any continuing Designated Transaction as to which section 9(h) ( Interest and Compensation ) of that Master Agreement shall apply.
8 REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT
8.1 Amount of repayment installments. The Borrowers shall repay the Loan by:
(a) in the case of the Commercial Bank Tranche, equal consecutive six-monthly repayment installments in accordance with a 15-year loan repayment profile, in such amounts as set out in Schedule 11; and
(b) in the case of the K-Sure Tranche, equal consecutive six-monthly repayment installments in accordance with a 12-year loan repayment profile, in such amounts as set out in Schedule 11;
8.2 Repayment Dates.
(a) The first installment in respect of the Commercial Bank Tranche shall be repaid on the date falling 6 months after the Delivery Date of the last Ship and the last installment shall be repaid on the Maturity Date in respect of the Commercial Bank Tranche.
(b) The first installment in respect of the K-Sure Tranche shall be repaid on July 9, 2015 and the last installment shall be repaid on the earlier of (i) the Maturity Date of the Commercial Bank Tranche, and (ii) January 9, 2027.
8.3 Maturity Date.
(a) In the event that the Commercial Bank Tranche is refinanced or, as the case may be, is extended hereunder by the Commercial Lenders or otherwise in each case on terms acceptable to the K-Sure Lenders and K-Sure by the date falling on or before the Maturity Date in respect of the Commercial Bank Tranche, the Maturity Date of the K-Sure Tranche shall be the same as the new maturity date of the Commercial Bank Tranche being refinanced or extended (as the case may be). If the Commercial Bank Tranche is not refinanced on the Maturity Date related thereto, the Maturity Date of the K-Sure Tranche shall be the same as the Maturity Date in respect of the Commercial Bank Tranche, provided that, in each such case described above, the Maturity Date of the K-Sure Tranche shall in no circumstances be after January 9, 2027.
38
 
(b) On the final Maturity Date, the Borrowers (and in the case of any Master Agreement, the Guarantor) shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document and any Master Agreement.
8.4 Voluntary prepayment. Subject to the following conditions, the Borrowers may prepay the whole or any part of the Loan.
8.5 Conditions for voluntary prepayment. The conditions referred to in Clause 8.4 are that:
(a) a partial prepayment shall be $1,000,000 or a multiple of $1,000,000 (or such lesser amount as the Agent may approve with the consent of the Majority Lenders);
(b) the Agent has received from the Borrowers at least 15 Business Days’ prior written notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made;
(c) the Borrowers have provided evidence satisfactory to the Agent that any consent required by the Borrowers or any other Security Party in connection with the prepayment has been obtained and remains in force, and that any regulation relevant to this Agreement which affects the Borrowers or any other Security Party has been complied with (which may be satisfied by the Borrowers certifying that no consents are required and that no regulations need to be complied with); and
(d) the Borrowers have complied with Clause 8.18 on or prior to the date of prepayment.
8.6 Effect of notice of prepayment. A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the authorization of the Majority Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrowers on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.
8.7 Notification of notice of prepayment. The Agent shall notify the Lenders and the K-Sure Agent promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice, and shall provide any Lender which so requests with a copy of any document delivered by the Borrowers under Clause 8.5(c).
8.8 Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss. If a Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss, the Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding amount of the Advance related to the Ship which is to be sold and/or which has become a Total Loss:
(a) in the case of a sale, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the buyer; or
(b) in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 120 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.
8.9 Mandatory prepayment on Change of Control. If a Change of Control occurs:
39
 
(a) the relevant Borrower and/or the Guarantor (as the case may be) shall promptly notify the Agent upon having knowledge of that event;
(b) no Lender shall be obliged to fund or continue to fund any Advance; and
(c) the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, may, by not less than 10 Business Days’ notice to the Borrowers:
(i) in the case of a Change of Control in respect of a Borrower, cancel the Commitments in respect of the Advance relating to the Ship owned by that Borrower and declare all amounts outstanding under that Advance immediately due and payable together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 22 or otherwise); and
(ii) in the case of a Change of Control in respect of the Guarantor, cancel the loan facility provided for under this Agreement and declare the Loan, together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 22 or otherwise), and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents and any Master Agreement, immediately due and payable, whereupon the Total Commitments shall be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable by the Borrowers or, in the case of amounts due under any Master Agreement, by the Guarantor.
8.10 Mandatory prepayment on termination of K-Sure Insurance Policy . After the expiry of a 30-day period in which the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) and the Guarantor agree to discuss in good faith the potential restructuring of the K-Sure Tranche on such terms and conditions acceptable to the Lenders, and upon failure to reach an agreement thereon within that 30-day period, the Borrowers shall prepay the whole of the relevant Advance or Advances which remain outstanding under the K-Sure Tranche, together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 22 or otherwise), and all other amounts accrued or outstanding owing to the K-Sure Lenders thereunder on demand by the Agent if (a) for any reason, a K-Sure Insurance Policy or the obligations of K-Sure under any K-Sure Insurance Policy terminate, are cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or become unenforceable or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect or (b) an Insolvency Event occurs in relation to K-Sure, on the date falling no later than 90 days after the Guarantor, acting as the Borrowers’ agent, receives notice that (i) such K-Sure Insurance Policy or K-Sure’s obligations under such K-Sure Insurance Policy have so terminated, become unenforceable or otherwise ceased to be in full force and effect or (ii) an Insolvency Event has occurred in relation to K-Sure.
8.11 Amounts payable on prepayment. A voluntary prepayment under Clause 8.4 and a mandatory prepayment under Clauses 8.8, 8.9 and 8.10 shall be made together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 22 or otherwise) in respect of the amount prepaid and, if the prepayment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period together with any sums payable under Clause 22.1(b), but without premium or penalty.
8.12 Application of prepayments. Each voluntary prepayment under Clause 8.4 and mandatory prepayment under Clauses 8.8, 8.9 and 8.10 shall be applied pro rata to each Tranche against the repayment installments specified in Clause 8.1 (including any balloon installments) in inverse order of maturity.
8.13 No reborrowing. No amount repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed.
40
 
8.14 Voluntary cancellation of Total Commitments. Subject to the conditions set forth in Clause 8.15, the Borrowers may cancel the whole or any part of the Total Commitments without premium or penalty.
8.15 Conditions for voluntary cancellation of Total Commitments. The conditions referred to in Clause 8.14 are that:
(a) a partial cancellation shall be in the amount of $1,000,000 or a multiple of $1,000,000;
(b) the Agent has received from the Borrowers at least fifteen (15) Business Days’ prior written notice specifying the amount to be cancelled and the date on which the cancellation is to take effect; and
(c) the Borrower has complied with Clause 8.18 on or prior to the date of such cancellation.
8.16 Effect of notice of cancellation. The receipt by the Agent of a cancellation notice shall cause the amount of the Total Commitments specified in the notice to be permanently cancelled on and as of the effective date stated in such notice. Any partial cancellation shall be applied against the Commitments of each Lender pro rata and the commitment fee referred to in Clause 21.1(a) on such cancelled portion shall cease to accrue.
8.17 Notification of notice of cancellation. The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a cancellation notice.
8.18 Unwinding of Designated Transactions. On or prior to any repayment or prepayment of the Loan under this Clause 8 or any other provision of this Agreement, if required by the Swap Banks, the Borrowers shall wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortization) exceed the amount of the Loan as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 8.1.
8.19 Refund of K-Sure Premium . Upon any voluntary prepayment of the Loan (whether in whole or in part), the Borrowers may request the K-Sure Agent to seek a refund by K-Sure of such portion of the K-Sure Premium paid by the Borrowers. In the event that K-Sure (in its absolute sole discretion) consents to such request and refunds any portion of the K-Sure Premium, the amount of which shall be determined and calculated solely by K-Sure pursuant to the terms of the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy and its internal regulations subject to a maximum of 90 percent of any unutilized portion of the K-Sure Premium, to the K-Sure Agent or the Agent (as the case may be), such refund shall be remitted to the Borrowers in accordance with Clause 18, provided that neither the Agent nor the K-Sure Agent shall be obliged to take any further action if K-Sure refuses or fails for whatever reason to refund any portion of the K-Sure Premium.
9 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
9.1 Documents, fees and no default. Each Lender’s obligation to contribute to an Advance is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a) that, on or before the service of the first Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives:
41
 
(i) the documents described in Part A of Schedule 4 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the K-Sure Agent (on behalf of K-Sure); and
(ii) such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent or a Lender in order for each to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other checks which it is required to carry out in relation to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, including without limitation obtaining, verifying and recording certain information and documentation that will allow the Agent and each of the Lenders to identify each Security Party in accordance with the requirements of the PATRIOT Act and other applicable legislation;
(b) that, on each Drawdown Date but prior to the making of such Advance, the Agent receives or is satisfied that it will receive on the making of such Advance the documents described in Part B of Schedule 4 in form and substance satisfactory to it and K-Sure;
(c) that the Agent has not received any notice from K-Sure requesting the K-Sure Lenders to suspend the making of an Advance under the K-Sure Tranche;
(d) no occurrence, event or circumstances exist which prohibit any of the K-Sure Lenders from participating in the Advance pursuant to the terms of the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy;
(e) the obligations of K-Sure under the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy have not been terminated, cancelled, become unenforceable or otherwise ceased to be in full force and effect;
(f) that, on or before the service of the first Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives any upfront and arrangement fees, accrued commitment fee and the first installment of the annual agency fee referred to in Clause 21.1 and has received payment of the expenses referred to in Clause 21.2;
(g) that both at the date of each Drawdown Notice and at each Drawdown Date:
(i) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the borrowing of the Advance;
(ii) the representations and warranties in Clause 10 and those of the Borrowers or any other Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents (other than those relating to a specific date, which shall be true and correct as of such specific date) would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing;
(iii) none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.7 has occurred and is continuing; and
(iv) there has been no Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2012;
(h) that, if the Collateral Maintenance Ratio were applied immediately following the making of such Advance, the Borrowers would not be required to provide additional Collateral or prepay part of the Loan under Clause 15; and
42
 
(i) that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Agent may, with the authorization of the Majority Lenders, request by notice to the Borrowers prior to the Drawdown Date.
9.2 Waiver of conditions precedent. Notwithstanding anything in Clause 9.1 to the contrary:
(a) except with respect to the circumstances described in Clause 9.2(b), if the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the K-Sure Agent, permits an Advance to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrowers shall ensure that such conditions are satisfied within ten (10) Business Days after such Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders may specify); and
(b) only if required under the terms of an Approved Acquisition Contract, an Advance may be borrowed before the conditions precedent set forth in Schedule 4, Part B, Paragraphs 4 and 6 are satisfied and:
(i) each Lender agrees to fund its Contribution on a day not more than five (5) Business Days prior to the Delivery Date of that Ship; and
(ii) the Agent shall on the date on which the Advance is funded (or as soon thereafter as practicable) (A) preposition an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Advance at a bank or other financial institution (the “ Seller’s Bank ”) satisfactory to the Agent, which funds shall be held at the Seller’s Bank in the name and under the sole control of the Agent or one of its Affiliates and (B) issue a SWIFT MT 199 or other similar communication (each such communication, a “ Disbursement Authorization ”) authorizing the release of such funds by the Seller’s Bank on the relevant Delivery Date upon receipt of a Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance in respect of such Ship duly executed by the Seller and the relevant Borrower and countersigned by a representative of the Agent;

provided that if delivery of the Ship does not occur within five (5) Business Days after the scheduled Delivery Date, the funds held at the Seller’s Bank shall be returned to the Agent for further distribution to the Lenders.

For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that:

(1) the date on which the Lenders fund the Advance constitutes the Drawdown Date in respect of such Advance and all interest and fees thereon shall accrue from such date;
(2) the Agent and the Lenders suspend fulfillment of the conditions precedent set forth in Schedule 4, Part B, Paragraphs 4 and 6 solely for the time period on and between such Drawdown Date and the relevant Delivery Date, and the Borrowers acknowledge and agree that fulfillment of such conditions precedent to the satisfaction of the Agent and K-Sure shall be required as a condition precedent to the countersignature by a representative of the Agent of the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance referred to in Clause 9.2(b)(ii);
43
 
(3) from the date the proceeds of the Advance are deposited at the Seller’s Bank to the Delivery Date (or, if delivery of the Ship does not occur within the time prescribed in the Disbursement Authorization, the date on which the funds are returned to the Agent for further distribution to the Lenders), the Borrowers shall be entitled to interest on the Advance at the applicable rate, if any, paid by the Seller’s Bank for such deposited funds;
(4) if the Ship is not delivered within the time prescribed in the Disbursement Authorization and the proceeds of the Advance are returned to the Agent and distributed to the Lenders, (i) the Borrowers shall pay all accrued interest and fees in respect of such returned proceeds on the date such proceeds are returned to the Agent and (ii) the relevant available Commitment will be increased by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Loan proceeds so returned; and
(5) if the relevant Borrower has instructed the Agent to convert the aggregate principal amount of the Advance borrowed into a currency other than Dollars for deposit with the Seller’s Bank and the relevant Ship is not delivered within the time prescribed in the Disbursement Authorization and the proceeds of the Advance are returned to the Agent for further distribution to the Lenders, the Agent shall convert the aggregate principal amount of funds so returned back into Dollars and if such funds are less than the Dollar amount of the aggregate principal amount of the Advance incurred on the relevant Drawdown Date, the Borrowers shall immediately repay the difference and, in any event, the Borrowers shall pay any and all fees, charges and expenses arising from such conversion.
10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
10.1 General. Each of the Borrowers (jointly and severally) and the Guarantor represents and warrants to each Creditor Party as of the Effective Date (except as otherwise provided in this Clause 10) and each Drawdown Date as follows.
10.2 Status. Each Security Party is:
(a) duly incorporated or formed and validly existing and in good standing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; and
(b) duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign company in each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property or in which the conduct of its business requires it to so qualify or be licensed except where, in each case, the failure to so qualify or be licensed and be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect (i) on its business, property, assets, nature of assets, operations, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) or which may affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents or the performance of the obligations of the Security Parties (or any of them) under any of the Finance Documents, (ii) on the rights or remedies of any of the Creditor Parties under any of the Finance Documents or in respect of the Collateral taken as a whole or (iii) with respect to the loan facility contemplated by this Agreement,

and there are no proceedings or actions pending or contemplated by any Security Party, or to the knowledge of any Borrower or the Guarantor contemplated by any third party, seeking to adjudicate such Security Party as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property.

44
 
10.3 Company power; consents. Each Security Party has the capacity and has taken all action, and no consent of any person is required, for:
(a) it to own or lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted;
(b) it to execute each Finance Document and each Master Agreement to which it is or is to become a party;
(c) it to execute the Approved Acquisition Contract to which it is a party, to purchase and pay for the relevant Ship under such Approved Acquisition Contract and register the relevant Ship in its name under an Approved Flag;
(d) it to comply with its obligations under the Charter, each Finance Document and each Master Agreement to which it is or is to become a party;
(e) it to grant the Security Interests granted by it pursuant to the Finance Documents to which it is or is to become a party;
(f) the perfection or maintenance of the Security Interests created by the Finance Documents (including the first priority nature thereof); and
(g) the exercise by any Creditor Party of their rights under any of the Finance Documents or the Master Agreements or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Finance Documents or the Master Agreements to which it is a party,

except, in each case, for consents which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect.

10.4 Consents in force. All the consents referred to in Clause 10.3 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.
10.5 Title.
(a) Each Security Party owns (i) in the case of owned real property, good and marketable fee title to and (ii) in the case of owned personal property, good and valid title to, or, in the case of leased real or personal property, valid and enforceable leasehold interests (as the case may be) in, all of its properties and assets, tangible and intangible, of any nature whatsoever, free and clear in each case of all Security Interests or claims, except for Permitted Security Interests.
(b) No Security Party has created or is contractually bound to create any Security Interest on or with respect to any of its assets, properties, rights or revenues, except for Permitted Security Interests, and except as provided in this Agreement no Security Party is restricted by contract, applicable law or regulation or otherwise from creating Security Interests on any of its assets, properties, rights or revenues.
45
 
(c) Each Borrower has received (or will receive on the Delivery Date) all deeds, assignments, waivers, consents, non-disturbance and attornment or similar agreements, bills of sale and other documents, and has duly effected (or will duly effect on the Delivery Date) all recordings, filings and other actions necessary to establish, protect and perfect such Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the Ship owned or to be owned by it and other properties and assets (or arrangements for such recordings, filings and other actions acceptable to the Agent shall have been made).
10.6 Legal validity; effective first priority Security Interests. Subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally:
(a) the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements to which each Security Party is a party, constitute or, as the case may be, will constitute upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents), such Security Party’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms; and
(b) the Finance Documents to which each Security Party is a party, create or, as the case may be, will create upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents), legal, valid and binding first priority Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate.
10.7 No third party Security Interests. Without limiting the generality of Clauses 10.5 and 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document:
(a) the relevant Security Party will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and
(b) no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.
10.8 No conflicts. The execution and delivery of each Finance Document and each Master Agreement, the borrowing of each Advance, and compliance with each Finance Document and each Master Agreement, will not involve or lead to a contravention of:
(a) any law or regulation; or
(b) the constitutional documents of any Security Party; or
(c) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on any Security Party or any of its assets.
10.9 Status of Secured Liabilities. The Secured Liabilities constitute direct, unconditional and general obligations of each Security Party and rank (a) senior to all subordinated Financial Indebtedness and (b) not less than pari passu (as to priority of payment and as to security) with all other Financial Indebtedness of each Security Party.
10.10 Taxes.
46
 
(a) Based solely on the IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY (or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto) of each Lender (which the Borrowers shall confirm receipt thereof), all payments which a Security Party is liable to make under the Finance Documents to which it is a party can properly be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction applicable as of the Effective Date.
(b) Each Security Party has timely filed or has caused to be filed all tax returns and other reports that it is required by law or regulation to file in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes, assessments and other similar charges that are due and payable in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, other than taxes and charges:
(i) which (A) are not yet due and payable or (B) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established and as to which such failure to have paid such tax does not create any risk of sale, forfeiture, loss, confiscation or seizure of a Ship or of criminal liability; or
(ii) the non-payment of which could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of such Security Party.

The charges, accruals, and reserves on the books of each Security Party respecting taxes are adequate in accordance with IFRS.

(c) No material claim for any tax has been asserted against a Security Party by any Pertinent Jurisdiction or other taxing authority other than claims that are included in the liabilities for taxes in the most recent balance sheet of such person or disclosed in the notes thereto, if any.
(d) The execution, delivery, filing and registration or recording (if applicable) of the Finance Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby will not cause any of the Creditor Parties to be required to make any registration with, give any notice to, obtain any license, permit or other authorization from, or file any declaration, return, report or other document with any governmental authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction.
(e) No taxes are required by any governmental authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction to be paid with respect to or in connection with the execution, delivery, filing, recording, performance or enforcement of any Finance Document.
(f) The execution, delivery, filing, registration, recording, performance and enforcement of the Finance Documents by any of the Creditor Parties will not cause such Creditor Party to be subject to taxation under any law or regulation of any governmental authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction of any Security Party.
(g) It is not necessary for the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility into evidence of this Agreement or any other Finance Document that any stamp, registration or similar taxes be paid on or in relation to this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents.
10.11 No default. No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the Advance and no other circumstances exist which constitute or (with the giving of notice, lapse of time, determination of materiality or the fulfillment of any other applicable condition, or any combination of the foregoing) would constitute a default under any document which is binding on a Security Party or any of its assets and which may have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of a Security Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is or is to be a party.
47
 
10.12 Information. All financial statements, information and other data furnished by or on behalf of a Security Party to any of the Creditor Parties:
(a) was complete and at the time it was given true and accurate in all material respects;
(b) such financial statements, if any, have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and, except as disclosed to the SEC and/or the New York Stock Exchange, accurately and fairly represent the financial condition of such Security Party as of the date or respective dates thereof and the results of operations of such Security Party for the period or respective periods covered by such financial statements;
(c) there are no other facts or matters the omission of which would have made or make any such information false or misleading;
(d) there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business prospects of any Security Party since the date on which such information was provided other than as previously disclosed to the Agent in writing; and
(e) none of the Security Parties has any contingent obligations, liabilities for taxes or other outstanding financial obligations which are material in the aggregate except as disclosed in such statements, information and data.
10.13 No litigation. To the best of any Security Party’s knowledge, no legal or administrative action involving a Security Party (including any legal or administrative action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code, the ISPS Code or any Environmental Law or any Sanctions) has been commenced or taken by any person, or, to any Borrower’s or the Guarantor’s knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which, in either case and if adversely determined, would be likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of a Security Party or which may affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents.
10.14 Intentionally omitted .
10.15 ISM Code and ISPS Code compliance. Each Borrower has obtained or will obtain or will cause to be obtained all necessary ISM Code Documentation and ISPS Code Documentation in connection with the Ship owned or to be owned by it and its operation and will be or will cause such Ship and the Approved Manager to be in full compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.
10.16 Validity and completeness of Approved Acquisition Contracts and Charters.
(a) Each Approved Acquisition Contract constitutes valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Borrower or the Guarantor party thereto in accordance with its terms and:
(i) the copy of such Approved Acquisition Contract delivered to the Agent is a true and complete copy; and
48
 
(ii) no amendments or additions to such Approved Acquisition Contract have been agreed nor has the Borrower party thereto or the Guarantor waived any of their respective rights under such Approved Acquisition Contract.
(b) Each Charter constitutes valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Borrower party thereto in accordance with its terms and:
(i) the copy of such Charter delivered to the Agent is a true and complete copy; and
(ii) no amendments or additions to such Charter have been agreed nor has the Borrower party thereto waived any of its rights under such Charter.
10.17 No rebates etc. There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (howsoever described) to the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any third party in connection with the relevant Approved Acquisition Contract, other than as provided in such Approved Acquisition Contract and disclosed to the Agent in writing.
10.18 Compliance with law; Environmentally Sensitive Material. Except to the extent the following could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect (i) on the business, property, assets, nature of assets, operations, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Security Parties or which may affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents or the performance of the obligations of the Security Parties (or any of them) under any of the Finance Documents, (ii) on the rights or remedies of any of the Creditor Parties under any of the Finance Documents or in respect of the Collateral taken as a whole or (iii) with respect to the loan facility contemplated by this Agreement:
(a) the operations and properties of each of the Security Parties comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including without limitation Environmental Laws, all necessary Environmental Permits have been obtained and are in effect for the operations and properties of each of the Security Parties and each of the Security Parties is in compliance in all material respects with all such Environmental Permits; and
(b) none of the Security Parties has been notified in writing by any person that it or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates is potentially liable for the remedial or other costs with respect to treatment, storage, disposal, release, arrangement for disposal or transportation of any Environmentally Sensitive Material, except for costs incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to treatment, storage, disposal or transportation of such Environmentally Sensitive Material.
10.19 Ownership structure.
(a) All of the Equity Interests of the Guarantor have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable.
(b) All of the Equity Interests of each Borrower have been validly issued, are fully paid, non-assessable and free and clear of all Security Interests other than Permitted Security Interests and are owned legally and beneficially and of record by the Guarantor.
49
 
(c) None of the Equity Interests of any Borrower are subject to any existing option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreement of any character to which any of the Borrowers is a party requiring, and there are no Equity Interests of any Borrower outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance, sale or transfer of any additional Equity Interests of any of the Borrowers or other Equity Interests convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase Equity Interests of any of the Borrowers.
10.20 Pension plans. None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate maintains any Plan or Multiemployer Plan and none of the Borrowers or the Guarantor maintains any Foreign Pension Plan.
10.21 Margin stock. None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or for any other purpose in violation of the Margin Regulations and no proceeds of any Advance will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of buying or carrying any Margin Stock.
10.22 Investment company, public utility, etc. None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor is:
(a) an “investment company,” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or subject to regulation thereunder; or
(b) a “public utility” within the meaning of the United States Federal Power Act of 1920, as amended.
10.23 Asset control; Sanctions.
(a) None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor is a Restricted Party, is owned or controlled by, or, to the best of its knowledge, acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Restricted Party and does not own or control a Restricted Party.
(b) No proceeds of any Advance shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Restricted Party or otherwise shall be, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.
(c) No Security Party nor any subsidiary of any Security Party nor any of their respective directors of officers:
(i) is a Restricted Party; or
(ii) has received notice of or is aware of any claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority.
10.24 No money laundering. Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 2.3, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrowers of an Advance, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents, and the transactions and other arrangements affected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which any Borrower is a party, each of the Borrowers confirms that:
50
 
(a) it is acting for its own account;
(b) it will use the proceeds of such Advance for its own benefit, under its full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement; and
(c) the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union) and comparable United States federal and state laws, including without limitation the PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act.
10.25 Ships. As of the relevant Delivery Date, each Ship will be:
(a) in the sole and absolute ownership of a Borrower and duly registered in such Borrower’s name under the law of an Approved Flag, unencumbered save and except for the Mortgage thereon in favor of the Security Trustee recorded against it and as permitted thereby;
(b) seaworthy for hull and machinery insurance warranty purposes and in every way fit for its intended service;
(c) insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the requirements hereof in respect of such insurances will have been complied with;
(d) in class in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the requirements hereof in respect of such classification will have been complied with; and
(e) managed by an Approved Manager pursuant to an Approved Management Agreement.
10.26 Place of business. For purposes of the UCC, each Security Party has only one place of business located at, or, if it has more than one place of business, the chief executive office from which it manages the main part of its business operations and conducts its affairs is located at:

9, Boulevard Charles III
Monaco 98000

None of the Security Parties has a place of business in the United States of America, the District of Columbia, the United States Virgin Islands, or any territory or insular possession subject to the jurisdiction of the United States of America, other than its representative office at:

150 East 58 th Street
New York, New York 10155

10.27 Solvency. In the case of each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor:
(a) the sum of its assets, at a fair valuation, does and will exceed its liabilities (including guarantees), including, to the extent they are reportable as such in accordance with IFRS, contingent liabilities;
(b) the present fair market saleable value of its assets is not and shall not be less than the amount that will be required to pay its probable liability on its then existing debts, including, to the extent they are reportable as such in accordance with IFRS, contingent liabilities, as they mature;
51
 
(c) it does not and will not have unreasonably small working capital with which to continue its business; and
(d) it has not incurred, does not intend to incur and does not believe it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.
10.28 Guarantor’s business; Borrowers’ business. From the date of its incorporation until the date hereof:
(a) in the case of the Borrowers, none of the Borrowers has conducted any business other than in connection with, or for the purpose of, owning, chartering and operating the Ships; and
(b) in the case of the Guarantor, the Guarantor has not conducted any business other than in connection with, or for the purpose of, owning, chartering and operating ships.
10.29 Immunity; enforcement; submission to jurisdiction; choice of law.
(a) Each Security Party is subject to civil and commercial law with respect to its obligations under the Finance Documents, and the execution, delivery and performance by each Security Party of the Finance Documents to which it is a party constitute private and commercial acts rather than public or governmental acts.
(b) No Security Party or any of its properties has any immunity from suit, court jurisdiction, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment, set-off, execution of a judgment or from any other legal process in relation to any Finance Document.
(c) It is not necessary under the laws of any Security Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, in order to enable any Creditor Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document or by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by any Security Party of its obligations under any Finance Document, that such Creditor Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in such Security Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation or formation.
(d) Other than the recording of each Mortgage in accordance with the laws of an Approved Flag and such filings as may be required in a Pertinent Jurisdiction in respect of certain of the Finance Documents, and the payment of fees consequent thereto, it is not necessary for the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility into evidence of this Agreement or any other Finance Document that any of them or any document relating thereto be registered, filed recorded or enrolled with any court or authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction.
(e) The execution, delivery, filing, registration, recording, performance and enforcement of the Finance Documents by any of the Creditor Parties will not cause such Creditor Party to be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any Pertinent Jurisdiction of any Security Party or subject to taxation under any law or regulation of any governmental authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction of any Security Party.
(f) Under the law of each Security Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, the choice of the law of New York to govern this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which New York law is applicable is valid and binding.
52
 
(g) The submission by the Security Parties to the jurisdiction of the New York State courts and the U.S. Federal court sitting in New York County pursuant to Clause 34.2(a) is valid and binding and not subject to revocation, and service of process effected in the manner set forth in Clause 34.2(d) will be effective to confer personal jurisdiction over the Security Parties in such courts.
10.30 Eligible contract participant; Qualified ECP Guarantor. On each Drawdown Date:
(a) the Guarantor is an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder; and
(b) each Borrower that owns or will own a Ship on and after such Drawdown Date, acting in its capacity as a Swap Guarantor, is a Qualified ECP Guarantor.
10.31 No other material events or facts. Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 10.12, there are no other material events, circumstances or facts (political, commercial or otherwise), to the best of any Security Party’s knowledge, which may give rise to any loss or claim under any K-Sure Insurance Policy.
10.32 Repetition .
(a) The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 10 are deemed to be repeated both on the date of each Drawdown Notice and at each Drawdown Date.
(b) The representations and warranties set out in Clauses 10.1, 10.2, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.8, 10.9, 10.11, 10.12, 10.13, 10.16(b), 10.18, 10.19, 10.20, 10.22, 10.23, 10.24, 10.25, 10.26, 10.27, 10.28, 10.29, 10.30 and 10.31 are deemed to be repeated on each interest rollover date.
11 GENERAL AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS
11.1 Affirmative covenants. From the first Drawdown Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 11.1 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing:
(a) Performance of obligations. Each Security Party shall duly observe and perform its obligations under each Charter and each Finance Document and Master Agreement to which it is or is to become a party.
(b) Notification of defaults (etc.). The Borrowers and the Guarantor shall promptly notify the Agent, upon becoming aware of the same, of:
(i) the occurrence of an Event of Default or of any Potential Event of Default or any other event (including any litigation and/or arbitration) which, if adversely determined, is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect any Security Party’s ability to perform its obligations under a Charter and each Finance Document and Master Agreement to which it is or is to become a party;
(ii) any Change of Control;
53
 
(iii) any default by any party to a Charter; and
(iv) any damage or injury caused by or to a Ship in excess of $5,000,000.
(c) Confirmation of no default. The Guarantor will, within three (3) Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by an officer of the Guarantor and which states that:
(i) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; or
(ii) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.

The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 11.1(c) from time to time but only if asked to do so by a Lender or Lenders having Contributions exceeding 33% of the Loan or (if no Advances have been made) Commitments exceeding 33% of the Total Commitments, and this Clause 11.1(c) does not affect the Guarantor or the Borrowers’ respective obligations under Clause 11.1(b).

(d) Notification of litigation. The Guarantor will provide the Agent with details of any legal or administrative action involving the Borrowers, any other Security Party, the Approved Manager or any Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Guarantor that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document or Master Agreement.
(e) Provision of further information. The Guarantor will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial or other information relating to:
(i) the Guarantor, the Borrowers or any of the Guarantor’s other subsidiaries; or
(ii) any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document,

which may be requested by the Agent, the Security Trustee, K-Sure (acting through the K-Sure Agent), any Lender or any Swap Bank at any time.

(f) Books of record and account; separate accounts.
(i) Each of the Guarantor and the Borrowers shall keep separate and proper books of record and account in which full and materially correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of each of the Guarantor and the Borrowers in accordance with IFRS, and the Agent shall have the right to examine the books and records of each of the Guarantor and the Borrowers wherever the same may be kept from time to time as it sees fit, in its sole reasonable discretion, or to cause an examination to be made by a firm of accountants selected by it, provided that any examination shall be done without undue interference with the day to day business operations of the Guarantor or the Borrowers, as the case may be.
(ii) Each of the Guarantor and the Borrowers shall keep separate accounts and shall not co-mingle assets with each other or any other person.
54
 
(g) Financial reports. Whether or not the Guarantor is then subject to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Guarantor shall prepare and deliver to the Agent:
(i) as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, an annual report on Form 20-F (or any successor form) containing the audited consolidated financial and other information required to be contained therein for such Fiscal Year (including a balance sheet and a statement of profit and loss and cash flow for such Fiscal Year);
(ii) as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 60 days after the end of each quarter of each Fiscal Year, quarterly reports on Form 6-K (or any successor form) containing unaudited consolidated financial statements for and as of the end of such fiscal quarter (with comparable financial statements for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year);
(iii) a Compliance Certificate together with the quarterly reports that the Guarantor delivers in (ii) above;
(iv) as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, cash flow projections (including a balance sheet and a statement of profit and loss and cash flow) for the Guarantor and its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) for the following three consecutive calendar years; and
(v) such other financial statements (including without limitation details of all off-balance sheet and time charter hire commitments), annual budgets and projections as may be reasonably requested by the Agent, each to be in such form as the Agent may reasonably request;

provided that the Guarantor will be deemed to have furnished to the Agent such reports and information referred to in (i) and (ii) above if the Guarantor has filed such reports and information with the SEC via the EDGAR system (or any successor system) and such reports and information are publicly available.

 

(h) Appraisals of Fair Market Value. The Guarantor shall procure and deliver to the Agent two written appraisal reports setting forth the Fair Market Value of each Ship as follows:

 

(i)                   at the Borrowers’ expense, (A) for inclusion with each Compliance Certificate required to be delivered together with the second quarterly and the annual financial statements that the Guarantor delivers under Clause 11.1(g)(i), and (B) if an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case the Borrowers shall procure it at their expense as often as requested by the Agent (acting on instructions from the Majority Lenders); and

(ii) at the Lenders’ expense, at all other times upon the request of the Agent (acting on instructions from the Majority Lenders).
(i) Taxes. Each Security Party shall prepare and timely file all tax returns required to be filed by it and pay and discharge all taxes imposed upon it or in respect of any of its property and assets before the same shall become in default, as well as all lawful claims (including, without limitation, claims for labor, materials and supplies) which, if unpaid, might become a Security Interest upon the Collateral or any part thereof, except in each case, for any such taxes (i) as are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established, (ii) as to which such failure to have paid does not create any risk of sale, forfeiture, loss, confiscation or seizure of a Ship or criminal liability, or (ii) the failure of which to pay or discharge would not be likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower or any other Security Party or to affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents.
55
 
(j) Consents. Each Security Party shall obtain or cause to be obtained, maintain in full force and effect and comply with the conditions and restrictions (if any) imposed in connection with, every consent and do all other acts and things which may from time to time be necessary or required for the continued due performance of all of its obligations under any Charter and each Finance Document to which it is or is to become a party, and shall deliver a copy of all such consents to the Agent promptly upon its request.
(k) Compliance with applicable law. Each Security Party shall comply in all material respects with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, ordinances, rules, orders and regulations now in force or hereafter enacted, including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws and regulations relating thereto, the failure to comply with which would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Charter and each Finance Document to which it is or is to become a party.
(l) Existence. Each Security Party shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation.
(m) Conduct of business.
(i) The Guarantor shall conduct business only in connection with, or for the purpose of, managing, chartering and operating the Ships and other vessels and directly or indirectly owning the Equity Interests of each of the Borrowers and other vessel owning companies.
(ii) Each Borrower shall conduct business only in connection with, or for the purpose of, owning , managing, chartering and operating the Ship owned by it.
(iii) Each Security Party shall conduct business in its own name and observe all corporate and other formalities required by its constitutional documents.
(n) Properties.
(i) Except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Security Party shall maintain and preserve all of its properties that are used or useful in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.
(ii) Each Security Party shall obtain and maintain good and marketable title or the right to use or occupy all real and personal properties and assets (including intellectual property) reasonably required for the conduct of its business.
56
 
(iii) Each Security Party shall conduct its business and affairs without infringement of or interference with any intellectual property of any other person in any material respect and shall comply in all material respects with the terms of its licenses.

(o)                Loan proceeds. The Borrowers shall use the proceeds of each Advance only to partially finance the acquisition of a Ship pursuant to an Approved Acquisition Contract.

(p)                Intentionally omitted.

(q)                Pollution liability. Each Security Party shall take, or cause to be taken, such actions as may be reasonably required to mitigate potential liability to it arising out of pollution incidents or as may be reasonably required to protect the interests of the Creditor Parties with respect thereto.

(r) Subordination of loans. Each Security Party shall cause all loans made to it by any Affiliate and all sums and other obligations (financial or otherwise) owed by it to any Affiliate to be unsecured and fully subordinated to all Secured Liabilities on terms acceptable to the Majority Lenders and the K-Sure Agent.
(s) Asset control . The Guarantor shall to the best of its knowledge and ability ensure that it is not owned or controlled by, or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Restricted Party and does not own or control a Restricted Party.
(t) Sanctions.
(i) Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall ensure that no part of the proceeds of the Loan or other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Finance Document shall, directly or indirectly, be used or otherwise made available:
(A) to fund any trade, business or other activity involving any Restricted Party;
(B) for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party; or
(C) in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in (1) the occurrence of an Event of Default under Clause 20.1(u), or (2) any Security Party (other than the Borrowers or the Guarantor) or any Affiliate of such party or any other person being party to or which benefits from any Finance Document being in breach of any Sanctions (if and to the extent applicable to either of them) or becoming a Restricted Party.
(ii) Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall ensure that its assets (including, without limitation, each Ship) shall not be used directly or indirectly:
(A) by or for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party; or
(B) in any trade which is prohibited under applicable Sanctions or which could expose any Security Party, any asset subject to a Security Interest under the Finance Documents, any Creditor Party, any other person being party to or which benefits from any Finance Document, any Approved Manager, any operator, crew or insurers to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising from Sanctions.
57
 
(iii) Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall ensure that the Ships shall not trade to and from Iranian ports or carry or store/warehouse crude oil, petroleum products or petrochemical products or other products subject to Sanctions if they originate in Iran, or are being exported from Iran to any other country.
(u) Money laundering. Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall to the best of its knowledge and ability comply, and cause each of its subsidiaries to comply, with any applicable law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council) and comparable United States federal and state laws, including without limitation the PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act.
(v) Pension Plans. Promptly upon the institution of a Plan, a Multiemployer Plan or a Foreign Pension Plan by the Guarantor or any Borrower, the Borrowers shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Agent written notice thereof and, if requested by the Agent or any Lender, a copy of such Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Pension Plan.
(w) Information provided to be accurate. All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of any Security Party under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be true and not misleading and shall not omit any material fact or consideration.
(x) Shareholder and creditor notices. The Guarantor shall send the Agent, at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all communications which are dispatched to its (i) shareholders or any class of them or (ii) creditors generally.
(y) Maintenance of Security Interests. Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor shall:
(i) at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and
(ii) without limiting the generality of paragraph (i), at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enroll any Finance Document with any court or authority in all Pertinent Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Pertinent Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is or has become reasonably necessary for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.
(z) “Know your customer” checks. If:
(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the Effective Date;
(ii) any change in the status of a Borrower or any other Security Party after the Effective Date; or
(iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

58
 

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii), any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Lender concerned supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or the Lender concerned (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii), on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, the Lender concerned or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

(aa) NYSE listing . The Guarantor shall maintain its listing on the New York Stock Exchange.
(bb) Further assurances. From time to time, at its expense, each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor shall duly execute and deliver to the Agent such further documents and assurances as the Majority Lenders or the Agent may reasonably request to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement, the other Finance Documents or obtain the full benefit of any of the Collateral.
(cc) Ship recycling. Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor shall ensure that any Ship owned, controlled and/or operated by it, which such relevant Borrower or the Guarantor intends to recycle, is recycled in an environmentally friendly manner.
11.2 Negative covenants. From the Effective Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 11.2 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing:
(a) Security Interests. None of the Borrowers shall create, assume or permit to exist any Security Interest whatsoever upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Permitted Security Interests.
(b) Sale of assets; merger. No Security Party shall sell, transfer or lease (other than in connection with a Charter) all or substantially all of its properties and assets, or enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation or liquidate, windup or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) provided that a Borrower may sell the Ship owned by it pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
(c) No contracts other than in ordinary course of business. None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor shall enter into any transactions or series of related transactions with third parties other than in the ordinary course of its business.
(d) Affiliate transactions. None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor shall enter into any transaction or series of related transactions, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, with any Affiliate other than on terms and conditions substantially as favorable to such Borrower or the Guarantor as would be obtainable by it at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a person other than an Affiliate.
(e) Change of business.

59
 

                        (i)                   The Guarantor shall not change the nature of its business or commence any business other than in connection with, or for the purpose of managing, chartering and operating the Ships and other vessels and directly or indirectly owning the Equity Interests of each of the Borrowers and other subsidiaries.

                         (ii)                None of the Borrowers shall change the nature of its business or commence any business other than in connection with, or for the purpose of, owning, managing, chartering and operating the Ship owned by it.

(f) Negative pledge. The Guarantor shall not permit any pledge or assignment of a Borrower’s Equity Interests except in favor of the Security Trustee to secure the Secured Liabilities.
(g) Increases in capital. The Guarantor shall not permit an increase of a Borrower’s capital by way of the issuance of any class or series of Equity Interests or create any new class of Equity Interests that is not subject to a Security Interest to secure the Secured Liabilities.
(h) Financial Indebtedness; Trade payables.
(i) None of the Borrowers shall incur any Financial Indebtedness other than in respect of (A) the Loan, (B) the Swap Exposure, (C) Financial Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date which has been disclosed to and approved by the Majority Lenders in writing and (D) subject to Clause 11.1(r), loans made to a Borrower by an Affiliate, parent or subsidiary.
(ii) None of the Borrowers shall incur unsecured trade credit exceeding $2,500,000 on its Ship at any time.
(i) Dividends.
(i) If an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or if an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default would result therefrom, or if the Guarantor is not in compliance with any of the covenants in Clause 12 hereof or any payment of dividends or any form of distribution or return of capital would result in the Guarantor not being in compliance with any of the covenants in Clause 12, the Guarantor shall not declare or pay any dividends or return any capital to its equity holders or authorize or make any other distribution, payment or delivery of property or cash to its equity holders, or redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, for value, any interest of any class or series of its Equity Interests (or acquire any rights, options or warrants relating thereto but not including convertible debt) now or hereafter outstanding, or repay any subordinated loans to equity holders or set aside any funds for any of the foregoing purposes.
(ii) Except as provided in Clause 11.2(i)(i) above, none of the Borrowers will permit any restriction (1) to declare or pay any dividends or return any capital to the Guarantor or authorize or make any other distribution, payment or delivery of property or cash to the Guarantor, or redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, for value, any interest of any class or series of its Equity Interests (or acquire any rights, options or warrants relating thereto but not including convertible debt) now or hereafter outstanding or to pay any Financial Indebtedness owed to the Guarantor, or (2) to repay and/or make any subordinated loans to the Guarantor or set aside any funds for any of the foregoing purposes, or (3) to transfer any of its assets to the Guarantor.
60
 
(j) Intentionally omitted.
(k) Internal charters. None of the Borrowers shall enter into any demise, time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Ship owned by it with another Borrower or any Affiliate of the Guarantor as charterer under that charter without the approval of the Majority Lenders, provided that the Borrowers may contribute their respective Ships to pools managed by Affiliates of the Borrowers.
(l) Loans and investments. None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor shall make any loan or advance to, make any investment in, or enter into any working capital maintenance or similar agreement with respect to any person, whether by acquisition of Equity Interests or indebtedness, by loan, guarantee or otherwise, except that in case of the Guarantor, the Guarantor may undertake a transaction described above if (i) after giving effect to any such transaction, the Guarantor will be in compliance with the financial covenants set out in Clause 12 and (ii) no Event of Default exists at the time of such transaction or would result therefrom.
(m) Acquisition of capital assets. None of the Borrowers shall acquire any capital assets (including any vessel other than a Ship) by purchase, charter or otherwise, provided that for the avoidance of doubt nothing in this Clause 11.2(m) shall prevent or be deemed to prevent ordinary upgrades or maintenance works being made to a Ship.
(n) Sale and leaseback . None of the Borrowers shall enter into any arrangements, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any of its property, whether real or personal, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, if it, at the time of such sale or disposition, intends to lease or otherwise acquire the right to use or possess (except by purchase) such property or like property for a substantially similar purpose.
(o) Changes to Fiscal Year and accounting policies. None of the Guarantor or the Borrowers shall change its Fiscal Year or make or permit any change in accounting policies affecting (i) the presentation of financial statements or (ii) reporting practices, except in either case in accordance with IFRS or pursuant to the requirements of applicable laws or regulations.
(p) Jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; Amendment of constitutional documents. None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor shall change the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation. None of the Borrowers shall amend its constitutional documents. The Guarantor shall not amend its constitutional documents in any manner that would adversely affect its obligations under this Agreement or any Finance Document to which it is a party.
(q) Sale of Ship. No Borrower shall consummate the sale of its Ship without paying or causing to be paid all amounts due and owing under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents in respect of the relevant Advance which has been used to finance that Ship prior to or simultaneously with the consummation of such sale.
(r) Change of location. None of the Guarantor or the Borrowers shall change the location of its chief executive office or the office where its corporate records are kept or open any new office for the conduct of its business on less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Agent.
61
 
(s) Financial Support. None of the Borrowers shall procure any financial support (including contingent support) other than:
(i) financial support incurred pursuant to this Agreement or Financial Indebtedness permitted under Clause 11.2(h);
(ii) existing financial support which is outstanding on the Effective Date and has been disclosed to the Agent in writing; or
(iii) financial support approved in writing by the Majority Lenders.
(t) Change of place of business. None of the Borrowers or the Guarantor shall change the location of the place of business where it or any other Security Party conducts its affairs and keeps its records.
12 FINANCIAL COVENANTS
12.1 General . From the Effective Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full the Guarantor undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 12 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing.
12.2 Maximum leverage. The Guarantor shall maintain a ratio of Net Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalization of not more than 0.60 to 1.00, to be tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter.
12.3 Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. The Guarantor shall maintain a Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of not less than $677,286,768 plus:
(a) 25% of the Guarantor’s cumulative, positive consolidated net income for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after October 1, 2013; and
(b) 50% of the value of the Equity Proceeds realized from any issuance of Equity Interests in the Guarantor occurring on or after October 1, 2013.
12.4 Minimum interest coverage. The Guarantor shall maintain a ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Net Interest Expense equal to or greater than 2.50 to 1.00. Such ratio shall be calculated quarterly on a trailing four quarter basis.
12.5 Minimum liquidity. The Guarantor shall maintain Consolidated Liquidity, including all amounts on deposit with any bank, of not less than (a) $25,000,000 or (b) 5% of Consolidated Funded Debt (the “ Minimum Liquidity ”), whichever is greater, provided that 50% of the Minimum Liquidity shall at all times consist of cash.
12.6 Material changes in IFRS requirements . If, at any time after the Effective Date, the IFRS requirements materially change so as to impact the financial covenants set out in Clauses 12.2, 12.3, 12.4 and 12.5, the Borrowers shall notify the Agent and the Lenders and, if agreed between the Borrowers and the Lenders, this Agreement shall be amended and/or supplemented to reflect these changes.
62
 
13 MARINE INSURANCE COVENANTS
13.1 General. From the first Drawdown Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 13 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing.
13.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances. Each Borrower shall keep or cause to keep the Ship owned by it insured at its expense against:
(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery, hull interest, freight interest and excess risks);
(b) war risks;
(c) protection and indemnity risks; and
(d) any other risks against which the Security Trustee considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would in the opinion of the Security Trustee be reasonable for that Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by notice to that Borrower.
13.3 Terms of obligatory insurances. Each Borrower shall affect such insurances in respect of the Ship owned by it:
(a) in Dollars;
(b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:
(i) 120% of the outstanding principal amount of the Advance in respect of that Ship; and
(ii) the Fair Market Value of the Ship owned by it;

provided that , not less than 80% of the Fair Market Value shall be on a hull and machinery basis, while the remaining part of the insured value may be taken out by way of hull and freight interest insurance cover.

(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks and protection and indemnity war risks (in excess of the amount for war risk hull), in each case for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market (in the case of oil pollution liability risks, currently U.S.$ 1,000,000,000);
(d) in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship owned by it;
(e) on approved terms; and
63
 
(f) through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations that are members of the International Group of P&I Clubs.
13.4 Further protections for the Creditor Parties. In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3, each Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances affected by it shall:
(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name that Borrower as the sole named assured unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:
(i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;
(A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and
(B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and
(ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;
and every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Security Trustee (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between that Borrower and every other named assured in proportion to the aggregate claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;
(b) whenever the Security Trustee requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Trustee as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Trustee, but without the Security Trustee thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;
(c) name the Security Trustee as first priority mortgagee and loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security Trustee may specify;
(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;
(e) provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party; and
(f) provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if that Borrower fails to do so.
13.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances. Each Borrower shall:
(a) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:
64
 
(i) notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom that Borrower proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and
(ii) obtain the Security Trustee’s approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);
(b) at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Security Trustee’s approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and
(c) procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.
13.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking. Each Borrower shall ensure that all approved brokers provide the Security Trustee with pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to affect or renew and of a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:
(a) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment in accordance with the requirements of the Insurance Assignment for that Borrower’s Ship;
(b) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;
(c) they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances or if they cease to act as brokers;
(d) they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from that Borrower or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and
(e) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Borrower under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of that Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.
13.7 Copies of certificates of entry. Each Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provides the Security Trustee with:
(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;
(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee;
65
 
(c) where required to be issued under the terms of insurance/indemnity provided by the protection and indemnity association, but only if and when so requested by the Agent, a certified copy of each United States of America voyage quarterly declaration (or other similar document or documents) made by the relevant Security Party in relation to that Ship in accordance with the requirements of such protection and indemnity association; and
(d) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to the Ship.
13.8 Deposit of original policies. Each Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.
13.9 Payment of premiums. Each Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.
13.10 Guarantees. Each Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect .
13.11 Compliance with terms of insurances. No Borrower shall do nor omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular:
(a) each Borrower shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.6(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;
(b) no Borrower shall make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it unless approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;
(c) each Borrower shall make (and promptly supply copies to the Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship owned by it is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and
(d) no Borrower shall employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.
13.12 Alteration to terms of insurances. No Borrower shall either make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance nor waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.
66
 
13.13 Settlement of claims. No Borrower shall settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and each Borrower shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information (including, without limitation, a written confirmation from the relevant insurers, to be issued within 120 days after the Total Loss Date, that the claim in respect of the Total Loss has been accepted in full by such insurers) to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.
13.14 Provision of copies of communications. Each Borrower shall provide the Security Trustee, at the time of each such communication, copies of all material written communications between that Borrower and:
(a) the approved brokers;
(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and
(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:
(i) that Borrower’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and
(ii) any credit arrangements made between that Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.
13.15 Provision of information. In addition, each Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) reasonably requests for the purpose of:
(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or
(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.16 or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances;

and that Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a).

13.16 Mortgagee’s interest, additional perils and political risk insurances. The Security Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew (i) mortgagee’s interest marine insurance, (ii) mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance and/or (iii) mortgagee’s political risks/rights insurance, in each case, in such amounts (not to exceed 120% of the Loan), on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Trustee may from time to time consider necessary and the Borrowers and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.
67
 
13.17 Review of insurance requirements. The Security Trustee may and, on instruction of the Majority Lenders, shall review, at the expense of the Borrowers, the requirements of this Clause 13 from time to time in order to take account of any changes in circumstances after the Effective Date which are, in the opinion of the Agent or the Majority Lenders significant and capable of affecting the relevant Security Party or a Ship and its insurance (including, without limitation, changes in the availability or the cost of insurance coverage or the risks to which the relevant Security Party may be subject).
13.18 Modification of insurance requirements. The Security Trustee shall notify the Borrowers and the Guarantor of any proposed modification under Clause 13.17 to the requirements of this Clause 13 which the Security Trustee may or, on instruction of the Majority Lenders, shall reasonably consider appropriate in the circumstances and such modification shall take effect on and from the date it is notified in writing to the Borrowers and the Guarantor as an amendment to this Clause 13 and shall bind the Borrowers and the Guarantor accordingly.
13.19 Compliance with instructions. The Security Trustee shall be entitled (without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights which it may have or acquire under any Finance Document) to require a Ship to remain at any safe port or to proceed to and remain at any safe port designated by the Security Trustee until the relevant Security Party implements any amendments to the terms of the obligatory insurances and any operational changes required as a result of a notice served under Clause 13.18.
14 SHIP COVENANTS
14.1 General. From the first Drawdown Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 14 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing.
14.2 Ship’s name and registration. Each Borrower shall:
(a) keep the Ship owned by it registered in its name under the law of an Approved Flag;
(b) not do, omit to do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperiled; and
(c) not change the name or port of registry on which such Ship was registered when it became subject to a Mortgage.
14.3 Repair and classification. Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:
(a) consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;
(b) so as to maintain the highest class for that Ship with the Classification Society, free of overdue recommendations and conditions affecting that Ship’s class; and
(c) so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered under the law of the Approved Flag on which that Ship is registered or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which that Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.
68
 
14.4 Classification Society instructions. Each Borrower shall instruct the Classification Society referred to in Clause 14.3(b)
(a) to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, copies of all original class records held by the Classification Society in relation to that Borrower’s Ship;
(b) to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of that Borrower and the Ship owned by it either (i) electronically (through the Classification Society directly or by way of indirect access via the relevant Borrower’s account manager and designating the Security Trustee as a user or administrator of the system under its account) or (ii) in person at the offices of the Classification Society, and to take copies of them electronically or otherwise;
(c) to notify the Security Trustee immediately in writing if the Classification Society:
(i) receives notification from that Borrower or any other person that that Ship’s Classification Society is to be changed; or
(ii) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a condition of class or a recommendation (in each case affecting class), or a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of that Ship’s class under the rules or terms and conditions of that Borrower’s or that Ship’s membership of the Classification Society;
(d) following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:
(i) to confirm that that Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Classification Society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the Classification Society; or
(ii) if that Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Classification Society, to specify to the Security Trustee in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Classification Society.
14.5 Modification. No Borrower shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship owned by it or equipment installed on that Ship which would or is reasonably likely to materially negatively alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value.
14.6 Removal of parts. No Borrower shall remove any material part of the Ship owned by it, or any item of equipment installed on, that Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favor of any person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on that Ship, the property of that Borrower and subject to the security constituted by a Mortgage , provided that a Borrower may install and remove equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by it.
69
 
14.7 Surveys. Each Borrower, at its sole expense, shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Security Trustee, provide the Security Trustee, at that Borrower’s sole expense, with copies of all survey reports.
14.8 Inspection. Each Borrower shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose at the cost of the Borrowers and the Guarantor) to board the Ship owned by it at all reasonable times (but before the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default not more than once per year) to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections. The Security Trustee shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that the operation of that Ship is not adversely affected as a result of such inspections.
14.9 Prevention of and release from arrest. Each Borrower shall promptly discharge:
(a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances;
(b) all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances; and
(c) all other accounts payable whatsoever in respect of the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances,

and, forthwith upon (and in any event not more than 60 days after) receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, that Borrower shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

14.10 Compliance with laws etc. Each Borrower shall:
(a) comply, or procure compliance with, all laws or regulations:
(i) relating to its business generally ; and
(ii) relating to the ownership, employment, operation and management of the Ship owned by it,

including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all Sanctions;

 

(b) without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (a) above, not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any laws or regulations, including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code; all Environmental Laws and all Sanctions; and
(c) in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship owned by it to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship’s war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of both the Security Trustee (after consultation with its insurance advisors) and the K-Sure Agent has been given and that Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Trustee may require.
70
 
14.11 Provision of information. Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which it and/or the K-Sure Agent requests regarding:
(a) the Ship owned by it, its employment, position and engagements;
(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to that Ship’s master and crew;
(c) any material expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of that Ship and any payments made in respect of that Ship;
(d) any towages and salvages; and
(e) that Borrower’s, the Approved Manager’s and that Ship’s compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

and, upon the Security Trustee’s request, provide copies of any current charter and charter guarantee relating to that Ship and copies of that Borrower’s or the Approved Manager’s Document of Compliance.

14.12 Notification of certain events. Each Borrower shall immediately notify the Security Trustee by fax or Email, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:
(a) any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;
(b) any occurrence as a result of which the Ship owned by it has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;
(c) any requirement or condition made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with in accordance with its terms;
(d) any arrest or detention of the Ship owned by it, any exercise or purported exercise of any Security Interest on that Ship or the Earnings or any requisition of that Ship for hire;
(e) any intended dry docking of the Ship owned by it;
(f) any material Environmental Claim made against that Borrower or in connection with the Ship owned by it, or any material Environmental Incident;
(g) any legal or administrative action taken by any Sanctions Authority against or affecting any Security Party or any Ship;
(h) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Borrower, the Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship owned by it which may result in the withdrawal of the Safety Management Certificate, the Document of Compliance or the ISSC applicable to that Ship, the relevant Borrower or, as the case may be, the Approved Manager; or
71
 
(i) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with;

and that Borrower shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Security Trustee shall require of that Borrower’s, the Approved Manager’s or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

14.13 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. No Borrower shall:
(a) let the Ship owned by it on demise charter for any period;
(b) other than as disclosed to the Agent, enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 12 months;
(c) enter into any charter in relation to that Ship under which more than two (2) months’ hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;
(d) charter that Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time when that Ship is fixed;
(e) appoint a manager of that Ship other than the Approved Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of the Approved Management Agreement;
(f) de-activate or lay up that Ship;
(g) change the Classification Society; or
(h) put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any Security Interest on that Ship or the Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.
14.14 Copies of Charters; Charter Assignment; Earnings Assignment. Provided that all approvals necessary under Clause 14.13 have been previously obtained, each Borrower shall:
(a) furnish promptly to the Agent a true and complete copy of any Charter for the Ship owned by it, all other documents related thereto and a true and complete copy of each material amendment or other modification thereof;
(b) in respect of any such Charter, execute and deliver to the Agent a Charter Assignment and use reasonable commercial efforts to cause the charterer to execute and deliver to the Security Trustee a consent and acknowledgement to such Charter Assignment in the form required thereby; and
(c) in respect of any contract for the employment of that Ship for a term which is or which by virtue of any optional extensions therein contained would be reasonably likely to be of less than 12 months duration, execute and deliver to the Agent an Earnings Assignment.
72
 
14.15 Notice of Mortgage. Each Borrower shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first priority or preferred mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master’s cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that such Ship is mortgaged by that Borrower to the Security Trustee.
14.16 Sharing of Earnings. No Borrower shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings.
14.17 ISPS Code. Each Borrower shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:
(a) procure that the Ship owned by it and the company responsible for that Ship’s compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and
(b) maintain for that Ship an ISSC; and
(c) notify the Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.
15 COLLATERAL MAINTENANCE RATIO
15.1 General. From the first Drawdown Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, each Borrower and the Guarantor undertake with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 15 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing.
15.2 Collateral Maintenance Ratio. If, at any time, the Agent notifies the Guarantor that:
(a) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Ships; plus
(b) the net realizable value of any additional Collateral previously provided under this Clause 15,

is below 135 percent of the Loan (such ratio being the “ Collateral Maintenance Ratio ”), the Agent (acting upon the instruction of the Majority Lenders) shall have the right to require the Borrowers to comply with the requirements of Clause 15.3.

15.3 Provision of additional Collateral; prepayment . If the Agent serves a notice under Clause 15.2, the Borrowers shall prepay such part (at least) of the Loan as will in the aggregate eliminate the shortfall on or before the date falling one (1) month after the date on which the Agent’s notice is served under Clause 15.2 (the “ Prepayment Date ”) unless at least one (1) Business Day before the Prepayment Date it has provided, or ensured that a third party has provided, additional Collateral which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has a net realizable value at least equal to the shortfall and which has been documented in such terms as the Agent may, with the authorization of the Majority Lenders, approve or require (including, without limitation, favorable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority Lenders).
73
 
15.4 Suitability of additional Collateral . Any additional Collateral proposed under Clause 15.3 shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders and the K-Sure Agent, it being understood and agreed that cash comprised of Dollars shall be deemed satisfactory by the Majority Lenders.
15.5 Value of additional vessel Collateral. The net realizable value of any additional Collateral which is provided under Clause 15.3 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the definition of Fair Market Value.
15.6 Valuations binding. Any valuation under Clause 15.3 or 15.5 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrowers and the Guarantor, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of any additional Collateral which does not consist of or include a vessel.
15.7 Provision of information. The Borrowers shall promptly provide the Agent and any Approved Broker or other expert acting under Clause 15.5 with any information which the Agent or the Approved Broker or other expert may request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrowers fail to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Broker or the Majority Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.
15.8 Payment of valuation expenses. Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrowers’ obligations under Clauses 21.2, 21.3 and 22.3, the Borrowers shall, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any Approved Broker or other expert instructed by the Agent under this Clause 15 and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause 15.
15.9 Application of prepayment. Clause 8 shall apply in relation to any prepayment pursuant to Clause 15.3.
16 guaranteeS
16.1 Guarantee and indemnity. In order to induce the Lenders to make the Loan to the Borrowers, and to induce the Swap Banks to enter into Designated Transactions with the Guarantor:
(a) the Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:
(i) guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Creditor Party, the punctual payment and performance by the Borrowers when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all Secured Liabilities of the Borrowers, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise (collectively, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”).
(ii) undertakes with each Creditor Party that whenever the Borrowers do not pay any Guaranteed Obligation when due, the Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that Guaranteed Obligation as if it were the primary obligor; and
(iii) indemnifies each Creditor Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability suffered or incurred by that Creditor Party (A) if any Guaranteed Obligation is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal or (B) by operation of law as a consequence of the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents. The amount of the cost, loss or liability shall be equal to the amount which that Creditor Party would otherwise have been entitled to recover; and
74
 
(b) each Swap Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:
(i) guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Swap Bank, the punctual payment and performance by the Guarantor when due of its obligations under any Master Agreement (the “ Guaranteed Swap Obligations ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Guaranteed Swap Obligations”, with respect to any Swap Guarantor, shall not include any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Swap Guarantor;
(ii) undertakes with each Swap Bank that whenever the Guarantor does not pay or perform any Guaranteed Swap Obligations when due, the Swap Guarantors shall immediately on demand pay that Guaranteed Swap Obligation as if it were the primary obligor; and
(iii) indemnifies each Swap Bank immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability suffered or incurred by that Swap Bank (A) if any Guaranteed Swap Obligation is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal or (B) by operation of law as a consequence of the transactions contemplated by the Master Agreements. The amount of the cost, loss or liability shall be equal to the amount which that Swap Bank would otherwise have been entitled to recover.
16.2 Continuing guarantees. Each guarantee made in Clause 16.1:
(a) is a continuing guarantee;
(b) constitutes a guarantee of punctual performance and payment and not merely of collection;
(c) is joint and several with any other guarantee given in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations or the Guaranteed Swap Obligations, as the case may be, and shall not in any way be prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Creditor Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations or by any Swap Bank in respect of the Guaranteed Swap Obligations, as the case may be;
(d) shall remain in full force and effect until the later of the termination of the Total Commitments and the payment and performance in full of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Guaranteed Swap Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part; and
(e) shall be binding upon the Guarantor (in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations), the Swap Guarantors (in respect of the Guaranteed Swap Obligations), their respective successors and permitted assigns.
16.3 Performance of Guaranteed Obligations and Guaranteed Swap Obligations; obligations pari passu .
(a) Each of the Guarantor and the Swap Guarantors agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations and the Guaranteed Swap Obligations, as the case may be, shall be performed and paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the relevant Finance Document or Master Agreement, as the case may be, regardless of any law or regulation or order of any court:
75
 
(i) affecting (A) any term of such Finance Document or Master Agreement or the rights of any of the Creditor Parties with respect thereto or (B) the Borrowers’ or, as the case may be, the Guarantor’s ability or obligation to make or render, or right of any Creditor Party to receive, any payments or performance due thereunder; or
(ii) which might otherwise constitute a defense to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, the Borrowers or, as the case may be, the Guarantor.
(b) The obligations of the Guarantor under its guarantee shall rank pari passu with all other unsecured obligations of such Guarantor.
(c) The obligations of each of the Swap Guarantors under this guarantee shall rank pari passu with all other unsecured obligations of such Swap Guarantor.
16.4 Reinstatement. If any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or the Guaranteed Swap Obligations is rescinded, discharged, avoided or reduced or must otherwise be returned by a Creditor Party or any other person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower or any other Security Party or otherwise:
(a) each of the guarantees under this Clause 16 shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, and the liability of the Guarantor (in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations) and of each of the Swap Guarantors (in respect of the Guaranteed Swap Obligations) hereunder shall continue or be reinstated, as the case may be, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred; and
(b) each Creditor Party shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that payment from the Guarantor (in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations) or from each Swap Guarantor (in respect of the Guaranteed Swap Obligations), as the case may be, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred.
16.5 Liability absolute and unconditional . The obligations of the Guarantor (in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations) and of each of the Swap Guarantors (in respect of the Guaranteed Swap Obligations) under this Clause 16 shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of their respective obligations under this Clause 16, and the Guarantor and each Swap Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of the following:
(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Security Party or other person;
(b) the release of any other Security Party or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any Security Party;
(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Security Party or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realize the full value of any security;
(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the corporate or company structure or status of a Security Party or any other person (including without limitation any change in the holding of such Security Party’s or other person’s Equity Interests);
76
 
(e) any amendment to or replacement of a Finance Document, a Master Agreement or any other document or security;
(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any Security Party or any other person under any Finance Document, any Master Agreement or any other document or security;
(g) any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings; or
(h) any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, any Security Party.
16.6 Waiver of promptness, etc. The Guarantor and each Swap Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for performance, notice of non-performance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and the Guaranteed Swap Obligations and each guarantee under this Clause 16 and any requirement that a Creditor Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Security Interest or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Security Party or any other person or entity or any Collateral.
16.7 Waiver of revocation, etc. The Guarantor and each Swap Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this guarantee.
16.8 Waiver of certain defenses. The Guarantor and each Swap Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives:
(a) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by a Creditor Party that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of the Guarantor or such Swap Guarantor or other rights of the Guarantor or such Swap Guarantor to proceed against any of the other Security Parties, any other guarantor or any other person or entity or any Collateral; and
(b) any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the obligations of the Guarantor or such Swap Guarantor hereunder.
16.9 Waiver of disclosure, etc. The Guarantor and each Swap Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any duty on the part of any Creditor Party to disclose to the Guarantor or such Swap Guarantor any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any Borrower, any other Security Party or any of their respective subsidiaries now or hereafter known by any Creditor Party.
16.10 Immediate recourse. The Guarantor and each Swap Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Creditor Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Guarantor or, as the case may be, that Swap Guarantor under this Clause 16. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document or Master Agreement to the contrary.
77
 
16.11 Acknowledgment of benefits. The Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Finance Documents and that the waivers set forth in this Clause 16 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
16.12 Independent obligations.
(a) The obligations of the Guarantor under or in respect of its guarantee are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of the Borrowers or any other Security Party under or in respect of the Finance Documents, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against the Guarantor to enforce its guarantee irrespective of whether any action is brought against any Borrower or any other Security Party or whether any Borrower or any other Security Party is joined in any such action or actions; and
(b) The obligations of each of the Swap Guarantors under or in respect of their guarantee are independent of the Guaranteed Swap Obligations or any other obligations of the Guarantor or any other Security Party under or in respect of the Master Agreements, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Swap Guarantor to enforce such guarantee irrespective of whether any action is brought against the Guarantor or any other Security Party or whether the Guarantor or any other Security Party is joined in any such action or actions.
16.13 Deferral of rights. Until each of the Guaranteed Obligations and the Guaranteed Swap Obligations have been irrevocably paid and performed in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, none of the Guarantor or the Swap Guarantors shall exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:
(a) to be indemnified by another Security Party;
(b) to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Security Party’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and/or
(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents, the Master Agreements or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents or the Master Agreements by any Creditor Party.
16.14 Limitation of liability. Each of t he Guarantor, the Swap Guarantors and the Creditor Parties hereby confirms that it is its intention that the Guaranteed Obligations (in the case of the Guarantor) and the Guaranteed Swap Obligations (in the case of each Swap Guarantor) do not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the United States Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each of the Guarantor, the Swap Guarantors and the Creditor Parties hereby irrevocably agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed by the Guarantor and the Guaranteed Swap Obligations guaranteed by the Swap Guarantors shall be limited to such amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other (contingent or otherwise) liabilities of the Guarantor or such Swap Guarantor (as the case may be) that are relevant under such laws, and in the case of the Swap Guarantors after giving effect to any rights of contribution among such Swap Guarantor and the other Swap Guarantors, result in the Guaranteed Obligations of the Guarantor or in the Guaranteed Swap Obligations of such Swap Guarantor in respect of such maximum amount not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
78
 
16.15 Reliance of Creditor Parties. Each of the Creditor Parties has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon, among other things, this guarantee.
16.16 Release of a Swap Guarantor and of Swap Guarantors’ right of contribution. Upon the sale of its Ship in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, a Swap Guarantor shall be released as a guarantor hereunder and in respect of its obligations under the other Finance Documents to which it is a party. Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result therefrom, and that no payment is then due from that Swap Guarantor under any of the Finance Documents to which it is a party, upon the written approval of the Agent (acting with the consent of the Majority Lenders, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), such Swap Guarantor shall be deemed a retiring guarantor (in such capacity, a “ Retiring Swap Guarantor ”) and shall cease to be a Swap Guarantor hereunder and released from its obligations hereunder and under the other Finance Documents, and on the date such Retiring Swap Guarantor ceases to be a Swap Guarantor:
(a) that Retiring Swap Guarantor is released by each other Swap Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other Swap Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Swap Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and
(b) each other Swap Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Creditor Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Swap Guarantor.
16.17 Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Swap Guarantor to honor all of its obligations under this guarantee in respect of Swap Obligations ( provided that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall be liable under this Clause 16.17 only for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Clause 16.17, or otherwise under this guarantee, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Clause 16.17 shall remain in full force and effect until such Qualified ECP Guarantor is released pursuant to Clause 16.16. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Clause 16.17 constitute, and this Clause 16.17 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Swap Guarantor for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
79
 
17 PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS
17.1 Currency and method of payments. All payments to be made by the Lenders or by the Security Parties under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:
(a) by not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the due date;
(b) in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement);
(c) in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by another Security Party to the Agent or any Lender, to the account of the Agent at

  Bank Name: Bank of New York, N.Y. (SWIFT CODE) IRVTUS3N
  ABA No: 021 000 018
  Account Name: DNB Bank ASA, New York (SWIFT CODE) DNBAUS33
  Account No: 802 600 1499
  FFC Account Name: Scorpio Tankers
  FFC Account No: 22248999
  Attention: CSD Loans
  Reference: Scorpio Tankers,

 

or to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrowers, the other Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties; and

(d) in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrowers and the other Creditor Parties.
17.2 Payment on non-Business Day. If any payment by a Security Party under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:
(a) the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or
(b) if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day;

and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.

17.3 Basis for calculation of periodic payments. All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.
17.4 Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties. Subject to Clauses 17.5, 17.6 and 17.7:
80
 
(a) any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender, a Swap Counterparty or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender, that Swap Counterparty or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender and the Swap Counterparty or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than five (5) Business Days previously; and
(b) amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders and/or the Swap Counterparties generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender and each Swap Counterparty, as applicable, pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.
17.5 Permitted deductions by Agent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may, before making an amount available to a Lender or a Swap Counterparty, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender or that Swap Counterparty under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender or that Swap Counterparty to pay on demand.
17.6 Agent only obliged to pay when monies received. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to the Borrowers or any Lender or any Swap Counterparty any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to the Borrowers or that Lender or that Swap Counterparty until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.
17.7 Refund to Agent of monies not received. If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to the Borrowers or a Lender or a Swap Counterparty, without first having received that sum, the Borrowers or (as the case may be) the Lender or the Swap Counterparty concerned shall, on demand:
(a) refund the sum in full to the Agent; and
(b) pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.
17.8 Agent may assume receipt. Clause 17.7 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.
17.9 Creditor Party accounts. Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrowers and each other Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrowers and any other Security Party.
17.10 Agent’s memorandum account. The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrowers and each other Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrowers and any other Security Party.
81
 
17.11 Accounts prima facie evidence. If any accounts maintained under Clauses 17.9 and 17.10 show an amount to be owing by the Borrowers or any other Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.
18 APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS
18.1 Normal order of application. Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:
(a) FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements in the following order and proportions:
(i) first, in or towards satisfaction of all amounts then due and payable to the Agent and the Security Trustee;
(ii) second, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Creditor Parties or K-Sure under the Finance Documents other than those amounts referred to at paragraphs (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by any Security Party under Clauses 21, 22 and 23 of this Agreement or by the Borrowers or any other Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any other Finance Document);
(iii) third, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents;
(iv) fourth, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of principal payable to the Lenders under this Agreement;
(v) fifth, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to each Swap Counterparty (and, for this purpose, the expression “interest” shall include any net amount which the Guarantor shall have become liable to pay or deliver under section 9(h) (Interest and Compensation) of any Master Agreement but shall have failed to pay or deliver to the relevant Swap Counterparty at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 18); and
(vi) sixth, in or towards satisfaction of the Swap Exposure of each Swap Counterparty (calculated as at the actual Early Termination Date applying to each particular Designated Transaction, or if no such Early Termination Date shall have occurred, calculated as if an Early Termination Date occurred on the date of application or distribution hereunder); and
(b) SECOND: if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document or any Master Agreement but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrowers, the other Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.1(a); and
82
 
(c) THIRD: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrowers or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amount received from a Swap Guarantor in respect of its Guaranteed Swap Obligations shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligations.

18.2 Variation of order of application.
(a) The Agent may, with the authorization of K-Sure, the Majority Lenders and the Swap Counterparties, by notice to the Borrowers, the other Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clauses 18.1(a)(ii) through (vi) either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories (save that any variation which results in any of the sums referred to in Clauses 18.1(a)(v) and 18.1(a)(vi) ranking prior to any of the sums referred to in Clauses 18.1(a)(ii), 18.1(a)(iii) and 18.1(a)(iv) shall require instead the authorization of all Lenders and K-Sure).
(b) Following an Event of Default and where the Agent has confirmed to the Borrowers that the K-Sure Lenders have received in full the amount payable under each K-Sure Insurance Policy, the parties acknowledge that K-Sure may vary the order of application set out in Clause 18.1 in respect of sums payable to it only, in accordance with the terms of the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy and each party to this Agreement agrees that it is bound by any such varied order of payment.
18.3 Notice of variation of order of application. The Agent may give notices under Clause 18.2 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.
18.4 Appropriation rights overridden. This Clause 18 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 18.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrowers or any other Security Party.
18.5 Application of insurance proceeds under K-Sure Insurance Policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Clause 18:
(a) if any K-Sure Lender receives any insurance proceeds under a K-Sure Insurance Policy other than from the Agent or the K-Sure Agent, it shall pay such moneys to the Agent;
(b) notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 18.1, any insurance proceeds received by any K-Sure Lender under a K-Sure Insurance Policy other than from the Agent shall be applied by the Agent only in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 18.1 as the case may be, in favour of the K-Sure Lenders, and, for the avoidance of doubt, no such insurance proceeds shall in any circumstances be available to the Borrowers or any other Security Party;
(c) any unpaid K-Sure Premium and any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of K-Sure shall constitute amounts then due and payable in respect of the K-Sure Tranche under the Finance Documents (and any of them) for the purposes of the amounts then due and payable in respect of paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 18.1 as the case may be.
18.6 Payments in excess of Contribution.
83
 
(a) If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, counterclaim or otherwise) in excess of its Contribution, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders such participation in their respective Contributions as shall be necessary to share the excess payment ratably with each of them, provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (a) the amount of such Lender’s required repayment to (b) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered.
(b) The Borrowers agree that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Clause 18.6 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all of its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrowers in the amount of such participation.
(c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Clause 18.6, any Lender which shall have commenced or joined (as a plaintiff) in an action or proceeding in any court to recover sums due to it under any Finance Document and pursuant to a judgment obtained therein or a settlement or compromise of that action or proceeding shall have received any amount, such Lender shall not be required to share any proportion of that amount with a Lender which has the legal right to, but does not, join such action or proceeding or commence and diligently prosecute a separate action or proceeding to enforce its rights in the same or another court.
(d) Each Lender exercising or contemplating exercising any rights giving rise to a receipt or receiving any payment of the type referred to in this Clause 18.6 or instituting legal proceedings to recover sums owing to it under this Agreement shall, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, give notice thereof to the Agent who shall give notice to the other Lenders.
19 APPLICATION OF EARNINGS
19.1 General. From the Effective Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 19 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing.
19.2 Payment of Earnings. Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that subject only to the provisions of any Charter Assignment or Earnings Assignment, all Earnings of each Ship are paid to the Earnings Account for such Ship.
19.3 Use of proceeds in Earnings Accounts . Unless and until an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default occurs and subject to the provisions of the other Finance Documents, the Earnings of each Ship shall be freely available to each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor.
19.4 Intentionally omitted .
19.5 Intentionally omitted.
84
 
19.6 Location of accounts. Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall promptly:
(a) comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re-location of any Earnings Account , and without limiting the foregoing, each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor agrees to segregate the Earnings Accounts from the banking platform on which their other accounts are located or designated; and
(b) execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favor of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) any Earnings Account.
19.7 Debits for expenses etc. The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit any Earnings Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clause 21 or 22 to a Creditor Party or payment of which any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clause 21 or 22.
19.8 Borrowers’ obligations unaffected. The provisions of this Clause 19 do not affect:
(a) the liability of the Borrowers to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or
(b) any other liability or obligation of the Borrowers or any other Security Party under any Finance Document.
20 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
20.1 Events of Default. An Event of Default occurs if:
(a) a Borrower or any other Security Party fails to pay when due any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document or, only in the case of sums payable on demand, within three (3) Business Days after the date when first demanded, provided that if such failure to pay a sum when due is solely the result of an administrative or technical error, it shall not constitute an Event of Default unless such failure continues unremedied for more than three (3) Business Days from the occurrence thereof; or
(b) any breach occurs of any of Clauses 8.8, 8.9, 8.10, 9.2(a), 11.2(b), 11.2(e), 11.2(f), 11.2(o), 13 or 15.3; or
(c) any breach by a Borrower or any other Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a), (b), (d), (e) or (n) of this Clause 20.1) which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is capable of remedy, and such default continues unremedied 10 Business Days after the earlier of (i) the relevant Security Party becoming aware of such breach and (ii) written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or
(d) subject to any applicable grace period specified in a Finance Document, any breach by a Borrower or any other Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraphs (a), (b), (c) or (e) of this Clause 20.1); or
(e) any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer or director of, a Borrower or any other Security Party in a Finance Document or in a Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made or repeated; or
85
 
(f) an event of default, or an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time or both would constitute an event of default, has occurred on the part of a Security Party under any contract or agreement (other than the Finance Documents) to which such Security Party is a party and the value of which is or exceeds $10,000,000 in the aggregate, and such event of default has not been cured within any applicable grace period;
(g) any Financial Indebtedness of a Security Party in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate is not paid when due (or if there is a grace period, within such grace period) or, only in the case of sums payable on demand, when first demanded, except for any such Financial Indebtedness which is being contested by such Security Party in good faith and through appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves in accordance with IFRS have been established and maintained on the books and records of the applicable Security Party, and in a manner that does not involve any risk of sale, forfeiture, loss, confiscation or seizure of a Ship; or
(h) an Insolvency Event occurs with respect to any Security Party; or
(i) Intentionally omitted; or
(j) all or a material part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of, or shares or other ownership interest in, any Security Party are seized, nationalized, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under authority of any government, provided that , in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, such occurrence would adversely affect any Security Party’s ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party; or
(k) a creditor attaches or takes possession of, or a distress, execution, sequestration or process (each an “action” ) is levied or enforced upon or sued out against, a material part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues (the “assets” ) of any Security Party in relation to a claim by such creditor which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, is likely to materially and adversely affect the ability of such Security Party to perform all or any of its obligations under or otherwise to comply with the terms of any Finance Document to which it is a party and such Security Party does not procure that such action is lifted, released or expunged within 30 Business Days of such action being (i) instituted and (ii) notified to such Security Party; or
(l) any of the Borrowers or the Guarantor fails (within 5 business days after becoming obliged to do so) to comply with or pay any sum in an amount exceeding $5,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currencies) due from it under any final judgment or any final order (being one against which there is no right of appeal or if a right of appeal exists the time limit for making such appeal has expired and no appeal has been made or if an appeal has been made such appeal has been dismissed) made or given by any court of competent jurisdiction, provided that such event shall not be deemed to constitute an Event of Default if the Borrowers are entitled to insurance cover for the whole of such sum and the relevant insurers have confirmed liability and undertaken to make payment of the whole of such sum in writing to the person(s) entitled to payment and it is likely (in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders) that the insurers will be able to make such payment within thirty (30) days; or
(m) any Security Party ceases or suspends or threatens to cease or suspend the carrying on of its business, or a part of its business which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is material in the context of this Agreement, except in the case of a sale or a proposed sale of the Ship by a Borrower; or
86
 
(n) a Ship becomes a Total Loss or suffers a Major Casualty and (i) in the case of a Total Loss, insurance proceeds are not collected or received by the Security Trustee from the underwriters within 120 days of the Total Loss Date; or (ii) in the case of a Major Casualty, that Ship has not been otherwise repaired in a timely and proper manner; or
(o) it becomes unlawful or impossible:
(i) for any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Majority Lenders consider material under a Finance Document;
(ii) for the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Lenders or the Swap Banks to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or
(p) any consent necessary to enable a Borrower to own, operate or charter the Ship owned by it or to enable a Borrower or any other Security Party to comply with any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document or a Charter is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled; or
(q) any provision of a Finance Document which the Majority Lenders consider material proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest; or
(r) the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperiled or in jeopardy; or
(s) an Event of Default (as defined in section 14 of a Master Agreement) occurs; or
(t) an event or series of events occurs which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, may constitute a Material Adverse Effect; or
(u) any Security Party or any subsidiary of any Security Party or any of their respective directors or officers becomes a Restricted Party; or
(v) any breach by an Approved Manager of any provision of its Manager’s Undertaking unless (i) that Approved Manager is replaced by an Approved Manager acceptable to the Majority Lenders in all respects within 120 days from the date the relevant Security Party becomes aware of such breach and (ii) a new Manager’s Undertaking is issued within 30 days from such replacement by the new Approved Manager in substantially the same form as the existing Manager’s Undertaking.
20.2 Actions following an Event of Default. On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default:
(a) the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:
87
 
(i) serve on the Borrowers a notice stating that the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement, the other Finance Documents and the Master Agreements are cancelled; and/or
(ii) serve on the Borrowers a notice stating that the Loan, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement, the other Finance Documents and the Master Agreements are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand, provided that in the case of an Event of Default under Clause 20.1(h), the Loan and all accrued interest and other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement, the other Finance Documents and the Master Agreements shall be deemed immediately due and automatically become payable without notice or demand therefor; and/or
(iii) take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or
(b) the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorization of the Majority Lenders, the Security Trustee shall, take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) (i) or (ii), the Security Trustee, the Agent and/or the Lenders and/or the Swap Counterparties are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law to enforce the Security Interests created by this Agreement and any other Finance Document in any manner available to it and in such sequence as the Security Trustee may, in its absolute discretion, determine.
20.3 Termination of Commitments. On the service of a notice under Clause 20.2(a)(i) or, upon an Event of Default under Clause 20.1(h), the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement shall be cancelled.
20.4 Acceleration of Loan. On the service of a notice under Clause 20.2(a)(ii) or, upon an Event of Default under Clause 20.1(h), all or, as the case may be, the part of the Loan specified in the notice (if any), together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrowers or any other Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.
20.5 Multiple notices; action without notice. The Agent may serve notices under Clauses 20.2(a)(i) and (ii) simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in Clause 20.2 if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.
20.6 Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties. The Agent shall send to each Lender, each Swap Counterparty, the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy of the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrowers under Clause 20.2. Such notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrowers, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide the Borrowers or any other Security Party with any form of claim or defense.
20.7 Creditor Party rights unimpaired. Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders or Swap Counterparties under a Finance Document, a Master Agreement or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.
88
 
20.8 Exclusion of Creditor Party liability. No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any liability to any Security Party:
(a) for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or
(b) as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realized from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset,

provided that nothing in this Clause 20.8 shall exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been caused by the gross negligence or the willful misconduct of such Creditor Party’s own officers and employees or ( as the case may be) such receiver’s or manager’s own partners or employees.

20.9 Position of Swap Counterparties. Neither the Agent nor the Security Trustee shall be obliged, in connection with any action taken or proposed to be taken under or pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Clause 20, to have any regard to the requirements of a Swap Counterparty except to the extent that such Swap Counterparty is also a Lender.
21 FEES AND EXPENSES
21.1 Commitment, agency and other fees. The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent:
(a) in respect of the Commercial Bank Tranche during the period from (and including) the Effective Date to the Maturity Date thereof (payable on the Effective Date and thereafter, in arrears, on the last day of each quarter and on the Commercial Bank Tranche Maturity Date), for the account of the Commercial Lenders, a commitment fee at the rate per annum of 40 percent of the applicable Margin on the undrawn amount of the Commitments relating to the Commercial Bank Tranche, for distribution among the Commercial Lenders pro rata to their Commitments;
(b) in respect of the K-Sure Tranche, during the period from (and including) the Effective Date to the Maturity Date thereof payable on the Effective Date and thereafter, in arrears, on the last day of each quarter and on the K-Sure Tranche Maturity Date, for the account of the K-Sure Lenders, a commitment fee at the rate per annum of 40 percent of the applicable Margin on the undrawn amount of the Commitments relating to the K-Sure Tranche, for distribution among the K-Sure Lenders pro rata to their Commitments;
(c) an annual agency fee payable on the dates and in the amounts described in an agency fee letter entered into between the Agent and the Borrowers on or about the Effective Date; and
(d) any other fees as may be payable by the Borrowers.
21.2 K-Sure Premium. Without prejudice to Clause 8.19, the Borrowers:
(a) agree, and each K-Sure Lender acknowledges and agrees, that:
89
 
(i) the amounts of any K-Sure Premium will be solely determined by K-Sure; and
(ii) no K-Sure Lender is in any way involved in the calculation or payment (otherwise than as financed in whole or in part pursuant to this Agreement) of any part of any K-Sure Premium;
(b) agree that their obligation to pay any K-Sure Premium or any part of any K-Sure Premium in accordance with the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy shall be an absolute and unconditional obligation and, without limitation, shall not be affected by any failure by a Borrower to draw down funds under this Agreement or the prepayment or acceleration of the whole or any part of the Loan;
(c) acknowledge that they shall pay an amount equivalent to each K-Sure Premium (including default interest under the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy) to K-Sure on the relevant due date, and no K-Sure Premium will be refundable in whole or in part in any circumstances, unless otherwise provided in the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy and Clause 8.19;
(d) agree that if, for any reason whatsoever, any additional premium is or becomes payable to K-Sure in respect of any K-Sure Insurance Policy, the Borrowers shall promptly pay such additional premium in full and the Borrowers shall fully cooperate with the Agent and the K-Sure Agent on their reasonable request to take all steps necessary on the part of the Borrowers to ensure that each K-Sure Insurance Policy remains in full force and effect throughout the Security Period; and
(e) shall indemnify K-Sure in relation to any costs or expenses (including reasonable legal fees) suffered or incurred by K-Sure in connection with any transfer to K-Sure undertaken pursuant to Clause 27.2 or in connection with any review by K-Sure of or in relation to any Event of Default and/or amendment or supplement to any of the Finance Documents and/or a request for a consent or approval from K-Sure.
21.3 Costs of negotiation, preparation etc. The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Agent, the K-Sure Agent or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of such Creditor Party’s or K-Sure’s legal counsel and any local counsel retained by them.
21.4 Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc. The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Creditor Party concerned or K-Sure, the amount of all expenses incurred by a Creditor Party in connection with:
(a) any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document or a K-Sure Insurance Policy, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;
(b) any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Swap Banks, the Majority Lenders, the Creditor Party concerned or K-Sure under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request for such a consent or waiver;
(c) the valuation of any additional Collateral provided or offered under Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such additional Collateral; or
90
 
(d) any step taken by the Security Trustee, a Lender, K-Sure or a Swap Bank with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.

There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.

21.5 Intentionally omitted .
21.6 Documentary taxes. The Borrowers shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent’s demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrowers to pay such a tax.
21.7 Certification of amounts. A notice which is signed by an officer of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
22 INDEMNITIES
22.1 Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan. The Borrowers shall fully indemnify the Agent, each Lender and K-Sure on the Agent’s demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by that Creditor Party or K-Sure, or which that Creditor Party or K-Sure reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:
(a) an Advance not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;
(b) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in an Advance requested by the Borrowers in a Drawdown Notice but not made or funded by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence solely by that Creditor Party);
(c) the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or other relevant period;
(d) any failure (for whatever reason) by a Borrower or any other Security Party to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrowers on the amount concerned under Clause 7); or
(e) the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 20.

It is understood that the indemnities provided in this Clause 22.1 shall not apply to any claim cost or expense which is a tax levied by a taxing authority on the indemnified party (which taxes are subject to indemnity solely as provided in Clause 23 below) but shall apply to any other costs associated with any tax which is not a Non-indemnified Tax.

91
 
22.2 Breakage costs. Without limiting its generality, Clause 22.1 covers any claim, expense, liability or loss, including a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender:
(a) in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount); and
(b) in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity or with another office or department of the Lender concerned) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or that part which the Lender concerned determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement of the amount of the liabilities, expenses or losses (including losses of prospective profits) incurred by it in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, a number of transactions of which this Agreement is one.
22.3 Miscellaneous indemnities. The Borrowers shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party, their respective directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents, trustees, advisors and attorneys-in-fact and K-Sure severally on their respective demands in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which may be made or brought against or incurred by a Creditor Party and K-Sure, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:
(a) any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Agent, the Security Trustee, any other Creditor Party or K-Sure or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document; or
(b) any other Pertinent Matter,

other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.

Without prejudice to its generality, this Clause 22.3 covers any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code or any Environmental Law.

22.4 Currency indemnity. If any sum due from a Borrower or any other Security Party to a Creditor Party or K-Sure under a Finance Document or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the “ Contractual Currency ”) into another currency (the “ Payment Currency ”) for the purpose of:
(a) making or lodging any claim or proof against a Borrower or any other Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or
(b) obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or
92
 
(c) enforcing any such order or judgment,

the Borrowers shall indemnify the Creditor Party concerned or K-Sure against the loss arising when the amount of the payment actually received by that Creditor Party or K-Sure is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.

In this Clause 22.4, the “ available rate of exchange ” means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.

This Clause 22.4 creates a separate joint and several liability of the Borrowers which is distinct from its other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.

22.5 Application to Master Agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 22.4 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Guarantor to a Swap Counterparty under or in connection with a Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 8 (Contractual Currency) of that Master Agreement shall apply.
22.6 Certification of amounts. A notice which is signed by an officer of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 22 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
22.7 Sums deemed due to a Lender. For the purposes of this Clause 22, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.
23 NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION; tax indemnity; FATCA
23.1 No deductions. All amounts due from a Security Party under a Finance Document shall be paid:
(a) without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and
(b) free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which such Security Party is required by law to make.
23.2 Grossing-up for taxes. If a Security Party is required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment:
(a) such Security Party shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;
(b) such Security Party shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises; and
(c) except if the deduction is for collection or payment of a Non-indemnified Tax of a Creditor Party, the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.
93
 
23.3 Evidence of payment of taxes. Within one (1) month after making any tax deduction, the relevant Security Party shall deliver to the Agent documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.
23.4 Tax credits . A Creditor Party which receives for its own account a repayment or credit in respect of tax on account of which the Borrowers have made an increased payment under Clause 23.2 shall pay to the Borrowers a sum equal to the proportion of the repayment or credit which that Creditor Party allocates to the amount due from the Borrowers in respect of which the Borrowers made the increased payment, provided that :
(a) the Creditor Party shall not be obliged to allocate to this transaction any part of a tax repayment or credit which is referable to a class or number of transactions;
(b) nothing in this Clause 23.4 shall oblige a Creditor Party to arrange its tax affairs in any particular manner, to claim any type of relief, credit, allowance or deduction instead of, or in priority to, another or to make any such claim within any particular time;
(c) nothing in this Clause 23.4 shall oblige a Creditor Party to make a payment which would leave it in a worse position than it would have been in if the Borrowers had not been required to make a tax deduction from a payment; and
(d) any allocation or determination made by a Creditor Party under or in connection with this Clause 23.4 shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the other Creditor Parties.
23.5 Indemnity for taxes. Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold each Creditor Party harmless from and against all taxes other than Non-indemnified Taxes levied on such Creditor Party (including, without limitation, taxes imposed on any amounts payable under this Clause 23.5) paid or payable by such person, whether or not such taxes or other taxes were correctly or legally asserted. Such indemnification shall be paid within 10 days from the date on which such Creditor Party makes written demand therefor specifying in reasonable detail the nature and amount of such taxes or other taxes.
23.6 Exclusion from indemnity and gross-up for taxes. The Borrowers and the Guarantor shall not be required to indemnify any Creditor Party for a tax pursuant to Clause 23.5, or to pay any additional amounts to any Creditor Party pursuant to Clause 23.2, to the extent that the tax is collected by withholding on payments (a “ Withholding ”) and is levied by a Pertinent Jurisdiction of the payer and:
(a) the person claiming such indemnity or additional amounts was not an original party to this agreement and under applicable law (after taking into account relevant treaties and assuming that such person has provided all forms it may legally and truthfully provided) on the date such person became a party to this Agreement a Withholding would have been required on such payment, provided that this exclusion shall not apply to the extent such Withholding does not exceed the Withholding that would have been applicable if such payment had been made to the person from whom such person acquired its rights under the Agreement and this exclusion shall not apply to the extent that such Withholding exceeds the amount of Withholding that would have been required under the law in effect on the date such person became a party to this Agreement; or
94
 
(b) the person claiming such indemnity or additional amounts is a Lender who has changed its Lending Office and under applicable law (after taking into account relevant treaties and assuming that such Lender has provided all forms it may legally and truthfully provide) on the date such Lender changed its Lending Office Withholding would have been required on such payment provided that this exclusion shall not apply to the extent such Withholding does not exceed the Withholding that would have been applicable to such payment if such Lender had not changed its Lending Office and this exclusion shall not apply to the extent that the Withholding exceeds the amount of Withholding that would have been required under the law in effect immediately after such Lender changed its Lending Office; or
(c) in the case of a Lender, to the extent that Withholding would not have been required on such payment if such Lender has complied with its obligations to deliver certain tax form pursuant to Section 23.7 below.
23.7 Delivery of tax forms.
(a) Upon the reasonable request of the Borrowers, each Lender or transferee that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States (a “ Non-U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to the Agent and the Borrowers two properly completed and duly executed copies of (as applicable) IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY or, upon request of the Borrowers or the Agent, any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, in each case claiming such reduced rate (which may be zero) of U.S. Federal withholding tax under Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code with respect to payments of interest hereunder as such Non-U.S. Lender may properly claim. In addition, in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. Federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code, such Non-U.S. Lender shall, when so requested by the Borrowers provide to the Agent and the Borrowers in addition to the W-8BEN required above a certificate representing that such Non-U.S. Lender is not a bank for purposes of Section 881(c) of the Code, is not a 10-percent shareholder (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code) of the Borrowers and is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrowers (within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code), and such Non-U.S. Lender agrees that it shall promptly notify the Agent in the event any representation in such certificate is no longer accurate.
(b) In the event that Withholding taxes may be imposed under the laws of any Pertinent Jurisdiction (other than the United States or any political subdivision or taxing jurisdiction thereof or therein) in respect of payments on the Loan or other amounts due under this Agreement and if certain documentation provided by a Lender could reduce or eliminate such Withholding taxes under the laws of such Pertinent Jurisdiction or any treaty to which the Pertinent Jurisdiction is a party, then, upon written request by the Guarantor, a Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction in the amount of, such Withholding tax shall deliver to the Guarantor (with a copy to the Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or promptly after receipt of the Guarantor’s request, whichever is later, such properly completed and executed documentation requested by the Guarantor, if any, as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding; provided that such Lender is legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such documentation and in such Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or delivery would not materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
95
 
(c) Each Lender shall deliver such forms as required in this Clause 23.7 within twenty (20) days after receipt of a written request therefor from the Agent or Guarantor.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause 23.7, a Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this Clause 23.7 that such Lender is not legally entitled to deliver.
23.8 Application to Master Agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 23 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Guarantor to a Swap Counterparty under or in connection with a Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of Section 2(d) ( Deduction or Withholding for Tax ) of that Master Agreement shall apply.
23.9 FATCA information.
(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, within ten (10) Business Days of a reasonable request by another FATCA Relevant Party, each FATCA Relevant Party shall:
(i) confirm to that other party whether it is a FATCA Exempt Party or is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and
(ii) supply to the requesting party (with a copy to all other FATCA Relevant Parties) such other form or forms (including IRS Form W-8 or Form W-9 or any successor or substitute form, as applicable) and any other documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable “passthru percentage” or other information required under FATCA or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as the requesting party reasonably requests for the purpose of determining whether any payment to such party may be subject to any FACTA Deduction.
(b) If a FATCA Relevant Party confirms to any other FATCA Relevant Party that it is a FATCA Exempt Party or provides an IRS Form W-8 or W-9 to showing that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that party shall so notify all other FATCA Relevant Parties reasonably promptly.
(c) Nothing in this Clause 23.9 shall obligate any FATCA Relevant Party to do anything which would or, in its reasonable opinion, might constitute a breach of any law or regulation, any policy of that party, any fiduciary duty or any duty of confidentiality, or to disclose any confidential information (including, without limitation, its tax returns and calculations); provided that nothing in this paragraph shall excuse any FATCA Relevant Party from providing a true complete and correct IRS Form W-8 or W-9 (or any successor or substitute form where applicable). Any information provided on such IRS Form W-8 or W-9 (or any successor or substitute forms) shall not be treated as confidential information of such party for purposes of this paragraph.
(d) If a FATCA Relevant Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance the provisions of this Agreement or the provided information is insufficient under FATCA, then:
(i) such party shall be treated as a FATCA Non-Exempt Party; and
(ii) if that party failed to confirm its applicable passthru percentage then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable passthru percentage is 100%,

until (in each case) such time as the party in question provides sufficient confirmation, forms, documentation or other information to establish the relevant facts.

96
 
23.10 FATCA withholding.
(a) A FATCA Relevant Party making a payment to any FACTA Non-Exempt Party shall make such FATCA Deduction as it determines is required by law and shall render payment to the IRS within the time allowed and in the amount required by FATCA.
(b) If a FATCA Deduction is required to be made by any FATCA Relevant Party to a FACTA Non-Exempt Party, the amount of the payment due from such FATCA Relevant Party shall be reduced by the amount of the FATCA Deduction reasonably determined to be required by such FATCA Relevant Party.
(c) Each FATCA Relevant Party shall promptly upon becoming aware that a FATCA Deduction is required with respect to any payment owed to it (or that there is any change in the rate or basis of a FATCA Deduction) notify each other FATCA Relevant Party accordingly.
(d) Within thirty days of making either a FATCA Deduction or any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, the party making such FATCA Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for delivery to the party on account of whom the FATCA Deduction was made evidence reasonably satisfactory to that party that the FATCA Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the IRS.
(e) A FATCA Relevant Party who becomes aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment to another FATCA Relevant Party (or that there is any change in the rate or basis of such FATCA Deduction) shall notify that party and the Agent.
(f) The Agent shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment to a Lender which relates to a payment by a Borrower (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such a FATCA Deduction) notify the Borrowers and the relevant Lender.
(g) If a FATCA Deduction is made as a result of any Creditor Party failing to be a FATCA Exempt Party, such party shall indemnify each other Creditor Party against any loss, cost or expense to it resulting from such FATCA Deduction.
23.11 FATCA mitigation.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if a FATCA Deduction is or will be required to be made by any party under Clause 23.10 in respect of a payment to any FATCA Non-Exempt Lender, the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender may either:

(a) transfer its entire interest in the Loan to a U.S. branch or Affiliate, or
(b) nominate one or more transferee lenders who upon becoming a Lender would be a FATCA Exempt Party, by notice in writing to the Agent and the Borrowers specifying the terms of the proposed transfer, and cause such transferee lender(s) to purchase all of the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender’s interest in the Loan.
97
 
24 ILLEGALITY, ETC
24.1 Illegality. If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Advance:
(a) the Notifying Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;
(b) upon the Agent notifying the Borrowers and the other Creditor Parties, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender will be immediately cancelled; and
(c) the Borrowers shall jointly and severally repay the Notifying Lender’s participation in each Advance on the last day of the Interest Period for each Advance occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrowers or, if earlier, the date specified by the Notifying Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) without premium or penalty.
24.2 Mitigation . If circumstances arise which would result in a notification under Clause 24.1 then, without in any way limiting the obligations of the Borrowers under Clause 24.1, the Notifying Lender shall use reasonable commercial efforts to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to another office or financial institution not affected by the circumstances but the Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:
(a) have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or
(b) involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or
(c) involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.
24.3 Limitation of Liability . The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify the Notifying Lender for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Notifying Lender as a result of any action taken by it under Clause 24.2.
25 INCREASED COSTS
25.1 Increased costs. This Clause 25 applies if a Lender or its Affiliate (that Lender or that Lender’s Affiliate, the “ Notifying Lender ”) notifies the Agent that as a result of:
(a) the introduction or alteration after the Effective Date of a law or an alteration after the Effective Date in the manner in which a law is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a Non-Indemnified Tax); or
(b) complying with any regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the Effective Date; or
98
 
(c) any introduction, change, clarification or publication relating to Basel III, CRD IV or CRR to the extent such increased costs were not capable of being calculated with sufficient accuracy prior to the date of this Agreement due to a lack of clarity or detail in Basel III, CRD IV, CRR and/or any related information from a banking regulator available on the date of this Agreement,

the Notifying Lender has incurred or will incur an “ increased cost ”.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and all requests, rules, guidelines and directives promulgated thereunder, are deemed to have been introduced or adopted after the date hereof, regardless of the date enacted or adopted.

25.2 Meaning of “increased costs”. In this Clause 25, “ increased costs ” means, in relation to a Notifying Lender:
(a) an actual additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or having taken an assignment of rights under this Agreement, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or other unpaid sums;
(b) a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;
(c) an actual additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender’s Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or
(d) a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender under this Agreement.

For the purposes of this Clause 25.2 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class of its assets and liabilities) on such basis as it considers appropriate.

25.3 Notification to Borrowers of claim for increased costs. The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the other Security Parties of the notice which the Agent received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 25.1.
25.4 Payment of increased costs. The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrowers that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.
25.5 Notice of prepayment. If the Borrowers are not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 25.4, the Borrowers may give the Agent not less than 14 days’ notice of their intention to prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution at the end of an Interest Period.
99
 
25.6 Prepayment; termination of Commitment. A notice under Clause 25.5 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying Lender of the Borrowers’ notice of intended prepayment; and:
(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and
(b) on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrowers shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender’s Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the applicable Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any).
25.7 Application of prepayment. Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
25.8 Mitigation.
(a) The Notifying Lender shall, in consultation with the Guarantor, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to or in connection with, Clause 25.1 including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Lending Office; and
(b) Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Security Party under the Finance Documents.
25.9 Limitation of Liability.
(a) The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify the Notifying Lender for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Notifying Lender as a result of any action taken by it under Clause 25.8; and
(b) The Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any action under Clause 25.8 if, in its opinion (acting reasonably), to do would or might:
(i) have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or
(ii) involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or
(iii) involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.
26 SET-OFF
26.1 Application of credit balances. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Creditor Party may without prior notice:
(a) apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of any Borrower or the Guarantor at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrowers or the Guarantor to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and
100
 
(b) for that purpose:
(i) break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of any Borrower or the Guarantor;
(ii) convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and
(iii) enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.
26.2 Existing rights unaffected. No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 26.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).
26.3 Sums deemed due to a Lender. For the purposes of this Clause 26, a sum payable by any Borrower or the Guarantor to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender’s proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.
26.4 No Security Interest. This Clause 26 gives the Creditor Parties a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create any Security Interest over any credit balance of any Borrower or the Guarantor.
27 TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES
27.1 Transfer by Borrowers or Guarantor. None of the Borrowers nor the Guarantor may, without the consent of the Agent, given on the instructions of all the Lenders and K-Sure, transfer any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under any Finance Document.
27.2 Transfer by a Lender.
(a) Subject to Clause 27.4, a Lender (the “ Transferor Lender ”) may at any time, without any additional costs to, but with the prior written consent (unless the transfer is (i) to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or (ii) by a K-Sure Lender to K-Sure or (iii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which each such case, subject to proviso (iii) of this Clause 27.2(a), no consent is required) of, (1) the Agent, (2) in relation to the K-Sure Lenders only (the “ K-Sure Transferor Lender ”), K-Sure, and (3) the Guarantor (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and to be deemed granted within fifteen (15) Business Days from the day it has been sought unless it has been expressly refused within that period), cause:
(i) its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution; or
(ii) its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment; or
(iii) a combination of (i) and (ii),

101
 

to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by, another bank or financial institution (a “ Transferee Lender ”) which is (i) regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets including (without limitation) K-Sure and (ii) not an Affiliate of the Borrowers, by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 5 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a “ Transfer Certificate ”) executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender provided that (i) the amount of the Contribution and/or Commitment of the Lender which is to be transferred shall not be less than $5,000,000, (ii) in the event that the amount of a Lender’s Contribution and/or Commitment is less than $5,000,000, such Lender shall be entitled to transfer such lesser but entire amount of its Contribution and/or Commitment and (iii) in respect of a transfer by a K-Sure Lender, the consent of K-Sure (such consent not be unreasonably withheld) is required except in the case of a transfer by such K-Sure Lender to K-Sure.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security Trustee shall be determined in accordance with Clause 32.

(b) To the extent that it is required to do so by K-Sure pursuant to the terms of any K-Sure Insurance Policy, the K-Sure Transferor Lender shall cause a transfer to K-Sure in respect of such part of its Commitment or (as the case may be) its portion of the relevant Advance under the K-Sure Tranche as is equal to the amount simultaneously paid to it by K-Sure under the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy, provided that this shall not be construed as depriving any K-Sure Transferor Lender of its rights to recover any part of the Total Commitments, Loan or otherwise of the Secured Liabilities owing to it after receipt of the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy insurance proceeds.
(c) For the avoidance of doubt and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, in the event that K-Sure pays out in full or in part the insurance proceeds in accordance with the terms of any K-Sure Insurance Policy:
(i) the obligations of the Security Parties under this Agreement and each of the Finance Documents shall neither be reduced nor affected in any way;
(ii) K-Sure shall be entitled to the extent of such payment to exercise all rights of the K-Sure Lenders (whether present or future) against the Security Parties pursuant to this Agreement and the Finance Documents or any relevant laws and/or regulations, as the case may be in respect of the Collateral and solely to the extent that these relate to such payment (but without prejudice to the exercise of such rights by the other Creditor Parties) unless and until such insurance proceeds and the interest accrued on them are fully reimbursed to K-Sure; and
(iii) with respect to the obligations of the Security Parties owed to the Agent and/or the K-Sure Lenders under the Finance Documents (or any of them), such obligations shall be owed to K-Sure by way of subrogation of the rights of the K-Sure Lenders.
27.3 Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification. As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):
(a) sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrowers, the other Security Parties, the Security Trustee, each of the other Lenders and each of the Swap Banks;
102
 
(b) on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrowers and each other Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it;
(c) send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b),

but the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations to the transfer to that Transferee Lender.

27.4 Effective Date of Transfer Certificate. A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date, provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 27.3 on or before that date.
27.5 No transfer without Transfer Certificate. Except as provided in Clause 27.17, no assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrowers, any other Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.
27.6 Lender re-organization; waiver of Transfer Certificate. If a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganization as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in a successor, the Agent may, in its sole discretion, by notice to the successor and the Borrower and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate and, upon service of the Agent’s notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.
27.7 Effect of Transfer Certificate. The effect of a Transfer Certificate is as follows:
(a) to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender’s title and of any rights or equities which the Borrowers or any other Security Party had against the Transferor Lender;
(b) the Transferor Lender’s Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(c) the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(d) the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;
(e) any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate’s effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor’s title and any rights or equities of a Borrower or any other Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed;
103
 
(f) the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 5.7 and Clause 21, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and
(g) in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.

The rights and equities of the Borrowers or any other Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.

27.8 Maintenance of register of Lenders. During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 27.4) of the Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrowers during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least three (3) Business Days’ prior notice.
27.9 Reliance on register of Lenders. The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.
27.10 Authorization of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates. The Borrowers, the Guarantor, the Security Trustee, each Lender and each Swap Bank irrevocably authorizes the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf.
27.11 Registration fee. In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of $7,500 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent’s option) the Transferee Lender. For any change of Lending Office, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of $3,750 from the relevant Lender (unless the Transferee Lender is, or the change of Lending Office is related to, K-Sure, in which each such event no fee shall be payable).
27.12 Sub-participation; subrogation assignment. A Lender may sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents without the consent of, or any notice to, the Borrowers, any other Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee; and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.
27.13 Disclosure of information. A Creditor Party may disclose any information which the Creditor Party has received in relation to the Borrowers, any other Security Party or their affairs under or in connection with any Finance Document, so long as each such party (in the case of paragraphs (b)-(f) below) agrees to keep such information, which is not already publicly available, confidential (other than in the case of protection or enforcement of the Creditor Parties’ rights under the Finance Documents), to:
104
 
(a) any private, public or internationally recognized authorities that are entitled to and have requested to obtain such information;
(b) the Creditor Parties’ respective head offices, branches and Affiliates worldwide and professional advisors;
(c) any other parties to the Finance Documents;
(d) a rating agency or their professional advisors;
(e) any person with whom such Creditor Party proposes to enter (or considers entering) into contractual relations in relation to the Commercial Bank Tranche and/or the K-Sure Tranche and/or its Commitment or Contribution; and
(f) any other person regarding the funding, re-financing, transfer, assignment, sale, sub-participation or operational arrangement or other transaction in relation to the Commercial Bank Tranche and/or the K-Sure Tranche, its Contribution or its Commitment, including without limitation, for purposes in connection with a securitization or any enforcement, preservation, assignment, transfer, sale or sub-participation of any of such Creditor Parties’ rights and obligations.
27.14 Change of lending office. A Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:
(a) the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and
(b) the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.
27.15 Notification. On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Security Trustee; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.
27.16 Replacement of Reference Bank. If any Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender or is unable on a continuing basis to supply quotations for the purposes of Clause 5 then, unless the Borrower, the Agent and the Majority Lenders otherwise agree, the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and after consulting the Borrower, shall appoint another bank (whether or not a Lender) to be a replacement Reference Bank; and, when that appointment comes into effect, the first-mentioned Reference Bank’s appointment shall cease to be effective.
27.17 Security over Lenders’ rights. In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 27, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from the Borrowers or any other Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:
105
 
(a) any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and
(b) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities;

except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:

(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or
(ii) require any payments to be made by the Borrowers or any other Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.
28 K-SURE
28.1 Assignment to K-Sure. Each of the parties agrees that, upon payment in full or in part by K-Sure of all moneys due under a K-Sure Insurance Policy in accordance with the terms of any K-Sure Insurance Policy, provided that , to the extent required under the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy, this payment has satisfied the Secured Liabilities in full or in part in respect of the relevant Advance under the K-Sure Tranche to which such K-Sure Insurance Policy relates:
(a) each of the K-Sure Lenders shall assign to K-Sure such part of their respective Contributions in respect of that K-Sure Tranche and (to the extent that there remain any) of their respective Contributions in respect of that K-Sure Tranche as is equal to the amount simultaneously paid to it by K-Sure under the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy, provided that this shall not be construed as depriving any K-Sure Lender of its rights to recover any part of the Total Commitments, the Loan or otherwise of the Secured Liabilities still owing to it after receipt of the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy insurance proceeds;
(b) K-Sure shall, upon receipt by the Agent of a duly completed Transfer Certificate in accordance with the provisions of Clause 27, be an assignee and as such shall be entitled to the rights and benefits of the K-Sure Lenders under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents in respect of such payment to the extent of its interest;
(c) without prejudice to the indemnity provisions in Clause 22, the Borrowers shall indemnify K-Sure in respect of any actual, reasonable costs or expenses (including legal fees) suffered or incurred by K-Sure in connection with the assignment referred to in this Clause 28.1 or in connection with any review by K-Sure of any Event of Default or dispute between the Borrowers and/or any Security Party and the Creditor Parties occurring prior to the assignment referred to in this Clause 28.1;
(d) with respect to the obligations of the Borrowers and the Security Parties owed to the Agent and/or the K-Sure Lenders under the Finance Documents, such obligations shall additionally be owed to K-Sure by way of subrogation of the rights of the K-Sure Lenders;
106
 
(e) the Borrowers agree to cooperate with the Agent, the K-Sure Agent and the Lenders, as the case may be, in giving effect to any subrogation or assignment referred to in this Clause 28.1 and to take all actions requested by the Agent, any K-Sure Lender, the K-Sure Agent or K-Sure, in each case to the extent capable of being done by it, to implement or give effect to such subrogation or assignment;
(f) on the date of any subrogation to, or (as applicable) assignment of any rights referred to in this Clause 28.1:
(i) all further rights and benefits (including the right to receive commission in respect thereof but not any duty or other obligations) whatsoever of the relevant K-Sure Lender in relation to the portion of the Loan or the rights and benefits to which such assignment or rights of subrogation relate under or arising out of this Agreement shall, to the extent of such assignment or rights of subrogation, be vested in and be for the benefit of K-Sure; and
(ii) references in this Agreement to the K-Sure Lenders shall, where relevant in the context thereafter be construed so as to include K-Sure in relation to such rights and benefits as are assigned to, or to which K-Sure has rights of subrogation; and
(g) the representations and warranties made in this Agreement in favor of the relevant K-Sure Lender shall survive any assignment or transfer pursuant to this Clause 28.1 and shall also inure to the benefit of K-Sure;

provided that nothing in this Clause 28.1 shall be construed as depriving the K-Sure Lenders of any rights they may have against any Borrowers or any other Security Party in respect of the Lenders’ rights under Clauses 22 and 25.

28.2 Cooperation with K-Sure; Events of Default.
(a) Each of the K-Sure Agent, the Agent and the Security Trustee shall provide to K-Sure any information which it receives from the Borrowers and any other Security Party pursuant to the Finance Documents.
(b) Each of the K-Sure Agent, the Agent and the Security Trustee agrees that it shall consult with K-Sure wherever reasonably practical prior to issuing a notice pursuant to Clause 20, provided that K-Sure’s consent shall not be required in order for any such notice of default to be issued (other than by K-Sure to the extent required under any K-Sure Insurance Policy).
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Finance Document:
(i) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Agent shall put to the vote of the Majority Lenders and K-Sure the question of whether the provisions of the Finance Documents as to the consequences of the occurrence of such Event of Default should apply and/or whether the remedies afforded under Clause 20 of this Agreement should be invoked. Should the Majority Lenders and K-Sure vote be in favor of any of actions described in the preceding sentence, the Agent and the Security Trustee shall be entitled to take the necessary steps to enforce the Finance Documents and the Lenders shall agree and execute and otherwise perfect and do all such acts and things necessary for such purpose;
107
 
(ii) in the event the Majority Lenders’ and K-Sure’s respective positions are inconsistent, the Agent shall discuss with K-Sure with a view to reaching a mutually agreeable position. Failing agreement between the Agent (acting on behalf of the Majority Lenders) and K-Sure, the Agent and the Security Trustee shall be entitled to act in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders, including in relation to any waiver of an Event of Default and enforcement of remedies related thereto.
28.3 K-Sure override. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Finance Document, nothing in this Agreement shall permit or oblige any K-Sure Lender to act (or omit to act) in a manner that is inconsistent with any requirement of K-Sure under or in connection with any K-Sure Insurance Policy and, in particular:
(a) each of the K-Sure Lenders shall be authorized to take all such actions as they may deem necessary to ensure that all requirements of K-Sure under or in connection with each of the K-Sure Insurance Policies are complied with;
(b) no K-Sure Lender shall be obliged to do anything if, in its opinion (upon consultation with K-Sure), to do so could result in a breach of any requirements of K-Sure under or in connection with a K-Sure Insurance Policy or affect the validity of a K-Sure Insurance Policy; and
(c) each of the K-Sure Lenders will agree to accept the instructions as advised to them by the K-Sure Agent or K-Sure and to act in conformity therewith in connection with their obligations under this Agreement.
28.4 Liability for the K-Sure Premiums. The Borrowers shall be responsible and shall bear the cost of the K-Sure Premium of each K-Sure Insurance Policy and shall pay the relevant K-Sure Premium on the Drawdown Date relating to a Ship.
28.5 K-Sure Insurance Policies.
(a) The Borrowers will not, without the K-Sure Agent’s prior written consent, do or omit to do anything which may to their knowledge adversely prejudice the K-Sure Lenders’ rights under any K-Sure Insurance Policy.
(b) The K-Sure Agent and the K-Sure Lenders are responsible for complying with the terms of each K-Sure Insurance Policy from which each K-Sure Lender benefits.
28.6 K-Sure Requirements. Each Borrower must execute all such other documents and instruments and do all such other acts and things as the K-Sure Agent, acting on the instructions of K-Sure and/or any Creditor Party may reasonably require:
(a) in order to comply with, and carry out the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents and any documents required to be delivered under the Finance Documents; and
(b) in order for the beneficiaries under each K-Sure Insurance Policy to comply with and continue to benefit from that K-Sure Insurance Policy or to maintain the effectiveness of that K-Sure Insurance Policy.
28.7 Protection of each K-Sure Insurance Policies. If at any time in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, any provision of a Finance Document contradicts or conflicts (as such conflict relates to the K-Sure Tranche) with any provision of a K-Sure Insurance Policy or K-Sure requires any further action to be taken or documents to be entered into for such K-Sure Insurance Policy to remain in full force and effect, the Borrowers shall use their best efforts to take such action as the K-Sure Agent or K-Sure shall reasonably require to remove any contradiction or conflict and to ensure each K-Sure Insurance Policy remain in full force and effect. In addition, the Borrowers shall comply with any instructions given by K-Sure to the K-Sure Agent in relation to each K-Sure Insurance Policy and the transactions contemplated in each K-Sure Insurance Policy provided that such instructions are in compliance with that K-Sure Insurance Policy.
108
 
28.8 Notification
(a) The Borrowers will deliver a notice to each of the Agent and the K-Sure Agent promptly after they become aware of the occurrence of any political or commercial risk covered by a K-Sure Insurance Policy and will:

(i)                   pay any additional premium payable to K-Sure in relation to the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy; and

(ii)                 cooperate with the K-Sure Agent on its reasonable request to take all steps necessary on the part of the Borrowers to ensure that the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy remain in full force and effect throughout the Security Period which shall include providing the K-Sure Agent with any information, reasonably requested by the K-Sure Agent, relating to any material commercial facts which could result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) In addition, the Borrowers shall promptly supply to the K-Sure Agent copies of all financial or other information reasonably required by the K-Sure Agent to satisfy any request for information made by K-Sure pursuant to a K-Sure Insurance Policy.
(c) The Borrowers agree that it shall be reasonable for the K-Sure Agent to make a request under this Clause 28 if it is required to do so as a condition of maintaining a K-Sure Insurance Policy in full force and effect.
28.9 Prior consultation with K-Sure. Each Borrower acknowledges that the K-Sure Agent may, under the terms of each K-Sure Insurance Policy be required:
(a) to consult with K-Sure, prior to the exercise of certain decisions under the Finance Documents to which that Borrower is a party (including the exercise of such voting rights in relation to any substantial amendment to any Finance Document); and
(b) to follow certain instructions given by K-Sure.

Each Creditor Party will be deemed to have acted reasonably if it has acted on the instructions of the K-Sure Agent (given by K-Sure to the K-Sure Agent in accordance with the terms of a K-Sure Insurance Policy) in the making of any such decision or the taking or refraining to take any action under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

28.10 Conflict. As between the K-Sure Lenders and K-Sure, in case of any conflict between the Finance Documents and any K-Sure Insurance Policy, that K-Sure Insurance Policy shall prevail, and to the extent of such conflict or inconsistency, none of the K-Sure Lenders shall assert to K-Sure, the terms of the relevant Finance Documents.
109
 
28.11 Demand under K-Sure Insurance Policies. Notwithstanding any other terms as set forth herein and the other Finance Documents, the Agent (or K-Sure Agent, as the case may be) shall make a written demand to K-Sure under a K-Sure Insurance Policy only after the Agent has first made a written demand for payment of the relevant amount of the Secured Liabilities to the Guarantor pursuant to Clause 16.
29 VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS
29.1 Variations, waivers etc. by Majority Lenders. Subject to Clause 29.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party’s rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax or Email, by the Borrowers, by the Agent on behalf and with the approval of the Majority Lenders, by the Agent and the Security Trustee in their own rights, by the K-Sure Agent (on behalf of K-Sure) and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.
29.2 Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders and K-Sure. As regards the following, Clause 29.1 applies as if the words “by the Agent on behalf and with the approval of the Majority Lenders” were replaced by the words “by or on behalf and with the approval of K-Sure, every Lender and every Swap Bank”:
(a) a reduction in the Margin;
(b) a postponement to the date for, or a reduction in the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under this Agreement or a Note;
(c) an increase in or extension of any Lender’s Commitment or an extension of the Maturity Date or an amendment of the definition of “Availability Period”;
(d) a change to the definition of “ Majority Lenders ”;
(e) a change to Clause 2.3, Clause 3, Clause 24.1, Clause 27 (only in the case the change affects the K-Sure Lenders) or this Clause 29;
(f) any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document;
(g) any amendment or waiver if the Agent or a Lender which is a FATCA Non-Exempt Party reasonably believes that it may constitute a “material modification” within the meaning of FATCA that may result (directly or indirectly) in any party to any Finance Document being required to make a FATCA Deduction;
(h) any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender’s consent is required;
(i) any amendment of or waiver to any provision in any Finance Document providing for the pro rata nature of disbursements by or payments to Lenders; and
(j) a substitution or replacement of any Security Party.
110
 
29.3 Variations, waivers etc. relating to the Servicing Banks. An amendment or waiver that relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the Security Trustee or the K-Sure Agent under Clause 32 may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or the Security Trustee or the K-Sure Agent.
29.4 Exclusion of other or implied variations. Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 29.1, 29.2 or 29.3, no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:
(a) a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or
(b) an Event of Default; or
(c) a breach by a Borrower or another Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or
(d) any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,

and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.

30 NOTICES
30.1 General. Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter, electronic mail (“ Email ”) (subject to Clause 30.7) or fax and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.
30.2 Addresses for communications. A notice by letter, Email or fax shall be sent:

(a)  to the Borrowers Scorpio Tankers Inc.
or the Guarantor: 9, Boulevard Charles III
    Monaco, 98000
    Attention: Luca Forgione
     
    with a copy to:  150 East 58 th Street
    New York, New York 10155
    Attention:  Chief Financial Officer
    Facsimile: +212-542-1618
     
(b)  to a Lender: At the address below its name in Schedule 1 or (as the case may require) in the relevant Transfer Certificate.
     
(c) to a Swap Bank At the address below its name in Schedule 2.
     

 

111
 
(d) to the Agent: DNB Bank ASA, New York Branch
    200 Park Avenue, 31 st Floor
    New York, New York  10166
    Attention: Evan W. Uhlick/ Magdalena Brzostowska
     
    Facsimile: 212 681 4123
    Email: evan.uhlick@dnb.no/magdalena.brzostowska@dnb.no
     
(e) to the Security Trustee: DNB Bank ASA, New York Branch
    200 Park Avenue, 31 st Floor
    New York, New York  10166
    Attention: Evan W. Uhlick/ Magdalena Brzostowska
     
    Facsimile: 212 681 4123
    Email: evan.uhlick@dnb.no/magdalena.brzostowska@dnb.no
     
(f) to the K-Sure Agent: DNB Bank ASA, New York Branch
    200 Park Avenue, 31 st Floor
    New York, New York  10166
    Attention: Evan W. Uhlick/ Magdalena Brzostowska
     
    Facsimile: 212 681 4123
    Email: evan.uhlick@dnb.no/magdalena.brzostowska@dnb.no

 

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrowers, the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Security Parties.

 

Any notice to or from the Borrowers, the Agent, the Security Trustee or any K-Sure Lender shall be copied to K-Sure as follows:

Korea Trade Insurance Corporation

14, Jongno, Jongno-gu,

Seoul 110-729

South Korea

Attention: Jaesang. Lew/ Seongmin. Jin

 

Fax No: +82-2-399-5081

Email: Jaesang.lew@ksure.or.kr/jsm00741@ksure.or.kr

 

30.3 Effective date of notices. Subject to Clauses 30.4 and 30.5:
(a) a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;
(b) a notice which is sent by Email shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is actually received in readable form; and
112
 
(c) a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, two (2) hours after its transmission is completed.
30.4 Service outside business hours. However, if under Clause 30.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:
(a) on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or
(b) on such a business day, but after 5:00 p.m. local time,

the notice shall (subject to Clause 30.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9:00 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.

30.5 Illegible notices. Clauses 30.3 and 30.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within one (1) hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.
30.6 Valid notices. A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:
(a) the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or
(b) in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.
30.7 Electronic communication between any party to this Agreement. Any communication to be made between any party to this Agreement under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by Email or other electronic means.

The parties agree that any information and notices in connection with the Finance Documents may also be transmitted by Email. Any party to this Agreement shall be authorized to send information to any Email address it has received from any party to this Agreement either by way of written notification or by Email exchange, and it may rely without further enquiry as the sender’s due authorization to communicate in such manner in connection with any Email it receives on behalf of any party to this Agreement. Any party to this Agreement shall also, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, be authorized to communicate by Email with any third parties who may be involved in this transaction or affected by this Agreement. The Guarantor and the Borrowers acknowledge and accept that information by way of electronic exchange is transmitted unencrypted over a publicly accessible network, and that they acknowledge all the risks connected therein including, but not limited to, the identification of a bank relationship and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided in this Agreement, if addressed to that department or officer.

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent, a Lender or a Swap Bank will be effective only when actually received in readable form by that party and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with respect to that party in this Agreement (or any substitute department or officer as that party shall specify for this purpose).

113
 
30.8 English language. Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.
30.9 Meaning of “notice”. In this Clause 30, “ notice ” includes any demand, consent, authorization, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.
31 SUPPLEMENTAL
31.1 Rights cumulative, non-exclusive. The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:
(a) cumulative;
(b) may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and
(c) shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.
31.2 Severability of provisions. If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.
31.3 Counterparts. A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.
31.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
31.5 Mandated Lead Arrangers, Bookrunners, Senior Manager. None of the persons identified on the cover page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “mandated lead arranger”, “bookrunners” or “senior manager” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than, in the case of such Creditor Parties, those applicable to all Creditor Parties as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Creditor Parties so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Creditor Party. Each Creditor Party acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Creditor Parties so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.
31.6 Banking secrecy waiver; authorization for Data transfer. The following provisions apply in respect of a Creditor Party based in Switzerland:
(a) The Borrowers and the Guarantor authorize that Creditor Party and that Creditor Party’s branches, Affiliates and/or direct and indirect subsidiaries to disclose by means of telephone, fax, mail or any other means of telecommunications, including, but not limited to, electronic data transmission, and/or to grant access from or through branches, Affiliates and/or direct and indirect subsidiaries, any information in connection with this Agreement and the Finance Documents, including, but not limited to, the Security Parties’ names, domicile, address, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents (collectively, the “ Data ”) to any of their branches, Affiliates, direct and indirect subsidiaries and/or to third parties within Switzerland or abroad to the extent as required or useful for the preparation, negotiation, execution, performance, administration, hedge or syndication of this Agreement and/or the facility to be made available pursuant to this Agreement, and/or for due exercise of their respective rights or fulfillment of their respective obligations, and/or for business management purposes, including, without limitation, date and transaction processing services, information technology (including production, testing, and development, services and support), risk oversight, reporting, international collaboration and coordination and managing conflicts of interests.
114
 
(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) above, the Borrowers and the Guarantor release that Creditor Party and that Creditor Party’s Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, and professional advisors from any confidentiality obligations and any further restrictions based on the Swiss or other applicable banking secrecy and data protection legislation among each other and towards any relevant third party with respect to the Data. The Borrowers and the Guarantor acknowledge that the Data may also be shared, processed or held outside Switzerland and, therefore, will be subject to the laws of the countries where the relevant Creditor Party’s Affiliates and/or the relevant third parties are located and will not be covered by Swiss laws including Swiss banking secrecy and data protection rules. The laws and regulations of such foreign countries may not necessarily offer the same level of confidentiality, banking secrecy or data protection as Swiss laws do, and may require the foreign financial institutions and/or insurance companies to disclose all or any part of the Data to authorities or third parties (e.g. also after a possible revocation of these present authorization).
32 THE SERVICING BANKS
32.1 Appointment and Granting.
(a) The Agent . Each of the Lenders and the Swap Banks appoints and authorizes (with a right of revocation) the Agent to act as its agent hereunder and under any of the other Finance Documents with such powers as are specifically delegated to the Agent by the terms of this Agreement and of any of the other Finance Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
(b) The Security Trustee.
(i) Authorization of Security Trustee . Each of the Lenders, the Swap Banks, the Agent and the K-Sure Agent appoints and authorizes (with a right of revocation) the Security Trustee to act as security trustee hereunder and under the other Finance Documents (other than the Notes) with such powers as are specifically delegated to the Security Trustee by the terms of this Agreement and such other Finance Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

115
 

(ii)                 Granting Clause . To secure the payment of all sums of money from time to time owing (i) to the Lenders under the Finance Documents, and (ii) to the Swap Banks under the Master Agreements, and the performance of the covenants of the Borrowers and any other Security Party herein and therein contained, and in consideration of the premises and of the covenants herein contained and of the extensions of credit by the Lenders, the Security Trustee does hereby declare that it will hold as such trustee in trust for the benefit of the Lenders, the Agent, the K-Sure Agent and the Swap Banks, from and after the execution and delivery thereof, all of its right, title and interest as mortgagee in, to and under the Mortgages and its right, title and interest as assignee and secured party under the other Finance Documents (the right, title and interest of the Security Trustee in and to the property, rights and privileges described above, from and after the execution and delivery thereof, and all property hereafter specifically subjected to the Security Interest of the indenture created hereby and by the Finance Documents by any amendment hereto or thereto are herein collectively called the “ Estate ”); TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Estate unto the Security Trustee and its successors and assigns forever, BUT IN TRUST, NEVERTHELESS, for the equal and proportionate benefit and security of the Lenders, the Agent, the K-Sure Agent and the Swap Banks and their respective successors and assigns without any priority of any one over any other, UPON THE CONDITION that, unless and until an Event of Default under this Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing, the relevant Security Party shall be permitted, to the exclusion of the Security Trustee, to possess and use the Ships. IT IS HEREBY COVENANTED, DECLARED AND AGREED that all property subject or to become subject hereto is to be held, subject to the further covenants, conditions, uses and trusts hereinafter set forth, and each Security Party, for itself and its respective successors and assigns, hereby covenants and agrees to and with the Security Trustee and its successors in said trust, for the equal and proportionate benefit and security of the Lenders, the Agent, the K-Sure Agent and the Swap Banks as hereinafter set forth.

(iii) Acceptance of Trusts . The Security Trustee hereby accepts the trusts imposed upon it as Security Trustee by this Agreement, and the Security Trustee covenants and agrees to perform the same as herein expressed and agrees to receive and disburse all monies constituting part of the Estate in accordance with the terms hereof.
(c) The K-Sure Agent . Each K-Sure Lender appoints and authorizes the K-Sure Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Loan Agreement, and the other Finance Documents in relation to each K-Sure Insurance Policy and all K-Sure Matters, with power to take such actions as:
(i) are specified under any Finance Document as being for the K-Sure Agent to take on behalf of the K-Sure Lenders insured under the K-Sure Insurance Policy;
(ii) are specifically delegated to the K-Sure Agent by the terms of the K-Sure Insurance Policy; or
(iii) are reasonably incidental thereto,

and if expressly authorized in writing by each K-Sure Lender, the K-Sure Agent may execute and deliver on its behalf the K-Sure Insurance Policy and all documents that are necessary or desirable in connection with the K-Sure Insurance Policy, and where the K-Sure Agent has acted in accordance with the express written instructions of the K-Sure Lenders, each K-Sure Lender agrees severally to be bound by the terms and conditions of the K-Sure Insurance Policy as if it had executed and delivered such agreement for and in its own name.

Without limiting the foregoing:

(i) each K-Sure Lender authorizes the K-Sure Agent to exercise those rights, powers and discretions which are expressly given to the K-Sure Agent by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, together with any other reasonably incidental rights, powers and discretions; and
116
 
(ii) each K-Sure Lender appoints the K-Sure Agent solely for the purpose of:
(A) providing, revealing and disclosing, such information and details relating to any Security Party, the Finance Documents and the facilities granted pursuant thereto, to K-Sure as K-Sure may require from time to time for the purpose of issuing and administering the K-Sure Insurance Policy; and
(B) making a claim on behalf of the K-Sure Lenders under the K-Sure Insurance Policy and directing payment of the insurance proceeds under the K-Sure Insurance Policy which shall be held by the Security Trustee in trust for the K-Sure Lenders and for application by the Agent in accordance with Clause 18 of this Agreement.
32.2 Scope of Duties . None of the Servicing Banks (which terms as used in this sentence and in Clause 32.5 hereof shall include reference to their respective affiliates and their own respective and their respective affiliates’ officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact):
(a) shall have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and in any of the Finance Documents, and shall not by reason of this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents be (except, with respect to the Security Trustee, as specifically stated to the contrary in this Agreement) a trustee for a Lender or a Swap Bank;
(b) shall be responsible to the Lenders or the Swap Banks for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or in any of the Finance Documents, or in any certificate or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by any of them under, this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents, or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or for any failure by a Security Party or any other person to perform any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or for the location, condition or value of any property covered by any Security Interest under any of the Finance Documents or for the creation, perfection or priority of any such Security Interest;
(c) shall be required to initiate or conduct any litigation or collection proceedings hereunder or under any of the Finance Documents unless expressly instructed to do so in writing by the Majority Lenders; or
(d) shall be responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or under any of the Finance Documents or under any other document or instrument referred to or provided for herein or therein or in connection herewith or therewith, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Each of the Servicing Banks may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact and none of the Servicing Banks shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith. Each of the Servicing Banks may deem and treat the payee of a Note as the holder thereof (unless such Note is held by the Agent) for all purposes hereof unless and until a written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Agent, together with the written consent of the Borrowers (other than in the case of a transfer to an Affiliate of the Transferor Lender) to such assignment or transfer.
117
 
32.3 Reliance. Each of the Servicing Banks shall be entitled to rely upon any certification, notice or other communication (including any thereof by telephone, telex, telefacsimile, telegram or cable) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper person or persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by the Security Trustee, the Agent or the K-Sure Agent, as the case may be.
32.4 Absence of express authorization. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents, each of the Servicing Banks shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder or thereunder in accordance with instructions signed by the Majority Lenders, and such instructions and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Lenders; provided that if the K-Sure Agent has received no such instructions within five (5) Business Days of receipt by the K-Sure Lenders of a notice from the K-Sure Agent relating to a K-Sure Insurance Policy (unless a shorter period is specified in such notice and in which case the shorter notice period shall apply) the K-Sure Agent shall be fully entitled, but shall have no obligation, to act in such manner as it considers to be consistent with the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy and otherwise in the best interests of all the K-Sure Lenders or the K-Sure Lender or K-Sure Lenders concerned.

32.5             Knowledge. None of the Servicing Banks shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of a Potential Event of Default or Event of Default (other than, in the case of the Agent, the non-payment of principal of or interest on the Loan) unless each of the Servicing Banks has received notice from a Lender or the Borrowers specifying such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default”. If the Agent receives such a notice of the occurrence of such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default, the Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Security Trustee, the K-Sure Agent, the Swap Banks and the Lenders (and shall give each Lender prompt notice of each such non-payment). Subject to Clause 32.9 hereof, the Security Trustee and the Agent shall take such action with respect to such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default or other event as shall be directed by the Majority Lenders, except that, unless and until the Security Trustee and the Agent shall have received such directions, each of the Security Trustee and the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default or other event as it shall deem advisable in the best interest of the Lenders and the Swap Banks.

32.6             Servicing Bank as Lender . Each of the Servicing Banks (and any successor acting as Security Trustee, Agent or K-Sure Agent, as the case may be) in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not acting as the Security Trustee, the Agent or the K-Sure Agent, as the case may be, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless the context otherwise indicates, include each of the Servicing Banks in their respective individual capacities. Each of the Servicing Banks (and any successor acting as Security Trustee, Agent or K-Sure Agent, as the case may be) and their respective affiliates may (without having to account therefor to a Lender) accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with the Borrowers, the Guarantor and any of their subsidiaries or affiliates as if it were not acting as a Servicing Bank, and each of the Servicing Banks and their respective affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from the Borrowers for services in connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the same to the Lenders.

118
 

32.7             Indemnification of Servicing Banks. The Lenders severally agree, ratably in accordance with the aggregate principal amount of each Lender’s Contribution in the Loan, to indemnify each of the Servicing Banks (to the extent not reimbursed under other provisions of this Agreement, but without limiting the obligations of the Borrowers under said other provisions) for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against a Servicing Bank in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses which the Borrowers are to pay hereunder) or the enforcement of any of the terms hereof or thereof or of any such other documents, except that no Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent they arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party to be indemnified.

32.8             Reliance on Servicing Bank. Each Lender and each Swap Bank agrees that it has, independently and without reliance on any of the Servicing Banks or any other Lender or Swap Bank, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of the Borrowers and decision to enter into this Agreement and that it will, independently and without reliance upon any of the Servicing Banks or any other Lender or Swap Bank, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own analysis and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents. None of the Servicing Banks shall be required to keep itself informed as to the performance or observance by the Borrowers or the Guarantor of this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or to inspect the properties or books of any Borrower or the Guarantor. Except for notices, reports and other documents and information expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders and/or the Swap Banks by a Servicing Bank hereunder, none of the Servicing Banks shall have any duty or responsibility to provide a Lender or a Swap Bank with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of any Borrower, the Guarantor or any subsidiaries or affiliates thereof which may come into the possession of a Servicing Bank or any of their respective affiliates.

32.9             Actions by a Servicing Bank. Except for action expressly required of a Servicing Bank hereunder and under the other Finance Documents, each of the Servicing Banks shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to act hereunder and thereunder unless it shall receive further assurances to its satisfaction from the Lenders of their indemnification obligations under Clause 32.7 against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

32.10 Resignation and Removal. Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Servicing Bank as provided below, each of the Servicing Banks may resign at any time by giving notice thereof to the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Borrowers, and a Servicing Bank may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Majority Lenders by giving notice thereof to the Agent, the Security Trustee, the K-Sure Agent the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Borrowers. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Majority Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Security Trustee or Agent or K-Sure Agent, as the case may be. If no successor Security Trustee or Agent or K-Sure Agent, as the case may be, shall have been so appointed by the Lenders or, if appointed, shall not have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Security Trustee’s or Agent’s or K-Sure Agent’s, as the case may be, giving of notice of resignation or the Majority Lenders’ removal of the retiring Security Trustee or Agent or K-Sure Agent, as the case may be, then the retiring Security Trustee or Agent or K-Sure Agent, as the case may be, may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Swap Banks, appoint a successor Security Trustee or Agent or K-Sure Agent. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Security Trustee or Agent or K-Sure Agent hereunder by a successor Security Trustee or Agent or K-Sure Agent, such successor Security Trustee or Agent or K-Sure Agent, as the case may be, shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Security Trustee or Agent or K-Sure Agent, as the case may be, and the retiring Security Trustee or Agent or K-Sure Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Security Trustee’s or Agent’s or K-Sure Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Security Trustee or Agent or K-Sure Agent, as the case may be, the provisions of this Clause 32 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Security Trustee or the Agent or K-Sure Agent, as the case may be.
119
 
32.11 Release of Collateral. Without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders and the Swap Banks, none of the Servicing Banks will consent to any modification, supplement or waiver under any of the Finance Documents nor without the prior written consent of all of the Lenders and the Swap Banks shall the Security Trustee or the Agent release any Collateral or otherwise terminate any Security Interest under the Finance Documents, except that no such consent is required, and each of the Security Trustee and the Agent is authorized, to release any Security Interest covering property if the Secured Liabilities have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and performed in full or which is the subject of a disposition of property permitted hereunder or to which the Lenders have consented.
33 THE K-SURE AGENT - SPECIFIC PROVISIONS
33.1 No actions without K-Sure Lender consent. Except where the K-Sure Agent reasonably believes that this is inconsistent with the terms of any K-Sure Insurance Policy, the K-Sure Agent agrees:
(a) not to take any action under the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy without the consent of all the K-Sure Lenders (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), unless the K-Sure Agent has reasonably determined that such action would not be detrimental to the insurance coverage provided to the K-Sure Lenders thereunder; and
(b) to take such actions under the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy (including with respect to any amendment, modification or supplement to that K-Sure Insurance Policy) as may be directed by all the K-Sure Lenders from time to time; provided that , notwithstanding anything herein or in the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy to the contrary, the K-Sure Agent shall not be obliged to take any such action or to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any liability in the performance of any of its duties or the exercise of any of its rights or powers under this Agreement or the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy if:
(i) it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it; or
(ii) such action would be contrary to applicable law.
33.2 Limitation on obligation of K-Sure Agent to request instructions. The K-Sure Agent shall not have any obligation to request the Agent or the Majority Lenders or any other Creditor Party to give it any instructions or to make any determination.
120
 
33.3 Ratification of unauthorised action of K-Sure Agent. Any action which the K-Sure Agent takes or purports to take at a time when it had not been authorized to do so shall, if subsequently ratified, be as valid as regards every Creditor Party as if the K-Sure Agent had been expressly authorized in advance.
33.4 Cooperation with the K-Sure Agent . Each Lender and each Security Party undertakes to cooperate with the K-Sure Agent to comply with any legal requirements imposed on the K-Sure Agent in connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement or any other Finance Document and shall supply any information reasonably requested by the K-Sure Agent in connection with the proper performance of those duties.
33.5 Nature of the K-Sure Agent’s duties. The K-Sure Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.
33.6 K-Sure Lenders’ representations . Each K-Sure Lender represents and warrants to the K-Sure Agent, with effect from the date of the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy, that:
(a) no information provided by such K-Sure Lender in writing to the K-Sure Agent or to K-Sure prior to the Effective Date was untrue or incorrect in any material respect except to the extent that such K-Sure Lender, in the exercise of reasonable care and due diligence prior to giving such information, could not have discovered the error or omission;
(b) it has not taken (or failed to take), and agrees that it shall not take (or fail to take), any action that would result in the K-Sure Agent being in breach of any of its obligations in its capacity as K-Sure Agent under the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy or the other Finance Documents, or result in the relevant K-Sure Lenders being in breach of any of their respective obligations as insured parties under the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy, or which would otherwise prejudice the K-Sure Agent’s ability to make a claim on behalf of the K-Sure Lenders under the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy;
(c) it has reviewed the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy and is aware of the provisions thereof;
(d) the representations and warranties made by the K-Sure Agent on behalf of each K-Sure Lender under the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy are true and correct with respect to such K-Sure Lender in all respects.
33.7 Supply of copy documents. The K-Sure Agent shall promptly send each K-Sure Lender a copy of each written communication received by it from or sent by it to K-Sure in relation to the K-Sure Matters (and in particular, a K-Sure Insurance Policy, but the K-Sure Agent shall not be obliged to check their accuracy or completeness).
33.8 Provision of information. The K-Sure Agent shall provide to K-Sure any information which it receives from any Security Party pursuant to the Finance Documents and which it is obliged to provide to K-Sure under the terms of the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy.
33.9 Lender communications. Each K-Sure Lender shall promptly forward to the K-Sure Agent a copy of any communication relating to K-Sure Matters which that K-Sure Lender sends to, or receives from, any Security Party or K-Sure directly. The K-Sure Agent shall promptly forward to the K-Sure Lenders or as applicable, for the relevant Security Party, a copy of any communication in connection with any K-Sure Matters (which the K-Sure Agent considers material) which the K-Sure Agent sends to, or receives from, any Security Party or K-Sure (but the K-Sure Agent shall not be obliged to check their accuracy or completeness).
121
 
33.10 Reimbursement of K-Sure Premium. Without limitation to the generality of Clause 32.7 and notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 33.12, each K-Sure Lender severally agrees to reimburse the K-Sure Agent on its demand in respect of the K-Sure Premium (or any part of it) if the K-Sure Premium (or any part of it) is paid by the K-Sure Agent and the K-Sure Agent is not fully reimbursed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
33.11 Claims under K-Sure Insurance Policies. Each K-Sure Lender acknowledges and agrees that, unless otherwise provided for in the relevant K-Sure Insurance Policy, it shall have no entitlement to make any claim or to take any action whatsoever under or in connection with any of the K-Sure Insurance Policies except through the K-Sure Agent and that all of the rights of the K-Sure Lenders under any of the K-Sure Insurance Policies shall only be exercised by the K-Sure Agent.
33.12 Application of receipts.
(a) Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the K-Sure Agent receives or recovers shall be transferred to the Agent for application in accordance with Clause 18 of this Agreement.
(b) The parties agree that any unpaid K-Sure Premium and any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of K-Sure shall constitute amounts then due and payable in respect of the Loan under the Finance Documents for the purposes of the amounts then due and payable in respect of Clause 18 of this Agreement.
34 LAW AND JURISDICTION
34.1 Governing law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS (EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN A FINANCE DOCUMENT) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES.
34.2 Consent to Jurisdiction.
(a) Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York County, and any appellate court thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents to which such Security Party is a party or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State Court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
122
 
(b) Nothing in this Clause 34.2 shall affect the right of a Creditor Party to bring any action or proceeding against a Security Party or its property in the courts of any other jurisdictions where such action or proceeding may be heard.
(c) Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so:
(i) any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Finance Document to which it is a party in any New York State or Federal court and the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court; and
(ii) any immunity from suit, the jurisdiction of any court in which judicial proceedings may at any time be commenced with respect to this Agreement or any other Finance Document or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property (including without limitation attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, set-off, execution of a judgment or any other legal process), and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed to such person such an immunity (whether or not claimed), such person hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim such immunity.
(d) Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor hereby agrees to appoint Seward and Kissel LLP, with offices currently located at One Battery Park Plaza, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Lawrence Rutkowski, as its designated agent for service of process for any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Finance Document. Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor also irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies of such process to its address specified in Clause 30.2. Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor also agrees that service of process may be made on it by any other method of service provided for under the applicable laws in effect in the State of New York.
34.3 Creditor Party rights unaffected. Nothing in this Clause 34 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.
34.4 Waiver of punitive damages. Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents to which such Security Party is a party.
34.5 Meaning of “proceedings”. In this Clause 34, “ proceedings ” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure.
35 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
35.1 WAIVER. EACH OF THE BORROWERS, THE GUARANTOR AND THE CREDITOR PARTIES MUTUALLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
123
 
36 PATRIOT ACT notice
36.1 PATRIOT Act Notice. Each of the Agent and the Lenders hereby notifies the Borrowers and the Guarantor that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act and the policies and practices of the Agent and each Lender, the Agent and each of the Lenders is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies each Security Party, which information includes the name and address of each Security Party and such other information that will allow the Agent and each of the Lenders to identify each Security Party in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS ON NEXT PAGE]

 

124
 

EXECUTION PAGE

WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have caused this Loan Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

STI CHELSEA SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

 

STI BATTERSEA SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

STI POWAI SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

 

STI MAYFAIR SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

STI LEXINGTON SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

 

STI HAMMERSMITH SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI OLIVIA SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

 

STI ROTHERHITHE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

STI TRIBECA SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI BRONX SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

125
 

STI SOHO SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI OXFORD SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

 

STI GRAMERCY SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

STI CONNAUGHT SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

 

STI MANHATTAN SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

STI BROOKLYN SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

 

STI QUEENS SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

STI WINNIE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI NOTTING HILL SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

STI LAUREN SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

 

126
 

STI WESTMINSTER SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED,

as Borrower

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Secretary

 

DNB MARKETS, INC., as Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner

 

 

By: /s/ Tor Ivar Hansen                           

Name: Tor Ivar Hansen

Title: Managing Director

 

By: /s/ Thomas M. Connor                           

Name: Thomas M. Connor, CFA

Title: Managing Director

Head of U.S. Private Placements

 

SCORPIO TANKERS INC., as Guarantor

 

 

 

By: /s/ Brian M. Lee                           

Name: Brian M. Lee

Title: Chief Financial Officer

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (publ),

as Lender, Mandated Lead Arranger, Bookrunner and Swap Bank

 

 

By: /s/ Micael Ljunggren                           

Name: Micael Ljunggren

Title:

 

By: /s/ Olof Kajerdt                                     

Name: Olof Kajerdt

Title:

 

DNB BANK ASA, NEW YORK BRANCH, as Agent, Security Trustee, K-Sure Agent and Swap Bank

 

 

By: /s/ Anders Platou                        

Name: Anders Platou

Title: Senior Vice President

 

By: /s/ Evan Uhlick                           

Name: Evan Uhlick

Title: First Vice President

 

DNB CAPITAL LLC, as Lender

 

 

By: /s/ Anders Platou                        

Name: Anders Platou

Title: Senior Vice President

 

By: /s/ Evan Uhlick                           

Name: Evan Uhlick

Title: First Vice President

 

THE KOREA DEVELOPMENT BANK,

as Lender and Mandated Lead Arranger

 

By: /s/ Yong Sok Hyun                           

Name: Yong Sok Hyun

Title: Head of Shipping Finance Team

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG,

as Lender and Mandated Lead Arranger

 

 

By: /s/ Philippe Graf                                      

Name: Philippe Graf

Title: Vice President

 

By: /s/ Markus Jakobsson                           

Name: Markus Jakobsson

Title: Director

 

127
 

KOREA EXCHANGE BANK,

as Senior Manager

 

 

By: /s/ Seung Kil Park                           

Name: Seung Kil Park

Title: General Manager

 

Korea Exchange Bank

Investment Banking Div.

CATHAY UNITED BANK, as Lender

 

 

By: /s/ Alex Huang                           

Name: Alex Huang

Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

KEB NY FINANCIAL CORP, as Lender

 

By: /s/ Sang Yong Lee                        

Name: Sang Yong Lee

Title: President

 

 

 

ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH

as Lender and Mandated Lead Arranger

 

 

By: /s/ Adam Byrne                           

Name: Adam Byrne

Title: Managing Director

 

By: /s/ Rory Hussey                          

Name: Rory Hussey

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

128

Exhibit 8.1

 

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF SCORPIO TANKERS INC

 

Company Incorporated in
Noemi Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
Scorpio Tankers Inc. The Republic of The Marshall Islands
Senatore Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Acton Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Amber Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Amsterdam Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Aqua Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Barcelona Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Battersea Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Battery Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Benecia Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Beryl Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Brixton Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Broadway Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Bronx Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Brooklyn Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Camden Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Cape Town Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Chartering & Trading The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Chelsea Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Clapham Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Comandante Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Condotti Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Connaught Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Conqueror Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Coral Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Dama Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Diamond Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Duchessa Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Elysees Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Emerald Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Finchley Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Fontvieille Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Fulham Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Garnet Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Gladiator Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands

 

 
 

STI Gramercy Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Hackney Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Hammersmith Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Harmony Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Heritage Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Highlander Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Houston Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Jasper Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Larvotto Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Lauren Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Le Rocher Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Lexington Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Madison Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Manhattan Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Matador Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Mayfair Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Meraux Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Millenium Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Milwaukee Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Monaco Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Mythos Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Notting Hill Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Olivia Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Onyx Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Opera Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Orchard Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Osceola Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Oxford Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Park Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Pimlico Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Pontiac Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Poplar Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Powai Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Queens Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Regina Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Rotherhithe Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Ruby Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI San Antonio Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Sao Paulo Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Sapphire Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Seneca Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Shanghai Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Sloane Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands

 

 
 

STI Soho Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Spirit Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Texas City Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Topaz Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Tribeca Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Ulsan Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Venere Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Veneto Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Ville Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Virtus Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Wembley Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Westminster Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Winnie Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
STI Yorkville Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands
Sting LLC State of Delaware, United States of America
Venice Shipping Company Limited The Republic of The Marshall Islands

 

 

 

Effective December 2, 2013

WHISTLEBLOWER POLICY

Scorpio Tankers Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) is committed to high standards of ethical, moral and legal business conduct. The Corporation values input from its employees and expects all its directors, officers, employees and subsidiaries to adhere to a high standard of personal and professional integrity and to avoid any conduct that might reflect unfavourably upon the Corporation personnel or upon the Corporation itself. In line with the Corporation’s commitment to open communication, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Committee ”) has adopted this whistleblower policy (the “ Policy ”) to provide an avenue for employees, directors, officers, contractors, subcontractors and agents (“ Employees ”) to raise concerns without fear of retaliation for reports made in good faith.

 

I. Scope

This Policy shall encompass:

 

· The receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints, whether or not in anonymous form, received by the “Corporation” regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing matters (“ Accounting Matters ”); and

 

· The receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints, whether or not in anonymous form, received by the Corporation relating to, inter alia, breaches of the Company Code of Ethics (“ Ethics Matters ”).

 

Accounting Matters shall include but not be limited to, the following:

 

· Fraud or deliberate error or omission in the preparation, evaluation, review or audit of any of the Corporation’s financial statements;

 

· Fraud or deliberate error or omission in the recording and maintaining of the Corporation’s financial records;

 

· Deficiencies in or noncompliance with the Corporation’s internal accounting controls;

 

· Misrepresentation or a false statement to or by a senior officer or accountant regarding a matter contained in the Corporation’s financial records, financial statements or audit reports; and

 

· Deviation from full and fair reporting of the Corporation’s financial condition.

 

 
 

 

II. Submission of complaints

The Corporation will continue to encourage Employees in the first instance to address their concerns with their immediate supervisor or point of contact with the organization. Management will also maintain an ‘open door policy’ to address individuals’ complaints for resolution internally whenever possible.

 

For cases where the individual feels he or she cannot submit concerns through ‘usual channels’ the Corporation has selected EthicsPoint to provide a means for individuals to submit concerns regarding, Accounting Matters and Ethics Matters. EthicsPoint provides the Corporation with a website and a telephone hotline:

 

· Website: www.scorpiotankers.ethicspoint.com

 

· Telephone hotline: #1-866-879-0839

 

III. treatment of complaints

The general counsel of the Corporation (the “ General Counsel ”) shall be designated by the Committee as the point of contact for concerns submitted via EthicsPoint. He shall report directly to the Committee relating to any submissions concerning Accounting Matters whereas for all Ethics Matters he shall report directly to the Nominating and Governance Committee (“ Governance Committee ”). Any further actions, investigation (whether internal or external) or resources such as outside counsel or other advisors shall be at the sole discretion of the Committee or the Governance Committee as the case may be. When requested by the party submitting the complaint, confidentiality will be maintained to the fullest extent possible consistent with the need to conduct an adequate review.

 

The Corporation will not discharge, demote, suspend, threaten, harass or in any manner discriminate against any Employee in the terms and conditions of employment based upon any lawful actions of the Employee with respect to good faith reporting of complaints regarding Accounting Matters or otherwise as specified in Section 806 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2012.

 

IV. reporting and record retention

At each meeting of the Committee or the Governance Committee as the case may be, the General Counsel shall review any complaints received since the previous meeting; reference to this review shall be included in the Minutes of the meeting. The General Counsel shall also be responsible for verifying and maintaining the EthicsPoint website and telephone hotline.

 

Specific Complaints may require the immediate attention of the Committee or the Governance Committee as the case may be. If the General Counsel receives a complaint that he deems both credible and material in its allegations and reasonable consequences for the Corporation he shall immediately contact the Chairman of the Committee or the Chairman of the Governance Committee as the case may be.

 

 
 

 

V. amendments

The Committee shall review the Policy annually and may amend it at any time, consistent with requirements of applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

Effective December 2, 2013

ENVIRONMENTAL WHISTLEBLOWER POLICY

Scorpio Tankers Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) is committed to high standards of environmental compliance by itself, its employees, and by all entities with whom it engages in business (for purposes of this Policy, “ Affiliates ”). The Corporation values input from its employees and expects all its directors, officers, employees, subsidiaries, representatives, managers, and Affiliates to adhere to a high standard of environmental compliance and to avoid any conduct that might reflect unfavourably upon the Corporation, its personnel, Affiliates, or activities. In line with the Corporation’s commitment to open communication, the Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Committee ”) has adopted this whistleblower policy (the “ Policy ”) to provide an avenue for employees, directors, officers, contractors, subcontractors, and Affiliates and their respective employees, directors and officers (collectively, “ Covered Personnel ”) to raise concerns without fear of retaliation for reports made in good faith.

 

I. Scope

This Policy shall encompass:

 

· The receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints, whether or not in anonymous form, received by the Corporation relating to vessel operational matters, especially environmental management (“ Environmental Matters ”); and

 

· The receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints, whether or not in anonymous form, received by an Affiliate concerning Environmental Matters related in any way to operations with, for, or in connection with the Corporation.

 

Environmental Matters shall include but not be limited to, the following:

 

· Violations of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution From Ships (“ MARPOL ”) or of any national law implementing MARPOL, whether intentional, accidental, or otherwise;

 

· Violations of any other environmental laws or regulations imposed by any flag state, port state, or local jurisdiction;

 

· Violations of any policy implemented by the Corporation or any Affiliate in connection with environmental compliance or vessel operations matters;

 

· Any falsification, alteration, or intentional omissions in any records, documents, or data related to environmental compliance or vessel operation matters;

 

· Any tampering with, disabling of, or other improper treatment of any environmental compliance equipment, such as oily water separators, incinerators, oil discharge monitoring equipment, oil content monitors, or similar equipment; and

 

 
 

 

· Any false statements or representations made to any government official carrying out an inspection, investigation or other official duties related to marine operations or environmental compliance, or any destruction or concealment of evidence, or tampering with witnesses.

 

II. Submission of complaints

The Corporation will continue to encourage Employees in the first instance to address their concerns with their immediate supervisor or point of contact with the organization. As it pertains to seafarers, this would include the normal ‘chain of command’ including shore representatives such as the Technical or Marine Superintendent, the Designated Person Ashore, or the dedicated Environmental Manager. Management will also maintain an ‘open door policy’ to address individuals’ complaints for resolution internally whenever possible.

 

For cases where the individual feels that he or she cannot submit concerns through “usual channels,” the Corporation has selected EthicsPoint to provide a means for individuals to submit concerns regarding, Accounting Matters, Environmental Matters and Ethics Matters. EthicsPoint provides the Corporation with a website and a telephone hotline:

 

· Website: www.scorpiotankers.ethicspoint.com

 

· Telephone hotline: #1-866-879-0839

 

III. treatment of complaints

The general counsel of the Corporation (the “ General Counsel ”) shall be designated by the Committee as the point of contact for concerns submitted via EthicsPoint related to Environmental Matters. He shall report such concerns directly to the and the Compliance & Regulatory Committee (“ Compliance Committee ”). In addition, concerns related to Environmental Matters involving Affiliates shall be reported to such Affiliate’s designed official for such matters. The Compliance Committee may direct additional actions, investigations (whether internal or external), or the use of additional resources such as outside counsel or other advisors, in its sole discretion. When requested by the party submitting the complaint, confidentiality will be maintained to the fullest extent possible consistent with the need to conduct an adequate review and applicable privacy laws.

 

The Corporation will not discharge, demote, suspend, threaten, harass or in any manner discriminate against any Covered Personnel in the terms and conditions of employment based upon any lawful actions of such Covered Personnel with respect to good faith reporting of complaints; and the Corporation shall not permit any Affiliate to do so, to the extent the Corporation may impose such requirements on Affiliates.

 

IV. reporting and record retention

At each meeting of the Compliance Committee, the General Counsel shall review any complaints received since the previous meeting, and reference to this review shall be included in the Minutes of the meeting. The General Counsel shall also be responsible for verifying and maintaining the EthicsPoint website and telephone hotline.

 

 
 

Specific Complaints may require the immediate attention of the Compliance Committee. If the General Counsel receives a complaint that the General Counsel deems both credible and material in its allegations and reasonable consequences for the Corporation, the General Counsel shall immediately contact the Chairman of the Compliance Committee.

 

V. amendments

The Committee shall review the Policy annually and may amend it at any time, consistent with requirements of applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

 

Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Emanuele Lauro, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Scorpio Tankers Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

   
Date: March 31, 2014
 
/s/ Emanuele Lauro  
 
Emanuele Lauro
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Brian Lee, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Scorpio Tankers Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

   

 Date: March 31, 2014

 
/s/ Brian Lee  
Brian Lee
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

Exhibit 13.1

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with this Annual Report of Scorpio Tankers Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on or about the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Emanuele Lauro, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

     (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

     (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.

   
Date: March 31, 2014
 
/s/ Emanuele Lauro  
Emanuele Lauro
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

Exhibit 13.2

PRINCIPAL FINCNIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with this Annual Report of Scorpio Tankers Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on or about the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Brian Lee, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

     (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

     (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.

   
Date: March 31, 2014
 
/s/ Brian Lee  
 Brian Lee
 Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

Exhibit 15.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form F-3 (No. 333-186815 ) of Scorpio Tankers Inc. of our report dated March 31, 2014 relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 20-F.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit

Monaco, Principality of Monaco

March 31, 2014

 

 

 

Exhibit 15.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-186815 on Form F-3 of our report dated March 28, 2013, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Scorpio Tankers Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Scorpio Tankers Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

/s/ Deloitte LLP

 

Deloitte LLP

London, United Kingdom

Date: March 31, 2014

 

 

 

Exhibit 15.3

 

 

 

Scorpio Tankers Inc.

9, Boulevard Charles III

Monaco 98000

 

March 31, 2014

 

Dear Sir/Madam:

 

Reference is made to the annual report on Form 20-F of Scorpio Tankers Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2013 (the “Annual Report”) and the registration statement on Form F-3 (Registration No. 333-186815) (the “Registration Statement”) and any related prospectus thereto. We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement and any related prospectus of all references to our name in the Annual Report and to the use of the statistical information supplied by us set forth in the Annual Report. We further advise the Company that our role has been limited to the provision of such statistical data supplied by us. With respect to such statistical data, we advise you that:

 

(1) we have accurately described the information and data of the oil tanker shipping industry, subject to the availability and reliability of the data supporting the statistical and graphical information presented; and

 

(2) our methodologies for collecting information and data may differ from those of other sources and does not reflect all or even necessarily a comprehensive set of the actual transactions occurring in the oil tanker shipping industry.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any related prospectus.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

 

 

Nigel Gardiner

Group Managing Director

Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd.

 

 

LONDON | DELHI | SINGAPORE

Drewry Shipping Consultants, 15-17 Christopher Street, London EC2A 2BS, United Kingdom

t : +44 (0) 20 7538 0191 f : +44 (0) 20 7987 9396 e : enquiries@drewry.co.uk

Registered in England No. 3289135 Registered VAT No. 830 3017 77

www.drewry.co.uk